ar_tn/tn_MAT.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	sa9c				0	Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the book of Matthew The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25) Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28) Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34) Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42) Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God, and opposition to Jesus begins (11:1-12:50) Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52) Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27) Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35) Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46) Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46) The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19) What is the book of Matthew about? The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew wrote much about how Jesus fulfilled passages from the Old Testament. Also, he focused on Jesus’ teaching by presenting some of what Jesus said in five separate speeches, or “discourses.” Many Christians think that Matthew expected his first readers to be Jewish people. However, Matthew also intended his Gospel to be read by all Christians. How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel According to Matthew.” Or they may choose a different title, such as, “The Good News About Jesus that Matthew Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Who wrote the book of Matthew? The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew. This man named Matthew was a tax collector who became one of Jesus’ 12 closest disciples. In this book, Matthew appears in 9:9–10 and 10:3. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/matthew]]) Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts What does the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” mean? While the other Gospels frequently use the phrase “the kingdom of God,” Matthew only uses that phrase four times (see 12:28; 19:24; 21:31; and 21:43). Instead, Matthew frequently uses the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens.” There are two primary issues to consider when translating this phrase: (1) whether “of the heavens” means the same thing as “of God,” and (2) what the word “kingdom” describes. First (1), does “of the heavens” mean the same thing as “of God”? Some scholars think that Matthew chose to refer to God politely by using the phrase “the heavens,” which would mean that “the kingdom of the heavens” is simply another way to say “the kingdom of God.” However, since Matthew does use the phrase “the kingdom of God” occasionally, it is more likely that the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” means something slightly different than “the kingdom of God.” It probably refers to the place where the “kingdom” is already present: the heavens. The plural form “heavens” indicates that Matthew is referring to all of heavenly space. The UST expresses the idea of “of the heavens” with the adjective “heavenly.” Second (2), what does the word “kingdom” describe? In general, the word refers to a monarch ruling over a group of people in a specific area. In various contexts, the word can primarily emphasize the area, the people, or the ruling. However, the term usually refers to all three of these elements, even if one is emphasized more than the others. Consider how you might express the idea of “kingdom” in your language. Some translations emphasize the idea of ruling and express the idea with a clause like “God ruling as king” or “God’s reign.” Other translations emphasize the idea of the people who are ruled and express the idea with a clause like “belonging to God’s people.” However, both of these options do not fully express the idea of “kingdom.” If you have a word or phrase that describes a situation in which a king rules over people in a specific area, you could use it here. Since that word in English is “kingdom,” the ULT and UST both use “kingdom.” (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/kingdom]], [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]], and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]]) What were “disciples” in Jesus’ culture? In both Jewish culture and in Greco-Roman culture, teachers had “disciples” who learned from them and were committed to them. Sometimes these disciples would go wherever their teacher went and imitate what the teacher did. Jesus’ disciples similarly were committed to him and learned from him. Some of his closest disciples traveled and lived with Jesus, particularly those whom Matthew refers to as The Twelve. Other disciples would go to see Jesus and learn from him, but they did not always travel or live with him. Consider how you might refer to these kinds of relationships in your language. The ULT expresses the idea with the word “disciple,” and the UST uses the word “apprentice.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]]) Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”? In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase can express two primary ideas: It can refer to someone who is a human. This meaning for the phrase appears frequently in the book of Ezekiel (for example, see Ezekiel 2:1 or Ezekiel 47:6). So, Jesus uses the phrase to refer to himself in the third person while identifying himself as a human being. It can refer more specifically to a specific person who appears in Daniel 7:13–14. This person approaches God, who gives him dominion and authority. So, when he uses the phrase, Jesus is identifying himself with this person. Scholars are not sure whether people in Jesus’ culture used the title “Son of Man” to refer to the Messiah. However, Jesus is probably using the title to implicitly claim a special role, perhaps that of the Messiah. There are three primary issues to consider when translating the phrase “the Son of Man”: When Jesus uses the phrase, he is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would not understand this, you may need to express the idea in the first person. See the notes on the phrase “the Son of Man” throughout the book for ways to do this. The phrase figuratively refers to someone who is human by identifying that person’s father as a “man.” If that figure of speech does not make sense in your language, you could refer to someone who is human in another way. Some translations use a phrase like “the human one” to express the idea. The phrase refers to the specific figure from the book of Daniel. If you have a translation of the book of Daniel, you could translate the phrase as it is expressed there. If you do not have a translation of the book of Daniel, you could consider translating the phrase as a title that refers to a special person, implicitly the Messiah. You could make this clear by capitalizing the phrase (for example, “the Human One”) or by using a different form that indicates that this is a title (for example, “the one called Son of Man”). A note related to translating the idea of “Son of Man” appears at its first occurrence. After that, if possible express the idea consistently throughout the rest of the book. Notes providing translation options for expressing the idea in first person instead of third person appear at every occurrence. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues What are the Synoptic Gospels? The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.” The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. The ULT represents these parallels by using the same words whenever the parallel passages are exactly the same. When the parallel passages are slightly different, the ULT represents the differences as much as possible by using different words. Make sure that your translation represents these similarities and differences as closely as possible. What do “crowd” and “crowds” refer to in Matthew? Matthew uses the words “crowd” and “crowds” about 50 times. In most cases, the words refer to the “crowds” that gather where Jesus is. Some of the people in these crowds were disciples. Others were curious about who Jesus was and what he taught. Others wanted Jesus to heal them or give them food. The difference between the singular “crowd” and the plural “crowds” is small. Most likely, the singular refers to all the people viewed together as one group, while the plural refers to multiple different groups of people. Consider how you might best refer to large groups of people who are gathered together for some specific purpose. What does Matthew mean when he writes that a quotation from the Old Testament was “fulfilled”? Matthew consistently indicates that things happen to “fulfill” passages from the Old Testament. He means that the event or situation he is describing somehow matches what the Old Testament passage or passages say. Sometimes the Old Testament passage includes a prediction that comes true during Jesus’ life. Sometimes the Old Testament passage uses words or phrases that match the words or phrases Matthew uses to tell his story. Sometimes the Old Testament passage is completed or explained by something Jesus says or does. Consider how you might indicate that an event, situation, or spoken or written words fit with or match a passage from an important text. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) When is “you” singular, and when is “you” plural? As he is telling his story, Matthew uses both singular and plural forms of “you.” These were distinct in his language, but in English both singular and plural are expressed with the word “you.” So, in the introduction to each chapter, there is a section stating whether Matthew uses the singular or plural form of “you” more frequently in that chapter. Then, notes throughout the chapter will indicate whenever Matthew uses the less frequent form of “you.” Look for this section in each chapter introduction if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms of “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew? Some versions of the Bible include some verses in Matthew that other versions do not include. This is because some ancient manuscripts include these verses. However, the best ancient manuscripts do not include them. Here are the verses: “Evening having come, you say, ‘It will be fair weather, for the sky is red.’ And in early morning, ‘Today will be stormy, for the sky is red, being overcast.’ You know to interpret the face of the sky, but the signs of the times you are not able” (16:2b–3). “But this kind does not go out except by prayer and fasting” (17:21). “For the Son of Man came to save the one that has been lost” (18:11). “But woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you devour the houses of widows, also for a pretext praying at length. For this reason, you will receive greater judgment” (23:14). It is recommended that you do not include these passages. However, if in your region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, you may include them. If they are included, they should be put in footnotes or inside square brackets to indicate that they were probably not originally part of Matthew. Further, there are at least two different versions of the parable of the two sons in 21:28–31. See the introduction to chapter 21 for more information. Finally, in the following verses, ancient manuscripts do not all have the same words. The ULT uses the words that are found in most of the earliest manuscripts. When you translate these verses, you should compare the ULT with any translations with which your readers may be familiar to see what your readers may expect. Unless there is a good reason to use the alternate words, you should follow the ULT. See the footnotes and notes at each of these verses for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) “say every evil thing against you, lying, because of me” (5:11). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “say every evil thing against you because of me.” “everyone being angry with his brother will be subject to the judgment” (5:22). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “everyone being angry with his brother without cause will be subject to the judgment.” “love your enemies and pray on behalf of the ones persecuting you” (5:44). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “love your enemies, bless the ones cursing you, do good to the ones hating you, and pray on behalf of the ones persecuting you.” “the Gentiles” (5:47). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the tax collectors.” “will reward you” (6:4). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “will reward you in the open.” “will reward you” (6:6). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “will reward you in the open.” “but deliver us from the evil one” (6:13). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “but deliver us from the evil one. For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” “the men” (6:15). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “men their trespasses.” “will reward you” (6:18). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “will reward you in the open.” “what you might eat or what you might drink, nor about your body” (6:25). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “what you might eat, nor about your body.” “the kingdom” (6:33). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the kingdom of God.” “For the gate {is} narrow and the road has been made narrow” (7:14). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “How narrow is the gate and having been made narrow the road.” “I have found such great faith from no one in Israel” (8:10). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “not even in Israel have I found such great faith.” “a crowd” (8:18). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “large crowds.” “Gadarenes” (8:28). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Gergesenes.” Other manuscripts have this: “Gerasenes.” “they were afraid” (9:8). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “they marveled.” “Thaddaeus” (10:3). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Lebbaeus, who was surnamed Thaddaeus.” “The one having ears to hear, let him hear” (11:15). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “The one having ears, let him hear.” “her children” (11:19). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “her works.” “And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down as far as Hades” (11:23). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “And you, Capernaum, the one being exalted to heaven, will be brought down as far as Hades.” “Now someone said to him, ‘Behold, your mother and your brothers have stood outside, seeking to speak to you’” (12:47). Some ancient manuscripts do not include this verse. However, most modern translations do include it. “The one having ears, let him hear” (13:9). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “The one having ears to hear, let him hear.” “The one having ears, let him hear” (13:43). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “The one having ears to hear, let him hear.” “was already in the middle of the sea” (14:24). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “was already many stadia away from the land.” “God commanded, saying” (15:4). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “God said.” “the word of God” (15:6). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the commandment of God.” Other manuscripts have this: “the law of God.” “They are blind guides” (15:14). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “They are blind guides of the blind.” “Magadan” (15:39). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Magdala.” “I will make” (17:4). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “let us make.” “your Father” (18:14). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “my Father.” “your brother sins against you” (18:15). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “your brother sins.” “commits adultery; and the one having married one that has been divorced commits adultery” (19:9). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “commits adultery.” “or a mother, or a wife, or children” (19:29). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “or a mother, or children.” “and the first last” (20:16). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “and the first last. For many are called, but few are chosen.” “to drink the cup that I am about to drink” (20:22). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “to drink the cup that I am about to drink or to be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.” “My cup you will drink” (20:23). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “My cup you will drink, and you will be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.” “And the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces, but on whomever it falls, it will crush him” (21:44). Some ancient manuscripts do not include this verse. However, most modern translations do include it. “famines and earthquakes” (24:7). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “famines and plagues and earthquakes.” “neither the angels of the heavens, nor the Son, except the Father only” (24:36). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “neither the angels of the heavens, except the Father only.” “you do not know the day nor the hour” (25:13). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “you do not know the day nor the hour in which the Son of Man comes.” “this is my blood of the covenant” (26:28). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “this is my blood of the new covenant” “named Barabbas” (27:16). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “named Jesus Barabbas” “Barabbas” (27:17). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Jesus Barabbas” “the blood of this one” (27:24). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the blood of this righteous one.” “casting a lot” (27:35). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “casting a lot, so that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled, ‘They divided my robes for themselves, and they cast a lot for my clothing.’” “And behold, Jesus met them” (28:9). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “And behold, as they were going to report to his disciples, Jesus met them.” “until the end of the age’” (28:20). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “until the end of the age.’ Amen.”
3	1:intro	y7kk				0	Matthew 1 General Notes Structure and Formatting The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25) The genealogy of Jesus (1:1–17) Jesus’ parents and birth (1:18–25) Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this in 1:23 with the quote from Isaiah 7:14. Special Concepts in this Chapter Genealogy A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king. The word “fathered” When Matthew uses the word “fathered,” he only means that the older man was an ancestor of the younger man. In most cases, the older man is the direct father of the younger man. However, sometimes the older man is a grandfather (for example, Josiah is the grandfather of Jechoniah) or a more distant ancestor (for example, Joram is the great-great-grandfather of Ozias). If possible, use a word that indicates that the older man is the ancestor of the younger man without stating that the older man is the father of the younger man. If you need to be more specific, the UST provides one way to do so. Three groups of 14 Matthew concludes the genealogy by dividing it up into three groups of 14 generations. He divides the groups by using two key events in Israel’s history: David starting his dynasty and the Babylonians capturing Jerusalem. In order to count 14 generations from Abraham until David, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations from David until the Babylonian deportation, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ, both Jechoniah and Christ need to be included. The ULT and UST divide the section into paragraphs based on the divisions. Consider how you might show these divisions in your translation. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” All of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions that an angel gives to Joseph. Because of that, all forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) Stating that Mary became pregnant In 1:18, 1:20, and 1:23, Matthew refers to a woman becoming pregnant, but he excludes the involvement of a man in the process. He uses the phrases “to have in the womb” and “having been conceived in her” to avoid referring to the male role in conception. In your translation, you should not identify the Holy Spirit as the one who performed the normal male role, since the Holy Spirit did not have sex with Mary. Instead, the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. So, use a form that does not refer to the male role in conception or a form that denies that a man was involved. Translating names In the genealogy, Matthew uses specific Greek spellings of names. These spellings do not always match the Hebrew spellings of the names that you can read in the Old Testament. The ULT and UST spell out how these names sound as Matthew wrote them in Greek. In contrast, some translations spell out these names as they appear in the Old Testament. Consider spelling these names as do other translations that your readers might be familiar with. Otherwise, consider whether your team wishes to spell names in the same way throughout the Bible or whether you will spell them differently in different places. If you do spell them differently in different places, you may need to include footnotes that provide other spellings.
4	1:1	n4xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βίβλος γενέσεως	1	Here, the phrase book of the genealogy could refer to: (1) just the list of Jesus’ ancestors that follows in 1:2–17. Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestry” (2) the list of Jesus’ ancestors as well as information about his birth and childhood (see 1:2–2:23). Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestors and birth”
5	1:1	a1t0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a book that contains the genealogy that lists the ancestors of Jesus Christ. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The book that contains the genealogy concerning Jesus Christ”
6	1:1	nlc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βίβλος	1	Here, book represents a written record. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The written record” or “The list”
7	1:1	vpg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here Matthew is speaking of a male descendant as if he were a son. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is descended from David, who is descended from Abraham”
8	1:1	zw1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here Matthew could mean: (1) that David is a son of Abraham. Alternate translation: “who was a son of Abraham” (2) that Jesus is a son of Abraham. Alternate translation: “and also son of Abraham”
9	1:2	cyc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew begins a list of Jesus’ ancestors. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list (1:2–16). Possible formats are: (1) “Abraham’s son was Isaac, and Isaac’s son was Jacob, and Jacob’s sons were Judah and his brothers” (2) “Isaac’s father was Abraham, and Jacob’s father was Isaac, and Judah’s father was Jacob” (3) “Abraham fathered Isaac, who fathered Jacob, who fathered Judah and his brothers”
10	1:2	wiqy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ & τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ & τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ & τὸν Ἰούδαν	1	Unless a note specifies otherwise, all the names in the list of ancestors (1:2–16) are names of men.
11	1:2	pl71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Judah had 11 brothers, and some of them were older and some of them were younger. Make sure this is clear if your language marks these distinctions.
12	1:3	ncga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰούδας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Φαρὲς καὶ τὸν Ζάρα ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ, Φαρὲς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀράμ,	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verse.
13	1:3	g8y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ	1	The word Tamar is the name of a woman. She was the daughter-in-law of Judah.
14	1:3	sn21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ & τὸν Ἀράμ	1	Many translations spell Hezrom as “Hezron” and Aram as “Ram.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell these names. Alternate translation: “Hezron … Hezron … Ram”
15	1:4	kywc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμιναδάβ, Ἀμιναδὰβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ναασσών, Ναασσὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλμών,	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
16	1:4	xlps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀρὰμ	1	Many translations spell Aram as “Ram.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Ram”
17	1:5	w4mz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σαλμὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ, Βόες δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ, Ἰωβὴδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεσσαί,	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
18	1:5	q5bd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ	1	The words Rahab and Ruth are the names of women. Rahab protected Israelite spies when the Israelites were about to conquer the land that God had promised to give them. Ruth was from Moab but believed in God and traveled to Israel with her mother-in-law, Naomi.
19	1:6	e1rp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰεσσαὶ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ τὸν βασιλέα. Δαυεὶδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου,	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
20	1:6	msbw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου	1	Uriah was one of the leaders of the Israelite army, a leader whom David trusted. However, David saw Uriah’s wife, named Bathsheba, and wanted her for himself. He had Uriah killed and took Uriah’s wife for himself. You can read about this story in 2 Samual 11:1–27. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information if your readers would not know this story. Alternate translation: “by Bathsheba the wife of Uriah, whom he had killed”
21	1:7	nc4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σολομὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ, Ῥοβοὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
22	1:7	dvau		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸν Ἀσάφ	1	Many translations spell Asaph as “Asa.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Asa”
23	1:8	jnly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀσὰφ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ, Ἰωσαφὰτ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωράμ, Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζείαν	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
24	1:8	zcs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀσὰφ & τὸν Ὀζείαν	1	Many translations spell Asaph as “Asa” and Ozias as “Uzziah.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell these names. Alternate translation: “Asa … Uzziah”
25	1:8-9	ei0o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζείαν & Ὀζείας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ	1	In these two verses, Matthew lists Joram, Ozias, and Jotham. In the list of kings in 1 Chronicles 3, however, there are four names between Joram and Jotham (see 1 Chronicles 3:11–12), not one. So, Matthew has not mentioned three of these kings, and the word translated fathered only requires the older person to be an ancestor of the younger person, who could be a son, grandson, great-grandson, or even great-great-grandson. It is unclear exactly where in the list Matthew leaves out the three kings. He could be using the name Ozias: (1) to refer to the king that 1 Chronicles names “Azariah.” In this case, Ozias is the great-great-grandson of Joram and the father of Jotham. Alternate translation: “and Joram was the great-great-grandfather of Ozias, and Ozias fathered Jotham” (2) to refer to the king that 1 Chronicles names “Ahaziah.” In this case, Ozias is the son of Joram and the great-great-grandfather of Jotham. Alternate translation: “and Joram fathered Ozias, and Ozias was the great-great-grandfather of Jotham”
26	1:9	m35z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ὀζείας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ, Ἰωαθὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχάζ, Ἀχὰζ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑζεκίαν	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
27	1:9	lj7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ὀζείας	1	Many translations spell Ozias as “Uzziah.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Uzziah”
28	1:10	zgmk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἑζεκίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μανασσῆ, Μανασσῆς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσίαν	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
29	1:10	odm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς	1	Many translations spell Amos as “Amon.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Amon … Amon”
30	1:11	t8ob		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωσίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
31	1:11	c2bh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωσίας & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν	1	In 1 Chronicles 3:15–16, Josiah is listed as the father of Jehoiakim, who is the father of Jechoniah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Josiah was the grandfather of Jechoniah. Alternate translation: “Josiah fathered the father of Jechoniah”
32	1:11	vzs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	If you must specify whether these brothers were older or younger, it is more likely that they were younger brothers. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers”
33	1:11	v2im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	Here Matthew refers to how the Babylonians conquered Jerusalem and took most of the people away to the country of Babylon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away”
34	1:12	y7cx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος	1	Here Matthew refers to the same event that he referred to in 1:11. Express the idea in the same way you did there. Alternate translation: “after the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away”
35	1:12	ua1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰεχονίας ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
36	1:12	ya86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ	1	Many translations spell Salathiel as “Shealtiel.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Shealtiel … Shealtiel”
37	1:12	qqo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σαλαθιὴλ & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ	1	In 1 Chronicles 3:19, a brother of Salathiel named Pedaiah is listed as the father of Zerubbabel. However, early Greek translations of 1 Chronicles 3:19 list Salathiel as the father of Zerubabbel. Matthew most likely used a source like these early Greek translations, so he probably intended his readers to think of Salathiel as the father of Zerubbabel and not as his uncle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some of this information in a footnote.
38	1:13	dcab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζοροβαβὲλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιούδ, Ἀβιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιακείμ, Ἐλιακεὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀζώρ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
39	1:14	seok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀζὼρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαδώκ, Σαδὼκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχείμ, Ἀχεὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιούδ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
40	1:15	d8av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἐλιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρ, Ἐλεάζαρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μαθθάν, Μαθθὰν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
41	1:16	sq31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἄνδρα Μαρίας	1	This is the end of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
42	1:16	wdbo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαρίας	1	The word Mary is the name of a woman.
43	1:16	b3bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who gave birth to Jesus”
44	1:16	ovf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	Here, the phrase the one called Christ distinguishes this Jesus from any other people named Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that distinguishes between this Jesus and any other people with that name. Alternate translation: “the Jesus called Christ” or “specifically the one who is called Christ”
45	1:16	z2rg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ”
46	1:17	vdhv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως Δαυεὶδ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ Δαυεὶδ ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ Χριστοῦ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες	1	In order to count 14 generations from Abraham until David, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations from David until the Babylonian deportation, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ, both Jechoniah and Jesus need to be included. Consider how you might express the calculations so that they match with the list. Alternate translation: “from Abraham up to and including David were 14 generations, and after David and until the Babylonian deportation were 14 generations, and starting with the Babylonian deportation and counting up to and including the Christ were 14 generations”
47	1:17	z5xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	-1	Here Matthew refers to the same event that he referred to in 1:11–12. Express the idea in the same way you did in those verses. Alternate translation: “the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away … when that happened”
48	1:18	gnl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν	1	Here, the word Now introduces a new section in this book that focuses on the birth of Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for the birth of Jesus Christ, it happened thus”
49	1:18	cqt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μνηστευθείσης & τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was her parents. Alternate translation: “whose parents promised to Joseph that she would marry him”
50	1:18	xvk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς	1	Matthew is referring in a polite way to having sex by using the phrase came together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they consummated the marriage” or “before they had sex”
51	1:18	in4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was having in the womb” or “realized that she was having in the womb”
52	1:18	q6y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	Here, the phrase having in the womb refers to being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be with child” or “to be pregnant”
53	1:18	a71d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	The phrase from the Holy Spirit indicates that Mary did not become pregnant in the usual way, that is, by having sex with a man. Rather, she became pregnant because the Holy Spirit caused her to be pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the power of the Holy Spirit” or “because of the Holy Spirit’s work”
54	1:19	h941		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
55	1:19	yufg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ & ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς	1	Matthew implies that Joseph did not know that the baby came from the Holy Spirit. Joseph thought that Mary had become pregnant after having sex with another man, which is why he wanted to divorce her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Joseph did not know that the Holy Spirit had caused Mary to be pregnant. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband thought that she had been unfaithful, so”
56	1:19	pu3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς & ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν	1	As the previous verse shows (see 1:18), Mary and Joseph were not yet married. In their culture, however, being “engaged” was a promise to marry, so Matthew can refer to Joseph as Mary’s husband. He can also refer to breaking the engagement as divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Matthew is referring to an engaged man breaking the engagement. Alternate translation: “her fiancé … to break the engagement with her”
57	1:20	iip4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα & αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου & ἐφάνη	1	The angel appeared to Joseph while he was deciding to divorce Mary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “during the time when Joseph was reflecting on these things, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared”
58	1:20	y747		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
59	1:20	meua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
60	1:20	lc8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Here, Matthew is speaking of a male descendant as if he were a son. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is descended from David”
61	1:20	fgby		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μὴ φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαρίαν τὴν γυναῖκά σου; τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “the one having been conceived in Mary is from the Holy Spirit, so you should not fear to take her as your wife”
62	1:20	va5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit is the one who caused her to conceive her child”
63	1:21	yucr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν; αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “and because he will save his people from their sins, you will call his name Jesus”
64	1:21	ifq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	καλέσεις	1	Here the angel gives a command using the future tense. If your language does not use the future tense for commands, you could use a form that your language uses to express commands. Alternate translation: “you must call” or “you are to call”
65	1:21	j38f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦν; αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	The name Jesus means “the Lord saves” in Hebrew. The angel is explaining that Jesus should have this name because he will save his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what Jesus’ name means or include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Jesus, for, as his name indicates, he will save his people from their sins” or “Jesus, that is, ‘the Lord saves,’ since he will save his people from their sins”
66	1:21	ocr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase his people refers most directly to Jewish people, but it also includes anyone who believes in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies a group of people who belong to or are connected with Jesus. Alternate translation: “his own people” or “the people who belong to him”
67	1:22	q4lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces Matthew’s comment on what he has narrated so far. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a comment from the narrator, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “I note that” or “As a matter of fact,”
68	1:22	rlse		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο & ὅλον γέγονεν	1	The pronoun this refers to what Matthew has said about Mary becoming pregnant before she and Joseph were married (see 1:18–21). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to these events. Alternate translation: “Jesus was born in that way” or “what I have told you happened”
69	1:22	uwvw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill”
70	1:22	c1vw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke”
71	1:22	p39k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ προφήτου	1	The prophet to whom Matthew refers is Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet”
72	1:22	e8ld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see Isaiah 7:14). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “who declared”
73	1:23	wlft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention:” or “Listen to me:”
74	1:23	c6yk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ παρθένος	1	Although the word translated virgin occasionally refers to any young woman, whether she has had sex or not, the word normally refers to a young woman who has not had sex. This is what Matthew means here, so you should use a word or phrase that refers to a woman who is old enough to get married but who has not yet had sex. Alternate translation: “the marriageable woman who has not had sex”
75	1:23	nlp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει	1	Here, the phrase have in her womb refers to a woman being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be with child” or “will be expecting a baby”
76	1:23	qg9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καλέσουσιν	1	The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “others will call” or “everyone will call”
77	1:23	sln1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Ἐμμανουήλ, ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός	1	The word Immanuel is a Hebrew word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he explained what it meant: God with us. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Immanuel,’ which is a Hebrew word that is translated as ‘God with us’”
78	1:23	lm6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός.	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which we translate as ‘God with us’” or “this name means ‘God with us’”
79	1:24	sxsv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After the angel spoke to him,” or “Next,”
80	1:24	ioyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγερθεὶς & ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having woken from his sleep” or “having risen from sleep”
81	1:24	iue3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ παρέλαβεν	1	Here, the word and introduces how Joseph did as the angel of the Lord commanded him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “by taking her”
82	1:25	mem5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Here, the word And introduces something that is unexpected for people who have gotten married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “But” or “Despite that,”
83	1:25	i7p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν	1	Matthew is referring in a polite way to having sex by using the word know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. See how you translated the euphemism for having sex in 1:18. Alternate translation: “he did not consummate the marriage with her” or “he did not sleep with her”
84	1:25	v3xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν & ἐκάλεσεν & αὐτοῦ	1	Here, both times the pronoun he occurs, it refers to Joseph. The pronoun his refers to the son, Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use names instead of pronouns. Alternate translation: “Joseph did not know … Joseph called the son’s”
85	1:25	mclm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἕως οὗ	1	Christians disagree about whether Joseph had sex with Mary after Jesus was born. In this verse, Matthew only refers to the time before Jesus was born. If possible, use a form that only refers to this time period and does not imply anything about what happened after Jesus was born. Alternate translation: “prior to when” or “during the time before”
86	2:intro	dz1c				0	Matthew 2 General Notes Structure and Formatting The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25) The visit of the learned men (2:1–12) Joseph, Mary, and Jesus escape to Egypt (2:13–15) Herod kills the baby boys in Bethlehem (2:16–18) Joseph, Mary, and Jesus settle in Nazareth (2:19–23) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are quotations from the Old Testament. Special Concepts in this Chapter “Learned men” In this chapter, Matthew tells about how “learned men” from countries to the east of Judea visited Jesus in order to worship him. These were educated men who studied dreams and stars in the sky to try to learn about what was happening and what would happen in the future. Matthew does not present them as if they are evil. Consider how you might naturally refer to this kind of educated man. The ULT provides a general translation (“learned men”), and the UST illustrates how to use a descriptive phrase (“scholars who studied the stars”). The star The learned men journey to Jerusalem because they see a specific star. Matthew further describes how this star moved in the sky until it was directly above where Jesus was living. It is not clear exactly what this star was. Scholars have suggested that it was one of the planets, a shooting star, a comet, or a bright angel. If possible, use a word or phrase that refers generally to a natural source of light in the sky. If you need to be more specific, you could use a word or phrase that refers to stars, especially the kinds of stars that move or appear to move in the sky. The journeys of Joseph, Mary, and Jesus In this chapter, Matthew narrates several journeys that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus took. At first, they are in Bethlehem, which is a city near the capital city of Judea, Jerusalem. After the learned men visit, God warns Joseph to journey to Egypt, a country to the southwest of Judea, in order to escape from Herod, the king of Judea. After Herod dies, God tells Joseph that he can take his family back to Israel. However, he does not take his family back to Judea, because Herod’s son is now reigning in Herod’s place. Instead, he and his family travel to Nazareth, a city in the region of Galilee, which is north of Judea. When Matthew uses movement words, make sure that your translation fits with these journeys. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in direct speech to individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
87	2:1	sdst		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
88	2:1	j9yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τοῦ & Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος	1	Here, the phrase Jesus having been born states what happened before the learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “after Jesus had been born”
89	2:1	esbr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to indicate that Bethlehem is in Judea. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem in Judea”
90	2:1	kf5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως	1	The phrase in the days of someone who is a king refers to the period of time in which that person ruled as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while Herod the king ruled” or “during the reign of Herod the king”
91	2:1	azm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention”
92	2:1	p6gc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	Here, the phrase the east refers to countries to the east of Judea. Matthew does not tell us exactly which country or countries he means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to countries to the east. Alternate translation: “who were from countries to the east of Judea”
93	2:2	o2f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they were saying”
94	2:2	o4lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς	1	Here the learned men could mean that: (1) the one having been born is destined to be King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the one having been born to be King” (2) the one having been born is already the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the one having been born who is King”
95	2:2	a67k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ τεχθεὶς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whose birth recently happened, the one who is”
96	2:2	w3nc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the learned men are asking about the King of the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a question, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “We ask because” or “Indeed,”
97	2:2	zj7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα	1	Here, the learned men are using the possessive form to describe a star that marks or identifies the King of the Jews. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the star that identifies him” or “the star that proves he has been born”
98	2:2	n3a2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ	1	Here, the phrase in the east could refer to: (1) when the star appeared above the horizon. Alternate translation: “when it rose” (2) where the star appeared in the sky. Alternate translation: “as it rose in the east”
99	2:2	xthm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἤλθομεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
100	2:2	v248		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσκυνῆσαι	1	The phrase to worship can be used for how one behaves before God, but it can also be used for how one behaves before a king. Matthew uses this phrase because the learned men considered Jesus to be a king, but Matthew considers Jesus to be God. So, both meanings of the phrase to worship are included here. If possible, use a form that could be used for how one acts before both kings and God. If you must make a distinction, it is recommended that you use a form that refers to worshiping God. Alternate translation: “to bow before” or “to kneel before him to honor”
101	2:3	lhk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
102	2:3	b0gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “all Jerusalem became troubled with him”
103	2:3	qu3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Here, Jerusalem refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem”
104	2:3	mc1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα	1	Matthew says all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of” or “the majority of”
105	2:4	tkxe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Here, the phrase the people refers to the Jewish people. Matthew means that the chief priests and the scribes were part of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the Jews” or “who belonged to the Jewish people”
106	2:4	ne4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “he inquired from them where the Christ would be born.”
107	2:4	cbxv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the place of Christ’s birth” or “is the Christ’s birthplace”
108	2:4	mi51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται	1	Here Herod asks a question about the location of Christ’s birth using the present tense. You could use whatever tense is natural in your language for this kind of question. Alternate translation: “will the Christ be born”
109	2:5	w68n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐν Βηθλέεμ	1	The chief priests and scribes are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is born in Bethlehem”
110	2:5	l7mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	See how you translated this phrase in 2:1. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem in Judea”
111	2:5	o460		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	In Matthew’s culture, for thus it has been written through the prophet is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet (see Micah 5:2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “this is what God had Micah the prophet write down:”
112	2:5	z2i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thus the prophet wrote” or “thus God told the prophet to write”
113	2:6	uu4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the comma at the end of the previous verse and only use one quotation mark at the end of this verse. Alternate translation: “that you, Bethlehem, land of Judah, are by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from you will come out a ruling one who will shepherd God’s people Israel”
114	2:6	kmw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Micah was speaking to Bethlehem as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could direct the speech to the people who live in Bethlehem, or you could refer to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “And Bethlehem, land of Judah, is by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from this town will come out a ruling one who will shepherd my people Israel”
115	2:6	ez40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σύ & σοῦ	1	The word you is singular in this verse because Micah is speaking to Bethlehem.
116	2:6	c2cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη	1	The prophet Micah is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative phrase, by no means, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, least. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “very great” or “important”
117	2:6	pi6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα	1	Since Micah is speaking to Bethlehem as if it were a person, he refers to important towns in Judah as if they were leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leading towns of Judah” or “the great cities in Judah”
118	2:6	rihn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκ σοῦ & ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος	1	Here Micah refers to a person from Bethlehem becoming a ruling one as if the person were coming out of Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person from you will be a ruling one”
119	2:6	tg5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιμανεῖ	1	Here, the prophet Micah is speaking of leading and caring for the people as if it were shepherding. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will lead and care for”
120	2:7	uusp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος	1	Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the time when the star appeared. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the time at which the star appeared”
121	2:7	h2y0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος.	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “inquired from them, ‘What was the time of the appearing of the star?’”
122	2:8	jtw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ	1	Matthew tells how King Herod sent the learned men to Bethlehem before he mentions what King Herod told them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange this verse so that it tells the events in sequential order. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then, he sent them to Bethlehem.”
123	2:8	sbwi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορευθέντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “Having come”
124	2:8	jd7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἐξετάσατε & εὕρητε & ἀπαγγείλατέ	1	Since Herod is speaking to the learned men, the word you and the commands search and report are plural.
125	2:8	iod8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
126	2:8	g4d0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσκυνήσω	1	Translate worship as you did in 2:2. Alternate translation: “might bow before” or “might kneel before him to honor”
127	2:9	zws5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπορεύθησαν	1	Here Matthew implies that they went to Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went to Bethlehem”
128	2:9	fzm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention”
129	2:9	yb5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ	1	Translate this phrase as you did in 2:2. Alternate translation: “when it rose” or “as it rose in the east”
130	2:9	iknf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	προῆγεν αὐτούς ἕως ἐλθὼν ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον	1	Here Matthew speaks as if the star were a person who could go somewhere and stand there. He means that the star moved in the sky until it was directly above the place where Jesus was staying. We do not know exactly how the star moved or what it looked like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state directly that the star moved and then stopped. Alternate translation: “was moving in the sky ahead of them until it was above where the young child was. Then it stopped moving”
131	2:10	otdt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδόντες & τὸν ἀστέρα	1	Here Matthew could mean that: (1) they saw how the star moved and then stopped over where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “having seen that the star had stopped” or “having seen that the star was guiding them” (2) they saw that the star had appeared again. Alternate translation: “having seen the star again” or “having seen the star reappear”
132	2:10	vd00		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of joy or would not use both the noun joy and the verb rejoiced together, you could express the same idea by using only the verb. Alternate translation: “they rejoiced very much” or “they rejoiced exceedingly greatly”
133	2:11	y2tl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”
134	2:11	kidl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πεσόντες	1	Here Matthew means that the learned men kneeled on the ground or bowed down very low. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “kneeling down” or “prostrating themselves”
135	2:11	q8vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσεκύνησαν	1	Translate worshiped as you did in 2:2 and 2:8. Alternate translation: “they bowed before” or “they kneeled before him to honor”
136	2:11	r452		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν	1	Here, their treasures refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their gifts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” or “their treasure boxes”
137	2:12	th3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χρηματισθέντες	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God having warned them”
138	2:12	fjue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην & ἀνεχώρησαν	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “a dream, ‘Do not return to Herod,’ they departed”
139	2:13	k00j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
140	2:13	l4ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention”
141	2:13	pr5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	φαίνεται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared”
142	2:13	dawp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded him”
143	2:13	ygms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι; μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “Because Herod is going to seek the young child to kill him, having gotten up, take the young child and his mother, and flee to Egypt, and remain there until I tell you.”
144	2:13	v88f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι	1	Here the angel implies that he will tell Joseph that it is safe to return to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back”
145	2:14	drx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	νυκτὸς	1	Here Matthew implies that they departed for Egypt the same night in which Joseph had the dream. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that very night”
146	2:15	ft3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν	1	Matthew implies that Mary and Jesus also lived in Egypt with Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were”
147	2:15	we5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill”
148	2:15	lv97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke”
149	2:15	rbm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ προφήτου	1	The prophet to whom Matthew refers is Hosea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Hosea the prophet”
150	2:15	s792		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Hosea the prophet (see Hosea 11:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Hosea” or “who declared”
151	2:15	imhz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκάλεσα	1	Here the author of the quotation, Hosea, implies that God is summoning his son from Egypt. He is not just speaking to his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I summoned”
152	2:16	aygj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἰδὼν	1	Here, Matthew speaks of knowing as if it were seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having learned” or “having known”
153	2:16	bhtt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων	1	Matthew implies that Herod realized that the learned men were not going to visit him and tell him where Jesus was. That is why he felt mocked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had been mocked by the learned men, who were not going to return” or “the learned men had deceived him by not coming back to him”
154	2:16	g513		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the learned men had mocked him”
155	2:16	d8d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν	1	Here Matthew implies that Herod sent other people to kill the children. He did not kill the children himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sent forth his soldiers to kill”
156	2:16	tvj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω	1	Here, the phrase from two years and under identifies children that are two years old or younger than two years old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase in your language. Alternate translation: “from those who were just born to those who were two years old” or “those who were younger than three years old”
157	2:16	es2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβωσεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων	1	Here Matthew implies that Herod decided what ages of baby boys to have killed based on when the learned men first saw the star. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “basing this decision on the time of the star’s appearance that he had determined exactly from the learned men”
158	2:17	x68m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τότε	1	Here, the word Then indicates that the prophecy was fulfilled at the time when Herod had his soldiers kill the baby boys in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “And so” or “It was then that”
159	2:17	l8g5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	See how you translated the similar passive forms in 1:22 and 2:15. Alternate translation: “these events fulfilled what God spoke”
160	2:17	ykxc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Jeremiah the prophet (see Jeremiah 31:15). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”
161	2:18	zm17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φωνὴ ἐν Ῥαμὰ ἠκούσθη, κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς, Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	This prophecy speaks of women who live in Ramah as if they were Rachel, their ancestor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to the women who are descended from Rachel. Alternate translation: “Voices were heard in Ramah, weeping and great mourning, women descended from Rachel weeping for their children, and not willing to be comforted”
162	2:18	k91t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “There was a voice” or “People heard a voice”
163	2:18	x062		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς	1	The terms weeping and great mourning mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “much weeping” or “deep mourning”
164	2:18	sve3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because they are no more, she is not willing to be comforted”
165	2:18	rgg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she was not willing to receive comfort” or “no one could comfort her”
166	2:18	p9ri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐκ εἰσίν	1	The author of the quotation is referring to the death of the children in a polite way by using the phrase they are no more. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “they had passed away” or “because they had died”
167	2:19	vupx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
168	2:19	wwpi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
169	2:19	o6s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	φαίνεται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared”
170	2:20	pljv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded him”
171	2:20	hij7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύου εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ; τεθνήκασιν γὰρ οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “Because the ones seeking the life of the child have died, having gotten up, take the young child and his mother and go to the land of Israel.”
172	2:20	hz2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου	1	Here, the phrase the ones seeking the life of the child refers to people who wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones seeking to do away with the child” or “the ones wishing to kill the child”
173	2:22	h4cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀρχέλαος	1	The word Archelaus is the name of a man. He began to rule after his father Herod died.
174	2:22	n47p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἀκούσας & ὅτι Ἀρχέλαος βασιλεύει τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῴδου, ἐφοβήθη	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Archelaus is reigning over Judea in the place of his father Herod,’ he was afraid”
175	2:22	m1ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χρηματισθεὶς	1	Here Matthew implies that Joseph was warned against living in Judea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been warned about living in Judea”
176	2:22	dy6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χρηματισθεὶς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God, probably speaking through an angel. Alternate translation: “God having warned him” or “an angel of the Lord having warned him”
177	2:23	ev23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”
178	2:23	oxc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατῴκησεν	1	Matthew implies that Mary and Jesus also lived in Nazareth with Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus lived”
179	2:23	lax1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεγομένην	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people called” or “whose name was”
180	2:23	rwhw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅπως	1	Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from Joseph and his family living in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Joseph and his family lived in Nazareth. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to delete the comma after prophets. Alternate translation: “in order that”
181	2:23	dx5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	See how your translated the similar passive forms in 2:15 and 2:17. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill what God spoke”
182	2:23	vxb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “the prophets, ‘He will be called a Nazarene’”
183	2:23	okmw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τῶν προφητῶν	1	Matthew does not clarify which prophets he is referring to, and there is no single passage in the Old Testament that speaks about Jesus being a Nazarene. Because of that, you should not include any implied information here. If possible, leave the statement as general as it appears in the ULT. Alternate translation: “God’s prophets” or “prophets”
184	2:23	sa9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they will call him a Nazarene”
185	2:23	yrb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	κληθήσεται	1	The pronoun he refers to the Messiah. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the Messiah more directly. The prophets probably did not know that his name would be Jesus, so you should use a title like “Christ” or “Messiah” here. Alternate translation: “the Christ will be called”
186	3:intro	a6h3				0	Matthew 3 General Notes Structure and Formatting The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25) The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1–12) John baptizes Jesus (3:13–17) Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation from the Old Testament in verse 3. Special Concepts in this Chapter John the Baptist In this chapter, Matthew introduces John the Baptist, who preached in the wilderness. Matthew describes his clothing and his food in ways that resemble the prophet Elijah. John preached a message that called for repentance. He prepared the way for Jesus to begin his ministry. Baptism The word “baptism” refers to a ritual washing, usually with water. John’s baptism is similar to Christian baptism, but it does not mean exactly the same thing (see Acts 18:24–26). John says that his baptism is “for repentance” (see 3:11). Most likely, it symbolized the removal of the sins that people were repenting of and the beginning of a new way of living. However, even Jesus received this baptism despite the fact that he did not need to repent of any sins. In this case, the baptism may symbolize complete dedication to God. Consider how you might refer to this kind of ritual washing in your language. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Fruit tree metaphor In 3:8 and 3:10, John speaks of people as if they were fruit trees. He says that people need to produce “good fruit,” just like fruit trees should. However, every fruit tree that does not produce good fruit will be cut down and burned. In the same way, people who do not do what is right will be judged and punished. If possible, preserve this metaphor or express it in simile form. Wheat harvest metaphor In 3:12, John speaks of people as if they were parts of wheat plants. People who obey God are like the edible part of the wheat plant, the grain. People who disobey God are like the inedible part of the wheat plant, the chaff. Just as a farmer separates the grain from the chaff, so God will separate people into those who obey him and those who do not. Then, just as the farmer stores the grain and burns the chaff, so God will save those who obey him and punish those who do not. If possible, preserve this metaphor or express it in simile form. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that John the Baptist delivers to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
187	3:1	xp3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
188	3:1	yoaf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν & ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	Here, Matthew uses the term days to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that identifies a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “during that time”
189	3:1	tmu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	Here, the phrase those days refers to the period of time before Jesus began his public ministry. During this time, Jesus lived in Nazareth with his family. Matthew is not referring to the period of time in which Joseph, Mary, and Jesus traveled back from Egypt to Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to the time period in which Jesus lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the days when Jesus lived in Nazareth” or “the days before Jesus began his ministry”
190	3:1	ifa0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	παραγίνεται Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς	1	This phrase introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there is a man named John the Baptist” or “a man called John the Baptist appears”
191	3:1	bcdv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	παραγίνεται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
192	3:2	nc62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
193	3:2	u2pi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μετανοεῖτε, ἤγγικεν γὰρ ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clause. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is near, so repent”
194	3:2	dweb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here John the Baptist is referring to God’s kingdom that currently exists in the heavens. A kingdom is a situation in which a king rules over his people in a specific area. See the book introduction for more information about the kingdom of the heavens. Consider how you might express this idea here and throughout the rest of Matthew. Alternate translation: “God’s complete reign” or “the ability to be fully God’s people”
195	3:2	hvx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἤγγικεν	1	Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”
196	3:3	et5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Matthew has said about John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Now”
197	3:3	fl4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ῥηθεὶς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one about whom the Lord spoke”
198	3:3	qt02		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see Isaiah 40:3). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”
199	3:3	s62r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	φωνὴ βοῶντος	1	Isaiah is using voice to represent a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person calling out” or “Someone calling out”
200	3:3	mm58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “of one calling out in the wilderness and saying” or “of one calling out in the wilderness, declaring”
201	3:3	yhe7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τῇ ἐρήμῳ: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of this quotation. Alternate translation: “the wilderness that people must make ready the way of the Lord, that they must make his paths straight”
202	3:3	n7lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a connecting word in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Make ready the way of the Lord, yes, make his paths straight”
203	3:3	j99i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Here Isaiah speaks as if people should build and maintain roads for the Lord to travel on as he comes to visit his people. He means that people need to be living and acting in the proper ways when the Lord appears to his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the metaphor in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Live and behave in a way that pleases God, as if you were making a road ready for him to travel on”
204	3:4	j647		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	Here Matthew uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. The word does not introduce another event in the story. This background information is found in 3:4–6. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Concerning this John, he”
205	3:4	su9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου	1	The phrase had his clothing from the hair of a camel means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of camels”
206	3:4	dagi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζώνην δερματίνην	1	A leather belt is a thin strap made out of animal skin that holds clothing in place. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of clothing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an animal skin strap” or “a band made from animal skin”
207	3:5	ncp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τότε	1	Here, the word Then refers to the period of time in which John was preaching in the wilderness (see 3:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “While John was preaching,” or “During the time when John was in the wilderness,”
208	3:5	ytnz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξεπορεύετο	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “were coming out”
209	3:5	j8ke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	Here, the terms Jerusalem, Judea, and the {region} around the Jordan represent the people who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, and people from all Judea, and people from all the region around the Jordan”
210	3:5	zys1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	Matthew twice says all as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of Judea, and most of the region around the Jordan”
211	3:6	ls9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἐβαπτίζοντο ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ Ποταμῷ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	Here the people were confessing their sins before they were being baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the elements so that these events are in sequential order, or you could use another form to indicate the sequence Alternate translation: “confessing their sins, they were being baptized by him in the Jordan River” or “being baptized by him in the Jordan River after they confessed their sins”
212	3:6	v5xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was baptizing them”
213	3:6	q311		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξομολογούμενοι	1	Here it is the people who are confessing, not John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as they confessed”
214	3:7	lxwz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
215	3:7	jclu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase for his baptism could indicate that the Pharisees and Sadducees are coming: (1) so that they can receive John’s baptism. Alternate translation: “to receive his baptism” (2) to the place where John is baptizing. Alternate translation: “to where he was baptizing” or “to the place of his baptism”
216	3:7	tcva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of baptism, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be baptized by him”
217	3:7	fjl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	The expression Offspring of is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like vipers” or “You have the qualities of vipers”
218	3:7	qtu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here John speaks of the Pharisees and Sadducees as if they were like vipers (see the previous note for the meaning of the phrase Offspring of). He means that they are evil and hurt other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like poisonous creatures” or “You evil people”
219	3:7	kr0r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐχιδνῶν	1	If your readers would not recognize the name vipers, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “of poisonous snakes” or “of poisonous animals”
220	3:7	c4cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	John is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees for coming to be baptized by him when they really do not believe that they need to flee from the coming wrath. In other words, they want to be baptized, but they do not think that they need to repent of anything. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I realize that you do not really think that you need to flee from the coming wrath!” or “You do not actually believe that you must flee from the coming wrath.”
221	3:7	h7ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	Here, the word wrath refers to how God will punish people who do not believe and who disobey him. The word coming means that the wrath will happen soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the future punishment” or “the punishment that God will soon inflict”
222	3:8	msjo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces an exhortation based on what John said in rebuking the Pharisees and Sadducees in the previous verse (see 3:7). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an exhortation based on a previous rebuke. Alternate translation: “Instead” or “But here is what you should do:”
223	3:8	s8ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε & καρπὸν	1	Here, John is speaking of people behaving in certain ways as if they were trees producing fruit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act in ways” or “perform deeds”
224	3:8	dbj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας	1	Here, John is using the possessive form to describe fruit that matches or goes along with repentance. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that goes along with repentance” or “that shows repentance”
225	3:8	jsoz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς μετανοίας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of repentance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of repenting” or “of people who repent”
226	3:9	sc2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in yourselves could indicate that the Pharisees and Sadducees might speak: (1) within themselves, which would be thinking privately. Alternate translation: “to say within yourselves” or “to say to yourselves” (2) within their group, which would be speaking to each other. Alternate translation: “to say to each other”
227	3:9	anyf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the quotation mark at the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “among yourselves that you have Abraham as father”
228	3:9	s4og		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα	1	Here, the word father means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “as ancestor”
229	3:9	h6n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the Pharisees and Sadducees should not say We have Abraham {as} father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “You should not say that because”
230	3:9	h7lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “to you, ‘God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones.’”
231	3:9	k843		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here John means that God can create children for Abraham at any time and in any way he wants, even from stones. He means that people who have Abraham {as} father will not receive special treatment from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God is able to create other children for Abraham, even from these stones” or “God can raise up more children for Abraham any time he wants to, and he could turn even these stones into children for Abraham”
232	3:9	eedc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, the word children means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “people descended from Abraham”
233	3:10	vosb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a development of the ideas in the previous verse. It also introduces a slight contrast with God being able to make children of Abraham from stones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “As a matter of fact,”
234	3:10	a8m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	In this verse, John speaks as if people were trees and as if God had an ax. Every person who does not repent and do what is right is like a tree that does not produce good fruit. Just as someone chops down these trees and burns them, so God will punish these people. If possible preserve the metaphor here. You could use simile form, or if necessary, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “already it is as if the ax is set against the root of the trees. Every person who does not repent and obey is like a tree that does not produce good fruit. It is chopped down and thrown into a fire” or “already God is ready to judge people. So, anyone who does not repent and obey will be declared guilty and punished”
235	3:10	d4j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀξίνη & κεῖται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has set the ax”
236	3:10	pea6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων	1	In this verse, the word root is singular in form, but it refers to all the roots of the trees as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the roots of the trees”
237	3:10	n4xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ῥίζαν	1	Here, the word root refers to the lowest part of the tree that shows above the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the base” or “lowest part”
238	3:10	r7o2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God chops down every tree not producing good fruit and throws it into a fire”
239	3:10	g502		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἐκκόπτεται καὶ & βάλλεται	1	Here John could be using the present tense to describe: (1) something that is generally true. Alternate translation: “is being chopped down and is being thrown” (2) something that will happen in the future but is as certain as if it was happening in the present. Alternate translation: “will be chopped down and will be thrown”
240	3:11	aiiw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	Here, the phrase for repentance could describe: (1) the purpose for which John baptizes people. Alternate translation: “so that you repent” (2) what John’s baptism represents or signifies. Alternate translation: “with reference to repentance” or “to show your repentance”
241	3:11	rvf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of repentance, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure your translation fits with the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “in order that you might repent” or “to show that you have repented”
242	3:11	l3zm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ & ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	Here John speaks as if someone is walking behind him. He could mean that: (1) soon someone will continue what John has started doing. Alternate translation: “the one who will preach after I have” (2) one of his own disciples will become greater than he. Alternate translation: “one of my disciples”
243	3:11	i61t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μού	1	John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I am”
244	3:11	c1xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι	1	Here, to carry someone’s sandals was a duty of a slave. John means that he is not worthy to be a slave to this person who is coming after him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am not worthy to be the slave who carries away his sandals” or “I am not worthy to act as his slave”
245	3:11	gtm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	Here John indicates that the one coming after him will cause people to experience the Holy Spirit and fire, just as John caused people to experience water in baptism. If possible, preserve the baptism metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you, as it were, with the Holy Spirit and with fire” or “He also will perform something like baptism, but he will use the Holy Spirit and fire”
246	3:11	ata7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	Here, the word fire could be: (1) a reference to how Jesus will purify people. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit and purifying fire” (2) a reference to how Jesus will punish people. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit and with fiery punishment” (3) a further description of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “with the fire that is the Holy Spirit”
247	3:12	gcq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην; τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	In this verse, John describes the one who comes after him as a farmer who separates the useful grains of wheat from the other parts of the wheat plant by using a winnowing fork to clear of his threshing floor. Just as that farmer separates the grain from the chaff, so the one who comes after John will separate those who obey from those who do not. Just as that farmer saves the grain and burns up the chaff, so the one who comes after John will save those who obey and punish those who do not. If possible, preserve this metaphor. If necessary, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is like a farmer with a winnowing fork in his hand. He will separate those who obey God from those who do not, just as a farmer thoroughly clears off his fleshing floor. He will save those who obey and punish those who disobey, just as a farmer gathers his wheat into the storehouse and burns up the chaff with unquenchable fire” or “who is ready to act, and he will separate those who obey God from those who disobey God. He will save those who obey and completely punish those who disobey”
248	3:12	sq4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase in his hand indicates that a person is ready to use whatever is in his or her hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has picked up his winnowing fork” or “who is ready to use his winnowing fork”
249	3:12	b5m4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ πτύον	1	A winnowing fork is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for winnowing grain” or “tool for tossing seeds”
250	3:12	r2ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	The threshing floor was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the grain from the chaff. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing and winnowing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to where threshing happens in your culture, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the place where he separates the grain from the chaff”
251	3:13	vl93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Here, the word Then introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon this event happened after the events that Matthew has already narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event in sequence. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,” or “After John said those things,”
252	3:13	tsxj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	παραγίνεται	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes”
253	3:13	zj7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	παραγίνεται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
254	3:13	zbj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that John would baptize him”
255	3:14	fax0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διεκώλυεν αὐτὸν	1	Here Matthew means that John did not want to baptize Jesus and tried to stop Jesus from asking him to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was trying to prevent Jesus from wanting to be baptized” or “was resisting Jesus’ request to be baptized”
256	3:14	m2y0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
257	3:14	khdz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to baptize me”
258	3:14	ibj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοῦ & σὺ	1	Since John is speaking to Jesus, the word you is singular throughout this verse.
259	3:14	cl7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με?	1	John is using the question form to show surprise at Jesus’ request to be baptized. He wants to show that the request does not make sense. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “so you should not come to me!” or “so it does not make sense for you to come to me.”
260	3:14	nu8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχῃ πρός με	1	Here John implies that Jesus comes to be baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “come to me to be baptized”
261	3:15	c1jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἀποκριθεὶς & ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”
262	3:15	yozq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄφες ἄρτι; οὕτως γὰρ πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the request that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Baptizing me is a fitting way for us to fulfill all righteousness. So, permit it now”
263	3:15	v30k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄφες & ἀφίησιν αὐτόν	1	In both places, Matthew implies that John should or does permit Jesus to be baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Permit me to be baptized … he permitted him to be baptized”
264	3:15	jkcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἄφες	1	Since Jesus is speaking to John, the command Permit is singular here.
265	3:15	h6ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, the word us refers only to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark this form.
266	3:15	wdcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην	1	The phrase to fulfill all righteousness means to do everything that God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “to accomplish God’s will” or “to do everything that God has told us to do”
267	3:15	n6d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that is righteous” or “all of God’s righteous will”
268	3:15	reau		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀφίησιν αὐτόν	1	Here, the word he refers to John, and the word him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “John permits Jesus”
269	3:16	d5zy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
270	3:16	inf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was John. Alternate translation: “John having baptized him”
271	3:16	htuf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus was in the River Jordan when he was baptized. Afterwards, he came up out of the river. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “left the water of the river” or “stepped out of the river”
272	3:16	l5bv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
273	3:16	jig5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	People in Matthew’s culture often spoke of how the heavens had doors or gates that led into them. Matthew uses this kind of language (doors being opened) to indicate that Jesus saw into the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was enabled to look into the heavens” or “God showed him what was happening in the heavens”
274	3:16	jh1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God opened the heavens to him”
275	3:16	e3na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν	1	The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down as a dove flies down”
276	3:16	gawt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καταβαῖνον	1	Here Matthew implies that the Spirit of God came down from the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming down from the heavens”
277	3:16	mo7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Here Matthew implies that the Spirit of God settled or landed on Jesus, just like a bird might settle or land on something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “perching upon him” or “settling on him”
278	3:17	xohx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
279	3:17	cdrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply a verb of speaking if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a voice spoke from the heavens”
280	3:17	m2wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	φωνὴ	1	Matthew is using voice to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person speaking” or “God the Father spoke”
281	3:17	op13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγουσα	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and it said”
282	3:17	myz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	The word Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.
283	3:17	m1ib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱός & ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Son, whom I love,”
284	3:17	hdro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὐδοκέω	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who pleases me”
285	4:intro	hgw2				0	Matthew 4 General Notes Structure and Formatting The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25) The devil tempts Jesus (4:1–11) Jesus begins his public ministry (4:12–17) Jesus calls four of his disciples (4:18–22) Summary of Jesus’ early ministry (4:23–25) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:15–16, which are words from the Old Testament. Special Concepts in this Chapter The Devil The devil, also named Satan, is an evil spiritual being. In this chapter, he tempts Jesus to disobey God. He even quotes the Bible to try to convince Jesus to disobey. Consider how you might naturally refer to a powerful and evil spiritual being. Temptation In 4:1–11, Matthew tells the story of how Jesus was tempted by the devil. The devil tried to convince Jesus to do things that would be disobedient. Jesus already knew how he was supposed to live his life and how he was supposed to die on the cross. The devil tempted Jesus to act in a different way. In response, Jesus quotes the Bible and does not do what the devil tempts him to do. Fishermen Four of Jesus’ first disciples (Peter, Andrew, James, and John) were fishermen. In their culture, fishermen usually stood on the shore or in a boat and threw a net into the water. The edges of the net had weights on it, so the net sank into the water and trapped any fish beneath it. Then, fishermen would pull on a rope to close the net and haul it to shore or onto the boat. If people in your culture do not fish or do not fish in that way, consider how much information you need to provide to help your readers understand the story. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between Jesus and the devil. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
286	4:1	k51m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Here, the word Then introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon this event happened after the events that Matthew has already narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event in sequence. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,” or “After he heard the voice from the heavens,”
287	4:1	aq3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led up Jesus”
288	4:1	wy4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the devil could tempt Jesus”
289	4:2	cft7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	The phrase 40 days and 40 nights refers to 40 periods of 24 hours in a row. Matthew means that Jesus fasted for 40 full days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “for 40 straight days”
290	4:3	nfiu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πειράζων	1	Here, the phrase the one tempting refers to the devil, whom Matthew already mentioned in 4:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one tempting, the devil,” or “the devil, who was tempting him,”
291	4:3	oyws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the stones will only become loaves if Jesus is the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking so that these stones might become loaves”
292	4:3	c1ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The phrase Son of God is an important title for Jesus.
293	4:3	vpnf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1	Here the devil wants Jesus to tell the stones to become bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “tell these stones to become bread” or “speak words that make these stones become bread”
294	4:3	uyv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “speak to these stones, ‘Become bread!’”
295	4:4	o3a6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he answered” or “he said to him”
296	4:4	sph9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	In Matthew’s culture, it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 8:3). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “You can read in the Scriptures” or “It says in the book of Deuteronomy”
297	4:4	fd67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”
298	4:4	i33v			οὐκ & ζήσεται	1	The author of the quotation could be using the future tense to give: (1) a general statement. Alternate translation: “does not live” (2) a command. Alternate translation: “should not live”
299	4:4	d010		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	The word Man represents people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Humans”
300	4:4	d5tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Although the term Man is masculine, the author of the quotation is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Man and woman” or “A person”
301	4:4	xbai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἄρτῳ	1	Here, bread represents food and eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” or “eating”
302	4:4	wuqm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ	1	The author of the quotation is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he will live by”
303	4:4	rzh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παντὶ ῥήματι	1	The author of the quotation is using the term word to mean a message spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every message” or “everything”
304	4:4	jl6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ	1	Here, the phrase coming through the mouth of God indicates that God is the one speaking every word. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that God has spoken” or “that God says”
305	4:5	qhg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	παραλαμβάνει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took”
306	4:5	x6i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	Here, the phrase highest point could refer to: (1) the top part of the roof. Alternate translation: “the top of the roof of the temple” (2) the edge of the roof. Alternate translation: “the edge of the temple’s roof”
307	4:6	z1xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγει αὐτῷ	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he tells him”
308	4:6	bbx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
309	4:6	wgtk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the angels will only rescue Jesus if Jesus is the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to throw himself down to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
310	4:6	x2vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The phrase Son of God is an important title for Jesus.
311	4:6	dnrp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	When Satan tells Jesus to throw yourself down, he means that Jesus should jump off the top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “jump from here on top of the temple”
312	4:6	fa8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	In Matthew’s culture, for it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 91:11–12). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is written in the book of Psalms” or “for the psalmist wrote”
313	4:6	x6zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a poet wrote this in the Scriptures”
314	4:6	zofd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται & ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ, ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he will command his angels concerning you, and they will lift you up in their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone”
315	4:6	zd4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐντελεῖται	1	The pronoun He refers to God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “God will command”
316	4:6	s9i7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοῦ & σε & προσκόψῃς & σου	1	Since the author of the quotations is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, every occurrence of you and your in the quotations is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “each of you … each of you … any of you strike your”
317	4:6	azpz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2	Here, the word and connects the two quotations, which are two verses from Psalm 91. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that connects two closely related quotations. Alternate translation: “and further” or “and then”
318	4:6	f1mm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	The author of the quotation is using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “even your foot strikes a stone” or “you get hurt”
319	4:7	qish		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus answered”
320	4:7	eerm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	πάλιν γέγραπται	1	In Matthew’s culture, it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 6:16). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Again, you can read in the Scriptures” or “Again, it says in the book of Deuteronomy”
321	4:7	fn07		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάλιν γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”
322	4:7	wri7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that you will not test the Lord your God”
323	4:7	xl3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	The author of the quotation is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a command form. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God”
324	4:7	c7t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις	1	Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the word You here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “None of you will test”
325	4:8	fvnf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάλιν	1	Here Matthew means that the devil tempted Jesus again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Tempting him again”
326	4:8	elcs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	παραλαμβάνει & δείκνυσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took … showed”
327	4:8	d12q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how great they are” or “how glorious they are”
328	4:9	oo0u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he declared to him”
329	4:9	al72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the condition before its consequence. Alternate translation: “If having fallen down, you would worship me, all these things I will give to you”
330	4:9	crez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτά & πάντα	1	Here, the phrase All these things refers to the “kingdoms” and “their glory” that the devil showed to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “All these kingdoms and their glory” or “Everything I have showed to you”
331	4:9	eas8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πεσὼν	1	Here the devil refers to kneeling on the ground or bowing down very low. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having kneeled down” or “having prostrated yourself”
332	4:10	hsky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus tells him”
333	4:10	itxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται γάρ	1	In Matthew’s culture, it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 6:13). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For you can read in the Scriptures” or “For it says in the book of Deuteronomy”
334	4:10	k49q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”
335	4:10	ohjc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται & Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that you will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him”
336	4:10	mmx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “You will worship the Lord your God, yes, you will serve only him”
337	4:10	ah9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις	1	The author of the quotation is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a command form. Alternate translation: “You must worship … you must serve”
338	4:10	rig8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις	1	Since the author of the quotations is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words You, your, and you in the quotation are singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you will worship … your … each of you will serve”
339	4:11	b0p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἀφίησιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “left”
340	4:11	ko5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
341	4:12	v7p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
342	4:12	d1vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context (see 14:1–12) that it was King Herod Antipas, the son of the king who had tried to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John”
343	4:13	pph4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρὰ	1	Here Matthew implies that when Jesus “withdrew into Galilee,” he first went to the city of Nazareth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he first went to Nazareth. Then, having left Nazareth”
344	4:13	fgsd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ	1	It may be more natural in your language to say where Jesus went before saying where he lived. If so, you could move in Capernaum so that it goes with having come. Alternate translation: “having come to Capernaum, he lived there”
345	4:13	knjg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν παραθαλασσίαν	1	Here Matthew is referring to the sea of Galilee. The town of Capernaum was at the edge of this sea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the Galilee sea”
346	4:13	hpm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ	1	The words Zebulun and Naphtali are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier. Matthew uses these names to connect where Jesus lived with the prophecy he will quote in 4:15. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these are names of tribes. Alternate translation: “in the territories that the tribes of Zebulun and Naphtali formerly lived in”
347	4:14	z5rv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus living in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus lived in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “in order that”
348	4:14	tj7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	See how you translated the similar passive forms in 2:15 and 2:17. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill what God spoke”
349	4:14	bifn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see Isaiah 9:1–2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”
350	4:15	egx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Here, the areas that Isaiah refers to represent the people who live in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The people who live in the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, the people who live on the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, the people who live in Galilee of the Gentiles”
351	4:15	hbg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Each of the three lines of poetry in this verse gives a different description of the same area. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including all three descriptions in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word or phrase that indicates that these lines are all descriptions of one place. Alternate translation: “The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, which is the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, which is Galilee of the Gentiles”
352	4:15	se2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁδὸν θαλάσσης	1	The phrase the way of the sea could refer to: (1) areas near the sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the areas around the Sea of Galilee” (2) a road that ended at the Mediterranean sea. Alternate translation: “the road that goes to the Mediterranean sea”
353	4:15	d8ut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	Here Isaiah could be referring to: (1) areas to the west of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “on the western side of the Jordan” (2) areas to the east of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side of the Jordan”
354	4:15	uv17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe Galilee as a place where Gentiles live. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Galilee, home of Gentiles”
355	4:16	fsl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the people sitting in darkness have seen a great light; yes, to the ones sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen”
356	4:16	h2xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς	1	Here Isaiah refers to sin, trouble, and hopelessness as if they were darkness and the shadow of death. He refers to God’s deliverance and salvation as if it were a great light. If possible, preserve these metaphors or express them in simile form. Alternate translation: “the people sitting in spiritual darkness have seen the great light of God’s salvation, and to the ones sitting in the region and shadow where there is spiritual death, upon them the light of God’s deliverance has arisen”
357	4:16	j6gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις	1	Here, Isaiah refers to living as if it were sitting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “dwelling … to the ones dwelling”
358	4:16	zd49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν σκοτίᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where it is dark”
359	4:16	s2r2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	εἶδεν & φῶς ἀνέτειλεν	1	Isaiah uses the past tense here in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will see … will a light arise”
360	4:16	wk62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου	1	Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe a region and a shadow, or darkness, that is characterized by death. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deadly region and the deathly shadow” or “the region and shadow characterized by death”
361	4:16	hxmh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θανάτου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that are deadly”
362	4:17	ad4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τότε	1	Here, the word time refers to when Jesus began to live in Capernaum (see 4:13). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “From when he began to live in Capernaum,” or “After he moved to Capernaum,”
363	4:17	v18b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “to preach” or “to preach, saying”
364	4:17	eu34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	μετανοεῖτε	1	Because Jesus is speaking to people in general, the command Repent is plural here.
365	4:17	dku3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἤγγικεν	1	Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 3:2 Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”
366	4:18	yrx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “Some time later,”
367	4:18	twab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	δύο ἀδελφούς, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον καὶ Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς	1	Here Matthew introduces two new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two fishermen who were casting a net into the sea. They were Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother”
368	4:18	shea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Simon, whose other name was” or “Simon, whom people also called”
369	4:18	xlw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Matthew never says whether Simon or Andrew was older, but he mentions Simon first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that Andrew was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
370	4:18	yfh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	They were casting a net in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “casting a net into the sea to catch fish”
371	4:18	yyiy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς	1	Some cultures use a net to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which fishermen throw into the water to trap fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people catch fish in your culture, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in” or “trying to catch fish in”
372	4:18	qmzo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	γὰρ	1	Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why Simon and Andrew were casting a net. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces this kind of background information. Alternate translation: “which they did because” or “since”
373	4:19	q12l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
374	4:19	y3zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Here, the phrase Come after me is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples” or “Travel with me as my students”
375	4:19	n9h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	Here Jesus speaks of preaching the gospel and helping people believe in Jesus as if it were fishing. He means that, just as fishermen catch many fish, so Simon and Andrew will help many people believe. If possible, preserve the metaphor here, since it relates directly to what Simon and Andrew were doing when Jesus saw them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a simile. Alternate translation: “I will make you into people who collect men for me, just as you now collect fish”
376	4:19	kdpw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμᾶς	1	Because Jesus is speaking to Simon and Andrew, the word you is plural here.
377	4:19	hm4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans” or “of men and women”
378	4:20	ssi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα	1	Translate the word nets as you did in 4:18. Alternate translation: “having stopped fishing”
379	4:20	jney		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	Here, the phrase followed him indicates that they traveled with Jesus and were his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became his disciples” or “traveled with him as his students”
380	4:21	b3hq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς, Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν, καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν	1	Here Matthew introduces two more new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two men who were in a boat, mending their nets with their father, Zebedee. They were James, the son of Zebedee, and his younger brother John”
381	4:21	ssae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Matthew never says whether James or John was older, but he mentions James first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that John was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
382	4:21	kp8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν	1	Translate the word nets as you did in 4:18 and 4:20. Alternate translation: “the tools they used for fishing”
383	4:21	utn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus called them to “come after him,” that is, to travel with him and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he called them to come after him” or “he called them to travel with him as his students”
384	4:21	gila		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκάλεσεν	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus called”
385	4:22	auyr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	Translate this phrase as you did in 4:20. Alternate translation: “became his disciples” or “traveled with him as his students”
386	4:23	cz8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περιῆγεν ἐν	1	Here, the phrase going around in indicates that Jesus traveled through many places in the region of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was traveling to many places in” or “he took trips through”
387	4:23	jt3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a gospel that is about the kingdom. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom”
388	4:23	qx7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	Here, the phrase every disease and every sickness represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person”
389	4:23	nr8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	The terms every disease and every sickness mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness”
390	4:23	ljkd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	Matthew says every here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of disease and sickness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses”
391	4:23	v4ev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ λαῷ	1	Here, the phrase the people refers specifically to Jewish people living in Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people there”
392	4:24	hwa0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν	1	Here Matthew speaks of the news as if it were a person who could go out into all Syria. He means that people throughout Syria heard about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the news of him was heard in all Syria”
393	4:24	bmvs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe news that concern him, that is, Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the news about him”
394	4:24	fiao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	προσήνεγκαν	1	Here, the word they refers to any people who heard the news of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “many people that heard brought”
395	4:24	unqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	Matthew says all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many of”
396	4:24	ogxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τοὺς κακῶς, ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους	1	Here, the terms sickness, diseases, and pains mean similar things. Matthew is using the three terms together to include any kind of physical sickness or pain. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use only one or two terms to refer to any kind of sickness or pain. Alternate translation: “the ones being sick or in pain” or “the ones having diseases or injuries”
397	4:24	xn8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοὺς κακῶς, ἔχοντας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones being sick”
398	4:24	zenl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “experiencing various diseases and pains”
399	4:24	i296		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom demons possessed”
400	4:24	k3pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	σεληνιαζομένους, καὶ παραλυτικούς	1	Matthew is using the adjectives epileptic and paralytic as nouns to mean people who are epileptic and paralytic. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “epileptic and paralytic people”
401	4:24	p3nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σεληνιαζομένους	1	An epileptic is someone who sometimes passes out and then moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “people with seizures” or “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably”
402	4:24	qk4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	παραλυτικούς	1	A paralytic is someone who is not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed” or “people who could not move their limbs”
403	4:25	j63v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Δεκαπόλεως, καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ Ἰουδαίας, καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	Here Matthew indicates that large crowds traveled wherever Jesus went. The people who made up these crowds came from all the regions and towns that Matthew mentions in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “large crowds of people from Galilee and Decapolis and Jerusalem and Judea and beyond the Jordan followed him”
404	4:25	i9m7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	The word Decapolis is a name for a region to the southeast of Galilee. The name means “the Ten Towns.”
405	4:25	yfgi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	Here, the phrase beyond the Jordan refers to regions to the east of the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the areas on the east side of the Jordan River”
406	5:intro	awz8				0	Matthew 5 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28) The Beatitudes (5:1–12) Salt and light (5:13–16) The law and righteousness (5:17–20) Moses’ law and Jesus’ commands (5:21–48) Murder and anger (5:21–26) Adultery and divorce (5:27–32) Oaths and promises (5:33–37) Punishment and retaliation (5:38–42) Loving everyone (5:43–48) Many people call the words in Matthew 5–7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section. Matthew 5:3–10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this section. Special Concepts in this Chapter The “Beatitudes” In 5:3–12, Jesus speaks nine blessings, or “Beatitudes.” He uses poetic form, repetition, and contrasting statements. Use forms in your language that people would recognize as poetry. See the notes on these verses for translation options. “You have heard that it was said” When Jesus quotes commands that his audience would be familiar with, he uses a phrase like “you have heard that it was said.” Usually when he uses this phrase, he is quoting or summarizing commands directly from the Old Testament law. However, in 5:43, he quotes a command from the Old Testament (“love your neighbor”) and then includes what some people would add to that command (“hate your enemy”). You may need to clarify that only the clause “love your neighbor” is from the Old Testament law. See the notes on each verse for information about what commands Jesus is quoting or summarizing. Jesus and the law Throughout this chapter, Jesus quotes commands that his audience would be familiar with. Then, he introduces his response to these commands with a phrase like “but I say to you.” In each case, Jesus is not contradicting or annulling the commands from God that he quotes. Instead, Jesus is correcting misunderstandings about what these commands mean. He wants his disciples to apply the commands properly. Use a form that indicates that Jesus is clarifying the commands, not contradicting them. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Salt metaphor In 5:13, Jesus describes his disciples as if they were salt that seasons the world. He means that, just as salt preserves food and makes it taste better, so his disciples help save people in the world and make the world a better place. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Light metaphor In 5:14–16, Jesus describes his disciples as if they together were a lamp that gives light. He means specifically that their good deeds function together like a light that shines on other people, which allows these people to learn what is true and to praise God. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Hyperbole In 5:29–30, Jesus commands his disciples to cut off body parts that cause them to sin. He uses this extreme example of resisting sin in order to show his disciples how serious sin really is. He does not mean that believers should always cut off body parts when they sin. Jesus intends his commands to be shocking, however, so you should preserve the extreme language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Jesus’ commands are extreme language. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” In this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he uses the singular, he is speaking about specific situations that each person in the crowd might experience. When he uses the plural, he is speaking generally to the crowd as a whole. You should assume that Jesus is using plural forms of “you” unless a note specifies that the forms are singular. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-crowd]])
407	5:1	c5rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
408	5:1	xpes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τὸ ὄρος	1	Matthew does not clarify what mountain this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”
409	5:1	z880		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθίσαντος αὐτοῦ	1	In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he having sat down to teach” or “he having sat down as a teacher does”
410	5:1	elyd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	προσῆλθον	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
411	5:2	q9mm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase having opened his mouth refers to beginning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having begun to speak”
412	5:2	fnje		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν	1	Here, the phrase having opened his mouth introduces what Jesus said, and the phrase he taught also introduces what Jesus said. Matthew uses both phrases to indicate that what Jesus is about to say is very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use just one phrase that introduces important speech. Alternate translation: “he starting teaching”
413	5:2	h9bx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
414	5:3	egbs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens belongs to the poor in spirit, so they are blessed”
415	5:3	jhdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
416	5:3	o3y4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”
417	5:3	j7ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	Here Jesus speaks of people who know that they disobey and that they depend on God totally as if they were poor in spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually poor” or “those who totally depend upon God”
418	5:3	wpi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe people who belong in the kingdom of the heavens. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to them” or “they belong in the kingdom of the heavens”
419	5:4	n8zv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The ones mourning will be comforted, so they are blessed”
420	5:4	u8s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
421	5:4	lie5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them”
422	5:5	cf72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The meek will inherit the earth, so they are blessed”
423	5:5	hqm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
424	5:5	mvb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πραεῖς	1	Jesus is using the adjective meek as a noun to mean meek people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “meek people”
425	5:5	pajw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσουσι	1	Here the author speaks as if the meek were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that the meek will receive the earth from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive” or “will be given”
426	5:5	kn65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν γῆν	1	Here Jesus refers to the whole earth, but he implies that it will be the renewed or recreated earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the renewed earth” or “the recreated earth”
427	5:6	a302		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The ones hungering and thirsting for righteousness will be fed, so they are blessed”
428	5:6	ila1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
429	5:6	bi1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται	1	Here Jesus speaks of desiring to do what is right as if it were hungering and thirsting for righteousness. He also speaks of becoming righteous and doing what is right as if it were being fed. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people desire righteousness as much as they desire food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones who desire righteousness as if it were food or drink, for they will receive it as if they were being fed”
430	5:6	rbfk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for what is just” or “to be righteous”
431	5:6	hlq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will feed them”
432	5:7	h8b2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The merciful will obtain mercy, so they are blessed”
433	5:7	ytjt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
434	5:7	zy1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ ἐλεήμονες	1	Matthew is using the adjective merciful as a noun to mean merciful people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “merciful people”
435	5:7	b7vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will act mercifully to them”
436	5:8	qap3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The pure in heart will see God, so they are blessed”
437	5:8	c8qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
438	5:8	s9gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	Here, the phrase pure in heart describes people who only think about and desire what is pure and good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are pure on the inside” or “the ones who think about and want what is pure”
439	5:8	cr20		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ καθαροὶ	1	Matthew is using the adjective pure as a noun to mean pure people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are pure”
440	5:8	t6ni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται	1	Here, the clause they will see God indicates that these people will be with God, in his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will be in God’s presence”
441	5:9	y5bk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί, ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The peacemakers will be called sons of God, so they are blessed”
442	5:9	rxgx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
443	5:9	jh6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί	1	Here Jesus implies that the peacemakers are those who help people act peacefully with each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who make peace among people” or “the ones who cause people to act peaceably”
444	5:9	tv19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will call them his sons”
445	5:9	mivu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κληθήσονται	1	Here, by using the phrase will be called, Jesus implies that they also will actually be sons of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be people who are” or “will be called and so become”
446	5:9	sfph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱοὶ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks of these people as if God were their physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spiritual sons of God”
447	5:9	h0av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	υἱοὶ	1	Although the term sons is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” or “offspring”
448	5:10	q4og		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens belongs to the ones persecuted for the sake of righteousness, so they are blessed”
449	5:10	mxri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
450	5:10	bqu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ δεδιωγμένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom people persecute”
451	5:10	hfox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they act justly”
452	5:10	f3li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated the same clause in 5:3. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to them” or “they belong in the kingdom of the heavens”
453	5:11	ohjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριοί ἐστε ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσιν καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “When they insult you and persecute you and say every evil thing against you falsely because of me, you are blessed”
454	5:11	t5kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” or “How good it is for you”
455	5:11	m65m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὀνειδίσωσιν	1	Here, the word they refers to any people who mistreat Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “others insult” or “some people insult”
456	5:11	mflf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶν πονηρὸν	1	Jesus says every here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many evil things” or “all kinds of evil things”
457	5:11	puh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ψευδόμενοι	1	Many ancient manuscripts include lying. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include the word. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
458	5:11	eez3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	When Jesus says because of me, he means that people will persecute them because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples” or “because you believe in me”
459	5:12	jegd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; οὕτως γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν	1	Here Jesus gives a command followed by two reasons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange these clauses so that one or both reasons come before the command. Alternate translation: “In fact, in this way they persecuted the prophets before you. Also, great is your reward in the heavens. So, rejoice and be very glad”
460	5:12	ssk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	The terms Rejoice and be very glad mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad”
461	5:12	bpwb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens indicates where God is currently keeping the reward. It does not indicate where people will receive the reward. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that is stored in the heavens” or “that you will receive from the heavens”
462	5:12	wimk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces another reason why Jesus’ disciples should rejoice, which is that they are like the prophets who served God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “and you should also rejoice because” or “and in fact,”
463	5:12	eh8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὕτως	1	Here, the word this refers back to what Jesus said in 5:11 about how people mistreat his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in those same ways”
464	5:12	rh0j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν	1	Here, the phrase before you indicates that the prophets lived before the people to whom Jesus is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who lived before you did”
465	5:13	i3zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here Jesus calls his disciples salt that seasons the earth. Just as salt makes food better in many ways, so Jesus’ disciples make the world better in many ways. However, just as salt that no longer functions properly is thrown out because it cannot be fixed, so Jesus’ disciples will be punished if they do not make the world better. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the earth. But if you are like salt that has been made tasteless, how can you be made salty again? Just like that salt, you are good for nothing any longer. That salt will be thrown out to be trampled by men, and you will be punished in a similar way”
466	5:13	zctk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe salt that seasons the earth. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the salt that seasons the earth”
467	5:13	wxci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γῆς	1	Here, the word earth refers primarily to the people who live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “of the people on the earth” or “of all people”
468	5:13	k3u2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν & τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι	1	Jesus means that it is possible for salt to lose its taste, and he is speaking about what can or cannot happen after salt has lost its taste. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “suppose that the salt is made tasteless. With what”
469	5:13	ws0o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μωρανθῇ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has become tasteless” or “has lost its taste”
470	5:13	yoif		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show that no one can make ruined salt salty again. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “it cannot be made salty again!” or “it is not possible to make it salty again.”
471	5:13	h7z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἁλισθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “might someone make it salty again”
472	5:13	ojrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only thing it is good for is, having been thrown out, to be trampled by men”
473	5:13	e7cz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except, after people have thrown it out, for men to trample it”
474	5:13	ilya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “people”
475	5:14	wgh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	Here Jesus calls his disciples light that illuminates the world. Just as light helps people know where they are and where to go, so Jesus’ disciples tell people the truth about God and Jesus. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “When you tell others about me, you are like lights that shine on the world”
476	5:14	eh93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe light that illuminates the world. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the light that shines on the world”
477	5:14	bz3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	Here, the word world refers primarily to the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “of the people in the world” or “of all people”
478	5:14	bn28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	Here Jesus implicitly calls his disciples a city that is on a mountain, so it is not able to be hidden. Just as everyone can see this city, so everyone can see how Jesus’ disciples behave. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “When you do what is right, you are like a city being set on a mountain that is not able to be hidden”
479	5:14	ny4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People cannot hide a city that they set on top of a mountain”
480	5:15	rz4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	Here Jesus implicitly calls his disciples a a lamp. However, he explains this figure of speech in the next verse, so you should not explain its meaning in this verse.
481	5:15	s5sb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καίουσιν	1	The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “does anyone light”
482	5:15	uqpe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον	1	A basket is a large circular container that stores food or other items. If someone put a lamp under this kind of container, it would completely hide the light from the lamp. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in a box” or “under a container that hides its light”
483	5:15	c8el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but rather they put it on”
484	5:15	hkm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	Here, the word and introduces the result of putting a lamp on a lampstand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and so” or “with the result that”
485	5:16	qhp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here Jesus speaks of proper behavior as if it were a light that could shine. He means that everyone notices and benefits from this proper behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let what you do be like a light that shines before men” or “Live your life before men”
486	5:16	nz8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Make sure that your light shines” or “Your light should shine”
487	5:16	l0kz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “people”
488	5:16	f9uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	Here, the phrase in such a way refers back to what Jesus said in 5:15 about a lamp shining on everyone in a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as that lamp shines”
489	5:16	iiu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν	1	Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,”
490	5:16	ouqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
491	5:17	jirt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθον	-1	Here, the phrase I came refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I came to this world … I came to this world” or “I am acting … I am acting”
492	5:17	d30i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προφήτας	-1	The word law is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word prophets is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any part of the Scriptures, either the Law or the Prophets”
493	5:17	gg3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς προφήτας	1	Here, the prophets represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets”
494	5:17	re9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I came not to destroy them. Rather, I came to fulfill them”
495	5:18	kgjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason or basis for Jesus’ statement that he did not come to destroy the Scriptures but to fulfill them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “That is because,”
496	5:18	rpye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ	1	Here Jesus refers to how the heaven and the earth that currently exist will pass away, and God will either renew them or make new ones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until this world ends” or “until God recreates the heaven and the earth”
497	5:18	cv3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ	1	Here, Jesus is referring to all of the created world by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all creation” or “the universe”
498	5:18	ylz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα	1	A jot is a very small letter or character used in writing. A tittle is a small part of a letter or character. If your readers would not be familiar with these terms, you could use the names of the smallest parts of the writing system in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “one word or one part of a word” or “one character or stroke in a character”
499	5:18	v4wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα	1	The terms jot and tittle mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “one jot” or “one tittle”
500	5:18	ucl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
501	5:18	ah3o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ νόμου	1	Here, the phrase the law could refer to: (1) the Old Testament Scriptures in general, just as the phrases “the law” and “the prophets” in 5:17 refer to the Old Testament Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the law and the prophets” or “the Old Testament” (2) just the law, which is the first five books of the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Old Testament law” or “the law in the Scriptures”
502	5:18	ozda		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα γένηται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “all things take place” or “they accomplish all things”
503	5:18	ya2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα	1	Here, the phrase all things could refer to: (1) everything that is written in the law. Alternate translation: “all things written in the law” (2) everything that God has planned for this world and history. Alternate translation: “all things that God has planned” or “all things that will happen in this world”
504	5:19	dv5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐὰν & λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. You may also need to rearrange the elements in the sentence. Alternate translation: “God will call least in the kingdom of the heavens anyone who annuls one of the least of these commandments and teaches men to do so”
505	5:19	uxz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος	1	Here, the word least identifies something that is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the least important … least important”
506	5:19	hxl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “others”
507	5:19	yc45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. You may also need to rearrange the elements in the sentence. Alternate translation: “But God will call great in the kingdom of the heavens anyone who does and teaches them”
508	5:20	zvia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about how important it is to obey even the least important laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Even more,”
509	5:20	zqr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was contradicting a statement that he was about to make, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “you will only enter into the kingdom of the heavens if your righteousness abounds more than that of the scribes and Pharisees”
510	5:20	ipn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are more righteous than the scribes”
511	5:20	l3lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
512	5:21	y8lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Exodus 20:13 or Deuteronomy 5:17. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the ancient ones were commanded in the law”
513	5:21	t6k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God said” or “Moses said”
514	5:21	nyud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	Here, the phrase the ancient ones refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people to whom Jesus was speaking. The phrase most specifically refers to the Israelites who received the law at Mount Sinai. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites who lived long ago”
515	5:21	v7o5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	οὐ φονεύσεις	1	Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not kill”
516	5:21	zp63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	δ’	1	Here, the word and introduces Jesus’ summary of what the law required when someone committed murder. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a form that clarifies that this is a summary, not a direct quotation from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “and they were told” or “and they followed this principle:”
517	5:21	mij2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	Here Jesus implies that the person who kills deserves to be judged and also punished by other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment” or “deserves to be judged and punished”
518	5:21	niea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ κρίσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged” or “human authorities who will judge him or her”
519	5:22	p9fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:21). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”
520	5:22	mg2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what “was said to the ancient ones” (5:21). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
521	5:22	x3as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Many ancient manuscripts read being angry with his brother. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “being angry with his brother without cause.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
522	5:22	d5nl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with a fellow disciple … to a fellow disciple”
523	5:22	rbi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms his and brother are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “his or her brother or sister” to indicate this.
524	5:22	popw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	See how you translated this clause in 5:21. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment” or “deserves to be judged and punished”
525	5:22	b08b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ κρίσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged” or “human authorities who will judge him or her”
526	5:22	hf7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἴπῃ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ, ῥακά, ἔνοχος ἔσται & εἴπῃ, μωρέ, ἔνοχος ἔσται	1	It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “calls his brother Raka will be subject to … says that someone is a fool will be subject”
527	5:22	w721		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	ῥακά	1	Raka is a word borrowed from Aramaic. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Fool” or “Idiot”
528	5:22	qwdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ Συνεδρίῳ	1	Here Jesus implies that any person who calls his brother a bad name like Raka deserves to be judged and punished by the council. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment by the council” or “deserves to be judged and punished by the council”
529	5:22	i9r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ	2	Here Jesus implies that the person is speaking to his brother, just as with the earlier examples in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And whoever says to his brother”
530	5:22	alfa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μωρέ	1	This is an insulting expression. Use an expression in your language that a person might use to insult another person. Alternate translation: “You are an idiot”
531	5:22	p42x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	Here Jesus implies that any person who calls a fellow disciple a fool deserves to be judged by God and punished in the Gehenna of fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment in the Gehenna of fire” or “deserves to be judged by God and punished in the Gehenna of fire”
532	5:22	ryio		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. The valley named Gehenna was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place of fire like the valley of Gehenna” or “fiery hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
533	5:22	xd6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe Gehenna as a place that has much fire. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the fiery Gehenna” or “the fires in Gehenna”
534	5:23	ck09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said about being angry and insulting fellow believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion. Alternate translation: “So” or “Because of that”
535	5:23	m0jg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν & προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ	1	Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might be at the altar and remember that a brother has something against them. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: you are offering your gift at the altar, and there you remember that your brother has something against you. If that were to happen”
536	5:23	he2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	προσφέρῃς & σου & μνησθῇς & σου & σοῦ	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
537	5:23	chv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον	1	Here Jesus is referring to giving a gift to God at the altar in the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “your gift to God at the altar in the temple”
538	5:23	wh1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a fellow disciple”
539	5:23	zkec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “your brother or sister” to indicate this.
540	5:23	lrsx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ	1	Here, the phrase has something against you indicates that the brother has been offended or injured by you. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is upset with you” or “has been offended by you”
541	5:24	hxl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ἄφες & σου & ὕπαγε & διαλλάγηθι & σου & πρόσφερε & σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
542	5:24	lrx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὕπαγε	1	Here Jesus implies that the person needs to go to his or her brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “go to your brother”
543	5:24	q08w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν, πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου	1	Here Jesus emphasizes that these two events must happen in this sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could emphasize the sequence in another way. Alternate translation: “before you can come back and offer your gift, you need to be reconciled with your brother”
544	5:24	z9m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “reconcile with your brother” or “restore the relationship with your brother”
545	5:24	h4ch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with that fellow disciple”
546	5:24	z0hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “with your brother or sister” to indicate this.
547	5:24	cxe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθὼν	1	Here Jesus implies that the person can come back to the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come back to your gift at the altar”
548	5:24	aa4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
549	5:25	mhr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἴσθι εὐνοῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of agreement, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Agree”
550	5:25	d3p1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ἴσθι & σου & εἶ & σε & ὁ & βληθήσῃ	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
551	5:25	sr9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου & ὁ ἀντίδικος	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe someone who accuses another person (“you”). If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the one who is accusing you … the one who is accusing you”
552	5:25	lr2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	Here, on the way is referring to the time when the person and the person’s accuser are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you are walking with him on the road to the law court”
553	5:25	unun		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	1	Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
554	5:25	nev9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σε παραδῷ	1	Here, the phrase hand you over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might transfer you” or “might entrust you”
555	5:25	pq6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge might hand you over to the officer”
556	5:25	gcm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	Here, the officer is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to the one who carries out the judge’s orders”
557	5:25	drhp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	Here, the phrase thrown into prison refers to someone being locked up in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will be put into prison” or “you will be locked up in prison”
558	5:25	pzh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βληθήσῃ	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will throw you”
559	5:26	uu76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σοι, οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς & ἀποδῷς	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation.
560	5:26	l1xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
561	5:26	z8sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not go out”
562	5:26	z2mc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην	1	Here Jesus implies that the “judge” required the person to pay a fine or give money to the person who accused him or her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until you have paid the last quadrans that the judge required”
563	5:26	zlil		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην	1	A quadrans was one of the smallest and least valuable coins in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about an eighth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands”
564	5:27	jxg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
565	5:27	u2d8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐρρέθη	1	Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Exodus 20:14 or Deuteronomy 5:18. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”
566	5:27	dsek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	οὐ μοιχεύσεις	1	Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not commit adultery”
567	5:27	gdpu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐ μοιχεύσεις	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not be an adulterer or adulteress” or “Do not do what is adulterous”
568	5:28	faww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:27). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”
569	5:28	o6w7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with the command he quoted in the previous verse (5:27). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
570	5:28	mchs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γυναῖκα	1	Here Jesus implies that this woman is not the man’s wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “another woman” or “a woman to whom he is not married”
571	5:28	y8sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν	1	Here, the phrase to lust after her could describe: (1) the purpose for which the man is looking. Alternate translation: “in order to lust after her” (2) the result of the man looking. Alternate translation: “with the result that he lusts after her”
572	5:28	z70s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has already become an adulterer” or “has already done what is adulterous”
573	5:28	glg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	In Matthew’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in his thoughts” or “in his desires”
574	5:29	g850		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a further development in what Jesus has been speaking about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
575	5:29	wm6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου & σε, ἔξελε & βάλε & σοῦ & σοι & σου & σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
576	5:29	ikp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might experience their right eye causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your right eye causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”
577	5:29	y0f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, Jesus speaks of your right eye as if it were a person who could cause you to stumble. He means that the right eye is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your right eye’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your right eye”
578	5:29	aro9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
579	5:29	v6jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even pluck it out and throw it away from you!”
580	5:29	xvdo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why people should pluck out their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Indeed,”
581	5:29	v687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1	Here, the phrase one of your members refers to a body part. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one of your body parts”
582	5:29	x2dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2	Here, the word and introduces the result of one of your members perishing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so” or “with the result that”
583	5:29	v1cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God would not throw your whole body into Gehenna”
584	5:29	cxyk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γέενναν	1	Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. Translate the name as you did in 5:22. Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
585	5:30	wtyk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	This verse means basically the same thing as the previous verse, but Jesus uses the example of a right hand instead of a “right eye.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word other than and to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Here is another example:”
586	5:30	llw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου & σε, ἔκκοψον & βάλε & σοῦ & σοι & σου & σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
587	5:30	zx8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might experience their right hand causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clause in 5:29. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your right hand causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”
588	5:30	klwl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, Jesus speaks of your right hand as if it were a person who could cause you to stumble. He means that the right hand is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. See how you translated the similar clause in 5:29. Alternate translation: “it is your right hand’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your right hand”
589	5:30	qqom		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. See how you translated this phrase in 5:29. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
590	5:30	qs74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar command in 5:29. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even cut it off and throw it away from you!”
591	5:30	xtus		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why people should cut off their hands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Indeed,”
592	5:30	pdkq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1	Here, the phrase one of your members refers to a body part. See how you translated this phrase in 5:29. Alternate translation: “one of your body parts”
593	5:30	r4d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	3	Here, the word and introduces the result of one of your members perishing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so” or “with the result that”
594	5:30	i3yo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ	1	Here, Jesus speaks of your whole body as if it were a person who could go into Gehenna. He means that the person ends up in Gehenna with their whole body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole body would not be sent into Gehenna” or “God would not throw your whole body into Gehenna”
595	5:30	wfbh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γέενναν	1	Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. Translate the name as you did in 5:29. Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
596	5:31	evxt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δέ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
597	5:31	dh23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
598	5:31	dy9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐρρέθη	1	Here Jesus summarizes a command from the Old Testament scriptures, which can be found in Deuteronomy 24:1. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”
599	5:31	mibe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	δότω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he needs to give”
600	5:31	gagq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀποστάσιον	1	A certificate of divorce is a written document that makes the divorce official. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of document, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a written paper that testifies to the divorce”
601	5:32	nodq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:31). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”
602	5:32	zl66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with the command he quoted in the previous verse (5:31). See how you translated the same phrase in 5:28. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
603	5:32	j2aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι	1	If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only time a man is allowed to divorce his wife is when there is a report of sexual immorality. Otherwise, when he divorces her, he causes her to commit adultery”
604	5:32	xp5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λόγου πορνείας	1	Here Jesus implies that the report is about the wife having done something that is sexually immoral. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a report that she has been sexually immoral”
605	5:32	fi3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πορνείας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind immorality, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning what is sexually immoral” or “of sexually immoral behavior”
606	5:32	c899		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι	1	Here, the phrase causes her to commit adultery could imply that: (1) the wife marries again, since that was expected in Matthew’s culture. When she does, she commits adultery. Alternate translation: “causes her to commit adultery when she marries another man” (2) the man marries again, since that was expected in Matthew’s culture. When he does, he makes his previous wife the victim of adultery. Alternate translation: “commits adultery against her when he marries another woman”
607	5:32	k3oj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μοιχευθῆναι & μοιχᾶται	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to become an adulteress … becomes an adulterer” or “to do what is adulterous … does what is adulterous”
608	5:32	zai7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπολελυμένην	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the woman’s husband. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her”
609	5:33	ztzy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	πάλιν	1	Here, the word Again introduces a new group of contrasts between what the disciples have heard and what Jesus says to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a second, similar section, or you could leave Again untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further” or “Even more”
610	5:33	nfvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	Here Jesus summarizes several commands in the Old Testament that require people to do what they promised to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Jesus is summarizing commands from the Old Testament Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the ancient ones were commanded in the law”
611	5:33	fk86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God declared” or “Moses said”
612	5:33	m4lb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	Here, the phrase the ancient ones refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people to whom Jesus was speaking. The phrase most specifically refers to the Israelites who received the law at Mount Sinai. See how you translated the phrase in 5:21. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites who lived long ago”
613	5:33	qkme		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου	1	Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not break an oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord”
614	5:33	ic29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις	1	Here, the command Do not break an oath could be forbidding people from: (1) swearing to do something and then not doing it. Alternate translation: “Do not fail to accomplish what you said in an oath” (2) swearing that something is true when it is not true. Alternate translation: “Do not swear falsely” or “Do not use an oath to say that something false is actually true”
615	5:33	tk9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here the word but introduces what to do instead of breaking an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but instead”
616	5:33	f6zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀποδώσεις & τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου	1	Here, the phrase carry out your oaths to the Lord means that people do to do what they promised the Lord that they would do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “accomplish what you said in your oath to the Lord”
617	5:34	dqgv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:33). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is adding new information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”
618	5:34	idtm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι	1	Jesus uses the clause I tell you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what “was said to the ancient ones” (5:33). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this: do not swear” or “here is what you need to know: do not swear”
619	5:34	nldv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅλως; μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why people should not swear by heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “at all. Heaven is the throne of God, so do not swear by it”
620	5:34	u7su		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were the throne of God. He means that heaven is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “it is where God’s throne is” or “it is the place from which God rules”
621	5:35	e7z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ, ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why people should not swear by the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “and the earth is a footstool for his feet, so do not swear by it either”
622	5:35	mvcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Jesus speaks of the earth as if it were a footstool for his feet. He means that the earth is a place over which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is where God exercises his authority” or “it is the place over which God rules”
623	5:35	uhvy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μήτε εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why people should not swear by Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “and Jerusalem is the city of the great King, so do not swear by it either”
624	5:35	hqn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	πόλις & τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a city that belongs to the great King. It is the city where the great King is present in a special way. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the city where the great King is present” or “the city that the great King possesses”
625	5:35	hsk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως	1	Here Jesus implies that the great King is God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the great King, God”
626	5:36	l9c8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why people should not swear by their head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “Also, you are not able to make one hair on your head white or black, so you should not swear by your head”
627	5:36	gbwp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου ὀμόσῃς & οὐ δύνασαι	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
628	5:36	z5vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μίαν τρίχα	1	Here Jesus implies that this hair is on a person’s head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one hair on your head”
629	5:37	v8ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus tells the disciples not to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Instead,” or “Rather,”
630	5:37	iqqt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ἔστω & ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your word should be” or “you should only say”
631	5:37	hjrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν	1	Here, word represents what a person says using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you say”
632	5:37	opmi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ	1	Here Jesus implies that a person is using the word yes to make a promise to say or do something and the word no to make a promise not to say or do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “‘yes I will’ or ‘no I will not’”
633	5:37	gbni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ & περισσὸν τούτων	1	Here Jesus is referring to saying anything more than yes or no when making a promise. He is particularly referring to swearing an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “using more words in your promise” or “including an oath”
634	5:37	l664		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	Here, the phrase the evil one could refer to: (1) the devil, or Satan. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “an evil source” or “what is evil”
635	5:38	zar1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
636	5:38	n50o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐρρέθη	1	Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. These words can be found in Exodus 21:24; Leviticus 24:20; and Deuteronomy 19:21. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”
637	5:38	og6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος	1	Here Jesus implies that this command deals with the proper way to punish people when they injure others. The command indicates that the punishment should match what the person did to hurt another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “If someone injured another person’s eye, his or her eye should be injured as punishment; if someone injured another person’s tooth, his or her tooth should be injured as punishment” or “If you hurt someone’s eye, your eye will be hurt; if you hurt someone’s tooth, your tooth will be hurt”
638	5:39	gu6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:38). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is adding new information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”
639	5:39	xjgo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ ἀντιστῆναι	1	Jesus uses the clause I tell you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what he quoted in the previous verse (5:38). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this: do not resist” or “here is what you need to know: do not resist”
640	5:39	eiqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀντιστῆναι	1	Here, the word resist could refer to: (1) trying to stop someone from doing something. Alternate translation: “to oppose” (2) trying to fight back or get revenge. Alternate translation: “to fight back against” or “to get revenge on”
641	5:39	qrx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ πονηρῷ	1	Here, the phrase the evil one could refer to: (1) any person who acts in evil ways. Alternate translation: “an evil person” or “any person who is evil” (2) any action or thing that is evil. Alternate translation: “anything evil” or “evil actions”
642	5:39	oslz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅστις σε ῥαπίζει εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα, στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes you on the right cheek, you should turn to him the other also”
643	5:39	kgnb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σε & στρέψον	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this sentence. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation.
644	5:39	i13f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	Here Jesus implies that turning the other cheek to him will allow the person to strike this other cheek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “turn to him the other so that he can strike it also”
645	5:39	ztvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτῷ	1	Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to him or her”
646	5:40	d5pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τῷ θέλοντί σοι κριθῆναι καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if someone wants to have judgment passed upon you and to take away your tunic, you should let him also have your cloak”
647	5:40	gr2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σοι κριθῆναι	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to have someone judge you” or “you to be judged”
648	5:40	rkhi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σοι & σου & ἄφες & τὸ	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
649	5:40	fcgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν	1	Here, the word and introduces the result of judgment being passed upon you. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the result that he takes away your tunic”
650	5:40	t9f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον	1	The tunic was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The cloak, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the tunic for warmth and could be used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these kinds of garments, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “inner garment … outer garment”
651	5:40	ckn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτῷ	1	Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
652	5:41	hv2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅστις σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if someone presses you into service for one mile, you should go with him two”
653	5:41	i867		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σε ἀγγαρεύσει	1	Here, the phrase press you into service refers to a person in authority forcing someone else to carry his or her pack or belongings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “will force you to carry his pack” or “will make you act as his porter”
654	5:41	bmme		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σε & ὕπαγε	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation.
655	5:41	i86s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	μίλιον ἕν	1	Here, one mile refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. In modern measurements, this is about 4,860 feet or 1,480 meters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. It is not important to the meaning of the passage to be precise about the distance, so you could use round numbers. Alternate translation: “for one kilometer”
656	5:41	zv6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles”
657	5:41	s4kl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	1	Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
658	5:42	i90h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε, δός	1	Here Jesus does not specify what the person is asking for or what should be given. He does this to include many things that a person might ask for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a generic or general object. Alternate translation: “Give to the one asking you for anything” or “When a person asks you for anything, give it to him or her”
659	5:42	qkit		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σε, δός & σοῦ & μὴ ἀποστραφῇς	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation.
660	5:42	h6j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποστραφῇς	1	Here Jesus speaks of refusing to help someone as if it were turning away from that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not refuse” or “do not reject”
661	5:42	znk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δανίσασθαι	1	Here, the word borrow usually indicates borrowing money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to borrow money”
662	5:43	fp6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
663	5:43	cyz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. The words Love your neighbor are from Leviticus 19:18. The words hate your enemy are what some people would say in addition to the quotation from the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “people often quote the law by saying”
664	5:43	ufba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου, καὶ μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν σου	1	Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, love your neighbor and hate your enemy”
665	5:43	itz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸν πλησίον σου & τὸν ἐχθρόν σου	1	The words neighbor and enemy represent neighbors and enemies in general, not one particular neighbor or enemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “each of your neighbors … each of your enemies”
666	5:43	tqj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν πλησίον σου	1	Here Jesus refers to any member of one’s community or group as a neighbor. He is not referring just to people who live nearby. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “everyone who belongs to your group”
667	5:44	tudc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:43). Jesus is not contradicting what God said about loving neighbors, but he is contradicting what some people say about hating enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”
668	5:44	vq8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what he quoted in the previous verse (5:43). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
669	5:44	ogqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ προσεύχεσθε	1	Many ancient manuscripts only include these two commands in this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the commands “bless the ones cursing you, do good to the ones hating you” between the words enemies and and. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
670	5:45	ir75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὅπως	1	The connecting words so that introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for loving enemies and praying for persecutors (see 5:44) is to be sons of your Father. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”
671	5:45	my3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical Father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God, which indicates that they act or behave like God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spiritual sons of your spiritual Father” or “like God, whom you can call your Father”
672	5:45	jzu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Father is an important title for the first person in the Trinity. He is the Father also of Jesus.
673	5:45	syjz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
674	5:45	sxvq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why those who treat their enemies well will be sons of their Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You will be his sons because” or “That is because”
675	5:45	hwxb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς & δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους	1	In the first clause, Jesus mentions the wicked person first, but in the second clause he mentions the wicked person second. This structure sounded good in his culture. If your language would not use this structure, you could consistently refer to either the wicked or the good person first. Alternate translation: “the good and the evil … the just and the unjust” or “the evil and the good … the unjust and the just”
676	5:45	qj7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς & δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους	1	Jesus is using the adjectives evil, good, just, and unjust as nouns to mean people who are characterized by these qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “evil people and good people … just people and unjust people”
677	5:46	qjwb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces further support for Jesus’ command to love enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces support for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should love your enemies because” or “You should do what I am saying since”
678	5:46	se4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε?	1	Jesus uses this question to show that people who only love others who love them will not receive any reward. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you have no reward.” or “there is no reward for you!”
679	5:46	cb77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	Jesus uses this question to show that even tax collectors, who were often considered to be unloving people, love people who love them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same.” or “Even tax collectors do that very thing!”
680	5:47	qpvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the term brothers to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow disciples” or “other believers”
681	5:47	ebw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	Although the term brothers is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this.
682	5:47	ba6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε?	1	Jesus uses this question to show that people who greet only their brothers do not do anything more. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you do nothing more.” or “you have not done anything more!”
683	5:47	ah5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περισσὸν	1	Here Jesus implies that they are not doing anything more than people who do not know God do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more than anyone else” or “more than people who do not know God”
684	5:47	cjkf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	Jesus uses this question to show that even Gentiles, who do not know God, greet their friends. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Even the Gentiles do the same thing.” or “Even Gentiles do that very thing!”
685	5:47	hayf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	οἱ ἐθνικοὶ	1	Many ancient manuscripts read the Gentiles. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the tax collectors.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
686	5:48	x9xh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been telling his disciples about how to live. He could be concluding everything he said in 5:21–47, or he could be concluding only what he said in 5:43–47. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So then” or “In summary”
687	5:48	l6pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”
688	6:intro	jrj2				0	Matthew 6 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28) Giving alms (6:1–4) Praying to God (6:5–15) Fasting (6:16–18) Storing up treasure (6:19–21) The eye and the body (6:22–23) Two masters (6:24) Being anxious (6:25–34) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the prayer in 6:9–13. Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Special Concepts in this Chapter Giving alms Giving alms was an important practice for religious people in Jesus’ culture. To give alms, a person would offer money or possessions to other people who were poor or in need. Sometimes they would give the money or possessions directly to poor people. Other times, they would give it to the priests, who would give to poor people. Make sure that your translation refers to this kind of practice. “The Lord’s Prayer” In 6:9–13, Jesus speaks a prayer that he wants his disciples to imitate when they pray. The prayer is very poetic, and it is sometimes called “the Lord’s Prayer.” Many churches use this prayer during their meetings, and the form that churches use is often not the same form that Matthew wrote down. If churches already use a form of this prayer in your language, you could use the same words. However, you should follow the form of the prayer as Mathew wrote it down, and you should not include any extra lines or pieces of the prayer beyond what Matthew included. Fasting In 6:16–18, Jesus gives instructions related to fasting. Just as with giving alms, fasting was an important practice for religious people in Jesus’ culture. Fasting usually required avoiding all food and drink, but some kinds of fasting only required avoiding certain kinds of food. Also, some fasts were public (that is, many people fasted on these set days) and some fasts were private (that is, individuals would choose to fast for certain reasons). Many fasts lasted part of a day or a full day. Jesus does not condemn fasting; instead, he gives instructions for how to behave while fasting. Make sure that your translation refers to these kinds of practices. Storing up treasures In 6:19–21, Jesus speaks about storing up treasures either on earth or in heaven. He is speaking not only of possessions or money but also of anything that one considers to be valuable. Jesus points out that valuable things in heaven cannot be ruined like valuable things on earth can. Also, he states that a person’s “heart” is where they store their treasures. If possible, use a word for “treasure” that can refer to money, possessions, and any other valuable things. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The lamp and light metaphor in 6:22–23 In these verses, Jesus speaks about eyes as if they were lamps for the body. This figure of speech has two pieces to it. First, Jesus speaks of how bodies work using the metaphor of lamps and light. Second, Jesus speaks of Christian living using the metaphor of how bodies work. It is important to consider both of these pieces as you translate these verses. First, Jesus speaks of how bodies work using the metaphor of lamps and light. There are two major options for understanding what Jesus means when he refers to an eye as the lamp of the body. First, in Matthew’s culture, some people thought that eyes worked by sending out a form of light that would shine on what they saw. In this case, eyes are like lamps because they have light inside them that shines out. So, the whole body is light or dark inside based on whether the eyes shine properly. Second, the eyes could be like windows that let light into the body. Since they let light into a place, they are like lamps. So, the whole body is light or dark inside based on whether the eyes let light in. Consider how you might best express one of these meanings while maintaining the light and dark language, which is very important for understanding the figure of speech. Second, Jesus speaks of Christian life using the metaphor of how bodies work. Scholars debate what Jesus means when he talks about a “healthy eye” and “light” in contrast to an “evil eye” and “darkness.” He might mean devotion to God in contrast to evil desires. He might mean generosity in contrast to greed and selfishness. He might mean paying attention to what he is saying in contrast to ignoring his instructions. Since Jesus most likely intended this figure of speech to be like a riddle or puzzle, you should retain the body metaphor. If necessary, you could indicate that this is a figure of speech without stating exactly what it means. Rhetorical questions In 6:25–28 and 6:30, Jesus uses rhetorical questions. He asks these questions to include the disciples in what he is arguing, not because he is looking for information. If your language does not use questions in this way, you could include answers to the questions or you could express them as statements or exclamations. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” In this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using “you” in the singular and “you” in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he uses the singular, he is speaking about specific situations that each person in the crowd might experience. When he uses the plural, he is speaking generally to the crowd as a whole. You should assume that Jesus is using plural forms of “you” unless a note specifies that the forms are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
689	6:1	zvn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
690	6:1	bgc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαιοσύνην ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous” or “your righteous deeds”
691	6:1	p335		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “before men and women”
692	6:1	z7ts		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι	1	Here, the phrase to be seen refers to being recognized or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be praised” or “to be honored”
693	6:1	vvm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they see you”
694	6:1	jyir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	Here, the word otherwise introduces a contrast that specifies what will happen if people disobey the command in the first part of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but if you disobey this command” or “because if you do act in that way”
695	6:1	juj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ Πατρὶ ὑμῶν	1	Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical Father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,”
696	6:1	x9wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
697	6:2	qg4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word So introduces an application of the general principle that Jesus gave in 6:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”
698	6:2	dcwv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ποιῇς & μὴ σαλπίσῃς & σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and yourself are singular throughout this sentence. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and yourself in your translation.
699	6:2	g834		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) how people actually had someone with a trumpet announce that they were giving alms. This would be an extreme example of calling attention to oneself. Alternate translation: “do not have someone with a trumpet announce it before you” (2) how people draw attention to how they give alms, and he describes it as if they were sounding a trumpet. Alternate translation: “do not draw attention to yourself” or “do not announce it publicly, as if you were using a trumpet,”
700	6:2	d8kw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	Here Jesus implies that people would have someone else sound a trumpet in front of them as they went to give alms. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do not have someone sound a trumpet in front of you”
701	6:2	bc9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις	1	These locations were public places where many people would hear the trumpet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in public areas like synagogues and streets”
702	6:2	dk6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that men may glorify them”
703	6:2	snan		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “people”
704	6:2	q6dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1	Here Jesus means that they have received their entire reward from men, and God will not reward them any further. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”
705	6:3	z4c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σοῦ & σου & σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
706	6:3	t3s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ποιοῦντος ἐλεημοσύνην	1	Here, the phrase giving alms identifies the situation in which people should follow this command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this relationship clearer. Alternate translation: “whenever you give alms” or “as you are giving alms”
707	6:3	vca2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου	1	Here Jesus speaks of your left hand and your right hand as if they were people who could know and do things on their own. He means that giving alms should be done so secretly that even other body parts, if they could know things, would not know about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not let your best friend know what you are doing” or “do it so privately that, if your left hand were a person, it would not know what you had done”
708	6:4	jvju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὅπως	1	Here, the phrase so that introduces the purpose for which the disciples should give alms privately. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”
709	6:4	iio4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ σου	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father,”
710	6:4	rlt6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἀποδώσει σοι	1	Many ancient manuscripts read will reward you. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “will reward you in the open.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
711	6:5	m54u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσεύχῃ, οὐκ ἔσεσθε	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this sentence (the word you in the second sentence is plural). But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation.
712	6:5	d6t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φιλοῦσιν & ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι	1	Here Jesus that they love to pray in public places, not simply that they love to pray in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they love to pray publicly, for example standing”
713	6:5	hh45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν	1	These locations were public places where many people would hear the prayers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in public areas like synagogues and the corners of the streets”
714	6:5	rzpj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may see them”
715	6:5	c3tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φανῶσιν	1	Here Jesus implies not only that these people want to be seen but also that they want to be honored or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they may be seen and honored” or “they may be seen and praised”
716	6:5	ub7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “people”
717	6:5	s8vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1	Here Jesus means that they have received their entire reward from men, and God will not reward them any further. See how you translated this clause in 6:2. Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”
718	6:6	yb5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	σὺ δὲ	1	Here, the phrase But you introduces what Jesus wants each of his disciples to do in contrast to what the “hypocrites” do, which he described in the previous verse (6:5). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “As for you, however”
719	6:6	ef9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σὺ & εἴσελθε & σου & σου, πρόσευξαι & σου & σου & σοι	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
720	6:6	dqv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ταμεῖόν σου	1	The inner chamber was a small, private room in a house. It could be a bedroom or a storage room. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of room, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “your private area” or “your own room”
721	6:6	kkn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ Πατρί σου & ὁ Πατήρ σου	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is your Father, … God, who is your Father,”
722	6:6	agxo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	Here, the phrase your Father in secret could mean that: (1) the Father is present even when a person prays in secret. Alternate translation: “to your Father who is with you in secret” (2) the Father himself is in secret, which means that no one can see or observe him. Alternate translation: “to your Father, whom no one can see” (3) the disciple should pray in secret. Alternate translation: “in secret to your Father”
723	6:6	kw6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἀποδώσει σοι	1	Many ancient manuscripts read will reward you. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “will reward you in the open.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
724	6:7	t9p1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	προσευχόμενοι δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces Jesus’ next teaching about praying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces another teaching, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for what to say when you pray” or “As for when you are praying”
725	6:7	hw30		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ βατταλογήσητε	1	Here, the phrase make useless repetitions could refer to: (1) repeating words. Alternate translation: “do not repeat your words” (2) using meaningless words. Alternate translation: “do not use meaningless words”
726	6:7	yp3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ βατταλογήσητε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of repetitions, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not repeat yourself in useless ways”
727	6:7	z0v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἐθνικοί	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles do”
728	6:7	y8dx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why the Gentiles make repetitions when they pray. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “which they do because”
729	6:7	a8ai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be the gods to whom they are praying. Alternate translation: “their gods will hear them”
730	6:8	h0ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus implied in the previous verse. He implied that repeating words does not cause God to listen, and so (Therefore) his disciples should not act like the “Gentiles,” who repeat words when they pray. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “Since they are not heard because of their repetitions” or “Because they are wrong about that”
731	6:8	wdj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ & ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς	1	When Jesus says that his disciples should not be like them, he means that his disciples should not pray as they do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you should not pray in the ways that they pray”
732	6:8	isih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why Jesus’ disciples should not repeat themselves as the Gentiles do. Jesus tells them that God already knows what they need, so they do not need to worry about being heard, as the Gentiles do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “since”
733	6:8	nv9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father,”
734	6:8	ijs6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν	1	Here Jesus implies that his disciples are asking God about the need that they have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before you ask him about that need”
735	6:9	m87a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has said about prayer in 6:5–8. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then” or “In the end”
736	6:9	sxsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πάτερ ἡμῶν	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is our Father”
737	6:9	l9ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	By Our, Jesus means himself and his disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
738	6:9	sc3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
739	6:9	ffn0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we want your name to be made holy” or “we pray that your name is made holy”
740	6:9	knx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “let people treat your name as holy” or “let people regard your name as holy”
741	6:9	tqm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	Here, the word name refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on who that person is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you yourself” or “who you are”
742	6:9	syaa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου	1	Since Jesus is praying to God the Father, the word your here is singular.
743	6:10	n67c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we want your kingdom to come, we want your will to be done” or “we pray that your kingdom comes, we pray that your will is done”
744	6:10	v7mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	Here Jesus speaks as if God’s kingdom were a person who could come. He means that disciples should pray for God to establish or begin his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let your kingdom grow” or “Let your kingdom begin”
745	6:10	wrox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου	-1	Since Jesus is praying to God the Father, the word your here is singular.
746	6:10	pdc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “let all people do your will” or “let your will take place”
747	6:10	rtnz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ θέλημά σου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you desire”
748	6:10	pv3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς	1	Here Jesus implies that God’s will is always done in heaven, and believers should pray that this will also be true on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on earth, just as it already is done in heaven”
749	6:11	kevh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δὸς ἡμῖν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you give us”
750	6:11	a40p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	Here, the word daily means that the bread is the amount a person needs each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “our bread for this day” or “the bread that we need today”
751	6:11	dft8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	Jesus refers to bread, one common food, to mean food in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what we eat daily”
752	6:12	a9na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄφες ἡμῖν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you forgive us”
753	6:12	yi9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν	1	A debt is what one person owes another person. A debtor is a person who owes a debt to another person. Jesus is not speaking primarily about money, however. He is referring to when people do not act properly or rightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our sins … those who sin against us” or “the wrong things we have done … people who have wronged us”
754	6:12	c7m3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe debtors who are in debt to the people praying this prayer. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people in debt to us”
755	6:13	kj0v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you do not bring us into temptation, but that you deliver us from the evil one”
756	6:13	jswb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς	1	Here Jesus speaks as if temptation were a location that someone could bring someone else into. He means that believers should pray that God would keep them out of situations where they might experience temptation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not allow us to experience” or “keep us away from”
757	6:13	l8u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of temptation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not allow us to be tempted”
758	6:13	cdk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Here, the word but introduces a contrast with being brought into temptation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “instead,” or “rather,”
759	6:13	r6v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	Here, the phrase the evil one could refer to: (1) the devil, or Satan. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “evil” or “what is evil”
760	6:13	zfsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	Many ancient manuscripts only include these two clauses in this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include as part of the prayer the following sentences after the evil one: “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
761	6:14	g4fa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said about forgiveness in 6:12. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should pray in that way because” or “Indeed,”
762	6:14	xvfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
763	6:14	z79a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of trespasses, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when they trespass”
764	6:14	v7ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”
765	6:15	lk8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the men and women”
766	6:15	j46r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Many ancient manuscripts read the men. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “men their trespasses.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
767	6:15	xh6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	See how you translated the phrase your Father in the previous verse (6:14). Alternate translation: “your Father, God,”
768	6:15	pi3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of trespasses, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you when you trespass”
769	6:16	g65p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
770	6:16	hpz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταὶ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as the hypocrites are mournful”
771	6:16	xv6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	This phrase could refer to how the hypocrites would: (1) make their faces look unusual. This could refer to intentionally looking sad or tired, or it could refer to making their faces dirty. Alternate translation: “they make their faces look distressed” or “they make their faces dirty” (2) wear something to cover their faces. Alternate translation: “they cover their faces”
772	6:16	gtdz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες	1	Here Jesus implies not only that these people want to be seen but also that they want to be honored or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they may be seen and honored as fasting” or “they may be seen and praised as fasting”
773	6:16	za06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may see them as fasting”
774	6:16	l5bh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “by men and women” or “by people”
775	6:16	ix6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1	Here Jesus means that they have received their entire reward from men, and God will not reward them any further. See how you translated this clause in 6:2. Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”
776	6:17	zou5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	σὺ δὲ	1	Here, the phrase But you introduces what Jesus wants each of his disciples to do in contrast to what the “hypocrites” do, which he described in the previous verse (6:16). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “As for you, however”
777	6:17	c20j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σὺ & σου & σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
778	6:17	k283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι	1	Here, to anoint the head and to wash the face is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use similar phrases that refer to normal bodily care, or you could use a general statement. Alternate translation: “comb your hair and wash your face as you normally do” or “take care of yourself as you usually do”
779	6:18	urwm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὅπως	1	Here, the phrase so that introduces the purpose for which the disciples should anoint their heads and wash their faces (6:17). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”
780	6:18	gbty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	μὴ φανῇς & σου & σου & σοι	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
781	6:18	s4kn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ φανῇς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων, ἀλλὰ τῷ Πατρί σου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may not see you as fasting, but only your Father”
782	6:18	trc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	Here, much as in 6:6, the phrase your Father in secret could mean that: (1) the Father is present even when a person fasts in secret. Alternate translation: “by your Father who is with you in secret” (2) the Father himself is in secret, which means that no one can see or observe him. Alternate translation: “by your Father, whom no one can see” (3) the disciple should fast in secret. Alternate translation: “in secret by your Father”
783	6:18	m56a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ Πατρί σου & ὁ Πατήρ σου	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “by God, who is your Father, … God, who is your Father”
784	6:18	sm6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἀποδώσει σοι	1	Many ancient manuscripts read will reward you. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “will reward you in the open.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
785	6:19	tqc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σὴς	1	A moth is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of insect, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “insects that eat your belongings” or “flies”
786	6:19	czl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	σὴς	1	The word moth represents moths in general, not one particular moth. If it would be helpful in your language, you use a form that refers to moths in general. Alternate translation: “moths”
787	6:19	z9wd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βρῶσις	1	Here, the word translated rust refers most generally to anything that destroys things by eating them or corroding them. The word could more specifically refer to: (1) how metals corrode. Alternate translation: “corrosion” (2) how insects, especially worms, eat cloth and food. Alternate translation: “worms” or “bugs”
788	6:19	mxsl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διορύσσουσιν	1	Here, the phrase break in refers to how thieves force their way into private buildings in order to steal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “break in to houses”
789	6:20	v5tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις	1	See how you translated these words in 6:19. Alternate translation: “neither flies nor corrosion”
790	6:20	lk51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ διορύσσουσιν	1	See how you translated this phrase in 6:19. Alternate translation: “do not break in to houses”
791	6:21	jdx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples should store up treasure in heaven (see 6:20). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should store up treasure in heaven because” or “I say that because”
792	6:21	aujv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου, ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses. Alternate translation: “your heart will be where your treasure is”
793	6:21	nkqd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου	1	Here Jesus speaks as if a person’s heart could be somewhere besides in the person’s body. He means that the person’s heart will be focused on that place and what is in that place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there will your heart be focused” or “there will your heart be directed”
794	6:21	b74q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ καρδία σου	1	In Matthew’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “your desires” or “your attention”
795	6:22	sbl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός	1	Here Jesus describes the eye as if it were a lamp. Since Jesus develops this image in the following sentences, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The sentence could mean: (1) that the eye enables a person to see, just as a lamp enables a person to see. Alternate translation: “The eye is like a lamp for the body” or “Just as a lamp shines on things, so your eye sees those things” (2) that the eye receives light, which is like light from a lamp. Alternate translation: “The eye lets light from a lamp into the body” or “When a lamp sends out light, the eye receives that light into the body”
796	6:22	gck3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός	1	The words body and eye represent bodies and eyes in general, not one particular body and eye. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The lamps of people’s bodies are their eyes”
797	6:22	g215		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου & σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so your is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of your in your translation.
798	6:22	b794		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου	1	In this verse, the word eye is singular in form, but it refers to both of the person’s eyes as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “your eyes are”
799	6:22	m256		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἁπλοῦς	1	Here, the word healthy could mean that the eye is: (1) functioning properly. Alternate translation: “sound” or “working well” (2) focused on one thing. Alternate translation: “focused” or “attentive to one thing”
800	6:22	hvrq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the whole body were illuminated. Since this statement develops the idea of the lamp, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The clause could mean: (1) that the whole body experiences the benefits of the eye working properly. Alternate translation: “your whole body receives the benefits, as if the eye shone on the whole body” (2) that a healthy eye shows that the whole body is healthy. Alternate translation: “that shows that your whole body is healthy, as if it were illuminated by your eye”
801	6:22	fadj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἔσται	1	Here Jesus uses the future tense to indicate that the body being illuminated is the logical result of the eye being healthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural in a general statement like this one. Alternate translation: “is”
802	6:22	piis		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φωτεινὸν	1	Here, the phrase illuminated could mean that the body: (1) experiences light. Alternate translation: “full of light” (2) shines with light. Alternate translation: “shining with light”
803	6:23	idbj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου & σου & σοὶ	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
804	6:23	gv1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου & ᾖ	1	In this verse, the word eye is singular in form, but it refers to both of the person’s eyes as a group. See how you translated the similar phrase in 6:22. Alternate translation: “your eyes are”
805	6:23	ld02		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πονηρὸς	1	Here, the word evil could mean that the eye is: (1) damaged or functioning improperly. Alternate translation: “unhealthy” or “working poorly” (2) focused on what is evil or selfish. Alternate translation: “wicked” or “attentive only to yourself”
806	6:23	dl86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the whole body were dark. Since this statement continues to develop the idea of the lamp, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The clause could mean: (1) that the whole body is injured when the eye does not work properly. Alternate translation: “your whole body is injured, as if the eye were not shining on the whole body” (2) that an evil eye shows that the whole body is evil. Alternate translation: “that shows that your whole body is evil, as if it were dark”
807	6:23	hg9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἔσται	1	Here Jesus uses the future tense to indicate that the body being dark is the logical result of the eye being evil. See how you translated the similar form in 6:22. Alternate translation: “is”
808	6:23	grpp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σκοτεινὸν ἔσται	1	Here, the phrase dark could mean that the body: (1) experiences darkness. Alternate translation: “will be darkened” (2) does not shine at all. Alternate translation: “will not shine at all”
809	6:23	pi01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον!	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is dark, how very dark it is”
810	6:23	nny6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has said about eyes and lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “So then”
811	6:23	kvkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	εἰ & τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	Here Jesus concludes the figure of speech that uses lamps and light, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The sentence could mean: (1) that when the eye does not work properly, even the most healthy parts of the body are still negatively affected. Alternate translation: “if the parts least affected by unhealthy eyes are injured, how great is the injury” (2) that when the best things about a person (his or her light) are evil (darkness), then the worst things about that person are very evil. Alternate translation: “if what is best about you is evil, as if it were darkness, how evil are the worst things about you”
812	6:23	hzk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	Here Jesus means that what some people think of as light is actually darkness. In that case, what these people consider to be darkness is very great darkness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you consider to be light is actually darkness, how dark is what you consider to be darkness” or “what you call light is darkness, how great the darkness itself”
813	6:23	crag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	This is an exclamation that is emphasizing that the darkness is very great. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “the darkness is very great”
814	6:24	z5ol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δυσὶ κυρίοις	1	The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of two different masters at the same time with equal loyalty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time”
815	6:24	ijn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two clauses into one. Alternate translation: “for he will hate and despise the one and will love and be devoted to the other” or “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other”
816	6:24	shfb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸν ἕνα & τὸν ἕτερον & ἑνὸς & τοῦ ἑτέρου	1	Jesus is using the adjectives one and other as nouns to refer to the two different masters. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these word with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one master … the other master … one master … the other master”
817	6:24	n3v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐ δύνασθε	1	Here Jesus introduces the application of his general statement about two masters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Similarly, you are not able”
818	6:24	zt2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ	1	Here, Jesus speaks of wealth as if it were a person whom someone could serve. He means that it is impossible to focus on serving God and also to focus on becoming wealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and also focus on gaining wealth”
819	6:24	hjcn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μαμωνᾷ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wealth, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “money” or “focus on becoming wealthy”
820	6:25	s5uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, the phrase Because of this introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus said in the previous verse about how it is not possible to serve both God and wealth (6:24). In this verse, Jesus says that this means that his disciples should not worry about even basic things required for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “So” or “Therefore,”
821	6:25	bcan			λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
822	6:25	pj1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν & ἡ ψυχὴ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being alive … being alive”
823	6:25	qkg0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἢ τί πίητε	1	Many ancient manuscripts read or what you might. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
824	6:25	nt96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show that life and the body are more important than food and clothing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body, than clothing” or “Life is certainly more than food, and the body, than clothing!”
825	6:25	f8dy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	Here Jesus is making comparisons about value or importance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Is not life more valuable than food, and the body more valuable than clothing”
826	6:25	j412		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and is not the body more than clothing”
827	6:25	ntit		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸ σῶμα	1	The word body represents bodies in general, not one particular body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “bodies”
828	6:26	uk0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐμβλέψατε εἰς	1	Here, Jesus uses the phrase Look at to represent thinking about or considering something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Consider” or “Pay attention to”
829	6:26	jt75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe birds that fly in the sky. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the birds in the sky” or “the birds flying in the sky”
830	6:26	cn8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀποθήκας	1	The word barns refers to places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “places where food is stored”
831	6:26	a9w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”
832	6:26	nbm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show that you are more important than them, the birds. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than they.” or “You are certainly more valuable than they!”
833	6:26	iien		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	αὐτῶν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “they are”
834	6:27	cm6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. The word does not introduce a contrast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Further,”
835	6:27	ivmg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς & ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show that people cannot add to their lifespan by being anxious. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “none of you, being anxious, is able to add one cubit to his lifespan.” or “not one you, being anxious, can ever add one cubit to his lifespan!”
836	6:27	wp73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	μεριμνῶν	1	Here, the phrase being anxious provides the means by which a person might try to add one cubit to his or her lifespan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “by being anxious”
837	6:27	fr8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	Here Jesus is speaking of a person’s lifespan as if it were measured in length rather than in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “is able to make his lifespan any longer” or “is able to add any time to his lifespan”
838	6:27	kub4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	πῆχυν ἕνα	1	A cubit is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary in your culture.
839	6:27	vkl0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	1	Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
840	6:28	erj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show his disciples that they should not be anxious about clothing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Further, you should not be anxious about clothing.” or “You should never be anxious about clothing!”
841	6:28	y06z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the parts of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Consider how the lilies of the field grow”
842	6:28	t16l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	The word lilies describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you can use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the tulips” or “the blossoms”
843	6:28	blpq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe lilies that grow in the field. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the lilies that you see in the field”
844	6:28	rz58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τοῦ ἀγροῦ	1	The word field represents fields in general, not one particular field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the fields”
845	6:28	him2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθουσιν	1	In this context, to spin means to make thread or yarn for cloth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “nor do they make thread for cloth” or “nor do they make yarn for cloth”
846	6:29	u7fd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before Solomon. Alternate translation: “as glorious as he was,”
847	6:29	ytdw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word glory refers to how rich and famous Solomon was, with a special emphasis on his rich and beautiful clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with all his wealth and beautiful clothes” or “with all his wonderful possessions”
848	6:29	sqg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	Here Jesus means that even Solomon could not wear beautiful enough clothing to look as beautiful as one flower. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as beautifully as one of these flowers appears” or “in a way that was as glorious as one of these flowers”
849	6:30	d2dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. The word does not introduce a contrast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Further,”
850	6:30	o3ka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “given that”
851	6:30	f7th		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν	1	Here, the word thus refers back to what Jesus said in the previous verse about plants having more glory than Solomon (6:29). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God clothes the grass of the field like that” or “God clothes the grass of the field more gloriously than Solomon”
852	6:30	xykl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & ἀμφιέννυσιν	1	Jesus speaks of God making the grass beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “makes the grass of the field beautiful”
853	6:30	syz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe grass that grows in the field. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the grass that you see in the field”
854	6:30	uf36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χόρτον	1	While Jesus uses a term that typically means grass, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term for plants. Alternate translation: “plants” or “vegetation”
855	6:30	u3ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τοῦ ἀγροῦ	1	The word field represents fields in general, not one particular field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the fields”
856	6:30	uqjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	σήμερον ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	Here, the word existing introduces a clause that states something that is unexpected for things that God clothes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “although it exists today and tomorrow is thrown into an oven” or “despite the fact that it exists today and tomorrow is thrown into an oven”
857	6:30	xavg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	σήμερον ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	Here Jesus means that grass is growing today, but someone may take it tomorrow and burn it. He speaks in this way to emphasize that grass often does not last for a long time and is not very valuable. He does not mean that this always happens to grass. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that grass only lasts for a short time and is not valuable. Alternate translation: “growing now but soon being thrown into an oven” or “existing at the moment but quickly being thrown into an oven”
858	6:30	m0kz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	Here Jesus refers to how dried plant matter would be burned as fuel for heating and cooking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “being thrown into an oven as fuel” or “being burned in an oven”
859	6:30	m23l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαλλόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone throwing it” or “people throwing it”
860	6:30	ym2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will he not much more clothe”
861	6:30	cd8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show his disciples that God will give them the clothes they need. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he will much more clothe you, ones of little faith.” or “he will definitely clothe you, ones of little faith!”
862	6:31	axhh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγοντες, τί φάγωμεν, ἤ, τί πίωμεν, ἤ, τί περιβαλώμεθα?	1	It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “asking what you might eat or what you might drink or what you might wear.”
863	6:31	g6ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	φάγωμεν & πίωμεν &περιβαλώμεθα	1	By we, Jesus means the disciples but not himself, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
864	6:32	q9rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of why the disciples should not be anxious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As you know,”
865	6:32	i0b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιζητοῦσιν	1	Here, the word seek refers to focusing on and trying to obtain something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “focus on” or “try to obtain”
866	6:32	xa9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα & ταῦτα & τούτων ἁπάντων	1	Here, the phrases all these things and all of these things refer to food, drink, clothing, and other necessities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “food, drink, and clothing … food, drink, and clothing” or “all these necessities … all of these necessities”
867	6:32	rk7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2	Here, the word for introduces a reason why the disciples should not be anxious about food, drink, or clothing. The word does not connect the clause to what Jesus just said about the Gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a previous command, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “you should not seek these things, because” or “but you should not be anxious about these things since”
868	6:32	unz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”
869	6:33	w7ff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with worrying about food, drink, and clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead of worrying about those things,” or “In contrast to the Gentiles,”
870	6:33	rk4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον	1	Here, just as in 6:32, the word seek refers to focusing on and trying to obtain something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “focus first on” or “try first to obtain”
871	6:33	nork		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρῶτον	1	Here, the word first identifies seeking the kingdom as something that is most important. The word does not indicate sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as most important”
872	6:33	yaz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τὴν βασιλείαν	1	Many ancient manuscripts read the kingdom. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the kingdom of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
873	6:33	jmar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe what God considers to be righteousness. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the righteousness that he requires”
874	6:33	ep2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he says is right” or “seek to serve him rightly”
875	6:33	qifv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	Here, the word and introduces the result of seeking first God’s kingdom and righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and then” or “and as a result”
876	6:33	ak39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will add all these things to you”
877	6:33	d3tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1	Here, just as in 6:32, the phrase all these things refers to food, drink, clothing, and other necessities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “food, drink, and clothing” or “all these necessities”
878	6:33	px9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	Here Jesus uses the phrase will be added to indicate that God will give all these things to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be set in front of you” or “will be given to you”
879	6:34	iaoa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been telling his disciples about not being anxious in 6:25–33. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So” or “In summary”
880	6:34	xdg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς	1	Jesus speaks of tomorrow as if it were a person who could be anxious. He could mean: (1) that people should worry about what happens the next day only when that day arrives. Alternate translation: “you can be anxious about tomorrow when it arrives” (2) that worrying about tomorrow is as ridiculous as tomorrow being a person who can be anxious. Alternate translation: “that helps you as much as if tomorrow could be anxious about itself” or “tomorrow is not even here yet”
881	6:34	bqny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς	1	Here Jesus means that much evil happens each day, so people should not add to their troubles by worrying about anything that might happen the next day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Each day has enough evil already without worrying about tomorrow” or “Evil already happens each day, so you should not add to it by worrying about tomorrow”
882	6:34	c490		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ κακία αὐτῆς	1	Here, the phrase its evil refers to any bad or difficult things that happen each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are the difficult things that happen that day” or “is the trouble that happens during it”
883	7:intro	bz7e				0	Matthew 7 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28) Making judgments (7:1–6) Asking and receiving (7:7–12) Narrow and wide gates (7:13–14) Obeying God is what matters (7:15–27) Fruits metaphor (7:15–20) Judgment day (7:21–23) House metaphor (7:24–27) The people are amazed (7:28–29) Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Special Concepts in this Chapter Judging In 7:1–6, Jesus warns his disciples about judging others. More specifically, he warns them against mentioning or dealing with someone else’s fault or sin when they themselves have an even more significant fault or sin. Jesus does want his disciples to make choices and decisions about other people, as 7:6 makes clear. That verse requires people to be careful what they do with holy and valuable things. However, the general message is to avoid making judgments about others, especially when one has one’s own faults and sins. Words and deeds In 7:15–27, Jesus teaches about the importance of doing what is right, not just saying the right things. He says that his disciples can recognize false prophets by what they do, that he himself will honor and acknowledge his disciples based on what they do, and that only those who do what is right will survive difficult experiences. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The speck of wood and the log In 7:3–5, Jesus refers to small faults and sins as if they were specks of wood in people’s eyes. He refers to larger faults and sins as if they were logs in people’s eyes. Jesus speaks in this way to contrast how significant these sins and faults are. He also speaks in this way to indicate that larger sins and faults make people spiritually unobservant, just as a log in someone’s eye makes that person unable to see. If possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Dogs and pigs In 7:6, Jesus speaks of how his disciples should behave as if they were interacting with holy things, pearls, dogs, and pigs. He could be speaking of the gospel as the holy and pearls. In this case, the dogs and pigs represent people who reject the gospel. Or, Jesus could be speaking of his disciples’ possessions and skills as the holy and pearls. In this case, the dogs and pigs represent worthless tasks and goals. Or, Jesus could be speaking of fellow disciples as the holy and pearls. In this case, the dogs and pigs represent unbelievers. Since Jesus speaks these words as a saying or proverb, you should avoid choosing one option. Instead, you should express the idea in a way that allows for all these and other interpretations. If if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a form that you would normally use for a proverb or saying. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Gates and roads In 7:13–14, Jesus speaks of how people live as if they were traveling on a road or passing through a gate. He says that the gate and road that lead to eternal life are narrow and difficult, and only a few people travel that way. On the other hand, the gate and road that lead to destruction are wide and easy, and many people travel that way. He means that it is very easy to live in ways that will end in destruction, and it is hard to live in ways that will end in eternal life. If possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Trees and fruits In 7:16–20, Jesus speaks of people as if they were plants. Just as you can tell what kind of plant it is by what fruit the plant produces, so you can tell whether people are really Jesus’ disciples based on what they do. If possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Building houses In 7:24–27, Jesus compares obedient people to wise people who build their homes on a solid foundation. When bad things happen, they will be safe and secure, just like those homes will be safe and secure through storms and floods. In contrast, Jesus compares disobedient people to foolish people who build their homes on an insecure foundation. When bad things happen, they will be destroyed, just like those homes will collapse when storms and floods come. If possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” In this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using “you” in the singular and “you” in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he uses the singular, he is speaking about specific situations that each person in the crowd might experience. When he uses the plural, he is speaking generally to the crowd as a whole. You should assume that Jesus is using plural forms of “you” unless a note specifies that the forms are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
884	7:1	xk6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	Here Jesus uses the word judge to refer to unofficial and improper judging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not harshly judge” or “Do not condemn”
885	7:1	l2c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, the phrase so that introduces the goal for which the disciples refrain from judging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a goal. Alternate translation: “in order that”
886	7:1	bk8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will not judge you”
887	7:2	tbi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse (7:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “That is because”
888	7:2	ifm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the manner that you judge”
889	7:2	kj24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κριθήσεσθε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you”
890	7:2	bq9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Here, the word and introduces a more general statement in proverb form. This general proverb provides further proof that people will be judged as they have judged others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a more general statement or proverb. Alternate translation: “just as some people say:” or “and more generally,”
891	7:2	wmxo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people eventually experience for themselves how they have treated other people. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “what you give to others is what you will get in return” or “what you do to others will be done to you”
892	7:2	c006		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of measure, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the manner that you measure”
893	7:2	wgh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will measure it to you”
894	7:2	ry31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	μετρηθήσεται	1	Here, the word it refers to what you measure out to other people. Jesus is speaking in general about anything that people measure, so you should avoid making the phrase specific. Alternate translation: “the same thing will be measured” or “that very thing will be measured”
895	7:3	a3pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
896	7:3	em5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke his disciples for looking at a speck of wood in a fellow disciple’s eye while failing to notice the log in their own eye. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not look at the speck of wood in the eye of your brother when you do not notice the log in your eye.” or “do not look at the speck of wood in the eye of your brother while at the same time not noticing the log in your eye!”
897	7:3	hzb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
898	7:3	ctb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	Here Jesus refers to small faults and mistakes as if they were a speck of wood in a person’s eye. He speaks of large faults and mistakes as if they were a log in a person’s eye. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do you focus on your brother’s small fault, which is like a speck of wood in his eye, but you do not notice your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye” or “do you look at the small mistakes your brother makes, but you do not notice your own large mistakes”
899	7:3	hqnr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ κάρφος	1	A speck of wood is a tiny piece of wood or plant matter. If your readers would not be familiar with a speck of wood, you could use the name of something small that commonly falls into a person’s eyes, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”
900	7:3	d2qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your fellow disciple”
901	7:3	mo6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “of your brother or sister”
902	7:3	xdcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν & δοκὸν	1	A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”
903	7:3	q1z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν & δοκὸν	1	A log is a long, large piece of wood. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of object, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the beam” or “the plank” or “the large object”
904	7:4	c1kz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1	Here, the word Or introduces a second question that provides another improper way to behave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar situation or command, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,”
905	7:4	k58h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ?	1	Jesus asks this question to challenge his disciples to pay attention to the log in their own eye before they pay attention to a speck of wood in another person’s eye. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your eye.” or “Do not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your eye!”
906	7:4	kcgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your fellow disciple”
907	7:4	eaym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “to your brother or sister”
908	7:4	kc80		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου, ἄφες & σου & σοῦ	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so your is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of your in your translation.
909	7:4	d66b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ	1	Here Jesus continues to refer to small faults and mistakes as if they were a speck of wood in a person’s eye and to large faults and mistakes as if they were a log in a person’s eye. Express the idea as you did in 7:3. Alternate translation: “‘Let me assist you in getting rid of your small fault, which is like a speck of wood in your eye,’ while behold, you have your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye” or “‘Let me assist you in avoiding the small mistakes you make,’ while behold, you have your own large mistakes”
910	7:4	iwgf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ κάρφος	1	Translate the phrase speck of wood as you did in 7:3. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”
911	7:4	uyno		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “see”
912	7:4	rark		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἡ δοκὸς	1	A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”
913	7:4	odbi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἡ δοκὸς	1	Translate the word log as you did in 7:3. Alternate translation: “the beam” or “the plank” or “the large object”
914	7:5	kwqu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ὑποκριτά & ἔκβαλε & σοῦ & διαβλέψεις & σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so the command take out is singular, and the words you and your are singular throughout the verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of the command and the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
915	7:5	psgh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἔκβαλε πρῶτον ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ τὴν δοκόν, καὶ τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	Here Jesus continues to refer to small faults and mistakes as if they were a speck of wood in a person’s eye and to large faults and mistakes as if they were a log in a person’s eye. Express the idea as you did in 7:3–4. In this verse, Jesus also adds the idea of being able to see clearly, which indicates that a person is spiritually mature and knowledgeable. Alternate translation: “First get rid of your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye, and then you will know how to assist your brother in getting rid of his small fault, which is like a speck of wood in his eye” or “First get rid of your own large mistakes, and then you will know how to properly assist your brother in avoiding his small mistakes”
916	7:5	cg35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν δοκόν	1	A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”
917	7:5	wtbk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν δοκόν	1	Translate the word log as you did in 7:3. Alternate translation: “the beam” or “the plank” or “the large object”
918	7:5	js25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ κάρφος	1	Translate the phrase speck of wood as you did in 7:3. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”
919	7:5	cb9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your fellow disciple”
920	7:5	jydm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “of your brother or sister”
921	7:6	tqpw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς.	1	It is likely that Jesus speaks about dogs in the first and last clauses in this verse and about pigs in the middle two clauses. This was a poetic form in his culture. If your readers would not recognize this as poetry and misunderstand which animals Jesus is speaking about in the last two clauses, you could rearrange the clauses. Alternate translation: “You should not give the holy to the dogs. Otherwise, having turned, they will tear you to pieces. Nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they will trample them under their feet”
922	7:6	wohg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	Here Jesus speaks of how his disciples should behave as if they were interacting with dogs, pearls, and pigs. See the chapter introduction for some possible interpretations of this figure of speech. You should express the idea in a way that allows for many interpretations. If it is necessary for you to indicate that Jesus is using a figure of speech here, you could introduce the verse with a form that usually introduces a saying or proverb. Alternate translation: “Think about what this means for your life: You should neither give the holy to the dogs, nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they will trample them under their feet, and having turned, tear you to pieces”
923	7:6	id6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἅγιον	1	Jesus is using the adjective holy as a noun to mean anything that is holy. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “holy things”
924	7:6	gkn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῖς κυσίν	1	A dog is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. It would be very improper to give the holy to this kind of animal. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting, you could use the name of this animal instead.
925	7:6	xy2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	The word pearls refers to beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “jewelry” or “valuable beads”
926	7:6	desz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	Here, the phrases they will trample and they will tear could refer to: (1) how the pigs trample and the dogs tear. Alternate translation: “the pigs will trample them under their feet, and having turned, the dogs will tear you to pieces” (2) how the pigs and the gods will together trample and tear. Alternate translation: “the pigs and dogs together will trample them under their feet, and having turned, they will tear you to pieces”
927	7:6	kpge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	Here, the word them refers to the pearls. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to pearls. Alternate translation: “the pearls”
928	7:6	atg0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στραφέντες	1	Here, the phrase having turned indicates that the animals will stop paying attention to the holy things and pearls and start focusing on you. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “turning to face you” or “focusing on you instead”
929	7:7	ut6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε	1	You may need to say what a person would be asking for and seeking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use general expressions that refer to anything good that a person might want or need. Alternate translation: “ask for a good thing, and it will be given to you; seek a good thing, and you will find it”
930	7:7	tv49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you”
931	7:7	rt8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρούετε	1	To knock means to hit a door a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house. Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap”
932	7:7	zu03		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	Here Jesus speaks of praying as if it were knocking on a door, and he speaks of God answering the prayer as if it were the door being opened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ask for permission, and permission will be given to you” or “pray, and God will answer your prayer”
933	7:7	yz3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will open it to you”
934	7:8	ykrj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces some reasons why the disciples should do what Jesus commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Do those things since” or “That is because”
935	7:8	yva3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶς & ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει, καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει	1	You may need to say what a person would be asking for and seeking. If so, express the idea as you did in 7:7. Alternate translation: “everyone asking for a good thing receives it; and the one seeking a good thing finds it”
936	7:8	uvcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ κρούοντι	1	Express the idea of knocking as you did in 7:7. Alternate translation: “to the one calling out” or “to the one coughing” or “to the one clapping”
937	7:8	vcdb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ κρούοντι ἀνοιγήσεται	1	Here Jesus continues to speak of praying as if it were knocking on a door and of God answering the prayer as if it were the door being opened. Express the idea as you did in 7:7. Alternate translation: “to the one asking for permission, permission will be given” or “to the one praying, it will be answered”
938	7:8	ohhx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will open it”
939	7:9	et6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1	Here, the word Or introduces a contrasting alternative to what Jesus has said about how people who ask will receive. Jesus then uses the question form to show that this alternative is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a false alternative, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”
940	7:9	p1if			ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “Or what man is there from among you who will give his son a stone when he asks for bread”
941	7:9	mq14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Jesus uses a question to show how parents do not give bad things to their children. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is not a man from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” or “No man among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, will give him a stone!”
942	7:9	fscs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain how parents give good things, not bad things, to their children. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Or imagine a man from among you. When his son asks him for bread, he will not give a stone, will he”
943	7:9	n5s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ	1	Although Jesus uses the example of a man and his son, he does not mean that this example applies only to fathers and sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that includes all parents and children. Alternate translation: “what parents are there from among you, of whom their child will ask for bread—they will not give their child a stone, will they”
944	7:10	z9xu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1	Here, the word Or introduces another similar example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,”
945	7:10	y9q5			ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Alternate translation: “Or he will not give him a snake when he asks for a fish, will he”
946	7:10	t19o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.”
947	7:10	kgak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ	1	Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain how parents give good things, not bad things, to their children. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Or imagine that same man again. When his son asks him for a fish, he will not give him a snake, will he”
948	7:10	mf6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ	1	Although Jesus continues to use the example of a father and his son, he does not mean that this example applies only to fathers and sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that includes all parents and children. Alternate translation: “the child will also ask for a fish—the parents will not give the child a snake, will they”
949	7:10	tz8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὄφιν	1	In this culture, people did not eat snakes. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat snakes in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat”
950	7:11	n1vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since”
951	7:11	n98d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	πονηροὶ ὄντες	1	Here, the phrase being evil states something that is unexpected for people who know how to give good gifts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “although you are evil” or “despite being evil”
952	7:11	pk31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show that God will definitely give good things to people who ask for them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Father in the heavens will much more give good to the ones asking him.” or “much more will your Father in the heavens give good things to the ones asking him!”
953	7:11	z8zr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “your Father, God,”
954	7:11	t3p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
955	7:12	wybf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion to what Jesus has said in 5:15–7:11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “In summary” or “So”
956	7:12	wwz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	πάντα & ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς	1	In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you should do to men all things in the way that you desire them to do to you”
957	7:12	g8c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “people” or “men and women”
958	7:12	cywd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason for the command that Jesus has just given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which you should do because”
959	7:12	y4f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος & ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Here, the clause this is the Law and the Prophets means that Jesus’ command summarizes what the Law and the Prophets require. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this is what the Law and Prophets require” or “this is a summary of the Law and the Prophets”
960	7:12	wivn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	The word Law is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word Prophets is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the Scriptures, both the Law and the Prophets”
961	7:12	b1x2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ προφῆται	1	Here, the word Prophets represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets”
962	7:13-14	f47a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς; & ὅτι στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν.	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 7:13 and 7:14 into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about the narrow gate together. Alternate translation: “Enter through the narrow gate. For the gate {is} narrow and the way has been made narrow that is leading to life, and there are few finding it. But wide {is} the gate and broad {is} the road that is leading to destruction, and there are many entering through it”
963	7:13	dgr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς	1	Here Jesus speaks of how people live as if they were walking on a road and of what happens when they die as if it were entering through a gate. When a gate is narrow, that means that it is difficult to go through and that not many people go through it. When a gate is wide and a road is broad, that means that they are easy to travel on or go through and that many people travel on or through them. Since these are important images that Jesus uses in the following verse as well, you should preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “You should live like a traveler who enters through a narrow gate. Many people live like travelers who enter through a wide gate and travel on a broad road, but this path leads to destruction”
964	7:13	g4be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why people should enter through the narrow gate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because”
965	7:13	zv24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of destruction, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being destroyed” or “to God destroying you”
966	7:13	mulg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλοί	1	Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many travelers”
967	7:14	aj95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ὅτι στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς	1	Many ancient manuscripts read For the gate is narrow and the road has been made narrow. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “How narrow is the gate and having been made narrow the road.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
968	7:14	mvfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Here, the word For introduces another reason why people should enter through the narrow gate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Enter through the narrow gate because”
969	7:14	krug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν	1	Here Jesus continues to speak of how people live as if they were walking on a way and of what happens when they die as if it were entering through a gate. When a gate is narrow and a way has been made narrow, that means that they are difficult to go through and that not many people go through them. Express the idea as you did in 7:13. Alternate translation: “only a few people live like travelers who find the narrow gate and travel on the road that has been made narrow, and this road leads to life”
970	7:14	jish		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “the road is narrow” or “God has made the road narrow”
971	7:14	byw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ζωήν	1	Here Jesus implies that life is eternal or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “true life” or “eternal life”
972	7:14	wlr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being able to live”
973	7:14	gdji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὀλίγοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective few as a noun to mean few people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “few travelers”
974	7:14	opn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτήν	1	Here, the word it could refer to: (1) both the gate and the road. Alternate translation: “them” (2) just the road. Alternate translation: “this road” (3) just the gate. Alternate translation: “this gate”
975	7:15	lj5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες	1	Here Jesus speaks of God’s people as if they were sheep. By the false prophets wearing sheep’s clothing, he means that the false prophets pretend to be part of God’s people. However, Jesus says that inwardly they are ravenous wolves. He means that they hurt and take advantage of God’s people, which is acting just like wolves that eat sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who pretend to be part of your group, as if they were dressed in sheep’s clothing. However, inwardly they want to harm you, as if they were ravenous wolves”
976	7:15	bwag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων	1	Here, the phrase sheep’s clothing refers to disguising oneself to look like a sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “disguising themselves as sheep” or “pretending to be sheep”
977	7:15	t21q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λύκοι ἅρπαγες	1	When wolves are ravenous, they want to capture and eat other animals, such as sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “hungry wolves” or “wolves on the hunt”
978	7:16	pul5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?	1	Here Jesus speaks of people as if they were plants that produced fruits. Just as thorny plants do not produce fruits, so evil people who do not trust God do not do what is right. Jesus uses this metaphor for several verses, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “You will know who people are by what they do, just as you know what plants are by their fruits. They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they? Similarly, evil people do not do what is right, do they”
979	7:16	jvxv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	The pronouns their and them refer to any people, but particularly people like the “false prophets” Jesus mentioned in the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the false prophets or to any people who claim to be believers. Alternate translation: “You will recognize the false prophets by their fruits” or “You will recognize anyone who claims to believe by his or her fruits”
980	7:16	nve4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?	1	Jesus is using the question form to to show that grapes do not come from a thornbush and figs do not come from thistles. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” or “No one gathers grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles!”
981	7:16	gy7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	μήτι συλλέγουσιν	1	The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “People do not gather … do they”
982	7:16	d7ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “grapes or figs from thorny plants” or “fruits from scrub plants”
983	7:16	vqnd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τριβόλων	1	Here, the word thistles refers generally to plants that have points or spikes on their stems or leaves. These plants do not produce fruit. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “spiky plants”
984	7:17	f5l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ	1	Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced fruits. Just as a good tree produces good fruits, so people who follow God do what is right. Just as a roten tree produces rotten fruits, so people who do not follow God do what is wrong. Jesus uses this metaphor for several verses, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “In the same way, every good tree produces good fruits, but the rotten tree produces bad fruits. Similarly, believers do what is right, but unbelievers do what is wrong”
985	7:17	vy6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸ & σαπρὸν δένδρον & ποιεῖ	1	The phrase the rotten tree represents rotten trees in general, not one particular rotten tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “rotten trees produce”
986	7:18	gey5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	οὐ δύναται δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖν, οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖν	1	Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced fruits. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse 7:17. Alternate translation: “A good tree is not able to produce bad fruits, nor a rotten tree to produce good fruits. Similarly, believers do not do what is wrong, and unbelievers do not do what is right”
987	7:18	x849		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “nor is a rotten tree able”
988	7:19	xwrm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced fruit. Express the idea as you did in the previous verses 7:17–18. Alternate translation: “Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into a fire. Similarly, every person who does not do what is right is judged and punished”
989	7:19	g7fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They cut down every tree not producing good fruit and throw it into a fire”
990	7:19	a5u1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	καρπὸν καλὸν	1	In this verse, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “good fruits”
991	7:20	pb7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρα γε	1	Here, the phrase So then introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been saying about trees, plants, and fruit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “As you can see”
992	7:20	x87m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	Here Jesus continues to speak about people as if they were plants that produced fruits. In this verse, Jesus repeats the general principle he stated in 7:16, so you should express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “you will know who people are by what they do, just as you know what plants are by their fruits”
993	7:20	yaho		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	The pronouns their and them refer to any people, but particularly people like the “false prophets” Jesus mentioned in 7:15. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the false prophets or to any people who claim to be believers. Alternate translation: “you will recognize the false prophets by their fruits” or “you will recognize anyone who claims to believe by his or her fruits”
994	7:21	dkh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	μοι, Κύριε, Κύριε	1	Here Jesus could quote these people repeating the word Lord in order to: (1) express the urgency or earnestness of the address. Alternate translation: “to me, ‘My Lord!’” (2) show that this address happens often. Alternate translation: “to me repeatedly, ‘Lord’”
995	7:21	qq3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ ποιῶν	1	Here Jesus means that the only people who enter into the kingdom of the heavens are those who do God’s will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “but only the one doing”
996	7:21	wzoi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ποιῶν	1	The phrase the one doing represents anyone who does these things in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who do”
997	7:21	fgdo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what my Father in the heavens desires”
998	7:21	c6yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.
999	7:21	l1te		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
1000	7:21	m4ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “in the heavens will enter into the kingdom of the heavens”
1001	7:22	t095		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλοὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
1002	7:22	mp6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, the phrase that day refers to how God will judge everyone at the end of this time period. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the judgment day” or “when God is judging everyone”
1003	7:22	makk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Κύριε, Κύριε	1	Here Jesus again quotes these people repeating the word Lord. Express the idea as you did in 7:21. Alternate translation: “day, ‘My Lord!’” or “day repeatedly, ‘Lord’”
1004	7:22	m9py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?	1	The people speaking are using the question form to to show that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” or “we prophesied in your name, and we cast out demons in your name, and we did many mighty deeds in your name!”
1005	7:22	hg17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	Here, the word name refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … by your authority … by your authority”
1006	7:22	losr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σῷ	-1	Since the speakers are talking to Jesus, the word your in this verse is singular.
1007	7:23	d4y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς	1	Here Jesus speaks of his disciples as those whom he knows. When he says I never knew you, he means that the person addressed was never one of his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have never been my disciples”
1008	7:23	zdo4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	Here Jesus directly addresses those to whom he is speaking as ones practicing lawlessness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the direct address more explicit. Alternate translation: “you who practice lawlessness”
1009	7:23	fvm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lawlessness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is lawless”
1010	7:24	jopr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion that is based on what Jesus has said in 7:21–23 and perhaps also what he said in 7:15–20. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “So then”
1011	7:24	f0yd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Here, the phrase these words of mine could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said in this section of Matthew, which began in 5:3. Alternate translation: “the words I have been speaking” (2) what Jesus teaches in general. Alternate translation: “the words I speak”
1012	7:24	qjh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	Jesus compares those who do what he has said to a person who builds his house on the rock, where it is secure and not easily knocked down. He means that people who do what he has said can be as confident about how God will judge them as the wise man is confident about the security of his house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be as sure about God’s favor as a wise man is sure that his house, which he built upon the rock, is secure”
1013	7:24	iv10		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ὁμοιωθήσεται	1	Here Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most natural for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “is compared to”
1014	7:24	qw6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοιωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I will compare to” or “is comparable to”
1015	7:24	b8hl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms man and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a wise person … his or her”
1016	7:24	dy1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέτραν	1	Here, the word rock means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “bedrock” or “solid ground”
1017	7:25	p99w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσέπεσαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	Here the winds strike against that house by blowing hard and stressing the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “stressed that house” or “strained the house”
1018	7:25	bv81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τεθεμελίωτο	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the wise man. Alternate translation: “the wise man had founded it”
1019	7:25	cr01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πέτραν	1	Express the idea as you did in 7:25. Alternate translation: “the bedrock” or “the solid ground”
1020	7:26	kisb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Here, just as in 7:24, the phrase these words of mine could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said in this section of Matthew, which began in 5:3. Alternate translation: “the words I have been speaking” (2) what Jesus teaches in general. Alternate translation: “the words I speak”
1021	7:26	nw97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον	1	Jesus compares those who do not do what he has said to a person who builds his house upon the sand, where it is not secure and is easily knocked down. He means that people who do not do what he has said cannot be confident about how God will judge them, just as the foolish man cannot be confident about the security of his house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be as unsure about God’s favor as a foolish man is unsure that his house, which he built upon the sand, is secure”
1022	7:26	ljg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ὁμοιωθήσεται	1	Here, just as in 7:24, Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most natural for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “is compared to”
1023	7:26	o85y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοιωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I will compare to” or “is comparable to”
1024	7:26	ieyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms man and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a foolish person … his or her”
1025	7:26	fzhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον	1	The word sand refers to very small pieces of rock that collect together, often on the edge of a body of water or in a desert. The sand constantly moves and shifts, and it is not a solid foundation on which to place anything. If your readers would not be familiar with sand, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “upon mud” or “upon what is not solid”
1026	7:27	tkt0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσέκοψαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	Express the idea as you did in 7:25. Alternate translation: “stressed that house” or “strained the house”
1027	7:27	k4hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of destruction, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it was totally destroyed”
1028	7:28	jrh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, ἐξεπλήσσοντο οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ sermon by describing how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus finished speaking these words. The crowds were astonished at his teaching”
1029	7:28	fo8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of teaching, you could express the same idea in another way. Matthew could be focusing primarily on: (1) the way in which Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “at how he taught” (2) what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “at what he taught”
1030	7:29	gnyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word for introduces the reason why “the crowds were astonished by his teaching” (7:28). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “since”
1031	7:29	qpp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔχων	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one having been authorized”
1032	7:29	bzur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς αὐτῶν	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “not as their scribes taught them”
1033	8:intro	f33a				0	Matthew 8 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1–9:34) Healing a leper (8:1–4) Healing the centurion’s servant (8:5–13) Healing Peter’s mother-in-law and many others (8:14–17) The cost of following Jesus (8:18–22) Calming the storm (8:23–27) Casting demons out of two men (8:28–34) Important Concepts in this Chapter Healings In this chapter, Matthew narrates how Jesus heals a leper, the paralyzed servant of a centurion, Peter’s mother who had a fever, and many other people who were sick. In every case where Matthew describes what happened, Jesus speaks words, or he touches the sick person, or he does both. These stories show how powerful Jesus is. He does not need to use medicine or magic to heal people. Instead, he can just command the sickness to go away or simply touch the person. Casting out demons Matthew clearly distinguishes sick people from people who are controlled by demons. Demons are evil spiritual beings who can control people. They usually use these people to hurt themselves or others. Matthew briefly mentions that Jesus drives demons out of people in 8:16. At the end of the chapter, he includes a longer story about how Jesus drives demons out of two men (8:28–34). The demons use the two men to speak, but they say what the demons want them to say. The demons know that Jesus is the Son of God, and they plead with Jesus not to punish them too much. Jesus agrees to do what they ask, but he is the one who is in charge. Again, the story shows how powerful Jesus is. Feasting in the kingdom of heaven In 8:11–12, Jesus speaks about how many people will feast with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob in the kingdom of the heavens. However, some people who are expected to be part of the feast will be cast outside and punished. It is likely that Jesus is referring to a feast that will eventually happen, so do not express the idea as if it were a metaphor. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Rhetorical Questions In 8:26 and 8:29, characters in the story use rhetorical questions. They ask these questions to make strong points, not because they are looking for information. If your language does not use questions in this way, you could include answers to the questions or you could express them as statements or exclamations. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between Jesus and other people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
1034	8:1	qb1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
1035	8:1	wd15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τοῦ ὄρους	1	Express this phrase as you did in 5:1. Alternate translation: “the high place” or “the small mountain”
1036	8:2	vas8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν, προσεκύνει	1	Here Matthew introduces a leper as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man who was a leper. Approaching Jesus, he bowed before”
1037	8:2	yhgp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1038	8:2	he5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
1039	8:2	yc3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	The man is using this statement to make a request. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in request form. Alternate translation: “please make me clean”
1040	8:2	yjn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	με καθαρίσαι	1	The man talks about becoming clean ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is primarily asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to heal my disease”
1041	8:3	ttdz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα, ἥψατο αὐτοῦ	1	The pronouns his and he refer to Jesus. The pronoun him refers to the leper. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “having reached out his hand, Jesus touched the leper”
1042	8:3	cy6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
1043	8:3	atmx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	θέλω	1	Here Jesus implies that he is willing to cleanse or heal the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am willing to cleanse you”
1044	8:3	lj1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “he was clean, with no leprosy” or “Jesus cleansed him of his leprosy”
1045	8:4	akk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
1046	8:4	g1uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδενὶ εἴπῃς	1	The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you tell no one that you have been healed”
1047	8:4	zi3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	Jesus told the man to show himself to the priest so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest for inspection if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “ask to be inspected by the priest” or “let yourself be examined by the priest”
1048	8:4	tq9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς	1	Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to offer a specific gift. This made the person ceremonially clean, and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded for making people clean again”
1049	8:4	rj8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	Here Jesus means that the man should show himself to the priest and offer the gift to prove or provide testimony that he had been healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for a testimony to them that you have been cleansed”
1050	8:4	b0pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that it testifies to them”
1051	8:4	eewm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them could refer to: (1) Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “to people” (2) the priests specifically. Alternate translation: “to the priests”
1052	8:5	gec7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
1053	8:6	xehl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “telling him”
1054	8:6	cr8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	παραλυτικός	1	People who is paralyzed are not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and cannot move his limbs”
1055	8:6	lhmw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεινῶς βασανιζόμενος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “suffering much” or “being greatly in pain”
1056	8:6	il8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δεινῶς βασανιζόμενος	1	Here the centurion tells Jesus what is happening to his servant. He implies that he wants Jesus to heal the servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “being tormented terribly, so please help him”
1057	8:7	qatk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγει αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to the centurion. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the people. Alternate translation: “Jesus says to the centurion”
1058	8:7	u8er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
1059	8:7	fh56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθὼν	1	Here Jesus implies that he will come to the centurion’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when I have come to your house”
1060	8:7	go4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “when I have gone”
1061	8:8	p7p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς	1	The phrase enter under my roof means “come into my house.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might personally visit me” or “you might enter into my house”
1062	8:8	hig7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	Here, the centurion uses the command form to politely ask Jesus to speak a word. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “please speak only a word”
1063	8:8	uqkz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λόγῳ	1	Here the centurion means that Jesus can heal his servant by using a word of command, which is how Jesus healed the leper in 8:3. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the centurion is referring to a single word of command. Alternate translation: “one order” or “a word of command”
1064	8:8	rk1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will heal my servant”
1065	8:9	ds2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “whom someone has placed under authority” or “who is under someone’s authority”
1066	8:9	da25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	Here the centurion speaks of those over whom he has authority as if they were under him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under my authority” or “whom I command”
1067	8:9	mg4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ λέγω τούτῳ, πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται, καὶ ἄλλῳ, ἔρχου, καὶ ἔρχεται, καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου, ποίησον τοῦτο, καὶ ποιεῖ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this sentence so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and I tell this one to go, and he goes, and I tell another one to come, and he comes, and I tell my servant to do something, and he does it”
1068	8:9	qz61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἄλλῳ & καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου	1	The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and to another I say … and to my servant, I say”
1069	8:10	znqp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐθαύμασεν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “marveled”
1070	8:10	t93t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1	Here, the word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to everyone who follows him.
1071	8:10	c7y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον	1	Here Jesus implies that he expected Jewish people to have this kind of faith, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of faith, yet this man did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have found no one in Israel, the people who should trust me, who trusts me as much as this Gentile does”
1072	8:10	bhdp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον	1	Many ancient manuscripts read I have found such great faith from no one in Israel. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “not even in Israel have I found such great faith.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
1073	8:10	al6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εὗρον	1	Here, the word found represents experiencing or observing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have experienced” or “I have observed”
1074	8:10	z5gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “no one in Israel who believes so much”
1075	8:10	fjgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Here, the word Israel refers to the people who live in the country of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel”
1076	8:11	xee4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a development of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”
1077	8:11	tdup		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1	Here, the word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to everyone who follows him.
1078	8:11	v7ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλοὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
1079	8:11	mt2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν	1	Here, Jesus is referring to every direction by naming the directions that are opposities: east and west. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from every direction”
1080	8:11	u4sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “they will sit down to eat” or “they will eat”
1081	8:11	kxaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	When Jesus speaks about eating while in the kingdom of the heavens, he could mean: (1) that one thing that people will do is feast together. In this case, Jesus is not using a metaphor. Alternate translation: “they will recline at the feast” (2) that people will rejoice and be happy as if they were at a feast. In this case, Jesus is using a metaphor. Alternate translation: “they will rejoice”
1082	8:11	qmc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ	1	The words Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob are the names of the three most important ancestors of Jesus’ people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, who are our important ancestors,”
1083	8:12	ks3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will throw the sons of the kingdom out”
1084	8:12	aug7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	The expression the sons of the kingdom refers to people who would normally belong in the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who would normally be part of the kingdom” or “those who expect to be in the kingdom”
1085	8:12	g9js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ & υἱοὶ	1	Although the term sons is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the children”
1086	8:12	liu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	Here, the phrase the outer darkness refers to the place of punishment in contrast to the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If possible, preserve the idea of darkness. Alternate translation: “into the darkness of hell” or “into the dark place of punishment”
1087	8:12	jqpn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the dark place outside”
1088	8:12	gww4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”
1089	8:13	trdl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὕπαγε	1	Here Jesus implies that the centurion should return to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Return to your house”
1090	8:13	ki92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω σοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let it happen to you” or “let God do it for you”
1091	8:13	op3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	γενηθήτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be done” or “I am doing it”
1092	8:13	sdn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ὁ παῖς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant”
1093	8:13	mjps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	Here, the phrase at that hour indicates that the servant was healed when Jesus spoke these words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment”
1094	8:14	d542		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “when Jesus had gone”
1095	8:14	vl5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun his refers to Peter. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Peter’s”
1096	8:14	iw9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τὴν πενθερὰν	1	The word mother-in-law refers to the mother of Peter’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
1097	8:14	o7tf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βεβλημένην	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lying down”
1098	8:14	ynh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πυρέσσουσαν	1	A fever is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. People with fevers feel sick and weak. If your reader would not be familiar with fevers, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate Translation: “having a high body temperature” or “being ill with an elevated temperature”
1099	8:15	w7nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	Here Matthew speaks of the fever as if it were a person that left her. He means that she was no longer sick with the fever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she was no longer sick with a fever” or “her fever was gone”
1100	8:15	tmp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διηκόνει αὐτῷ	1	Here Matthew implies that she took food and offered it to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “gave him food”
1101	8:16	lxfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
1102	8:16	i9lq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	προσήνεγκαν	1	Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “other people brought”
1103	8:16	pwr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many whom demons possessed”
1104	8:16	s9qx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλούς	1	Matthew is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many people”
1105	8:16	low2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ πνεύματα	1	Here, the word spirits refers to the same spiritual beings that Matthew referred to earlier in the verse as demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the same term in both places or make it clear in another way that these are same beings. Alternate translation: “the demonic spirits”
1106	8:16	f1cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	λόγῳ	1	Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by speaking to them”
1107	8:16	zos9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sick people”
1108	8:17	cn2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅπως πληρωθῇ	1	Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus casting out demons and healing people. Alternate translation: “with the result that would be fulfilled” (2) a purpose for which Jesus cast out demons and healed people. Alternate translation: “in order that might be fulfilled”
1109	8:17	r3dc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill”
1110	8:17	tjbo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “that which God spoke”
1111	8:17	x9vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see Isaiah 53:4). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”
1112	8:17	eyu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “He himself took our sicknesses; indeed, he bore our diseases”
1113	8:17	nb36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν	1	Here Matthew could mean that Jesus: (1) removed sicknesses and healed diseases. Alternate translation: “He himself removed our sicknesses and healed our diseases” (2) became sick and diseased himself to deal with people’s sicknesses and diseases. Alternate translation: “He himself became sick in our place and became diseased in our place”
1114	8:18	y32v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”
1115	8:18	ruxx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἰδὼν	1	Here, the phrase having seen could introduce: (1) what happened before Jesus commanded his disciples. Alternate translation: “after he saw” (2) the reason for which Jesus commanded his disciples. Alternate translation: “because he saw”
1116	8:18	qw48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ὄχλον	1	Many ancient manuscripts read a crowd. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “large crowds.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
1117	8:18	gdsr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “commanded, ‘Let us depart to the other side’”
1118	8:18	a2pn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus commanded the disciples to depart with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “commanded his disciples to depart with him”
1119	8:18	h8ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	Here Jesus implies that he wants the disciples to depart with him to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “to the opposite side of the Sea of Galilee”
1120	8:19	hssp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ προσελθὼν, εἷς γραμματεὺς	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus and the disciples have not yet gotten into a boat to cross over to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. He says that they get into the boat in 8:23. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And before they departed to the other side, a scribe approached and”
1121	8:19	k51q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀκολουθήσω σοι ὅπου ἐὰν ἀπέρχῃ	1	Here, the clause I will follow you indicates that the scribe wishes to travel with Jesus and be his disciple. The phrase wherever you go indicates that he wishes to be Jesus’ disciple no matter what Jesus does or where he goes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will become your faithful disciple” or “I will travel with you as your student wherever you go”
1122	8:20	tkl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
1123	8:20	pqp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Here, Jesus is referring to all animals by naming an animal that lives on land and an animal that flies in the air. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all animals have places to live”
1124	8:20	ub5o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν	1	The word foxes describes land animals that are similar to small dogs. The word dens refers to how these animals dig holes in the ground as shelters. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal and its habits, you could describe them in general terms. Alternate translation: “Little animals live in holes in the ground”
1125	8:20	qqvq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the birds of the sky have nests”
1126	8:20	ci6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe birds that fly in the sky. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the birds in the sky” or “the birds flying in the sky”
1127	8:20	arxe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	The expression of the sky contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the birds”
1128	8:20	qvm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “but I, the Son of Man, do not have a place where I might lay my head”
1129	8:20	mhps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus for the first time in Matthew uses the title Son of Man to refer to himself. He is using the title to refer to himself, a human, and also to implicitly identify himself with the important and powerful figure named “the son of man” in the Old Testament book of Daniel (see Daniel 7:13–14). See the book introduction for more information about this title. Consider how you might best translate this title here and throughout the rest of Matthew. Alternate translation: “but the Human One” or “but the one called Son of Man”
1130	8:20	qjw0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Jesus implies that if the scribe were to follow him, he too might not have a home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “does not have a place where he might lay his head, so if you become his disciple, expect that you will not have such a place either”
1131	8:20	yl4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Here, the phrase {a place} where he might lay his head refers to a place to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not have a place where he might sleep” or “does not have a sleeping place”
1132	8:20	grfd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Jesus actually did find places to sleep wherever he went to teach and heal, but he says that he has no such place at all to emphasize that he has no permanent home. Alternate translation: “does not have a permanent home”
1133	8:21	gvee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
1134	8:21	fq8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	Here the disciple could be indicating that: (1) his father had not yet died, but he needed to help and support his father until he died and was buried. Alternate translation: “permit me first to go away and help my father until he dies and I bury him” (2) his father had died very recently, and he needed to mourn and arrange the burial ceremonies. Alternate translation: “permit me first to go away and to bury my father who just died”
1135	8:21	wk46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	Here the disciple means that he plans to bury his father before he travels with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to go away and to bury my father first before I go with you”
1136	8:22	fwwd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
1137	8:22	h7fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	Here, the phrase the dead could refer to: (1) people who have already died. In this case, Jesus is stating that dead people will take care of other dead people. What he means is that living people should not be concerned about those who have died. Alternate translation: “let the dead take care of themselves” or “do not concern yourself with the dead” (2) people who are spiritually dead. In this case, Jesus is saying that only people who are spiritually dead should care more about burying their dead than following him. Alternate translation: “let the spiritually dead bury their own dead”
1138	8:22	l5d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς νεκροὺς & τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun to mean dead people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead humans … their own dead humans”
1139	8:23	vlqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew implies that they started sailing across the Sea of Galilee, as Jesus had commanded in 8:18. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a boat, his disciples followed him into the boat, and they started to sail across the lake”
1140	8:23	wgwf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word followed could indicate: (1) simply that the disciples went into the boat with Jesus. Alternate translation: “his disciples entered the boat with him” (2) that the disciples went into the boat with Jesus since they were acting as his disciples or followers. Alternate translation: “his disciples went with him as his apprentices”
1141	8:24	fshp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1142	8:24	m6w8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the waves covered the boat”
1143	8:24	korf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	The implication is that the storm was causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the boat was filling up with water because of the waves”
1144	8:24	wiyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
1145	8:25	kq07		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤγειραν αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun they refers to the disciples, and the pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples woke Jesus”
1146	8:25	b9do		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “and they said”
1147	8:25	b2wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	Here, the word we includes both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.
1148	8:26	yln8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
1149	8:26	g8p7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for being cowardly and for having little faith. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be cowardly, you of little faith.” or “Do not be cowardly, you of little faith!”
1150	8:26	f973		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Here, the word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to all the disciples who are in the boat with him.
1151	8:26	r5ve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you who believe so little”
1152	8:26	syd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγάλη	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of calm, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they became very calm”
1153	8:27	mme2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & ἄνθρωποι	1	Here, the phrase the men refers to the disciples who are on the boat with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples”
1154	8:27	w8cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
1155	8:27	u2qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “What sort of man is he? Even the winds and the sea obey him!”
1156	8:27	k5mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν	1	This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do these things. Alternate translation: “What sort of person is this man, for even the winds and the sea obey him”
1157	8:28	jlxm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word he refers directly to Jesus, but Matthew implies that the disciples were with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he and his disciples”
1158	8:28	vxww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	Here, the phrase the other side refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee opposite to Capernaum, where Jesus and the disciples had started. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the opposite side of the lake”
1159	8:28	yzi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν	1	The name Gadarenes refers to people from the town of Gadara.
1160	8:28	ceiv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν	1	Many ancient manuscripts read Gadarenes. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts read “Gergesenes,” and other ancient manuscripts read “Gerasenes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
1161	8:28	o3du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὑπήντησαν αὐτῷ δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λείαν ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης	1	Here Matthew provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “two men met him. Now these men were possessed by demons, and they came out of the tombs. They were very violent, so that no one was strong enough to pass through that road”
1162	8:28	hz5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζόμενοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom demons had possessed”
1163	8:28	zt5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἐξερχόμενοι	1	Here Matthew implies that the two men live in the tombs and came from that area to meet Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming out of where they lived in the tombs”
1164	8:28	dbuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης	1	Here Matthew implies that the road goes through or nearby the tombs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the nearby road” or “the road near them”
1165	8:29	oifc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1166	8:29	qlyf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
1167	8:29	gr2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	The two men are using the question form to insist on something urgently. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is nothing to us and to you, Son of God!”
1168	8:29	rlf0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί	1	Here, the question What to us and to you asks whether you and us have anything in common or have any reason to be together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What do you and we have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with us”
1169	8:29	jcq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
1170	8:29	u4jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1	The men are using the question form to confront Jesus about why he has come to their area. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the set time for you to come here to torment us.” or “Surely you have not come here to torment us before the set time!”
1171	8:29	uw6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸ καιροῦ	1	Here, the phrase the set time refers to the time when God will judge all evil spirits and people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before the time when God will judge everyone” or “before the time that God has chosen for judgment”
1172	8:30	v91c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Matthew uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “At the same time,”
1173	8:30	l65b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μακρὰν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Here, the phrase at a distance from them indicates that the pigs were far away from Jesus and the two men, but they could still be seen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “off in the distance” or “far away from them but still visible”
1174	8:31	ya2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next part of the story. It does not introduce a contrast with the pigs grazing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next part of a story, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “So,”
1175	8:31	xms2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
1176	8:31	tf32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς	1	Although the demons speak as if this were a hypothetical situation, they are relatively sure that Jesus is going to cast them out. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what the demons are saying is uncertain, then you could translate their words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “When you cast us out” or “After you cast us out”
1177	8:31	cgf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here, the word us refers only to the demons, not to Jesus or any of his disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.
1178	8:31	luaa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀπόστειλον ἡμᾶς	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you send us away”
1179	8:31	jm53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων	1	Here the demons speak of wanting to go into the herd of the pigs. They mean that they want to enter and control the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the herd of the pigs so that we can possess them”
1180	8:32	tczx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑπάγετε	1	Here, the command is plural because Jesus is speaking to all the demons.
1181	8:32	iheg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελθόντες	1	Here Matthew implies that they came out of the two men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come out of the two men”
1182	8:32	czr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τοὺς χοίρους	1	Here, much as in 8:31, the demons gointo the pigs. This means that they enter and control the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the pigs to possess them”
1183	8:32	qy43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1184	8:32	xdzk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπέθανον	1	The pronoun they refers to the pigs. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to the pigs. Alternate translation: “the pigs died”
1185	8:33	xken		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
1186	8:33	uumo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & βόσκοντες	1	Here Matthew refers to the people who were taking care of the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones who were herding the pigs”
1187	8:33	u0zu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πόλιν	1	Here, the city is the town of Gadara, which Matthew already referred to indirectly in 8:28. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the city of Gadara”
1188	8:33	fhin		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2	Here, the word and could introduce: (1) one of the specific things that they reported. Alternate translation: “especially” (2) another thing that they reported. Alternate translation: “and also”
1189	8:33	ev2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν δαιμονιζομένων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the demons had possessed”
1190	8:34	jzjz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1191	8:34	xb5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	Matthew says whole here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of the city”
1192	8:34	j6sp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	Here, the phrase the whole city represents most of the people who lived in the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “most of the people from the city”
1193	8:34	nukc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	παρεκάλεσαν ὅπως μεταβῇ ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they begged, ‘Please depart from our region’”
1194	9:intro	tg41				0	Matthew 9 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34) Healing a paralytic (9:1–8) Calling Matthew and eating with sinners (9:9–13) Jesus brings something new (9:14–17) Healing a woman and resurrecting a girl (9:18–26) Healing two blind men (9:27–31) Casting a demon out of a mute man (9:32–34) Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42) More laborers for the harvest (9:35–38) Special Concepts in this Chapter Healings In this chapter, Matthew narrates how Jesus heals a paralyzed man, a woman with a disease that caused bleeding, two blind men, and many other people who were sick. In every case where Matthew describes what happened, Jesus speaks words, or he touches the sick person, or he does both. These stories show how powerful Jesus is. He does not need to use medicine or magic to heal people. Instead, he can just command the sickness to go away or simply touch the person. Casting out demons Matthew clearly distinguishes sick people from people who are controlled by demons. Demons are evil spiritual beings who can control people. They usually use these people to hurt themselves or others. In 9:32–34, Matthew briefly describes how Jesus drove out a demon who caused the man it controlled to be mute, that is, unable to speak. In response, both the crowds and the Pharisees realize that Jesus is powerful. Resurrecting the dead In 9:18–19 and 9:23–26, Matthew narrates how Jesus raised a girl from the dead. While Jesus describes her as only “sleeping,” he uses this word to indicate that the girl will “wake up” from being dead. The story clearly indicates that the girl had died and that Jesus raises her from the dead by touching her. “Sinners” When Matthew uses the word “sinners,” he is describing a group of people whom many Jewish religious groups would have considered to be living in ways that were improper for those who were part of God’s people. Some of these people may have committed significant sins, while others may have disagreed with many of the Jewish religious groups about how Jews could properly behave. If possible, use a word or phrase that identifies people who are not living as many religious groups think that people should live. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The short parables in 9:15–17 In these verses, Jesus gives three short parables that describe how certain things do not go well together. Fasting does not happen during a wedding celebration. An unshrunk piece of cloth does not make a good patch for an old garment. Old wineskins do not make a good container for fresh wine that still needs to ferment. Jesus tells these parables to illustrate how his ministry and preaching do not match well with how people had previously done things. In other words, Jesus wants people to expect what he does to be new, and this may require thinking and doing many new things. You should preserve these parables, since they are not direct metaphors. If necessary, you could introduce them in such a way that your readers recognize that they are parables or illustrations. See the notes on each verse for possible translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) The harvest metaphor In 9:37–38, Jesus speaks of people who will believe as if they were a harvest of grain, and he speaks of those who preach the gospel as the laborers who work to harvest the grain. Just as when there is a large harvest but only a few laborers, so there are many people who will believe, but only a few people who are preaching the gospel. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between Jesus and other people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
1195	9:1	lje9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διεπέρασεν	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus crossed over the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the lake”
1196	9:1	s8n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διεπέρασεν	1	Here, the word he refers directly to Jesus, but Matthew implies that the disciples were with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he and his disciples crossed over”
1197	9:1	mwx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
1198	9:1	qk74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν	1	Here, the phrase his own city refers to the city in which Jesus was living, which was Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the city where he was living” or “Capernaum, his own city”
1199	9:2	nycb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1200	9:2	hkfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	προσέφερον & αὐτῶν	1	Here, the pronouns they and their refer to the people who brought the paralytic to Jesus. Matthew does not give us any more information about who they were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to specific people who are not named. Alternate translation: “certain people were bringing … these people’s”
1201	9:2	szd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	παραλυτικὸν & τῷ παραλυτικῷ	1	The word paralytic describes people who are not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. See how you translated paralytic in 4:24. Alternate translation: “a paralyzed person … to the paralyzed person” or “a person who could not move his limbs … to the person who could not move his limbs”
1202	9:2	x8ao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κλίνης	1	A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bed, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a stretcher”
1203	9:2	dwzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδὼν & τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having recognized that they were convinced that he could heal the paralytic”
1204	9:2	ooj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how they trusted”
1205	9:2	iu8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	Here Jesus calls the paralytic Child to indicate that he cares for him. The word also implies that the paralytic was younger than Jesus. The paralytic was not actually Jesus’ son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that an older person would use to show that they care for a younger person. Alternate translation: “My friend” or “Young one”
1206	9:2	dhtx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θάρσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of courage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be courageous”
1207	9:2	iys2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins”
1208	9:3	ptno		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδού	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “immediately”
1209	9:3	ck90		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	Here, the phrase among themselves could mean that: (1) the scribes said these words to themselves, not out loud. Alternate translation: “in themselves” or “to themselves” (2) the scribes said these words quietly to other scribes. Alternate translation: “to each other”
1210	9:3	e6me		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1	Here the scribes refer to Jesus by using the phrase This one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the reference more explicit. Alternate translation: “This man” or “This Jesus”
1211	9:4	u643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδὼν & τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν	1	Here Matthew speaks as if Jesus could see people’s thoughts. He means that Jesus knew what they were thinking, even though they did not say it out loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having known their thoughts” or “having perceived their thoughts”
1212	9:4	n4yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not think evil in your hearts.” or “Do not think evil in your hearts!”
1213	9:4	e936		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἐνθυμεῖσθε & ὑμῶν	1	Here, the words you and you are plural because Jesus is speaking to the scribes.
1214	9:4	jpg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πονηρὰ	1	Jesus is using the adjective evil as a noun to mean evil thoughts. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “evil thoughts”
1215	9:4	d499		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	In Matthew’s culture, hearts are the places where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the places where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in your heads” or “in your minds”
1216	9:5	hae2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the scribes should not be thinking evil in their hearts (9:4). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “I say that because”
1217	9:5	j716		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί & ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show the scribes which of these things is easier to say. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. He could mean: (1) that saying Your sins have been forgiven is easier than saying Get up and walk. This is because it is easy to show that someone is lying when they try to heal a paralytic, but it is not easy to show that someone is lying when they claim to forgive sins. Alternate translation: “it is easier to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ than to say, ‘Get up and walk.’” (2) that both things are equally easy to say. Alternate translation: “saying ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ is just as easy as saying, ‘Get up and walk.’”
1218	9:5	mk14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this sentence so that there are no quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to say that a person’s sins have been forgiven or to tell a person to get up and walk”
1219	9:5	x05v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins”
1220	9:6	p3nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a slight contrast with the comparison in the previous verse. Jesus now shows that he will both forgive and heal the paralytic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a slight contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “But now,” or “Leaving that aside,”
1221	9:6	ahaf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα & εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας (τότε λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ), ἐγερθεὶς	1	Here, the phrase in order that introduces the purpose for which Jesus says to the paralytic the commands that he gives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that provides the stated purpose for which a person performs an action. Alternate translation: “here is what I will do so that you might know that the Son of Man has authority on the earth to forgive sins.’ Then, he says to the paralytic, ‘Getting up”
1222	9:6	n5sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	εἰδῆτε & σου & σου	1	Here, the you is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of your are singular and are addressed to the paralytic.
1223	9:6	td1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have”
1224	9:6	k6rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔχει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has been authorized”
1225	9:6	s838		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ παραλυτικῷ	1	The word paralytic describes people who are not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. See how you translated paralytic in 9:2. Alternate translation: “to the paralyzed person” or “to the person who could not move his limbs”
1226	9:6	w7q0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν κλίνην	1	A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. See how you translated this word in 9:2. Alternate translation: “stretcher”
1227	9:7	fx6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγερθεὶς, ἀπῆλθεν	1	The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been healed, he got up and went away”
1228	9:8	hnme		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next action in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next action, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
1229	9:8	ae9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἰδόντες & οἱ ὄχλοι	1	Here, the word this refers to how Jesus had healed the paralytic man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the crowds had seen Jesus heal the man”
1230	9:8	v9yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	Many ancient manuscripts read they were afraid. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “they marveled.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
1231	9:8	sif8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Here this phrase further describes God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “who has given such authority to men” or “the one having given such authority to men”
1232	9:8	x71s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having authorized men to do such things”
1233	9:8	jrv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Matthew is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to humans”
1234	9:9	nkpi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, the word there refers to the place where Jesus healed the paralytic man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he healed the man”
1235	9:9	cusb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον Μαθθαῖον λεγόμενον	1	Here Matthew introduces a tax collector named Matthew as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “saw a man whose name was Matthew. Matthew was sitting at the tax collection office”
1236	9:9	w62x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Μαθθαῖον λεγόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had the name Matthew”
1237	9:9	fqwo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον	1	Here we learn that Matthew worked as a tax collector. He would sit at the tax collection office and make sure that people paid their taxes to the Roman empire, who had control over this area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who worked to collect taxes for the Romans at the tax collection office”
1238	9:9	puwg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγει αὐτῷ	1	Here, the pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to Matthew. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Jesus says to Matthew”
1239	9:9	sat5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
1240	9:9	q0bp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ	1	Here, the pronoun he refers to Matthew, and the pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Matthew followed Jesus”
1241	9:10	zduj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Here, the phrase And it happened that introduces something that happened soon after what Matthew previously narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an event that came soon after the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,”
1242	9:10	f9lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνακειμένου	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “was sitting down to eat” or “was eating”
1243	9:10	js9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	Here it is implied that this is Matthew’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Matthew’s house”
1244	9:10	e3iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1245	9:11	coh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἰδόντες	1	Here, the word this refers to how Jesus was feasting with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having seen that Jesus was feasting in this way”
1246	9:11	zk8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun his refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus’”
1247	9:11	z4h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν?	1	The Pharisees are using the question form to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your teacher has no reason to eat with tax collectors and sinners.” or “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!”
1248	9:11	mjow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῶν	1	Here, the word you is plural because the Pharisees are speaking to Jesus’ disciples.
1249	9:12	iimz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὁ	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
1250	9:12	m7fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀκούσας	1	Here, the word this refers to what the Pharisees asked the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard what the Pharisees asked”
1251	9:12	tl42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do”
1252	9:12	n33c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones having sickness have need of a physician”
1253	9:12	r9kd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones who are sick”
1254	9:13	dypl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces how Jesus will apply the proverb he spoke in the previous verse (9:12). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “So,”
1255	9:13	vn0q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πορευθέντες & μάθετε	1	Here, the phrase having gone indicates that Jesus wants the Pharisees to study the passage he is about to quote more carefully. Jesus does not mean that they have to leave him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “carefully read and learn” or “think carefully and learn”
1256	9:13	ygev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	μάθετε	1	Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees.
1257	9:13	fl8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τί ἐστιν	1	Here Jesus means that they should learn what the passage he is about to quote means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what this means” or “the meaning of this passage”
1258	9:13	m2bn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	τί ἐστιν: ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	Here Jesus introduces a quotation from Hosea 6:6, where God is speaking to the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce the quotation as something that God has said that is written in the Scriptures, or you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “what this passage from the book of Hosea is: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice” or “what God said through Hosea: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice”
1259	9:13	k4cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	Here God says that he does not want any sacrifice. The Israelites would have understood him to mean that God primarily wants mercy, and he only wants sacrifice if there is also mercy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “I primarily desire mercy, and only then sacrifice” or “I desire mercy much more than sacrifice”
1260	9:13	wil7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔλεος & καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of mercy and sacrifice, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “people to be merciful and not to sacrifice to me”
1261	9:13	fol8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a development based on what the quotation means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then,” or “In light of that,”
1262	9:13	wopd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον	1	Here, the word come refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For I did not come to this world” or “For I am not acting”
1263	9:13	xorf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δικαίους	1	Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people”
1264	9:13	a886		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners”
1265	9:14	k8vc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Here, the word Then introduces a new event that took place sometime after the previous event, probably relatively soon after. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “One day,”
1266	9:14	vhnd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	Here, the name John refers to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could refer to him more explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist”
1267	9:14	zlyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	προσέρχονται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
1268	9:14	y5yu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to Jesus”
1269	9:14	ksqy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
1270	9:14	halx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	διὰ τί ἡμεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύομεν πολλά, οἱ δὲ μαθηταί σου οὐ νηστεύουσιν?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this sentence into two sentences, one giving the reason for the question, and the other asking the question. Alternate translation: “We and the Pharisees often fast. For what reason do your disciples not fast?”
1271	9:14	p31d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	Here, the word we refers only to the disciples of John. It does not include Jesus or his disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.
1272	9:15	vmgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσιν	1	To help John’s disciples understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers a brief illustration. He wants John’s disciples to think of him as if he were a bridegroom and of his disciples as if they were the sons of the bridal chamber. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that Jesus is like the bridegroom, and his disciples are like the sons of the bridal chamber. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? But days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, and then they will fast. I am like the bridegroom, and my disciples are like the sons of the bridal chamber.”
1273	9:15	r8if		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach John’s disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” or “The sons of the bridal chamber cannot mourn while the bridegroom is still with them!”
1274	9:15	xnp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος	1	The expression sons of describes people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “The groom’s attendants”
1275	9:15	iz9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται & ἡμέραι ὅταν	1	Here Jesus is using the word days to refer to a particular time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a time will come when” or “there will be a time when”
1276	9:15	p6hz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ & ὁ νυμφίος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away”
1277	9:16	je5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces another example that Jesus uses to explain why his disciples do not fast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “Again,”
1278	9:16	j9fx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	οὐδεὶς & ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται	1	To help John’s disciples understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers another brief illustration. He wants John’s disciples to think of the new things that he teaches and does as a patch of unshrunk cloth and of the current ways of doing things as if they were an old garment. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that what Jesus does and teaches is like the patch of unshrunk cloth, and the normal way of doing things is like an old garment. Alternate translation: “no one puts a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment, for its patch tears away from the garment, and a worse tear happens. What I say and do is like the unshrunk cloth, and the normal way of doing things is like an old garment.”
1279	9:16	i1zy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς & ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ	1	Here Jesus refers to the practice of patching a hole or tear in a garment by sewing or attaching a patch to the garment to cover the hole or tear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “no one patches an old garment with a patch of unshrunk cloth”
1280	9:16	yf98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἴρει & τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου	1	Here Jesus implies that the patch will tear away when the garment is washed, because the patch will shrink and rip the old garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the garment is washed, its patch will shrink and tear away from the garment”
1281	9:17	s13y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται & ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	To help John’s disciples understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers another brief illustration. He wants John’s disciples to think of the new things that he teaches and does as new wine and of the current ways of doing things as if they were old wineskins. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that what Jesus does and teaches is like the new wine, and the normal way of doing things is like old wineskins. Alternate translation: “Neither do they put new wine into old wineskins. But if not, the skins are burst, and the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are destroyed. Instead, they put new wine into new wineskins, and both are preserved. What I say and do is like the new wine, and the normal way of doing things is like the old wineskins.”
1282	9:17	pyk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν & βάλλουσιν	1	Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “Likewise, no one puts … a person puts”
1283	9:17	plli		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	Here, the phrases But if not introduces what would happen if people actually did put new wine into old wineskins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Otherwise” or “But supposing that they actually do that”
1284	9:17	hv8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the new wine bursts the skins, and the wine spills out, and the wineskins become useless”
1285	9:17	jjbh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί	1	Here Jesus implies that the new wine, when it ferments, will expand and burst the skins, which are old and so no longer able to stretch. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the wine ferments, the skins cannot stretch and are burst”
1286	9:17	l68m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀμφότεροι	1	Here, the word both refers to the new wine and the fresh wineskins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “both wine and wineskins”
1287	9:17	i8v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that preserves both” or “both are safe”
1288	9:18	a7ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς	1	Here Matthew uses the clause {While} he was saying these things to them to introduce a new event that began while Jesus was saying the words that Matthew records in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a new event that began during the previous event. Alternate translation: “Something happened while Jesus was saying these things to them:”
1289	9:18	n1i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῖς & αὐτῷ	1	Here, the pronouns he and him refer to Jesus, and the pronoun them refers to the disciples of John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Jesus … to John the Baptist’s disciples … to Jesus”
1290	9:18	z44w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1291	9:18	a4s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄρχων εἷς προσελθὼν, προσεκύνει	1	Here Matthew introduces the official as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “a man approached. He was an official, and he bowed down”
1292	9:18	lpst		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἄρχων εἷς	1	While Mark and Luke identify this man as the ruler or leader of a synagogue, Matthew uses a more general title to identify him as a leader or important person. Since Matthew did not specify exactly what position this man had, you should use a general term for a leader or important person. Alternate translation: “a certain leader” or “a certain prominent man”
1293	9:18	qjgk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told him”
1294	9:18	zubi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Here, the word but introduces what the man wants Jesus to do, even though his daughter has already died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but despite that” or “yet even though that has happened”
1295	9:18	rgrr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “but I ask that you, having come, lay your hand on her”
1296	9:18	nvkq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
1297	9:18	ilkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Here, the word and introduces what the man believes will happen as a result of Jesus laying his hand on his daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “and so”
1298	9:19	buue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus and his disciples went with the man to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “followed him to his home”
1299	9:20-21	qdq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	καὶ ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ αἱμορροοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη προσελθοῦσα ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ. & ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι.	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 9:20 and 9:21 into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to include what the woman is thinking before she acts based on what she is thinking. Alternate translation: “And behold, there was a woman suffering from a discharge of blood for 12 years. She was saying to herself, ‘If only I touch his cloak, I will be saved.’ So, having approached from behind, she touched the edge of his cloak.”
1300	9:20	laks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1301	9:20	cxsr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	γυνὴ αἱμορροοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη προσελθοῦσα ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο	1	Here Matthew introduces this woman as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who had suffered from a discharge of blood for 12 years. She approached Jesus from behind and touched”
1302	9:20	gv15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	αἱμορροοῦσα	1	Matthew uses the phrase a discharge of blood to refer discreetly to her condition or illness. She was probably experiencing menstrual bleeding at many times, even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffering from abnormal menstruation” or “suffering from frequent menstrual bleeding”
1303	9:20	m9zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew does not explain why she touched the edge of his cloak. Since Matthew does explain it in the next verse, you should not explain its meaning here.
1304	9:21	eb6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the woman touched the edge of Jesus’ garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which she did because”
1305	9:21	w9jt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔλεγεν & ἐν ἑαυτῇ	1	Here, the clause she was saying in herself indicates that she was thinking the words, not saying them out loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to thinking or speaking only to oneself. Alternate translation: “she was saying to herself” or “she was thinking to herself”
1306	9:21	sj2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to herself that if she could only touch his cloak, she would be saved”
1307	9:21	ni7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μόνον ἅψωμαι	1	Here, the word only indicates that the woman thinks that, to be healed, she does not need to do anything more than touch Jesus’ garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all I do is touch” or “I can just touch”
1308	9:21	ukb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σωθήσομαι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could indicate that is God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God will save me” or “he will save me”
1309	9:22	x398		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θύγατερ	1	Here Jesus calls the woman Daughter to indicate that he cares for her. The word implies that the woman was younger than Jesus. The woman was not actually Jesus’ daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that an older person would use to show that they care for a younger person. Alternate translation: “My friend” or “Dear woman”
1310	9:22	ih1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θάρσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of courage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be courageous”
1311	9:22	h2m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you believed, and that has caused you to be saved”
1312	9:22	q6ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks of the woman’s faith as if it had actively saved her. He means that her faith was the necessary condition for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because of your faith, you have been saved”
1313	9:22	zv2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could indicate that it is God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God saved the woman” or “Jesus saved the woman”
1314	9:22	olzh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	Here, the phrase from that hour indicates that the woman was healed at the time when she encountered Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that moment on”
1315	9:23	q47m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
1316	9:23	jae1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς αὐλητὰς	1	A flute is a musical instrument. It is a thin, hollow rod, and people blow into one end of it to make sounds. In Jesus’ culture, people often hired flute players to play music at funerals. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of instrument or why people are playing it when someone dies, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “people playing funeral songs” or “the musicians for the funeral”
1317	9:23	pt06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον	1	Here Matthew refers to how people make much noise when they are grieving or mourning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the crowd grieving loudly” or “the crowd being very loud as they mourned”
1318	9:23	uyoh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	θορυβούμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “making a commotion” or “being noisy”
1319	9:24	i5ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀναχωρεῖτε	1	Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to the flute players and the crowd.
1320	9:24	f5ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why the flute players and the crowd should go away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “because”
1321	9:24	pc1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ κοράσιον	1	Here, the word girl refers to a very young woman. We know from Mark and Luke that she was about 12 years old. Use a word or phrase in your language that refers to a girl who is about this age. Alternate translation: “the young girl”
1322	9:24	obvp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but she sleeps”
1323	9:25	gjj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast between how the crowd laughed at Jesus and what Jesus himself does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Nevertheless,”
1324	9:25	nqs6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus made the crowd leave. Alternate translation: “Jesus had put the crowd outside” or “the crowd went outside”
1325	9:25	r7zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσελθὼν	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus entered the room or place where the dead girl was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having entered the girl’s room” or “having entered the place where the dead girl lay”
1326	9:25	wgap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκράτησεν τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun her refers to the girl who had died. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Jesus took the girl’s hand”
1327	9:25	zl3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠγέρθη	1	Here, the phrase raised up indicates both that the girl came back to life and that she stood up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “came back to life and got up”
1328	9:25	mm3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Matthew implies that Jesus raised her from the dead, but the girl herself got up from where she was lying. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl up” or “the girl got up”
1329	9:26	rxs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς	1	Here, Matthew speaks of the report as if it were a person who could go out. He means that people shared the report with others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people shared this report throughout”
1330	9:26	hr0v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ φήμη αὕτη	1	Here Matthew is referring to the news about how Jesus raised the girl who had died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the report about what Jesus had done” or “the story about what had happened”
1331	9:26	pfq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	Here, the word region refers to the people who live in that region. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to people throughout all that region”
1332	9:27	smql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, the word there refers to the place where Jesus raised the girl who had died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the official’s house” or “from where he raised the girl”
1333	9:27	glzb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	κράζοντες καὶ λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “crying out” or “saying loudly”
1334	9:27	d8bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	When the blind men ask for mercy, they are asking Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Have mercy on us and heal us”
1335	9:27	tuhf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to us”
1336	9:27	rexg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”
1337	9:27	dh5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Son of David, Messiah”
1338	9:28	e4mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
1339	9:28	mg1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντι	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “when he had gone”
1340	9:28	n8fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Here, the phrase the house refers to the place where Jesus was staying. He did not own the house, but someone was letting him live there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the house in which he was living”
1341	9:28	kv74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	προσῆλθον	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
1342	9:28	ap9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
1343	9:28	q6z5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	πιστεύετε	1	Here, the word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to the two blind men.
1344	9:28	fdr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο ποιῆσαι	1	The pronoun this refers to the act of healing them. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this act directly. Alternate translation: “to make you see”
1345	9:28	e81f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ναί, Κύριε	1	The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe that you are able to do this”
1346	9:29	sjmb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
1347	9:29	w92e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let it happen to you” or “Let God do it for you”
1348	9:29	tsji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν	1	Here, the words you and your are plural because Jesus is speaking to the two blind men.
1349	9:29	psyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	γενηθήτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It will be done” or “I am doing it”
1350	9:29	idph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “just as you believed”
1351	9:30	uk2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Here, the clause their eyes were opened indicates that they were now able to see with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their eyes were healed” or “their eyes could see”
1352	9:30	qa39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their eyes became open”
1353	9:30	p5l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐνεβριμήθη αὐτοῖς & λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “warned them by saying” or “gave them this warning:”
1354	9:30	t6p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε	1	Here, the word See means that men need to make sure that something happens or does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make sure that”
1355	9:30	abof		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὁρᾶτε	1	Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to the two blind men.
1356	9:30	sizx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω	1	Here Jesus implies that they should let no one know that Jesus was the one who healed them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you let no one know that I healed you” or “you let no one know about what I have done”
1357	9:31	h8hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the men actually did in contrast to what Jesus told them to avoid doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “Despite that,” or “In contrast,”
1358	9:31	jgre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”
1359	9:31	lika		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun it refers to the story about how Jesus healed the two blind men. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this story more directly. Alternate translation: “this story” or “how Jesus had healed them”
1360	9:32	nhpy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
1361	9:32	riog		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun they could refer to: (1) the two men whom Jesus had just healed. Alternate translation: “those two men” (2) Jesus and his disciples, who were leaving the house that they had been in. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”
1362	9:32	utlj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1363	9:32	u5ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	προσήνεγκαν	1	The pronoun they refers to unnamed friends of the demon-possessed man. It does not refer to the two men who were going away. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a word or phrase that refers to unnamed people. Alternate translation: “certain people brought”
1364	9:32	mtbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to Jesus”
1365	9:32	sh32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον	1	A mute person is a person who cannot speak. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of disorder or illness, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a demon-possessed man who was unable to talk”
1366	9:32	fwpd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον	1	Here Matthew implies that the demon made the man mute. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a man possessed by a demon that made him mute”
1367	9:32	n6fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a mute man whom a demon had possessed”
1368	9:33	dks9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus having cast out the demon”
1369	9:33	qf6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	Here Matthew implies that the demon had been cast out of the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the demon having been cast out of the man”
1370	9:33	f9jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὁ κωφός	1	A mute person is a person who cannot speak. Express the idea as you did in 9:32. Alternate translation: “the man who was unable to talk”
1371	9:33	v5c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
1372	9:33	y4l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this”
1373	9:34	tcop		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the Pharisees say in contrast to what the crowds said (9:33). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
1374	9:34	yahs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	Here the Pharisees mean that Jesus has power from the ruler of the demons to cast out demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “By the power of the ruler of the demons” or “As he is empowered by the ruler of the demons”
1375	9:34	z2r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	The phrase the ruler of the demons refers to the devil, that is, Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Satan, the ruler of the demons,”
1376	9:35	z130		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Here, the word And introduces a summary of what Jesus normally did during this time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of summary, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “During this time,”
1377	9:35	x9ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰς πόλεις πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας	1	Here Matthew is referring to all the cities and the villages in a specific area. He may mean the region of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these cities and villages are in a specific region. Alternate translation: “all the cities and the villages of that region”
1378	9:35	uz5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a gospel that is about the kingdom. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom”
1379	9:35	gfyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	Here, the phrase every disease and every sickness represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person”
1380	9:35	e7at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	The terms every disease and every sickness mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness”
1381	9:35	gl9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	Matthew says every here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of disease and sickness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses”
1382	9:36	pfx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
1383	9:36	k4h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἰδὼν & τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐσπλαγχνίσθη περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐριμμένοι, ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could include the reason why Jesus felt compassion before stating that he felt that way. Alternate translation: “he saw that the crowds were troubled and discouraged, like sheep not having a shepherd. So, he felt compassion for them”
1384	9:36	l1r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη περὶ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he sympathized with”
1385	9:36	u78p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐριμμένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they were experiencing trouble and discouragement” or “things were troubling and discouraging them”
1386	9:36	t47i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	Here Matthew compares the crowds to sheep who do not have a shepherd. Just as sheep without a shepherd have no one to lead and take care of them, so the crowds have no one to lead and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the simile more explicitly. Alternate translation: “and, like sheep without a shepherd, they did not know what to do or where to go”
1387	9:37	al89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
1388	9:37	mur4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	Here Jesus speaks of people who will believe as if they were a harvest, and he speaks of those who proclaim the good news as if they were laborers who help with the harvest. He means that there are many people who are ready to believe, but there are only a few people proclaiming the good news. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “There are many people who will believe in me, but only a few people are proclaiming the good news. It is as if there were a plentiful harvest but only a few laborers”
1389	9:38	edhu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	δεήθητε	1	Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
1390	9:38	q7j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus continues to speak of people who will believe as if they were a harvest and of those who proclaim the good news as if they were laborers who help with the harvest. He also describes God as the Lord of the harvest. He means that the disciples should ask God to send more people to proclaim the good news to others. Express the idea as you did in 9:37. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who is like the person in charge of the harvest, to send out more people who will proclaim the good news. These people are like the laborers for the harvest.”
1391	9:38	vz8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe God as the one who is the Lord who is in charge of the harvest. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest”
1392	9:38	kxbr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “of the harvest, ‘Please send out laborers into your harvest.’”
1393	10:intro	m5iu				0	Matthew 10 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35–10:42) The 12 disciples (10:1–4) Instructions about behavior and travel (10:5–15) Teaching on persecution (10:16–39) Expecting persecution (10:16–23) Motivation to persevere (10:24–33) Purpose during persecution (10:34–39) How to treat fellow disciples (10:40–42) Special Concepts in this Chapter Jesus’ instructions on how to travel Jesus instructs the disciples not to bring money, sandals, staff, or extra clothing with them when they travel and preach the good news. Instead, he wants the disciples to rely on the hospitality of people they visit. So, he instructs them to find someone who is “worthy” to host them, and he tells them to stay at that person’s house until they leave the area. Make sure that your translation indicates that the disciples should not pack money or extra clothing because they will be staying with people who welcome them and their message. The coming of the Son of Man In 10:23, Jesus tells the disciples that they will not complete their work in the towns of Israel before “the Son of Man comes.” Jesus often uses the phrase “Son of Man” to refer to himself as an important representative of God. In this verse, it is not clear what it means for this important figure, Jesus himself, to “come.” Christians have understood this “coming” in several ways: it could describe Jesus’ second coming, but it seems like the disciples probably did finish their work in the towns of Israel before Jesus’ second coming. it could describe the time when the Romans destroyed Jerusalem, which was Jesus “coming” to judge and punish. it could describe Jesus’ ascension to be enthroned in heaven. In this case, “coming” refers going into heaven, not coming to earth. it could describe Jesus’ appearances to the disciples after his resurrection. Since Christians have understood this verse in at least these different ways, if possible your translation should allow for all these options. See the notes on 10:23 for translation options. Persecution and conflict Throughout this chapter, Jesus speaks about the persecutions and troubles his disciples will face, even from members of their own families. He motivates them to persevere during these persecutions and troubles in several ways. First, he reminds them that people persecute him, and so they will definitely persecute his disciples. That means that persecution is a sign that the disciples are following Jesus. Second, he encourages them that God knows and cares about them and their suffering. Third, he tells them that God will show them what to say when people are accusing them. In the end, Jesus wants to teach his disciples to expect persecution, how to think about it, and how to persevere during it. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter The 12 disciples The following are the lists of the 12 disciples in Matthew, Mark, and Luke: In Matthew 10:2–4: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot. In Mark 3:16–19: Simon (Peter), James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Andrew, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. In Luke 6:14–16: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, Judas son of James, and Judas Iscariot. These lists do not always follow the same order or use the same names for the disciples. In that culture, people often had two or three names. For example, it is likely that that Thaddaeus was also named Judas or Jude. So, do not harmonize these lists by using the same sequence or names in each case. You should translate Matthew’s list as Matthew presents it. Singular and plural forms of “you” In this chapter, Jesus is giving instructions to the 12 disciples. Because of that, all forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
1394	10:1	nhp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
1395	10:1	xr7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	Since Matthew will list who these 12 disciples are in the following verse, you do not need to explain in this verse who they are. However, you could clarify that these are the 12 closest or most important disciples. Matthew does not mean that Jesus only had 12 disciples. Alternate translation: “his 12 closest disciples” or “his 12 most important disciples”
1396	10:1	x1er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he empowered them to control unclean spirits”
1397	10:1	amlq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	Here, the phrase every disease and every sickness represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person”
1398	10:1	tjq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	The terms every disease and every sickness mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness”
1399	10:1	m9i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	Matthew says every here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of disease and sickness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses”
1400	10:2	t59v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	τῶν δὲ δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά	1	Matthews uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand who the 12 disciples were. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for these 12 apostles, their names”
1401	10:2	sc7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “one”
1402	10:2	cuas		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	πρῶτος	1	Here Matthew introduces the first item in the list with the word first, but then he does not number any other items in the list. If it would be unnatural in your language to number the first item in a list but then omit other numbers, you could use another form that introduces the first item in a list, or you could leave first untranslated. Alternate translation: “at the beginning”
1403	10:2	u0ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose other name was Peter”
1404	10:2	tg2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Matthew never says whether Simon or Andrew was older, but he mentions Simon first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that Andrew was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
1405	10:2	j4mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ	2	Matthew never says whether James or John was older, but he mentions James first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that John was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
1406	10:3	nry4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Θαδδαῖος	1	The word Thaddaeus is the name of a man.
1407	10:3	ea93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Θαδδαῖος	1	Many ancient manuscripts read Thaddaeus. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Lebbaeus, who was surnamed Thaddaeus.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
1408	10:4	n4st		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	ὁ Καναναῖος	1	Cananaios is a word borrowed from Aramaic that describes someone as a “zealot,” that is, someone who is very zealous about something. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. If you translate the word’s meaning, Cananaios could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One”
1409	10:4	kmp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	Matthew writes having also handed him over to provide some extra information about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “who would later also hand him over”
1410	10:4	xao6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1	The pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
1411	10:5	sn9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	Here Matthew narrates how Jesus sent out the disciples before he narrates what Jesus instructed them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events more explicit. Alternate translation: “When Jesus was about to send the twelve out, he instructed them, saying”
1412	10:5	c46d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	Matthew is using the adjective twelve as a noun to mean twelve men. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “twelve men”
1413	10:5	yix4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἀπέστειλεν	1	Matthew does not clarify here what Jesus sent them out to do. However, in the instructions from Jesus in the following verses, Jesus makes it clear what he has sent them out to do. So, you do not need to include any implicit information here.
1414	10:5	vgn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “having instructed them with these words:”
1415	10:5	qhw0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν	1	Here Jesus means that the twelve disciples should not travel to any area where Gentiles live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to Gentile regions”
1416	10:5	at2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	εἰς πόλιν	1	The word city represents cities in general, not one particular city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “into any city”
1417	10:6	oxi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus tells the disciples not to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Rather,”
1418	10:6	xbzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe: (1) all of the house of Israel as lost sheep. Alternate translation: “the lost sheep, who are the house of Israel” (2) some of the house of Israel as lost sheep. Alternate translation: “the lost sheep among the house of Israel”
1419	10:6	q1pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	Here Jesus speaks of his fellow Jewish people as if they were lost sheep. He means that they are not following God and need help. This is an important metaphor in the Bible, so you could preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “the house of Israel, who are like lost sheep” or “the house of Israel, who are far away from God, like lost sheep”
1420	10:6	b6i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	Here Matthew refers to a people group or nation as if it were a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the nation of Israel” or “of the Israelites”
1421	10:7	xbp0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next section of the instructions that Jesus is giving to his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next section, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
1422	10:7	daib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	κηρύσσετε λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “preach this:”
1423	10:7	l39i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the kingdom of the heavens has come near.”
1424	10:7	w59i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν	1	Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 3:2. Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”
1425	10:8	trl0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀσθενοῦντας & νεκροὺς	1	Matthew is using the adjectives sick and dead as nouns to mean people who are sick and dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sick people … dead people”
1426	10:8	bb4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε	1	Here, the phrase raise the dead refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again”
1427	10:8	ggor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε	1	Jesus commands the disciples to ceremonially cleanse the lepers, but he implies that he wants them to heal people of skin diseases, since they are what make lepers unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “heal lepers from their unclean diseases”
1428	10:8	ilj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Here Jesus means that he has given things to them Freely, and so they should also give to others freely. The things that they have received and should give could be: (1) the power and authority to preach, heal, and cast out demons. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received power from me; freely use that power for others” (2) help and blessings from God. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received help from God; freely give help to other people”
1429	10:9	kufl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ κτήσησθε	1	Here, the word acquire refers to getting and packing things to take on a trip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not take with you”
1430	10:9	a4xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν	1	Here, the words gold, silver, and copper refer to various coins made out of these metals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “gold coins or silver coins or copper coins” or “any amount of money”
1431	10:9	sb72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	χαλκὸν	1	The word copper refers to a brown metal that is less valuable than gold or silver. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of metal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “bronze” or “less valuable metal”
1432	10:9	b4m7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would often wrap their money up in long strips of cloth and then tie them around their waists as belts. This was a way to keep the money safe while the people were traveling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in your money bag” or “to have with you as you travel”
1433	10:10	kia9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πήραν	1	The term bag means something a traveler would use to carry things that were needed on a journey. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a knapsack”
1434	10:10	mtqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁδὸν	1	Here, road represents a journey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the journey”
1435	10:10	i2ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύο χιτῶνας	1	Here Jesus implies that they should bring only one tunic instead of two. In other words, they should not bring an extra one in case they needed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a second tunic” or “a spare tunic”
1436	10:10	qna0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποδήματα	1	Here Jesus could mean that the disciples should: (1) not wear anything on their feet but instead go barefoot. Alternate translation: “shoes” or “footwear” (2) not bring an extra pair of sandals. Alternate translation: “” “extra sandals”
1437	10:10	yeem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why the disciples should not take any of these things with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”
1438	10:10	m97h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἄξιος & ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that each laborer desires to receive food. He applies this to the disciples, who are serving others and so deserve to receive what they need to live. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “workers deserve food” or “those who work should be given what they need”
1439	10:10	k3rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using food to represent what people need to live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of what he needs to live”
1440	10:10	nu98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	1	Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
1441	10:11	ymff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δ’	1	Here, the word But introduces the next section of the instructions that Jesus is giving to his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next section, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
1442	10:11	mji7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τίς & ἄξιός ἐστιν	1	Here Jesus does not state in what way this person is worthy. He could mean: (1) that the person is hospitable and willing to host the disciples. Alternate translation: “someone who is hospitable to you” (2) that the person listens to and believes the disciples’ message. Alternate translation: “someone who believes your message”
1443	10:11	s2wa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	The pronoun it refers to the city or village that the disciples have entered. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those places more directly. Alternate translation: “in that city or village”
1444	10:11	a41d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ μείνατε	1	Here, the word there refers to the worthy person’s house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and stay at his or her house”
1445	10:11	o1op		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε	1	Here Jesus implies that they are leaving the city or village that they had entered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until you go out from that city or village”
1446	10:12	bhsd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces further clarifications about how to stay in people’s houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces further clarifications or instructions, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “More specifically,”
1447	10:12	j8kp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Here, the phrase the house refers to the home of the “worthy” person whom Jesus mentioned in the previous verse (10:11). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that house” or “the worthy person’s house”
1448	10:12	oiwm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν	1	Here Jesus implies that the greeting includes a peace blessing (see 10:13). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “greet it with a blessing” or “greet it and wish for its peace”
1449	10:12	n6cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτήν	1	Here Jesus refers to the house to speak about the people who live in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “its family” or “those who are in it”
1450	10:13	kc9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ᾖ ἡ οἰκία & αὐτήν & ᾖ	1	Here, just as in 10:12, Jesus refers to the house to speak about the people who live in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the house’s family is … it … it is” or “those who are in the house are … them … they are”
1451	10:13	k331		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ᾖ & ἀξία & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	Here, just as in 10:11, Jesus does not state in what way the house is worthy or not worthy. He could mean: (1) that the house is hospitable and willing to host the disciples. Alternate translation: “is hospitable to you … it is not hospitable to you” (2) that the house listens to and believes the disciples’ message. Alternate translation: “believes your message … it does not believe your message”
1452	10:13	ykyb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν & ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the peace were an object that could come upon someone or be returned to someone. He means that the peace that the disciples asked God to give to the house will either happen or not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let it experience your peace … let it not experience your peace” or “let the peace you wished for it happen … let the peace you wished for it not happen”
1453	10:13	rssb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν & ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you peace will come upon it … your peace will be returned to you” or “send your peace upon it … take your peace back to you”
1454	10:13	lzmq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν & ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is peaceful … what is peaceful”
1455	10:13	ns50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let your peace come back to you” or “take your peace back to you”
1456	10:14	wpjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	This action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a house or city to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider referring to it here, or you could explain the meaning of the action. Alternate translation: “wash the dirt of that place off your hands” or “shake off the dust from your feet to sever your relationship with that place”
1457	10:15	sg3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων & τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	Here Jesus refers to cities to speak about the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah … for the people who live in that city”
1458	10:15	p8t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	In Jesus’ culture, people knew that Sodom and Gomorrah were cities where many wicked people had lived. God punished these people harshly. You can read about what happened in Genesis 19:1–29. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for the evil land of Sodom and Gomorrah”
1459	10:15	gk7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a day on which judgment will happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone”
1460	10:15	pr81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κρίσεως	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”
1461	10:15	zmm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	Here, that city is referring to any city that does not welcome or listen to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for any city that does not welcome you or listen to you”
1462	10:16	v480		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Picture this:” or “Consider this:”
1463	10:16	b262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	Here Jesus compares his disciples to sheep, which are defenseless and not dangerous. He compares people who want to harm them to wolves, which are dangerous and like to kill and eat sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the simile or use more general expressions for the animals. Alternate translation: “as sheep in the midst of wolves, since some people will want to harm you” or “as harmless animals that will encounter a group of predators”
1464	10:16	s21a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις	1	Here Jesus wants his disciples to be like serpents, which were considered wise in Jesus’ culture. If serpents are not considered wise in your culture, you may need to express the idea without the simile form. In this context, the phrase wise as the serpents could mean that the disciples should be: (1) clever or shrewd. Alternate translation: “shrewd” (2) watchful. Alternate translation: “watchful” or “careful”
1465	10:16	ekrp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί	1	Here Jesus wants his disciples to be like doves, which were considered harmless in Jesus’ culture. If doves are not considered harmless in your culture, you may need to express the idea without the simile form. In this context, the phrase harmless as the doves could mean that the disciples should be: (1) innocent. Alternate translation: “guileless” or “without guilt” (2) gentle. Alternate translation: “gentle” or “kind”
1466	10:17	kmt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a development of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”
1467	10:17	uj1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here Jesus is referring to men in general, some of whom will persecute and harm the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “others” or “people”
1468	10:17	ectt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the men and women” or “the people”
1469	10:17	u206		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why the disciples should beware of the men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”
1470	10:17	fct4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	παραδώσουσιν & ὑμᾶς εἰς	1	Here, the phrase hand you over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand before” or “they will bring you before”
1471	10:18	v2io		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀχθήσεσθε	1	Here, the phrase you will be brought refers to being arrested and accused before someone in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will be seized and put on trial”
1472	10:18	pe3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀχθήσεσθε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they will bring you”
1473	10:18	p74k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	Here Jesus means that these things will happen because the disciples are connected with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you follow me”
1474	10:18	rqda		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς μαρτύριον	1	Here, the phrase for a testimony could introduce: (1) the purpose for which God allows the disciples to be brought before governors and kings. Alternate translation: “and that way you can give testimony” (2) the result of the disciples being brought before governors and kings. Alternate translation: “and as a result you will give testimony”
1475	10:18	csb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μαρτύριον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation matches the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “which will happen so that you can testify” or “and as a result you will testify”
1476	10:18	fwil		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them could refer to: (1) the governors and kings. Alternate translation: “to these authorities” (2) the people who brought them before the governors and kings. Alternate translation: “to your accusers”
1477	10:19	omw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a development of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
1478	10:19	e5t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς	1	Here, the pronoun they refers to any person who hands the disciples over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “somebody hands you over” or “anyone hands you over”
1479	10:19	un80		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς	1	Here, the phrase hand you over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they seize you” or “they bring you before the authorities”
1480	10:19	ien3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λαλήσητε	1	Here Jesus implies that the disciples will be required to speak in their defense after people hand them over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will speak when they accuse you” or “you will speak in your defense”
1481	10:19	l7rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται & ὑμῖν & τί λαλήσητε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will give to you what you will say”
1482	10:19	cm7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here, the phrase in that hour refers to the time during which they will speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment”
1483	10:20	vjlm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples can be confident that they will be given what to say (see 10:19). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You can be confident because” or “Do not be anxious, since”
1484	10:20	ilc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ & ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Here Jesus means that they will not say whatever they think but will instead say what the Spirit reveals to them. He does not mean that the Spirit will use their bodies to project his voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you are not speaking your own words, but the words you speak come from the Spirit of your Father”
1485	10:20	v9tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Here, the phrase the Spirit of your Father refers to the Holy Spirit, whom the Father sends. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, sent by your Father,”
1486	10:20	k3xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Father is an important title for the first person in the Trinity. He is the Father also of Jesus.
1487	10:20	zxd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “of your Father is the one speaking”
1488	10:21	kasg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	Here, the phrase hand over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will seize brother to cause his death” or “will bring brother before the authorities to cause his death”
1489	10:21	lh6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς θάνατον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be killed”
1490	10:21	p8w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “a father will hand over his child to death”
1491	10:21	j5jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπαναστήσονται & ἐπὶ	1	Here, the phrase rise up against refers to rebelling against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will defy”
1492	10:21	jdp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “cause them to die”
1493	10:22	sp6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all will hate you”
1494	10:22	wc5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πάντων	1	Matthew is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone”
1495	10:22	c7jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντων	1	Jesus says all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most people”
1496	10:22	n3xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, name represents the person whose name it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me”
1497	10:22	k5w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	Jesus is speaking of anyone who endures, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who endure to the end, they will be saved”
1498	10:22	l7n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τέλος	1	Here, the phrase the end could refer to: (1) the time when the persecution of the person who is enduring ceases. Alternate translation: “to the end of the persecution” (2) the time when Jesus comes back. Alternate translation: “until when I return” (3) the person’s death. Alternate translation: “until he dies”
1499	10:22	qn7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will save this one”
1500	10:23	osa2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	διώκωσιν	1	Here, the pronoun they refers to any person who persecutes the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “somebody persecutes” or “anyone persecutes”
1501	10:23	m42z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	The phrase this city represents any specific city, not the city where Jesus currently is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a city”
1502	10:23	jjd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὴν ἑτέραν	1	Matthew is using the adjective next as a noun to mean the next city. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the next city”
1503	10:23	z42k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why the disciples should quickly go from one city to the next. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “which you should do because”
1504	10:23	kj2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ τελέσητε	1	Here Jesus means that they will not finish preaching the good news in the cities of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not finish preaching in” or “you will certainly not finish working in”
1505	10:23	x7jp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
1506	10:23	hqpp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Christians disagree on what the clause the Son of Man comes refers to. It could describe Jesus’ second coming; the time when the Romans destroyed Jerusalem, which was Jesus coming to judge and punish; Jesus’ ascension to be enthroned in heaven; or Jesus’ appearances to the disciples after his resurrection; or several other events. If possible, express the idea here in such a way that all of these options are possible. Alternate translation: “before the Son of Man comes again” or “before the coming of the Son of Man”
1507	10:23	dk4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, come”
1508	10:24	p8mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that no disciple is above his or her teacher, and no slave is above his or her master. He applies this proverb to his disciples to show them that people will not treat them any better than they treated Jesus. Translate this proverb in such a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Disciples are not above their teachers, and slaves are not above their masters” or “No disciple is above his teacher. No slave is above his master”
1509	10:24	ig4o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑπὲρ	-1	Here, Jesus is speaking of people who have more honor and importance than others as if they were above the others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more honorable than … more honorable than” or “more significant than … more significant than”
1510	10:24	l7eg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τὸν & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her … his or her”
1511	10:24	syb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ δοῦλος	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “nor is a slave”
1512	10:25	r5ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ.	1	Here, Jesus continues to develop the proverb that he used in the previous verse (10:24) to teach that each disciple and slave should be content to be like their teacher or master. He applies this proverb to his disciples to show them that they should be content to be like Jesus. Translate this proverb in such a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Disciples should be content to be like their teachers, and slaves should be content to be like their masters” or “This is sufficient: the disciple is to be like his teacher, and the slave is to be like his master”
1513	10:25	f9yd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase It is enough indicates that something is sufficient or satisfying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the disciple should be satisfied to be like his teacher”
1514	10:25	a49b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τῷ μαθητῇ & ὁ δοῦλος	1	The phrases the disciple and the slave represent any disciples or slaves, not one particular disciple or slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for any disciple … any slave”
1515	10:25	x9yg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	γένηται & αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms he and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she might be … his or her … his or her”
1516	10:25	zi4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ δοῦλος	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and it is enough for the slave that he might be”
1517	10:25	du8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ?	1	Here Jesus applies the proverb more directly to himself and his disciples. He speaks of himself as the master of the house and his disciples as the members of his household. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or include the meaning of the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “I am like the master of the house, and you are like the members of my household. If they called the master of the house Beelzebul, how much worse the members of his household” or “If they called me, the master of the house, Beelzebul, how much worse you, the members of the household”
1518	10:25	pu5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Given that” or “Because”
1519	10:25	sj3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	Here, the pronoun they refers to any person who called Jesus Beelzebul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person who does that. Alternate translation: “some people called” or “his enemies called”
1520	10:25	y5md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πόσῳ μᾶλλον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “how much worse names will they call”
1521	10:25	mhjn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	3	Since Jesus applies this proverb in such a way that he is the master of the house, the word his refers specifically to Jesus. Jesus is not using the word generically here. Preserve the reference to a specific man. Alternate translation: “the master’s”
1522	10:26	v8wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτούς	1	Here, the pronoun them refers to the people mentioned in the previous verse who called the master of the house and his household names. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as you did in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “that kind of person” or “those enemies”
1523	10:26	taoq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	Here, the word for introduces a reason why the disciples should not fear them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “since”
1524	10:26	cnzb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that things that appear to be concealed or hidden will eventually be revealed or made known. Translate this proverb in such a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Jesus could be applying this proverb: (1) to things that people do in secret to hurt or harm his disciples, things that will be made known to everyone. Alternate translation: “everything that people conceal will be revealed, and everything that people hide will be made known” (2) to the gospel message, that was or is concealed but that will be made known to everyone. Alternate translation: “the message that is concealed will be revealed, and the message that is hidden will be made known”
1525	10:26	x4o8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed; yes, there is nothing hidden that will not be made known” or “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed”
1526	10:26	xqs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use positive expressions to translate these double negatives that consist of the negative word nothing, which is implied in the second clause, and the negative particle not. Alternate translation: “everything that is concealed will be revealed, and everything that is hidden will be made known”
1527	10:26	j86e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, Jesus could be implying: (1) that people do the concealing and hiding and God does the revealing and making known. This fits with the view that the proverb refers to how people persecute the disciples. Alternate translation: “there is nothing that people conceal that God will not reveal, and there is nothing that people hide that God will not make known” (2) that God does both the concealing and hiding and the revealing and making known. This fits with the view that the proverb refers to preaching the gospel. Alternate translation: “there is nothing that God has concealed that he will not reveal, and there is nothing that God has hidden that he will not make known”
1528	10:27	fa1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “What I tell you in the darkness, say in the light. Again, what you hear in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops”
1529	10:27	kw75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	Jesus uses the image of darkness to represent the idea of concealment or secrecy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “secretly”
1530	10:27	rw53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a dark place”
1531	10:27	kih1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	Jesus uses the image of light to represent the idea of no concealment or secrecy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “openly”
1532	10:27	fc49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε	1	Here, the phrase what you hear in your ear refers to something that a person told you quietly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what is whispered to you” or “what I say privately to you”
1533	10:27	v1b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	Houses in Israel had flat roofs that were reached by stairs or ladders, so people could easily go up and stand on top of them. If houses are different in your culture and you think your readers might wonder how people would get up onto housetops and stand there, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “from a high place from which everyone will be able to hear”
1534	10:28	l2uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων	1	Here, the phrase the ones refers to humans in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “humans, the ones killing”
1535	10:28	c4nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ σῶμα, τὴν & ψυχὴν & καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα	1	Here, Jesus uses the words body and soul to distinguish between the physical and non-physical parts of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that describe the physical and non-physical parts of a person, or you could use more general expressions. Alternate translation: “your physical parts … your non-physical parts … both your physical and non-physical parts”
1536	10:28	pk7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ μᾶλλον	1	Matthew contrasts fear of people with fear of God by using the phrase But instead. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God is the one being able to destroy both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather”
1537	10:28	x3y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν δυνάμενον	1	Here, the phrase the one refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, who is able”
1538	10:28	w5rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γεέννῃ	1	Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. The valley named Gehenna was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this name in 5:22. Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna”
1539	10:29	tm3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus applies what he says here about sparrows to his disciples in 10:31. So, you do not need to include any implied information in this verse.
1540	10:29	glbl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show the disciples how inexpensive sparrows are. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Two sparrows are sold for an assarion.” or “You know that two sparrows are sold for an assarion!”
1541	10:29	zayd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion”
1542	10:29	q22l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	The word sparrows refers to small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what sparrows are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds”
1543	10:29	i399		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ἀσσαρίου	1	An assarion was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “for a small copper coin” or “for half an hour’s wage”
1544	10:29	wxt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative phrase apart from. Alternate translation: “each one of them falls to ground in the presence of your Father”
1545	10:29	id3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	Here, the phrase fall to the ground refers politely to the sparrow dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that politely refers to an animal dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will pass away” or “will perish”
1546	10:29	us0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Here, the phrase apart from your Father could indicate that something happens: (1) without the Father’s knowledge. Alternate translation: “apart from the knowledge of your Father” (2) without the Father’s will. Alternate translation: “apart from the will of your Father” (3) without the Father’s care or interest. Alternate translation: “apart from the care of your Father”
1547	10:29	fe8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father,”
1548	10:30	s07o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a new but related idea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a new but related idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “In fact,”
1549	10:30	e2jc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν	1	Here Jesus implies that God knows everything about the disciples, including how many hairs each disciple has on his or her head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God knows everything about you, including the number of all the hairs on your head” or “God knows so much about you that even the hairs of your head are all numbered”
1550	10:30	cih3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God has counted even all the hairs on your head”
1551	10:30	jjhh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ὑμῶν & τῆς κεφαλῆς	1	Here, the word head is a singular noun that refers to the “heads” of many people. It may be more natural in your language to use a plural form. Alternate translation: “of your heads” or “of each of your heads”
1552	10:30	xbp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν	1	The word numbered can also refer to counting. Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have all been counted”
1553	10:31	cwym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ & φοβεῖσθε; πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς	1	The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “since you are more valuable than many sparrows, God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to fear”
1554	10:31	ox7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	στρουθίων	1	Translate this word as you did in 10:29. Alternate translation: “small birds”
1555	10:32	c1zj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus has said about persecution and following him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “In the end”
1556	10:32	or3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here Jesus implies that the people confess that they follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will confess before men that they follow me” or “will confess before men that they believe in me”
1557	10:32	prj9			ἔμπροσθεν	-1	Alternate translation: “in the presence of … in the presence of”
1558	10:32	lo11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”
1559	10:32	isvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Here Jesus implies that he will confess that these people truly do follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will also confess before my Father in the heavens that he follows me” or “I will also confess before my Father in the heavens that he believes in me”
1560	10:32	zxzu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτῷ	1	Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
1561	10:32	n1nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
1562	10:32	b8cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
1563	10:33	gc6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅστις & ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here Jesus implies that the person denies that he or she follows Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whoever denies before men that he or she follows me” or “whoever denies before men that he or she believes in me”
1564	10:33	xm19			ἔμπροσθεν	-1	Alternate translation: “in the presence of … in the presence of”
1565	10:33	d15s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”
1566	10:33	d4yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Here Jesus implies that he will deny that these people truly do follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will also deny before my Father in the heavens that he follows me” or “I will also deny before my Father in the heavens that he believes in me”
1567	10:33	zhhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτὸν	1	Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
1568	10:33	m8gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
1569	10:33	p2wm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
1570	10:34	d74z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθον & οὐκ ἦλθον	1	Here, the words came and come refer to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I came to this world … I did not come to this world” or “I am acting … I am not acting”
1571	10:34	shrx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	βαλεῖν εἰρήνην & βαλεῖν εἰρήνην, ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another … to make people get along with one another, but I came to bring a sword”
1572	10:34	l5ad		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	Here, the phrase upon the earth refers to the people who live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people”
1573	10:34	uaap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but I came to bring a sword”
1574	10:34	jq6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μάχαιραν	1	Here, the word sword represents strife or fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strife” or “conflict”
1575	10:35-36	rg1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἦλθον γὰρ διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς & καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	In these two verses, Jesus paraphrases or refers to an Old Testament passage, Micah 7:6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could format these words differently or indicate in a footnote that Jesus is referring to this passage. Alternate translation: “For I came ‘to set a man against his father, and a daughter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law; and the enemies of a man will be the ones of his household’”
1576	10:35	ec9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about bringing a “sword”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Specifically,”
1577	10:35	te1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθον	1	Here, the word came refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. Express the idea as you did in 10:34. Alternate translation: “I came to this world” or “I am acting”
1578	10:35	a6jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διχάσαι	1	Here, the word set refers to separating things so that they no longer go together. Jesus means that he will cause family members to quarrel and fight with each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to divide” or “to turn”
1579	10:35	d5kb			ἄνθρωπον	1	Alternate translation: “a son”
1580	10:35	xx5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to set a daughter against her mother, and to set a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law”
1581	10:36	i62f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms man and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “of a man or woman … his or her”
1582	10:37	lc9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ	-1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “more than he or she loves me … more than he or she loves me”
1583	10:37	fb3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	-1	Here, the phrase worthy of me indicates that the person deserves or is fit to be Jesus’ disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “does not deserve to be my disciple … does not deserve to be my disciple”
1584	10:38	tezk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ὃς οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου, οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this sentence that has two negatives. Alternate translation: “whoever is worthy of me takes up his cross and follows after me”
1585	10:38	ye95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus also assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “does not take up the wooden cross on which he will be executed”
1586	10:38	vq4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus speaks of taking up a cross in order to describe people who are ready and willing to suffer and even die because they follow Jesus. Because this figure of speech is connected to how Jesus himself died on a cross, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “is not ready to suffer, which is like taking up his cross,” or “does not take up his cross, ready to suffer or die,”
1587	10:38	x390		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	1	Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
1588	10:38	ai2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	1	See how you translated the phrase worthy of me in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “does not deserve to be my disciple”
1589	10:39	pbf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	Here Jesus speaks of how people’s attitudes toward their current lives affects their eternal lives after they resurrect. He means that those having found their current lives will lose their eternal, resurrection lives, and that those having lost their current lives will find their eternal, resurrection lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The one having found his current life will lose it forever, and the one having lost his current life for my sake will find it forever”
1590	10:39	u4jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	Here Jesus speaks of trying to preserve one’s life as if it were finding it. He speaks of dying as if it were losing one’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one having preserved his life will die”
1591	10:39	ochk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	-1	Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her … his or her”
1592	10:39	jwf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	Here Jesus speaks of dying or being willing to die as losing one’s life. He speaks of experiencing eternal life as if it were finding one’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one having died for my sake will have eternal life”
1593	10:39	jxh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	When Jesus says for my sake, he means that some people will lose their lives because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” or “because he believes in me”
1594	10:40	c77e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive the disciples were actually receiving him. He means that these people, by receiving the disciples, show that they would receive Jesus too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If someone receives you, it is as if he or she received me” or “The one receiving you proves that he or she would receive me”
1595	10:40	y9ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive him were actually receiving God, who sent him. He means that these people, by receiving him, show that they would receive God too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if someone receives me, it is as if he or she received the one having sent me” or “the one receiving me proves that he or she would receive the one having sent me”
1596	10:40	me6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	Here Jesus implies that the one having sent him is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me”
1597	10:41	f9pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται	1	Here, Jesus uses or invents two similar proverbs in order to teach that people who help others who are serving God will be rewarded in a fitting way. Translate these proverbs in a way that will be recognized as proverbs and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If you receive a prophet in the name of a prophet, you will receive the reward of a prophet. If you receive a righteous man in the name of a righteous man, you will receive the reward of a righteous man”
1598	10:41	zgef		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου & εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου	1	Here, the phrase in the name of indicates that the reason for receiving a person is the recognition or knowledge that the person being received is a prophet or righteous {man}. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the knowledge that he is a prophet … with the knowledge that he is a righteous man” or “because he is a prophet … because he is a righteous man”
1599	10:41	yj1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	μισθὸν προφήτου & μισθὸν δικαίου	1	Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to indicate that a person receives: (1) the same reward that a prophet or righteous person receives from God. Alternate translation: “the same reward that a prophet receives … the same reward that a righteous man receives” (2) the reward that a prophet or righteous person gives. Alternate translation: “a reward from a prophet … a reward from a righteous man”
1600	10:41	st5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	δίκαιον & δικαίου & δικαίου	1	Although the term righteous {man} is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a righteous person … of a righteous person … of a righteous person”
1601	10:42	rwto		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ποτήριον ψυχροῦ	1	Jesus speaks about giving someone a cup of cold water to drink as an example of one small way in which a person can help another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is an example, or you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “whoever, for example, gives to one of these little ones a cup of cold water to drink” or “whoever helps one of these little ones in any way”
1602	10:42	z8tk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	Here, Jesus refers to people whom others consider unimportant or insignificant as if they were little. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to any person whom people ignore” or “to an insignificant person”
1603	10:42	v6jg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μόνον εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ	1	See how you translated the phrase in the name of in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “with only the knowledge that this person is a disciple” or “simply because this person is a disciple”
1604	10:42	n58q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	Jesus is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative phrase, certainly not, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, lose. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “he will most certainly receive”
1605	10:42	d61l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the term he is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose his or her”
1606	10:42	ehq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
1607	11:intro	puf4				0	Matthew 11 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God, and opposition to Jesus begins (11:1-12:50) Jesus and John the Baptist (11:1–19) John asks about who Jesus is (11:1–6) Jesus teaches about John (11:7–15) Jesus speaks about himself and John (11:16–19) Judgment on Galilean cities (11:20–24) Jesus speaks about his ministry (11:25–30) Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation from Malachi 3:1 in 11:10. Special Concepts in this Chapter “Elijah” In 11:14, Jesus says that John the Baptist is “Elijah, the one being about to come.” Here Jesus refers to a prophecy in Malachi 4:5–6 that indicates that God will send “Elijah” to prepare the way before God comes to judge his enemies and reward his people. Malachi is referring to a prophet who lived even earlier. This prophet, named Elijah, performed many miracles and spoke messages from God (see 1 Kings 17–19 and 2 Kings 2:1–17). So, when Jesus says that John is “Elijah,” he means that John fulfills the prophecy in Malachi that someone like the prophet Elijah will prepare the way before God comes to judge and reward people. If your readers would not know the prophecy in Malachi or the stories about the prophet Elijah, you may need to include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. The day of judgment In 11:21–24, Jesus refers to “the day of judgment.” He says that, on that day, it will be more tolerable for wicked people who lived in cities like Tyre, Sidon, and Sodom than it will be for people who reject Jesus’ ministry in cities like Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Capernaum. The phrase “day of judgment” refers to a specific time in the future when God will judge everyone, punish those who disobey him, and reward those who believe in and obey him. What Jesus means is that even wicked people who lived in cities like Tyre, Sidon, and Sodom will receive less punishment than people who reject him and his message. See the notes on these verses for translation options. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The comparison with children in 11:16–19 In these verses, Jesus compares how people treat him and John with how children play in the marketplace. There are two primary ways to understand the comparison. First, Jesus and John could be like the children who play flutes or sing funeral songs. In this case, Jesus is saying that people reject both John’s mournful ministry and Jesus’ joyful ministry. Second, the people whom Jesus is speaking about could be like the children who play flutes or sing funeral songs. In this case, Jesus is saying that these people are upset that John and Jesus do not behave as they want them to behave. Since both of these options have similar meanings, and because Jesus does not clearly explain which option he intended, if possible express the comparison in such a way that either interpretation could make sense. Jesus rebuking cities in 11:20–24 In these verses, Jesus speaks to specific cities as if they were among the crowds who were listening to him. He speaks in this way to express his attitude towards these cities. Further, when Jesus refers to the cities, he uses their names to refer to the people who live in those cities. So, when Jesus speaks directly to Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Capernaum, he is expressing his attitude toward the people who live in those cities. See the notes on these verses for translation strategies and options. The yoke and burden metaphor in 11:28–30 In these verses, Jesus promises rest, an easy yoke, and a light burden to those who are laboring and heavy-burdened. There are several ways to understand these images. First, Jesus could be referring to how people struggle and suffer for many reasons, and he promises to make these things better. Second, Jesus could be referring to how people struggle to obey what the religious leaders say to do, and he promises to give them better and easier commands. Third, Jesus could be referring to how people suffer under the Roman empire, and he promises to be a better leader and ruler. Since Jesus is speaking to a crowd of people, most likely he used the images of yokes and burdens so that what he was saying would be relevant to all the people, no matter what they were struggling with. So, if possible preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in a general way that could refer to many different difficult or hard things. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter The meaning of 11:12 This verse contains two clauses, and both clauses can be interpreted in several ways. First, there are several options for understanding the meaning of the clause “the kingdom of the heavens suffers violence”: the “kingdom” could be what experiences the “violence.” In this case, the violence could come from: people who hate and attack the kingdom people who want to make the kingdom stronger by using violence the “kingdom” could be what performs the “violence.” In this case, the kingdom advances or becomes stronger in forceful and powerful ways. Second, there are also several options for understanding the meaning of the clause “violent men take it by force”: the “men” could be evil or wicked. In this case, they could be trying to: attack and destroy the kingdom take the kingdom away from Jesus and his disciples the “men” could be trying to do what is right. In this case, they are trying to become part of the kingdom in forceful or powerful ways. Almost any combination of these options is possible for understanding the meaning of the verse. However, the most common interpretations are these: the kingdom experiences violence, and violent people attack it and try to destroy it the kingdom advances forcefully, and forceful people want to be part of it the kingdom advances forcefully, but violent people attack it and try to destroy it violent people want to make the kingdom stronger by violence, and they try to take the kingdom away from Jesus and his disciples See the translation notes on this verse for possible ways to express the ideas. Since there are many ways to understand the verse, if possible make your translation general enough to allow for several or all of these interpretations. Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to many people around him. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
1608	11:1	z2y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς διατάσσων τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, μετέβη ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν	1	This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ instructions by summarizing what Jesus did and then describing what he did next. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus finished giving orders to his 12 disciples. After that, he departed from there to teach and to preach in their cities”
1609	11:1	h5qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετέβη	1	Here Matthew implies that the 12 disciples also left that place to do what Jesus had instructed them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he sent them out, and then he departed”
1610	11:1	md5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, the word there refers to the place where Jesus was when he gave his disciples the instructions that are quoted in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he had been”
1611	11:1	dr3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν	1	The terms teach and preach mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to teach frequently” or “to preach often”
1612	11:1	hhfx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν	1	Here, the word their refers to Jewish people in general, particularly those who lived in Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Jewish cities” or “the cities in Galilee”
1613	11:2	uei9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
1614	11:2	f3j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ	1	Matthew has not yet told the story of why John was in prison. Since Matthew narrates this story in 14:4-5, you do not need to explain it to your reader here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that John is in the prison when he hears about the deeds of Christ. Alternate translation: “John, who was in prison, having heard about”
1615	11:2	zy7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe deeds that Christ did. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deeds that Christ had done”
1616	11:2	k1a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew means that John sent his disciples to Jesus and had them speak to Jesus for him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sent his disciples to speak to Jesus for him”
1617	11:2	q79l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun his refers to John. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “his own”
1618	11:3	isix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σὺ	1	Since John’s disciples are talking to Jesus, the word you in this verse is singular.
1619	11:3	w2im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Here, John uses the phrase the one coming to refer to a special person whom God promised would come and help God’s people. People sometimes called this special person “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the special person whom God said would come” or “the Messiah whom God said would come”
1620	11:3	q89t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν	1	John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “should we expect another person to be the coming one”
1621	11:4	w03k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the question that John’s disciples had asked him. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”
1622	11:5	dyxy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	When he answers John’s disciples, Jesus lists many things that he has done. John’s disciples would have known that this list is similar to the lists found in Isaiah 35:5–6 and Isaiah 61:1 that describe what will happen when God acts to help his people. Jesus does not directly quote either of these lists, but he wants John’s disciples to know that what he has done is what God promised would happen when the Messiah came. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a footnote that refers to the lists in Isaiah, or you could include a small amount of explanatory information. Alternate translation: “Just as God promised, the blind are seeing again, and the lame walk, lepers are cleansed, and the deaf hear, and the dead are raised, and the poor are being told the gospel”
1623	11:5	tjuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ & χωλοὶ & κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjectives blind, lame, deaf, dead, and poor as nouns in order to describe groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Blind people … lame people … deaf people … dead people … poor people”
1624	11:5	sd6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται & νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lepers become clean … the dead come back to life, and the poor hear the gospel”
1625	11:5	gnt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	Here, much as in 10:8, Jesus speaks of ceremonially cleansing lepers, but he implies that the lepers are healed of their skin diseases, since these are what make lepers unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “lepers are healed from their unclean diseases”
1626	11:5	v274		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	Here, the phrase the dead are raised refers to people who have died becoming alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dead live again”
1627	11:6	jm3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will bless any person who”
1628	11:6	he52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever does not stumble on me”
1629	11:6	yyuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	Here Jesus speaks as if he were a lump or rock that people could stumble on. He means that some people will reject and desert him because of what he does and because of what will happen to him. However, those who do not reject or desert him will be blessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not desert me because of what I do” or “does not run away from me”
1630	11:7	vt51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
1631	11:7	d4lo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τούτων	1	The pronoun these refers to John’s disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to these people. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples”
1632	11:7	ysq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach the crowds about John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out into the wilderness to see a reed shaken by the wind!” or “I know what you went out into the wilderness to see. It was not a reed shaken by the wind.”
1633	11:7	f3f1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι	1	Here Jesus implies that the people went out to see and hear John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “When you visited John in the wilderness, what did you go out to see”
1634	11:7	ydn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	Here, the phrase a reed being shaken by the wind could describe: (1) a person who changes his or her mind or message whenever there is any trouble or difficulty, just like a reed moves whenever the wind blows. Alternate translation: “a man who changes his message whenever it is convenient” or “a man who changes his mind as easily as a reed is shaken by the wind” (2) something or someone ordinary, just like a reed being shaken by the wind was a common or normal sight in Matthew’s culture. Alternate translation: “something ordinary, like a reed being shaken by the wind”
1635	11:7	w269		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed that the wind shakes”
1636	11:8	fn2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with the possibility that Jesus asked about in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “If not that,” or “So,”
1637	11:8	n5hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach the crowds about John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to see a man dressed in soft clothing!” or “I know what you went out to see. It was not a man dressed in soft clothing.”
1638	11:8	y24r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον	1	Luke assumes that readers will know that John wore crude, rugged clothing. Like his residence in the desert, his clothing was a symbolic protest against the established order. As such, it would have been offensive rather than attractive. So no one would have gone out just to see a person dressed that way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A man wearing splendid clothing? You would not have gone to hear John if that was what you wanted to see.”
1639	11:8	nrdy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν & ἠμφιεσμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had put on”
1640	11:8	by2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μαλακοῖς & τὰ μαλακὰ	1	The term soft clothing refers to luxurious or expensive clothes, since normal clothing was rough. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “splendid clothing … splendid clothing” or “expensive clothing … expensive clothing”
1641	11:8	n2k6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “As you know”
1642	11:9	msgi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Here, much as in 11:8, the word But introduces a contrast with the possibility that Jesus asked about in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “If not that,” or “So,”
1643	11:9	lfls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν?	1	Here the two questions could be divided so that the phrase To see goes with: (1) a prophet. See the ULT. (2) go out. Alternate translation: “what did you go out to see? A prophet?”
1644	11:9	gm97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach the crowds about John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Surely you went out to see a prophet!” or “I know why you went out. It was to see a prophet.”
1645	11:9	iytz			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is telling the crowds. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”
1646	11:9	fb75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ περισσότερον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and he was more than”
1647	11:9	rp94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	Here Jesus means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even more than a typical prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not just an ordinary prophet” or “greater than the other prophets”
1648	11:10	ttv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1	The pronoun This refers to John the Baptist. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “John”
1649	11:10	ts9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	In Matthew’s culture, it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Malachi (see Malachi 3:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “you can read in the Scriptures” or “it says in the book of Malachi”
1650	11:10	de17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Malachi wrote in the Scriptures”
1651	11:10	jc00		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention”
1652	11:10	fi5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	Here, the phrase before your face means before or in front of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “before I send you”
1653	11:10	mzmx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου	-1	Here, the words your, your, and you are singular because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in this quotation.
1654	11:10	kva7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	Here the author of the quotation speaks of helping people to get ready for the coming of the Messiah as if it were preparing the way or road for the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will help people get ready for you to arrive”
1655	11:11	z5yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	The phrase those born of women refers to all people who have lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among all the people who have ever lived”
1656	11:11	r9ws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne”
1657	11:11	c093		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐκ ἐγήγερται & μείζων	1	Jesus is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, not, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, greater. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “there have only arisen ones lesser than”
1658	11:11	jm5o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ ἐγήγερται	1	Here Jesus speaks of people having lived as if they had arisen, or stood up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there has not existed” or “there has not lived”
1659	11:11	cag4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ & μικρότερος	1	Matthew is using the adjective least as a noun to mean people who are not very important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this phrase with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person”
1660	11:11	pxbl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	The implication is that being part of the kingdom of the heavens is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of the kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because he or she is part of something greater than anything that is human”
1661	11:12	c2qi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, based on how this verse is interpreted (see the following notes and the chapter introduction) the word But could introduce: (1) a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse about how great the kingdom of the heavens is. In contrast with that, the kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently. Alternate translation: “However,” (2) a development of what Jesus said in the previous verse about how great the kingdom of the heavens is. The kingdom advances and grows forcefully. Alternate translation: “Now”
1662	11:12	mb4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῶν ἡμερῶν	1	Here, the word days refers to a specific period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time period”
1663	11:12	ynqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe days in which John the Baptist preached. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when John the Baptist ministered”
1664	11:12	o81e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν	1	If you understand these two clauses to say similar things (see the following notes and the chapter introduction), then the second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens suffers violence; yes, violent men take it by force”
1665	11:12	inr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται	1	Christians disagree about what exactly this clause means. See the chapter introduction for more information and options. Most likely, the clause could mean: (1) that people attack God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently” (2) that God’s kingdom triumphs forcefully in the world. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully”
1666	11:12	qy4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	βιάζεται	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of violence, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is violently treated” or “is attacked violently”
1667	11:12	rjlg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν	1	Christians disagree about what exactly this clause means. See the chapter introduction for more information and options. Most likely, the clause could mean: (1) that the men are evil and violent and attack the kingdom. Alternate translation: “violent men attack it forcefully” (2) that the men are forceful and want to be part of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “forceful men take hold of it”
1668	11:12	viv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	βιασταὶ	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “violent men and women”
1669	11:12	ce88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of force, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “take it forcefully”
1670	11:13	xfx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of how John is an important or significant person. As the last verse showed, the kingdom of the heavens has “suffered violence” since John began his ministry, and this verse shows that the Prophets and the Law prophesied about these things up to the time when John began his ministry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “In fact,”
1671	11:13	g1i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος & ἐπροφήτευσαν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the Prophets and the Law were people who have prophesied. He means that these sections of Scripture contain prophecies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the Prophets and the Law contain what people have prophesied”
1672	11:13	r95f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος	1	Jesus is referring to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using the names of two of its major components to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures”
1673	11:13	s8h8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν	1	Here Jesus implies that the Scriptures include prophecies about the kingdom of the heavens, Jesus’ ministry, and all the things that were happening once John and then Jesus began their ministries. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. If possible, use a general phrase that could refer to many of these events and actions. Alternate translation: “have prophesied until John about what has begun to happen”
1674	11:13	s5ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως Ἰωάννου	1	Here Jesus could mean that: (1) the Prophets and the Law contain prophecies written down only until John began his ministry. Alternate translation: “up to when John began his ministry” (2) what the Prophets and the Law prophesied was a prediction about the future only until John began his ministry. Now these prophecies have come true. Alternate translation: “until John began his ministry, when the prophecies came true”
1675	11:14	rdsw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δέξασθαι, αὐτός	1	Here Jesus leaves out what will happen if the people are willing to accept {it}. He implies that, when they accept {it}, they will learn or understand what he is about to tell them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include this implied idea. Alternate translation: “to accept it, you can be sure that he” or “to accept it, you will understand that he”
1676	11:14	yg2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δέξασθαι	1	Here Jesus could be implying that they need to be willing to accept: (1) what Jesus says about John. Alternate translation: “to accept what I tell you” (2) what the Law and the Prophets prophesied (see 11:13). Alternate translation: “to accept what the Law and the Prophets said”
1677	11:14	fj3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι	1	Here Jesus is referring to a prophecy in Malachi 4:5–6. This prophecy states that God will send Elijah before the day of the Lord arrives, and he will prepare people. Elijah was a prophet who did many powerful things a long time before Malachi wrote down this prophecy. What Jesus implies is that John the Baptist fulfills this prophecy, and so he is like Elijah, just as Malachi prophesied. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he is the person about whom it is prophesied that someone like Elijah would come” or “he is the one being about to come, whom the prophets named Elijah”
1678	11:14	kb67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτός	1	The pronoun he refers to John the Baptist. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist”
1679	11:15	z97x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Here, the phrase ears to hear represents the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one who wishes to understand, let him understand and obey” or “The one who can listen to me should pay attention”
1680	11:15	w4cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, not about other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person plural here. Alternate translation: “You who have ears to hear should hear” or “If you have ears to hear, then hear”
1681	11:15	ccyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἀκούειν	1	Many ancient manuscripts read to hear. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
1682	11:15	r1do		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ἀκουέτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should hear”
1683	11:15	zt7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀκουέτω	1	Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person hear”
1684	11:16	hkq0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
1685	11:16	mp8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην?	1	Jesus is using the question form to introduce a comparison between this generation and children sitting in the marketplace. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Here is what I compare this generation to.”
1686	11:16	yat1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην	1	Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “today’s people” or “the people of this generation”
1687	11:16	zjr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν	1	These words are the beginning of Jesus’ comparison. His opponents complain about John being too austere, and they complain about Jesus not being austere enough, just like children who complain when other children don’t dance with them, and then complain again when they don’t cry with them. Since Jesus explains this comparison in the following verses, you do not need to explain it here in your translation.
1688	11:16	l7km		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	A marketplace is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the town square” or “the park”
1689	11:17	sney		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they played the flute for them, and they did not dance, and that they sang a funeral song, and they did not mourn.”
1690	11:17	ai4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγουσιν	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they say”
1691	11:17	d916		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ηὐλήσαμεν	1	The children are referring to the flute to indicate that they played a happy, upbeat tune, for which the flute was well suited. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We played a happy tune”
1692	11:17	t723		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	-1	In both places, the children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “and yet … and yet”
1693	11:18	yz80		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν	1	Here, the word came refers to John living and behaving in certain ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was” or “lived”
1694	11:18	qe7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων	1	This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting” or “neither eating good food nor drinking wine”
1695	11:18	ya2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγουσιν	1	The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “many say” or “others say”
1696	11:18	p4ql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon.”
1697	11:18	evok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δαιμόνιον ἔχει	1	To say that someone has a demon is to say that the demon possesses or controls that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is demon-possessed” or “He is controlled by a demon”
1698	11:19	iwk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man,”
1699	11:19	bvon		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν	1	Here, the word came refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “came to this world” or “lived”
1700	11:19	gs6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων	1	Here Jesus means that he did not fast and that he participated in feasts and enjoyed eating and drinking. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating good food and drinking wine” or “feasting”
1701	11:19	x4ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν!	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!”
1702	11:19	ddxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “This is” or “Observe”
1703	11:19	pv4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης	1	The word glutton refers to a person who eats too much food. The word drunkard refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. If you do not have words for these kinds of people, you could use descriptive phrases. Alternate translation: “one who eats and drinks more than he should”
1704	11:19	vwk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb that he applies to what people say about him and John. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children”
1705	11:19	ml8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	Here Jesus speaks as if wisdom were a woman who had children. The children could be: (1) people who are wise. Alternate translation: “wisdom has been justified by wise people” (2) the children could be the results of wise behavior. Alternate translation: “wisdom has been justified by its results”
1706	11:19	yyk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wisdom, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure your translation fits with how you chose to translate children (see the previous note). Here, the word wisdom could refer to: (1) wise behavior and thinking. Alternate translation: “what is wise has been justified by wise people” (2) how God is wise. Alternate translation: “how wise God is has been justified by wise people”
1707	11:19	o3zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wisdom’s children justify her”
1708	11:19	e8h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	Many ancient manuscripts read her children. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “her works.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
1709	11:20	w12g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	Here, the word Then introduces what happened after Jesus finished saying what Matthew has included in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing that happened. Alternate translation: “After that,”
1710	11:20	n39l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τότε ἤρξατο ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐ μετενόησαν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Then, because the cities in which most of his miracles were done had not repented, he began to rebuke them”
1711	11:20	w4g8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰς πόλεις	1	Here, the cities refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people of the cities”
1712	11:20	t51a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “he had done most of his miracles”
1713	11:21	xxb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking directly to people about these cities. Alternate translation: “There will be woe for Chorazin! There will be woe for Bethsaida! … those cities”
1714	11:21	y2hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαί σοι	-1	The phrase woe to you is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How bad it is for you … How bad it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you … Trouble will come to you”
1715	11:21	vmsk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοι	-1	Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so you is singular in both cases.
1716	11:21	lcsu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν	1	The words Chorazin and Bethsaida are the names of two cities.
1717	11:21	y9d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	Here, the words Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Tyre and Sidon refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Chorazin … people of Bethsaida … among the people of Tyre and Sidon”
1718	11:21	uo47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why Jesus pronounces Woe to these cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a statement, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I rebuke you because” or “That is because”
1719	11:21	ozdx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν	1	Jesus assumes that his audience will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even they would have repented if they had seen the miracles which happened in you. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well”
1720	11:21	lh46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν	1	Here Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “suppose that the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes”
1721	11:21	k3in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, you would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
1722	11:21	tm59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have worn sackcloth and put ashes on their heads. These actions are signs of humility and sorrow that show that they were very sorry for doing what was wrong. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of these actions in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins by wearing sackcloth and putting ashes on their heads”
1723	11:22	ewcx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	πλὴν	1	Here, the word Nevertheless introduces a contrast with how people might think about the wicked people of Tyre and Sidon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave Nevertheless untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yet” or “As a matter of fact”
1724	11:22	g4mo			λέγω ὑμῖν & ἔσται	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that it will be”
1725	11:22	ibpo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus assumes that his audience will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God will judge you more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked”
1726	11:22	mr18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	Here, the words Tyre and Sidon refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the people of Tyre and Sidon”
1727	11:22	ngkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a day on which judgment will happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone”
1728	11:22	i16e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κρίσεως	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”
1729	11:23	h8e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	Much as in 11:21, Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about that city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking directly to people about these cities. Alternate translation: “And Capernaum will not be exalted to heaven, will it? It will go down to Hades. For if the miracles that happened in it had happened in Sodom, Sodom would have remained until today”
1730	11:23	laui		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	Many ancient manuscripts read And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down as far as Hades. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “And you, Capernaum, the one being exalted to heaven, will be brought down as far as Hades.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
1731	11:23	nddz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think that they will be exalted to heaven. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you, Capernaum, will certainly not be exalted to heaven.” or “you, Capernaum, will by no means be exalted to heaven!”
1732	11:23	vpz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σύ & μὴ & ὑψωθήσῃ & καταβήσῃ & σοί	1	Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so you is singular throughout this verse.
1733	11:23	fj7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Καφαρναούμ & ἐν Σοδόμοις	1	Here, the words Capernaum and Sodom refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … among the people of Sodom”
1734	11:23	vbsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	The phrase be exalted refers to receiving honor. To be exalted all the way up to heaven indicates that this honor is very great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will not be honored greatly, will you”
1735	11:23	aa7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?”
1736	11:23	yckg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	The phrase be brought down refers to experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades indicates that this punishment and dishonor are very great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You will be punished severely”
1737	11:23	w9qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will bring you down as far as Hades”
1738	11:23	igya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why Jesus says that Capernaum will go down to Hades. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a statement, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say this about you because” or “That is because”
1739	11:23	fwpf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	In Jesus’ culture, people knew that Sodom was a city where many wicked people had lived. God punished these people by destroying them. You can read about what happened in Genesis 19:1–29. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the city of Sodom because it was so wicked. But even those people would have repented, and Sodom would have remained until today, if they had seen the miracles which happened in you. So the people of Capernaum certainly should have repented as well”
1740	11:23	vk57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	Here Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but that they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “suppose that the miracles had happened in Sodom which happened in you. That city would have remained until today”
1741	11:23	z279		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	Here Jesus means that God would not have destroyed the city of Sodom because its people would have repented when they saw the miracles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it would have remained until today because its people would have repented” or “they would have stopped sinning, and so the city would not have been destroyed”
1742	11:23	b24t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	Here, the phrase until today indicates that something is true or exists at the time when the speaker is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “up to our time” or “even now”
1743	11:24	z3pq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	πλὴν	1	Here, the word Nevertheless introduces a contrast with how people might think about the wicked people of Sodom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave Nevertheless untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yet” or “As a matter of fact”
1744	11:24	vcd1			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”
1745	11:24	t8n4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί	1	Jesus assumes that his audience will know that God destroyed the land of Sodom because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God will judge you more severely than he will judge the people who lived in the land of Sodom, even though he destroyed that land because they were so wicked”
1746	11:24	e3pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων	1	Here, the phrase the land of Sodom refers to the people who live in that land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the people of the land of Sodom”
1747	11:24	yk3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a day on which judgment will happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone”
1748	11:24	wenk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κρίσεως	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”
1749	11:24	mc79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοί	1	Since Jesus is addressing an individual city, Capernaum, you here is singular.
1750	11:25	xt8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Here, the word answering indicates that Jesus is responding to what he has said in the previous verses about how people have not repented in response to Jesus’ message and miracles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of how people were not repenting, Jesus said”
1751	11:25	rtar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοι & ἔκρυψας	1	Because Jesus is praying to God the Father, all forms of you in this verse are singular.
1752	11:25	h5x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.
1753	11:25	u9cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Here, Jesus is referring to all of creation by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lord over everything that exists” or “Lord of all creation”
1754	11:25	uhp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα & αὐτὰ	1	Here, the phrase these things and the word them refer generally to the meaning and significance of Jesus and his ministry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what my ministry means … its meaning” or “my message … it”
1755	11:25	qw5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjectives wise and intelligent as nouns in order to describe groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and intelligent”
1756	11:25	las9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Jesus calls these people wise and intelligent because that is what they think about themselves. Jesus knows that God has not revealed things to them, so they are not actually that wise or intelligent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent”
1757	11:25	w9hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	The terms wise and intelligent mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything”
1758	11:25	b6w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	Here, the phrase little children refers to people who may not have much education but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to people who are like little children” or “to people who trust you completely” or “to uneducated people”
1759	11:26	mq9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ναί	1	Here, the word Yes emphasizes that God has indeed done what Jesus said he had in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You have indeed done that” or “You have done those things”
1760	11:26	jfla		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.
1761	11:26	qp7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	Here, the phrase before you indicates that it is well-pleasing according to God’s evaluation or judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your sight” or “in your judgment”
1762	11:26	ppui		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου	1	Because Jesus is praying to God the Father, you here is singular.
1763	11:27	yk5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed over all things to me”
1764	11:27	gd67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα & παρεδόθη	1	The phrase All things could refer to: (1) knowledge about the Father and what the Father does. Alternate translation: “All things about the Father have been handed over” or “All knowledge has been handed over” (2) authority over everything that the Father has created. Alternate translation: “All authority has been handed over”
1765	11:27	j3vk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου & τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Πατήρ & τὸν Πατέρα & ὁ Υἱὸς & ὁ Υἱὸς	1	The words Father and Son are important titles for God that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.
1766	11:27	s1as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only one who knows the Son is the Father”
1767	11:27	esp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Υἱὸς & βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son, … me, the Son … I, the Son, desire”
1768	11:27	l8xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “and the only ones who know the Father are the Son and anyone to whom the Son desires to reveal him”
1769	11:28	x978		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δεῦτε πρός με	1	Here, the phrase Come to me is an invitation to be with Jesus as his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples” or “Be with me as my students”
1770	11:28	o49n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	Here Jesus could be speaking about: (1) how many experiences and situations make people tired and exhausted. Jesus promises rest from these things. Alternate translation: “all the ones whose lives are full of labor and heavy burdens, and I will give you rest from these things” (2) how the religious leaders’ interpretation of the law made people tired and exhausted when they tried to obey it. Jesus promises rest and offers a different interpretation of the law. Alternate translation: “all the ones laboring under the law and heavy burdened by it, and I will give you rest from that law”
1771	11:28	t2jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κοπιῶντες	1	Here, the word laboring could describe: (1) people who are tired. Alternate translation: “who are tired” or “who are exhausted” (2) people who are working hard. Alternate translation: “who are working hard”
1772	11:28	oetw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πεφορτισμένοι	1	Here Jesus speaks of how people struggle or suffer as if they were burdened by a heavy load. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffering” or “being oppressed”
1773	11:28	f1w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of rest, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will make you restful” or “cause you to rest”
1774	11:29	vckw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς, καὶ μάθετε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ; καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last two clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls. Therefore, take my yoke on you and learn from me”
1775	11:29	q1ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Here Jesus speaks of people who obey his commands and teaching as if they were farm animals that accepted a yoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Obey me as if you were a farm animal wearing a yoke” or “Obey me”
1776	11:29	t1rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς	1	The terms gentle and humble mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” or “I am very humble”
1777	11:29	i3qs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	The phrase gentle and humble in heart means that Jesus has a gentle and humble attitude. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have a gentle and humble attitude” or “I am gentle and humble”
1778	11:29	o8cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if rest were an object that his audience could find. He means that they will be able to experience rest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your souls will be able to rest”
1779	11:29	sysp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of rest, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that your souls can rest”
1780	11:29	i3ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	Here, the word souls refers to the people who find rest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for yourselves”
1781	11:30	o9zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why people should take Jesus’ yoke and find rest (see 11:30). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should do that because” or “That is because”
1782	11:30	ynf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὁ & ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “my yoke is easy; yes, my burden is light” or “my yoke and burden are easy”
1783	11:30	hlv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ & ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	Here Jesus continues to speak of people who obey his commands and teaching as if they were farm animals that accepted a yoke or carried a burden. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeying me is easy. It is as if you were a farm animal wearing an easy yoke. Accepting my teaching is not difficult. It is as if you were a farm animal carrying a light burden” or “Obeying me is easy, and accepting my teaching is not difficult”
1784	12:intro	y7z6				0	Matthew 12 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God, and opposition to Jesus begins (11:1-12:50) Arguments with the Pharisees about the Sabbath (12:1–14) Picking heads of grain on the Sabbath (12:1–8) Healing a man on the Sabbath (12:9–14) Jesus fulfills a quotation from Isaiah (12:15–21) Argument with the Pharisees about casting out demons (12:22–30) Jesus teaches on words and God’s judgment (12:31–37) Jesus condemns “this generation” (12:38–45) Jesus’ true family (12:46–50) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18–21, which is a quotation from Isaiah 42:1–4. Special Concepts in this Chapter The Sabbath In the law that God gave to Moses, God commanded the Israelites to rest on the seventh day, which was called the Sabbath. The Jewish religious leaders disagreed with each other about what kinds of things a person could do on the Sabbath and still rest as God had commanded. For example, they debated which emergencies were serious enough that someone could do work on the Sabbath without disobeying God’s command. In 12:1–14, the Pharisees and Jesus engage in these kinds of debates about the Sabbath. Jesus disagrees with how the Pharisees understand the Sabbath, and he argues for a different view. If your readers may not understand what the Sabbath is and why Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about it, you may need to include some information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) Casting out demons Demons are evil spiritual beings who can control people and who serve Satan. They usually use the people they control to hurt themselves or others. In 12:22, Matthew briefly describes how Jesus drove out a demon who caused the man it controlled to be blind and mute, that is, unable to see or speak. In response, the crowds wonder whether Jesus is the special “Son of David.” However, the Pharisees accuse Jesus of using the power of Beelzebul, that is, Satan, to cast out demons. Jesus tells them that it does not make sense for Satan, who rules the demons, to empower someone to cast out demons. “Blasphemy against the Spirit” In 12:31–32, Jesus speaks about “blasphemy of the Spirit” and speaking “against the Holy Spirit.” He indicates that God will forgive all kinds of sins, including speaking against Jesus himself. However, God will not forgive people who speak against the Holy Spirit. Jesus says these things because the Pharisees said that he cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. Jesus implies that he actually cast out demons by the power of the Holy Spirit. So, since the Pharisees have called the Holy Spirit Beelzebul, they have blasphemed or spoken against the Spirit. Christians debate what counts as this kind of blasphemy and why God will not forgive people for it. In your translation, you should express the idea as generally as Jesus does. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) The sign of Jonah In 12:39–41, Jesus refers to a story about a prophet named Jonah. God told Jonah to prophesy in the city of Nineveh that God would destroy it. Jonah instead got on a boat to go the opposite direction. God sent a bad storm on the ocean, and to stop the storm Jonah had the sailors throw him into the ocean. God then had a huge fish swallow Jonah. He was inside the fish for three days and three nights, and then the fish spit Jonah out onto the shore. Jonah then did prophesy in the city of Nineveh, and the people there repented and asked God for mercy. In response, God chose not to destroy the city. You can read this story in Jonah 1–4. When Jesus refers to “the sign of Jonah,” he is speaking about this story, particularly about how Jonah was in the fish for three days and nights. Jesus indicates that he will be in his tomb for three days, just as Jonah was in the fish for three days. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The parable about the strong man In 12:29, Jesus describes how thieves must subdue and tie up a strong man before they can steal things from his house. Jesus does not directly state how to apply this proverb. However, most Christians think that Satan is like the strong man, and the demons that Jesus casts out are like the strong man’s things. In this case, Jesus is like the thieves who tie up the strong man. Jesus is saying that, since he can cast out demons, it proves that he has subdued and conquered Satan, just as thieves can only steal things after they have subdued the strong man. You should not include this extra information in your translation, but if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include it in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) Demons living in people as if they were houses In 12:43–45, Jesus tells a story that describes people as if they were houses that demons could live in. When a demon is living in someone, this means that the demon is controlling that person. If possible, preserve this metaphor. If it is necessary, you could use simile form or state the meaning more plainly. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Jesus’ mother and brothers In 12:46–50, Jesus’ mother and brothers arrive and want to talk with Jesus. In response, Jesus says that his disciples, those who do God’s will, are his mother and brothers and sisters. In other words, Jesus calls his disciples, who are those who do God’s will, his family members. He means that they are as close and important to him as his own family. This is an important metaphor that appears throughout the Bible, so preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to many people around him. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) The quotation from Isaiah 42:1–4 in 12:18–21 Matthew quotes a long section of Isaiah in this chapter. However, he does not quote every line, specifically leaving out parts of Isaiah 42:4. Also, in many places his quotation does not directly match the Hebrew version of Isaiah. However, since Matthew quotes these verses for a specific reason and in a different language (Greek), you should translate what Matthew wrote, not what you might find in Isaiah 42:1–4.
1785	12:1	m2n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	The phrase At that time introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” or “Then,”
1786	12:1	xte6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς Σάββασιν	1	Here Matthew uses the phrase on the Sabbaths to indicate that this event occurred on one specific Sabbath day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on one of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day”
1787	12:1	tvt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	The word grainfields refers to places where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of field, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “fields where grain is grown”
1788	12:1	rgpc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word but introduces a contrast with how people were expected to behave on the Sabbaths, which included not picking grain or other crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this contrast. Alternate translation: “but, even though it was the Sabbath,” or “and, despite the fact that it was the Sabbath,”
1789	12:1	y5vr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	στάχυας	1	The heads are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant, which are the parts that people eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tops of the grain plants” or “the edible parts of the grain plants”
1790	12:2	dkze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the person to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”
1791	12:2	x6pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου	1	Here, the word your is singular since the Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.
1792	12:2	swl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	The Pharisees considered even the small action of picking heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. This kind of work was prohibited on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are harvesting grain, and that is work that is not lawful to do on the Sabbath”
1793	12:3-4	d712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ & πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show the Pharisees that they should have learned a principle from the story about David that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have not understood what you have read about what David did when he was hungry, and the ones with him—how he went into the house of God and ate the loaves of the Presence, which was not lawful for him to eat nor for the ones with him, except only for the priests.”
1794	12:3-4	ov8o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ & πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις?	1	Here Jesus refers to a story about David before he became king. The current king, Saul was trying to kill David. So, David ran away to the priest who was serving God at the time. David and the men who ran away with him were very hungry, so they asked the priest for food. The priest gave them the special bread that was laid out in God’s presence every day, and David and his men ate this bread. You can read this story in 1 Samuel 21:1–6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Have you not read what David did when he was hungry after he escaped from King Saul, who wanted to kill him? He and the ones with him visited the priest, went into the house of God, and ate the loaves of the Presence, which was not lawful for him to eat nor for the ones with him, except only for the priests.”
1795	12:4	u3ye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here Jesus uses the phrase the house of God to refer to the tabernacle, the place where God’s presence was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the sanctuary”
1796	12:4	ue7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	The phrase the loaves of the Presence refers to loaves of bread that were placed every day on a table in the tabernacle or temple as an offering to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the loaves that were presented to God” or “the bread that was placed in God’s presence every morning”
1797	12:4	lkx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	Here Jesus indicates that the only people who were allowed to eat this bread were the priests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces this kind of exception. Alternate translation: “since only the priests could eat it” or “which was lawful only for the priests to eat”
1798	12:5	f79q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show the Pharisees that they should have learned a principle from the laws about priests working on the Sabbath that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Again, you have not understood what you have read in the law about how on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.”
1799	12:5	bkjv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1	Here, the word Or introduces a second example from the Scriptures that Jesus uses to prove his point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example. Alternate translation: “Similarly,” or “Further,”
1800	12:5	dqe9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	The priests were said to profane the Sabbath because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “profane the Sabbath by doing priestly work”
1801	12:5	i9ys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν	1	Here Jesus means that, although the priests do work on the Sabbath, the law does not condemn them, since doing priestly work on the Sabbath is an exception to the Sabbath requirements. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are innocent, since God permits this kind of work on the Sabbaths”
1802	12:6	b6i0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a slight contrast with what Jesus has said about how serving in the temple is an exception to keeping the Sabbath. In this verse, Jesus indicates that there is an even greater thing that provides an exception to keeping the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “And yet” or “But now”
1803	12:6	k4mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	μεῖζόν	1	Here, the word something is a very general term. It could refer to the kingdom of God, Jesus himself, the ministry that Jesus begins, what Jesus calls his disciples to do, or many other things. If possible, you should use a general term that could refer to many or all of these things. Alternate translation: “an entity greater than” or “a new thing greater than”
1804	12:7	wjba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a further development of what Jesus has been saying about the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now” or “In fact,”
1805	12:7	ypj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ & ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that the Pharisee have not understood this quotation, because they have indeed condemned the innocent. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “since you do not know what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you have condemned the innocent”
1806	12:7	pp9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τί ἐστιν	1	Here Jesus means that they should learn what the passage he is about to quote means. See how you translated this phrase in 9:13. Alternate translation: “what this means” or “the meaning of this passage”
1807	12:7	e1ju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	Here Jesus introduces a quotation from Hosea 6:6, where God is speaking to the Israelites. Jesus has already quoted this verse in 9:13, so translate it exactly as you did there.
1808	12:7	s23l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	Jesus is using the adjective innocent as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” or “my innocent disciples”
1809	12:7	wc5o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	Here Jesus means that his disciples are innocent of breaking the Sabbath laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who are innocent of breaking the Sabbath” or “those who have not disobeyed Sabbath laws”
1810	12:8	oy77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces the basis for what Jesus has said about the Sabbath in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I can say those things because” or “Here is why I am able to say such things:”
1811	12:8	l7g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐστιν & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am”
1812	12:8	o3op		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Κύριος & ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a Lord who rules over the Sabbath. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or “rules over the Sabbath”
1813	12:9	oy4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, the phrase from there refers to the grainfields that Jesus and his disciples were walking through when the Pharisees confronted them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from those fields” or “from that place”
1814	12:9	y4me		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun their refers to the Jewish people living in this region. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish synagogue” or “the synagogue in that area”
1815	12:10	h5q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	Matthew is using the phrase behold, a man to introduce this man with a withered hand as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man was in the synagogue, and he had a withered hand”
1816	12:10	xb13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Use a word or phrase that expresses this idea clearly. Alternate translation: “having a shriveled hand” or “whose hand was atrophied”
1817	12:10	s9bt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they questioned him”
1818	12:10	dn3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτησαν & κατηγορήσωσιν	1	The pronoun they in both cases could refer to: (1) the Pharisees, the ones who had asked about the disciples picking grain on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “these Pharisees questioned … they might accuse” (2) some people who were in the synagogue. Alternate translation: “some people there questioned … they might accuse”
1819	12:10	c1cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun him in both places refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus”
1820	12:10	nabg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking whether it was lawful to heal on the Sabbaths, in order that”
1821	12:10	x6ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, the phrase so that introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees ask this question. They intend to accuse Jesus based on how he answers the question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of purpose. Alternate translation: “so that, when he answered,” or “They asked this question so that”
1822	12:10	odoz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew implies that they would accuse Jesus of breaking the Sabbath commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses”
1823	12:11	ng4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?	1	Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Every man among you, if he has one sheep that falls into a pit on the Sabbaths, will definitely grasp hold of it and lift it out.” or “There is no man among you who, having one sheep that falls into a pit on the sabbaths, will not grasp hold of it and lift it out!”
1824	12:11	adjn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ	1	Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain when it is appropriate to work on the Sabbaths. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “What would one of you do if you had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbaths? You would grasp hold of it and lift it out, wouldn’t you”
1825	12:11	mays		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρόβατον ἕν	1	Here, the phrase one sheep could imply that: (1) the person only owns one sheep. Alternate translation: “only one sheep” (2) the person owns more than one sheep, but only this one falls into a pit. Alternate translation: “a sheep”
1826	12:11	yzvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “person”
1827	12:11	kdjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς Σάββασιν	1	Here Jesus uses the phrase on the Sabbaths to indicate that this event would occur on a Sabbath day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on one of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day”
1828	12:11	zie4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ	1	Here Jesus implies that these actions are considered work, which would normally break the Sabbath commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not work on the Sabbath by grasping hold of it and lifting it out”
1829	12:12	s2tu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show that a man is more valuable than a sheep and should be treated accordingly. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “A man, then, is more valuable than a sheep.” or “A man, then, is much more valuable than a sheep!”
1830	12:12	zno4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	Here Jesus implies that, since even on Sabbath days people help sheep that are less valuable, they should also help people, who are more valuable, even on Sabbath days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep? So, even on the Sabbaths, you should assist other people more than you assist sheep.”
1831	12:12	ot8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the transition word then to the beginning of the question. Alternate translation: “Then how much more valuable is a man than”
1832	12:12	no9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word then introduces an inference based on what Jesus said about the sheep in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference. Alternate translation: “given what I have said about sheep” or “in light of that”
1833	12:12	modr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “is a person”
1834	12:12	b1ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε ἔξεστιν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference based on what Jesus has said about sheep and people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an inference. Alternate translation: “Because of those things, you can see that it is lawful” or “Since that is true, you can tell that it is lawful”
1835	12:12	efle			καλῶς ποιεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “to help people”
1836	12:13	valq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
1837	12:13	be8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “I heal you. Now stretch out your hand!”
1838	12:13	n1wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα	1	Here, the command and the word your are singular since Jesus is speaking to the man with the withered hand.
1839	12:13	jry3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “it became healthy” or “Jesus restored it to health”
1840	12:13	twyj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of health, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it was made healthy”
1841	12:13	ybhk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἡ ἄλλη	1	Matthew is using the adjective other as a noun to mean the man’s other hand. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other hand”
1842	12:14	zbkn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
1843	12:14	l88i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase took counsel against him indicates that the Pharisees were working together to figure out ways to harm Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made plans concerning Jesus” or “came up with ideas about how they could harm Jesus”
1844	12:15	hnff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
1845	12:15	mh7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γνοὺς	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus perceived that the Pharisees were planning to kill him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “having perceived that they were taking counsel against him”
1846	12:15	qugq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, the word there refers to the area where Jesus had been when he healed the man with the withered hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “from that region” or “from where he had healed the man”
1847	12:15	gbqr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλοί	1	Matthew is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many others”
1848	12:15	lbo1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοὺς πάντας	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus healed all the people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all of them who had diseases”
1849	12:16	sqxj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them, ‘Do not make me known,’”
1850	12:16	hrvz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ & ποιήσωσιν	1	The pronoun them could refer to: (1) all the people who were following Jesus. Alternate translation: “all of them that they might not make” (2) just the people whom he healed. Alternate translation: “those he had healed that they might not make”
1851	12:16	ckgx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν	1	Here, the phrase make him known refers to telling many people about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might not talk about him with many other people” or “they might not speak about him with everyone”
1852	12:17	mcd7				0	This verse is identical to 4:14, so express the idea as you did there.
1853	12:18-21	vyt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations		0	In these verses, Matthew quotes parts of Isaiah 42:1–4. He leaves out parts of Isaiah 42:4, and in many places his quotation does not match the Hebrew version of Isaiah. So, translate what Matthew writes, not what you might read in Isaiah 42:1–4.
1854	12:18	lrj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ, ὁ παῖς μου	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Look, my servant” or “Think about my servant”
1855	12:18	zkt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἀγαπητός μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom I love”
1856	12:18	rgsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who pleases my soul”
1857	12:18	s6a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	God is using my soul to represent himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I myself am well pleased”
1858	12:18	dmap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	εὐδόκησεν	1	Here the past tense indicates that God was well pleased with the servant and continues to be well pleased. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense makes this clear. Alternate translation: “is well pleased” or “has been well pleased”
1859	12:18	go3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θήσω τὸ Πνεῦμά μου ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Here God speaks as if the Spirit were an object that he will put on the servant. He means that he will give the Spirit to the servant so that the servant can act with power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will give him my Spirit” or “I will enable him to act by the power of my Spirit”
1860	12:18	qmlm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά μου	1	Here, the phrase my Spirit refers to the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “my Holy Spirit”
1861	12:18	uvyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	Here, the word justice could indicate that: (1) God does what is just. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles that God is just” or “to the Gentiles that God does what is just” (2) God will judge justly. Alternate translation: “just judgment to the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles that God will judge”
1862	12:18	jh8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of justice, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation fits with the interpretation of justice that you chose in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles that God will act justly”
1863	12:18	oyeq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	Here, the words translated to the Gentiles could refer to: (1) people who are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “to Gentile people” (2) all people, including Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the nations” or “to all peoples”
1864	12:19	gj1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, his voice represents him speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “him talking”
1865	12:19	jr87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις	1	In Jesus’ culture, the streets were public, noisy places. The author of the quotation uses the phrase the streets as an example of any public, noisy place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar place in your culture. Alternate translation: “in the public square” or “in noisy places where there are many people”
1866	12:20	kbu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “He will not break a bruised reed; yes, he will not quench a smoking flax”
1867	12:20	cdk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει	1	Here the author of the quotation speaks of weak or suffering people as if they were a bruised or damaged reed. He means that Jesus will not ignore or hurt these people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or use plain language. Alternate translation: “He will not hurt suffering people, which would be like breaking a bruised reed” or “He will not hurt suffering people”
1868	12:20	p3f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	Here the author of the quotation speaks of weak or suffering people as if they were a smoking flax. He means that Jesus will not ignore or hurt these people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or use plain language. Alternate translation: “He will not ignore injured people, which would be like quenching a smoking flax” or “He will not ignore injured people”
1869	12:20	y8mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λίνον τυφόμενον	1	A flax is a piece of cloth or thread made out of parts of the flax plant. People in the author’s culture would use these pieces of cloth or thread as lamp wicks. If the flax was smoking, it was not burning properly and would normally be thrown away and replaced. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of cloth and its use, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a smoldering wick” or “a lamp that is barely burning”
1870	12:20	sqy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἕως	1	Here, the word until indicates that the servant will continue to act as this verse describes up to the time when the goal of justice is accomplished. It does not mean that the servant will start acting differently at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates a duration of time up to a point in the future. Alternate translation: “up to the time when”
1871	12:20	iytt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκβάλῃ & τὴν κρίσιν	1	Here, the phrase casts out indicates that the servant is producing justice or causing justice to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he produces justice” or “he causes justice to happen”
1872	12:20	gqb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς νῖκος	1	Here, the phrase to victory could mean that justice: (1) is accomplished successfully. Alternate translation: “successfully” or “completely” (2) lasts forever. Alternate translation: “forever”
1873	12:20	b6tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of justice or victory, you could express the same ideas in another way. Make sure that your translation fits with the choices you made in the previous two notes. Alternate translation: “he successfully accomplishes what is just” or “he makes everything just forever”
1874	12:21	voi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν	1	Here the author of the quotation implies that the Gentiles will hope for the servant to help or save them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Gentiles will hope in his name, that he will help them” or “Gentiles will hope in his name, that he will save them”
1875	12:21	w3rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	Here, name represents the person who has that name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in my servant”
1876	12:21	qf3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔθνη	1	Here, just as in 12:18, the words translated the Gentiles could refer to: (1) people who are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (2) all people, including Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the nations” or “all peoples”
1877	12:22	nba2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	The word Then introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,”
1878	12:22	vilg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	Matthew is using the phrase one being demon-possessed to introduce this man as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a person was brought to Jesus. He was demon-possessed, blind, and mute”
1879	12:22	f54d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	Here Matthew implies that the demon made the man blind and mute. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one being possessed by a demon that made him blind and mute was brought to Jesus”
1880	12:22	e1g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they brought to him one being demon-possessed”
1881	12:22	osqr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζόμενος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom a demon had possessed”
1882	12:22	k2vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	A mute person is a person who cannot speak, and a blind person is a person who cannot see. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of disorders or illnesses, you could use the names of similar things in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “who was unable to talk or see things”
1883	12:22	fpxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτόν	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus healed the man in every way, which would include casting out the demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he cast out the demon and healed him”
1884	12:22	aewk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν κωφὸν	1	Here Matthew uses the phrase the mute one to indicate that the man had been mute, and also blind, before Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this phrase describes what the man was like before Jesus healed him, or you could refer back to the man in a different way. Alternate translation: “the man who had been mute and blind” or “he”
1885	12:23	m743		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐξίσταντο	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were marveling”
1886	12:23	r065		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	The crowds are using the question form to suggest that Jesus might be the Son of David. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “This might be the Son of David.” or “Maybe this is the Son of David!”
1887	12:23	h8kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. Express the idea as you did in 9:27. Alternate translation: “the Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”
1888	12:23	ink7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” Express the idea as you did in 9:27. Alternate translation: “the Son of David, the Messiah”
1889	12:24	jibk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούσαντες	1	Here Matthew implies that Pharisees heard what the crowds were asking about Jesus (see 12:23). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard what the crowds were asking”
1890	12:24	p1mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that the Pharisees were making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He is only able to cast out demons by Beelzebul”
1891	12:24	r1ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	These people are using the name of this chief demon to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “by the power of Beelzebul”
1892	12:25	plnm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
1893	12:25	i1sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Here, Jesus uses or invents two proverbs in order to teach the Pharisees that his power cannot come from the same source as the demon’s power. Translate these proverbs in such a way that they will be recognized as proverbs and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If a kingdom is divided against itself, it will be made desolate. Similarly, if a city or a house is divided against itself, it will not stand”
1894	12:25	ll42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word other than and in order to show that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate; indeed, every city or house divided against itself will not stand”
1895	12:25	g9ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Here, the words kingdom, city, and house represent the people who live in those places. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent expressions from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People in one kingdom who are divided against each other will be made desolate, and people in one city or house who are divided against each other will not stand”
1896	12:25	rvzh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς	-1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that attacks itself … that attacks itself”
1897	12:25	yoav		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρημοῦται	-1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ruins itself” or “destroys itself”
1898	12:25	za8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Here, the phrase will not stand means that the city or house will not exist much longer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fall” or “will no longer exist”
1899	12:26	yixz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει, ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν ἐμερίσθη	1	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Satan is not divided against himself, because Satan has not been divided against himself. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were Satan to cast out Satan, he would have been divided against himself”
1900	12:26	i42r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει	1	In both places, Satan represents people who act by the power of Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Satan’s followers cast out Satan’s followers” or “those who act by Satan’s power cast out others who also act by Satan’s power”
1901	12:26	siu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν ἐμερίσθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he has attacked himself”
1902	12:26	ah7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the question form to show that Satan’s kingdom will not stand if he is divided against himself. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “His kingdom, then, will not stand.” or “His kingdom will certainly not stand!”
1903	12:26	ce2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word stand means that the kingdom would exist for a long time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will his kingdom continue to exist” or “will his kingdom remain”
1904	12:27	ntcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν	1	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that he does not cast out demons by Beelzebul, but he wants to show what would also be true if he did cast out demons by Beelzebul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were I to be casting out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom would your sons be casting them out”
1905	12:27	f00a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν	1	The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of Beelzebul, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if I cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons cast them out? Since you do not believe that they cast out demons by Beelzebul, it must not be true about me, either.”
1906	12:27	gee9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show that the sons of the Pharisees must use the same power that he uses. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your sons cast them out by that same power” or “then your sons also cast them out by Beelzebul”
1907	12:27	x9je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of the disciples of the Pharisees as if they were their sons. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your disciples” or “your followers”
1908	12:27	scn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, Jesus implies that the Pharisees would not say that their sons cast out demons by Beelzebul, and the phrase Because of this introduces a result based on this implied answer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the reason for this result more explicit. Alternate translation: “Because you would not say that they cast out demons by Beelzebul,” or “Since you would not answer that they do it by Beelzebul,”
1909	12:27	jja2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν	1	Here Jesus speaks of the sons of the Pharisees as if they were the Pharisees’ judges. He means that what the sons do proves that the Pharisees are wrong about what they have said about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they do proves that you are wrong” or “when they cast out demons, it shows that you have spoken falsely”
1910	12:28	j0yv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what the Pharisees have said about how Jesus casts out demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,” or “In contrast,”
1911	12:28	zb4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since I cast out the demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you”
1912	12:28	r5dg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the kingdom of God had come upon the Pharisees. He means that God is making where they and Jesus are into part of his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is ruling among you” or “this region has become part of God’s kingdom”
1913	12:29	ille		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1	Here, Jesus uses the word Or to introduce another explanation of the same point that he has been making. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an alternate explanation, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “In other words,” or “Think about it this way:”
1914	12:29	t4vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἢ πῶς δύναταί τις	1	To help the Pharisees understand what he has been saying, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. For an explanation of this parable, see the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration of what I mean: how is anyone able”
1915	12:29	w54c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to show that a strong man must be tied up before someone can steal his possessions. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one is able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his possessions if he has not first tied up the strong man.” or “It is impossible for anyone to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his possessions if he has not first bound the strong man!”
1916	12:29	zluo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “how, unless he has first bound the strong man, is anyone able to enter into the house of that strong man and steal his belongings”
1917	12:29	b2et		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ & διαρπάσει	1	Although the term he in both these places is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has not first bound … that person will plunder”
1918	12:29	tsrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	Here, the word he refers to the person who is stealing. The word his refers to the strong man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the thief will plunder the strong man’s”
1919	12:30	lvjf			ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει	1	Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”
1920	12:30	ivp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Here, the phrase with me describes people who support or are friendly to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one not being my friend” or “The one not helping me”
1921	12:30	ek1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει	1	Here Jesus implies that people are either gathering other people to him as disciples or scattering other people away from Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one not gathering people to be with me scatters people away from me”
1922	12:31	sqo5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, the phrase For this reason introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus has said in 12:25–30. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “Therefore”
1923	12:31	x5dd			λέγω ὑμῖν, πᾶσα ἁμαρτία	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to tell his audience. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that every sin”
1924	12:31	t280		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only sin or blasphemy that will not be forgiven men is the blasphemy of the Holy Spirit” or “most sins and blasphemies will be forgiven men, but the blasphemy of the Spirit will not be forgiven”
1925	12:31	hy38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the actions, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will forgive men for every sin and blasphemy, but God will not forgive the blasphemy of the Holy Spirit”
1926	12:31	fzao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Here Jesus is indicating that God forgives all kinds of sin and blasphemy, not that God will forgive every single sin or blasphemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “every sin and blasphemy can be forgiven men” or “all kinds of sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men”
1927	12:31	kqx0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of sin and blasphemy, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “all sinful and blasphemous things” or “whenever anyone sins or blasphemes, it”
1928	12:31	igxn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
1929	12:31	ezx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe blasphemy that is spoken against the Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the blasphemy against the Spirit” or “the blasphemy spoken against the Spirit”
1930	12:31	ho0d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of blasphemy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “whenever anyone blasphemes against the Spirit, it”
1931	12:32	gwx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἴπῃ λόγον	1	Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “says anything”
1932	12:32	h79z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man, that is, me”
1933	12:32	z3ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the actions, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him … God will not forgive him”
1934	12:32	vnr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτῷ	-1	Although the terms him and him are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person … that person”
1935	12:32	lw5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	Here, the phrase this age refers to the time before God judges everyone and renews the world, and the phrase the one coming refers to the time after God judges everyone and renews the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this life, nor in the life to come” or “before God judges everyone, nor after God judges everyone” or “now nor ever”
1936	12:33	bi8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	Here Jesus speaks of people as if they were trees that produced fruit. It makes sense to say that a tree and its fruit together are either good or rotten. It does not make sense to say that a tree is good and its fruit rotten or that a tree is rotten and its fruit good. That is because trees are known by their fruits. Similarly, people who follow God do what is right, and people who do not follow God do what is wrong. It does not make sense to say that someone who does what is right is not following God or that someone who does what is wrong is following God. Most likely, Jesus wishes to apply this figure of speech both to himself (a good tree) and to the Pharisees (bad trees). If possible, preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree rotten and its fruit rotten. Similarly, either call people good and their deeds good, or call people bad and their deeds bad. For, just as a tree is known by its fruit, so people are known by their deeds”
1937	12:33	rs37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	Here Jesus could be indicating that: (1) people should make consistent judgments or evaluations of both a tree and its fruit. Alternate translation: “Either consider both the tree and its fruit good, or consider both the tree and its fruit bad” (2) people can make a tree either good or rotten by how they care for that tree. Then, the tree will make fruit that fits with how people cared for that tree. Alternate translation: “Either make the tree good, and it will make its fruit good, or make the tree rotten, and it will make its fruit rotten” or “Either make the tree good, and its fruit will be good, or make the tree rotten, and its fruit will be rotten” (3) a tree produces fruit that fits with what kind of tree it is. Alternate translation: “Either a tree is good and produces good fruit, or a tree is rotten and produces rotten fruit”
1938	12:33	kl16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸ δένδρον	-1	The word tree represents trees in general, not one particular tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “any tree … any tree … every tree”
1939	12:33	ot3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	-1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why a tree and its fruit must either be good or rotten. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which I command because”
1940	12:33	nx9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκ & τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people know the tree by its fruit”
1941	12:34	r1uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν & ὄντες	1	Translate this metaphor as you did in 3:7. Alternate translation: “You are like poisonous creatures! Being” or “You wicked people! Being”
1942	12:34	o2xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πονηροὶ ὄντες	1	Here, the phrase being evil gives the reason why Jesus implies that the Pharisees cannot say good things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “since you are evil”
1943	12:34	e7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees for failing to speak good things. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you are certainly not able to say good things” or “you are never able to say good things!”
1944	12:34	kywr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why evil people cannot say good things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “The reason you are not able to say good things is that”
1945	12:34	hgku		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the heart were a container that could be full of an abundance of thoughts or desires. When the heart is full, it overflows out through the mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever fills the heart comes out of the mouth” or “whatever is in the heart is what the mouth speaks”
1946	12:34	mbh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	The words heart and mouth represents people’s hearts and mouths in general, not one particular person’s heart and mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of their hearts people’s mouths speak”
1947	12:34	e9bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς καρδίας	1	In Matthew’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the thoughts” or “of the desires”
1948	12:34	i7c6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	Here, the word mouth represents the person as a whole, in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person speaks”
1949	12:35	r3uw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people say and do whatever they value and think about. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A good man brings forth good things from his good treasure. Similarly, an evil man brings forth evil things from his evil treasure”
1950	12:35	l00m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ & ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ	1	Although the terms man and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “The good person from his or her good treasure … the evil person from his or her evil treasure”
1951	12:35	utja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος & ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος	1	The phrases The good man and the evil man represents good and evil men in general, not two particular men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Every good man … every evil man”
1952	12:35	kjwb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά & ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	Jesus is speaking of the thoughts and desires of people as if they were their treasure that they bring forth when they act and especially when they speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the good things that he values produces good things … from the evil things that he values produces evil things” or “from his good thoughts speaks good things … from his evil thoughts speaks evil things”
1953	12:35	cgaq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ & τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ	1	Here, the word treasure could refer to: (1) a place where treasures are kept or stored. Alternate translation: “his good treasury … his evil treasury” or “his storehouse of good things … his storehouse of evil things” (2) the treasures that the person has. Alternate translation: “his good treasures … his evil treasures”
1954	12:36	bpbn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
1955	12:36	bre6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν	1	Here, the word careless could indicate that the word is: (1) unproductive or useless. In other words, the word does not accomplish anything. Alternate translation: “every unproductive word” or “every word with no value” (2) hurtful to others, even if the person who said it did not intend it to be hurtful. Alternate translation: “every hurtful word” or “every damaging word”
1956	12:36	t2pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
1957	12:36	vhoy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον	1	Here, to give an account refers to giving reasons and explanations for something that one has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will have to give reasons for it” or “they will have to explain it”
1958	12:36	ay18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a day on which judgment will happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone”
1959	12:36	ir83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κρίσεως	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”
1960	12:37	humh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about the day of judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”
1961	12:37	a67d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐκ & τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου καταδικασθήσῃ	1	These two clauses use the same form to give two options. The second provides a contrasting alternative to the first. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine parts of the two clauses together to form a natural contrast in your language. Alternate translation: “by your words you will be justified or condemned” or “by your words either you will be justified or you will be condemned”
1962	12:37	c8sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ & τῶν λόγων σου καταδικασθήσῃ	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many people, he is addressing an individual situation, so your and you are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
1963	12:37	qw5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you”
1964	12:38	y3nj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
1965	12:38	ikg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν	1	The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to do a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “to see you do a sign that shows that your authority is from God”
1966	12:38	jpx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοῦ	1	Here, the word you is singular since the scribes and Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.
1967	12:39	d8b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	Jesus is speaking about his audience in the third person instead of directly addressing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person here instead. Alternate translation: “You, an evil and adulterous generation, seek a sign, but no sign will be given to you”
1968	12:39	amqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς & ἐπιζητεῖ & αὐτῇ	1	Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. See how you translated the similar expression in 11:16. Alternate translation: “today’s people, who are evil and adulterous, seek … to them” or “Evil and adulterous people of this generation seek … to them”
1969	12:39	a5di		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μοιχαλὶς	1	Here Jesus speaks of people who do not fully trust and obey God as if they were adulterous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unfaithful” or “disobedient”
1970	12:39	rng3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σημεῖον	1	Here, just as in 12:38, the implication is that the sign is a miracle that proves that Jesus’ authority comes from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sign that shows that my authority is from God”
1971	12:39	j21p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that it will be given is the sign of Jonah the prophet”
1972	12:39	c6hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it could be: (1) God the Father. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign”
1973	12:39	ttlo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a sign that happened to Jesus. Jesus will describe this sign in the following verse. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sign that Jonah the prophet experienced” or “the sign related to Jonah the prophet”
1974	12:40	kexs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation of “the sign of Jonah” (see 12:39). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is that sign:” or “Now”
1975	12:40	hzem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὥσπερ & ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	1	Here Jesus refers to part of the story of Jonah. God told Jonah to preach to people in the town of Nineveh, but Jonah ran away instead. God had a big fish swallow Jonah, and Jonah was inside this fish for three days and three nights. After that, God had the fish spit Jonah out. You can read this story in Jonah 1–2. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “just as Jonah was swallowed by a big fish and was in its belly for three days and three nights before it spit him out”
1976	12:40	vh9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	-1	The phrase three days and three nights refers to three periods of 24 hours in a row. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “three straight days … three straight days”
1977	12:40	m56i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους	-1	Here, the phrase big fish refers to any large creature that lives in the sea or ocean. Its belly is its stomach. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of sea creature, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the stomach of the large sea creature” or “the stomach of the sea monster”
1978	12:40	iuv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man, that is, me,”
1979	12:40	v691		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	1	Here Jesus implies that after the three days and three nights he will no longer be in the heart of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “three days and three nights in the heart of the earth, and then he will arise”
1980	12:40	gg65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς	1	Here, the phrase the heart of the earth refers to how people are buried deep in the ground. Jesus means that he will be in a tomb for three days and three nights. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “deep in the ground” or “in a grave”
1981	12:41	sn8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second half of the verse gives the reason for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Nineveh repented at the preaching of Jonah, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here. So, they will rise up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it”
1982	12:41	gnh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “The inhabitants” or “The men and women”
1983	12:41	s5tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Here, the phrase rise up could mean: (1) to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment to give testimony before God against this generation” (2) to resurrect. Alternate translation: “will be resurrected with this generation at the judgment”
1984	12:41	b94i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will, when people are judged, rise up”
1985	12:41	x8gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης & αὐτήν	1	Translate the phrase this generation as you did in 12:39. Alternate translation: “today’s people … them” or “the people of this generation … them”
1986	12:41	qg29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “see” or “listen carefully”
1987	12:41	dbs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Here Jesus implies that the people of this generation have not repented, unlike the men of Nineveh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here, but you have not repented”
1988	12:41	zb6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	πλεῖον	1	Here, the phrase something greater is a very general term. It could refer to the kingdom of God, Jesus himself, the ministry that Jesus begins, what Jesus calls his disciples to do, or many other things. If possible, you should use a general term that could refer to many or all of these things. See how you translated the similar phrase in 12:6. Alternate translation: “an entity greater than” or “a new thing greater than”
1989	12:42	ikb0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second half of the verse gives the reason for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of the South came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, something greater than Solomon is here. So, she will stand up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it”
1990	12:42	zwv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	Here, the phrase The Queen of the South refers to the Queen of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Queen who ruled Sheba, the country to the south,”
1991	12:42	kku7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Here, as in 12:41, the phrase stand up could mean: (1) to stand on one’s feet. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment to give testimony before God against this generation” (2) to resurrect. Alternate translation: “will be resurrected with this generation at the judgment”
1992	12:42	z46e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you translated the similar phrase in 12:41. Alternate translation: “will, when people are judged, stand up”
1993	12:42	zc72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης & αὐτήν	1	Translate the phrase this generation as you did in 12:41. Alternate translation: “today’s people … them” or “the people of this generation … them”
1994	12:42	q8q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	Here, the phrase the ends of the earth describes any place that is very far away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she traveled a long way” or “she came from a faraway place”
1995	12:42	l710		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wisdom, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Solomon speak wisely”
1996	12:42	t521		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “see” or “listen carefully”
1997	12:42	aj1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Here Jesus implies that the people of this generation have not listened to wisdom, unlike the Queen of the South. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, but you have not listened”
1998	12:42	uf5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	πλεῖον	1	Here, the phrase something greater is a very general term. It could refer to the kingdom of God, Jesus himself, the ministry that Jesus begins, what Jesus calls his disciples to do, or many other things. If possible, you should use a general term that could refer to many or all of these things. See how you translated the similar phrase in 12:6. Alternate translation: “an entity greater than” or “a new thing greater than”
1999	12:43	yj4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
2000	12:43	tnea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὅταν & τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα	1	To further explain what he has been saying about “this generation,” Jesus tells a short story that continues through 12:45. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “here is an illustration about this generation: when the unclean spirit”
2001	12:43	w48i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ὅταν & τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	With this clause, Jesus introduces the unclean spirit and the man as characters in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was an unclean spirit possessing a man. When the unclean spirit has gone out from the man”
2002	12:43	f5jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a desert” or “the wilderness”
2003	12:43	h9i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀνάπαυσιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of rest, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a place to rest”
2004	12:43	h1pk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνάπαυσιν	1	Here, rest represents a place to live or stay, which for an unclean spirit would be a person to possess or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place to live” or “a home” or “a person to control”
2005	12:44	jv4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον & καὶ ἐλθὸν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to its house from which it came out. And having come”
2006	12:44	ty9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Here the demon refers to the person it formerly controlled as if he were its house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the person whom I used to control, who is like a house from which I came out” or “to the man from whom I came out”
2007	12:44	j40t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὸν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
2008	12:44	s6jf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	Here Jesus refers to the person whom the demon formerly controlled as if he were a house that was empty, swept out, and put in order. This means that no one is living in the house, so it is ready for someone to move in. Similarly, the person is not serving or obeying anyone, so he is ready for someone to lead or control him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it finds the man like an empty house, having been swept out and put in order” or “it finds that the man is not serving anybody, but he is living a good life”
2009	12:44	cd4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and a person has swept it out and put it in order”
2010	12:45	ko63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορεύεται	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “comes” instead of goes. Alternate translation: “it comes”
2011	12:45	tt9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ	1	Here Jesus implies that the evil spirits entered the man and lived in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they having entered the man, it resides in him”
2012	12:45	l9do		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ	1	Here Jesus continues to refer to the person whom the evil spirit formerly controlled as if he were a house. When the evil spirits control the man, it is as if they are living in him as their home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having entered, they reside there as if he were their home” or “having overpowered the man, they possess him”
2013	12:45	hmr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατοικεῖ	1	Here Jesus speaks of the evil spirit living in the man, but he implies that the seven other spirits also live in the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the spirits reside”
2014	12:45	wint		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	Here, the phrase last things refers to the situation or condition of the man after the evil spirits return. The phrase the first things refers to the situation or condition of the man before the first evil spirit left him. Jesus means that the man’s situation or condition is now worse than it was when he only had one evil spirit possessing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that man’s condition is now worse than it was before” or “the current situation of that man has become worse than the previous situation”
2015	12:45	v09k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. See how you translated the similar expression in 12:39. Alternate translation: “with today’s people who are evil” or “with evil people of this generation”
2016	12:46	kkhq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
2017	12:46	i4t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	These were Jesus' younger brothers. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you could use it here.
2018	12:46	rg73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵστήκεισαν ἔξω	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived and then stood outside wherever Jesus was. Since 13:1 describes Jesus leaving a house, he may have been in a house while he was teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “had come and stood outside the house” or “had arrived outside the place where he was teaching”
2019	12:47	rp3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι	1	Some ancient manuscripts do not include this verse. However, many ancient manuscripts do include this verse. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to include the verse, as the ULT does.
2020	12:47	qd32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δέ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2021	12:47	vv5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to him that his mother and his brothers had stood outside, seeking to speak to him”
2022	12:47	fner		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold is intended to draw the attention of Jesus and to ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Excuse me”
2023	12:47	chpt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου & σου & σοι	1	Here, the words your, your, and you are singular since this person is speaking to Jesus.
2024	12:47	jnag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοί σου	1	Translate this phrase as you did in 12:46.
2025	12:48	jat5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2026	12:48	orxy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the information that the person gave him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “he responded”
2027	12:48	e535		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his audience about whom he considers to be part of his family. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Since Jesus answers the question in 12:49, you should not include an implied answer here. Alternate translation: “I will inform you about whom I call my mother and my brothers.” or “Let me tell you whom I love as if they were my mother or my brothers.”
2028	12:48	rdd0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	Translate brothers as you did in 12:46.
2029	12:49	fumh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew describes how Jesus used his hand to motion toward or indicate his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe a motion that indicates a specific group of people, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “having gestured with his hand toward his disciples” or “having indicated his disciples”
2030	12:49	jnt0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ μου	1	Here, the word Behold indicates that the audience should look where Jesus indicated when he stretched out his hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Consider these people to be my mother” or “These are my mother”
2031	12:49	rxe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	Here Jesus speaks of his disciples as if they were his mother and brothers. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning of the metaphor more explicitly. Alternate translation: “those whom I call my mother and my brothers” or “the people I love as if they were my mother and my brothers”
2032	12:49	qav3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	Translate brothers as you did in 12:46.
2033	12:50	e25c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation concerning why Jesus can call the disciples his mother and brothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “I say that because”
2034	12:50	aha6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what my Father in the heavens desires”
2035	12:50	mq9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
2036	12:50	s0yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
2037	12:50	gn31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	Here Jesus speaks of everyone who does God’s will as if they were his brother and sister and mother. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse (12:49). Alternate translation: “I call him my brother and sister and mother” or “he is a person whom I love as if he were my brother and sister and mother”
2038	12:50	wenb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτός	1	Although the term he is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she” or “such a person”
2039	13:intro	s3lu				0	Matthew 13 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1–52) The parable of the sower (13:1–9) Jesus explains why he uses parables (13:10–17) Jesus explains the parable of the sower (13:18–23) The parable of the darnel (13:24–30) The parable of the mustard seed (13:31–32) The parable of the yeast (13:33) Summary statement (13:34–35) Jesus explains the parable of the darnel (13:36–43) The parable of the treasure in the field (13:44) The parable of the pearl (13:45–46) The parable of the net (13:47–50) Jesus concludes his teaching (13:51–52) Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53–17:27) Jesus visits his hometown (13:53–58) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14–15, which is a quote from Isaiah 6:9–10, and in 13:35, which is a quote from Psalm 78:2. Special Concepts in this Chapter Farming Jesus refers to many different farming practices in this chapter. In his culture, farmers often threw seeds over their fields, a process called sowing. After throwing the seeds, they would use a tool called a plow to cover the seeds with dirt. Then they would water and take care of the seeds until they sprouted and grew. Finally, when the plants produced grain or other kinds of crops, they would cut down the plants, separate the edible parts from the inedible parts, and store the edible parts in a safe place. See the notes on the verses in which Jesus discusses farming practices for specific information and translation options. Darnel Darnel are plants that look much like wheat plants. However, they do not produce the same kind of grain, and the grain that they do produce is somewhat poisonous. In your translation, you could refer to a plant that looks like wheat or grain plants, or you could use a descriptive phrase. See the notes for translation options. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Parables Throughout this chapter, Jesus uses many parables to teach the crowds and his disciples. Each parable is a short story that includes a specific lesson. Jesus uses parables to teach so that people who already know his message will learn more but people who do not know his message will not learn anything (see 13:10–17). Jesus explains three of the parables, but he does not explain any of the others. Possible explanations for each parable are included below, but only for help in translation. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of any parable more than Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) The parable of the sower—In 13:3–9, Jesus tells a story about a man who sows seed and about what happens to the seed. Jesus explains this parable in 13:18–23. Even with this explanation, Christians debate who the sower is, what the seed represents, and what the different areas in the field represent. The sower could be Jesus himself, God, or anyone who preaches the gospel. The seed could be the gospel or the person who hears the gospel. The different areas in the field could be regions or areas where people hear the gospel, different kinds of people, or different ways of responding to the gospel. Most likely, the seed and the area in the field together describe what happens when people respond to the gospel in these four ways. The parable of the darnel—In 13:24–30, Jesus tells a story about a farmer who planted good seed and the farmer’s enemy who planted darnel seed in the same field. Jesus explains this parable in 13:37–43. Jesus is the farmer, and the good seed are people who believe in him. The enemy is the devil, and the darnel seed are people who serve him. The farmer in the story allows the darnel to grow until the harvest, when he has them cut down and burned. Similarly, Jesus allows people who serve the devil to live until this time period ends, when he will have his angels collect these people. Then, he will judge and punish them, and he will reward those who believed in him. The parable of the mustard seed—In 13:31–32, Jesus tells a story about how a very small seed (a mustard seed) grows into a very large plant. Most likely, he is describing how his group of followers was very small but will eventually become very large. Jesus mentions that birds nest in the branches of this large plant. Some people think that Jesus is referring to passages like Ezekiel 17:23, which could suggest that the birds represent Gentiles who become part of God’s kingdom. Others think that the detail about the birds simply illustrates how large the plant is. If possible, your translation should allow for all of these interpretations. The parable of the yeast—In 13:33, Jesus tells a story about how a woman leavened a large amount of flour with some yeast. Most likely, he is describing how his message and his followers will affect many things. He could be speaking about how his message completely changes people. Or, he could be speaking about how his message and his followers will spread throughout the whole world. Or, he could be speaking about how his message and his followers are small and insignificant but affect the whole world. If possible, your translation should allow for all of these interpretations. The parable of the treasure in the field—In 13:44, Jesus tells a story about a worker who discovered a hidden treasure in a field that belonged to someone else. To obtain the treasure, the worker sold everything that he had and bought the field. Most likely, Jesus means that being part of God’s kingdom is very valuable, like a treasure, and people should be willing to give up everything to be part of the kingdom. The parable of the pearl—In 13:45–46, Jesus tells a story about a merchant who wanted to obtain valuable pearls. When he saw a very expensive pearl, he sold everything that he had and bought the pearl. Most likely, Jesus means that being part of God’s kingdom is very valuable, like an expensive pearl, and that people should be willing to give up everything to be part of the kingdom. The parable of the net—In 13:47–48, Jesus tells a story about fishermen who use a net to catch many kinds of fish, some useful and some useless. They sort through the fish, keeping the good ones and throwing away the bad ones. Jesus explains this parable in 13:49–50. The fish are like people, and the fishermen are like angels. At the end of this time period, the angels will separate righteous people from wicked people, just like the fishermen sorted the fish. Then, the wicked people will be punished, just as the useless fish were thrown away. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to many people around him. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
2040	13:1	vx5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	Here, the phrase On that day introduces the next major event in the story, an event that happened on the same day as the teaching recorded in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an event that happened later during the same day. Alternate translation: “Sometime later that day”
2041	13:1	avp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”
2042	13:1	cy1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς οἰκίας	1	Here Matthew refers to the house that Jesus was in while he was teaching what is recorded in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the house where he had been” or “of the house in which he had been teaching”
2043	13:1	lws0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκάθητο	1	In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was sitting down to instruct people” or “was sitting down as a teacher does”
2044	13:2	d16z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “large crowds gathered to him” or “large crowds came to listen to him”
2045	13:2	d0v5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθῆσθαι	1	Just as in the previous verse, Jesus sat down to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “sat down down to instruct the people” or “sat down as a teacher does”
2046	13:2	us0a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν	1	The word beach refers to the ground next to a body of water when this ground is covered by sand or small rocks. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of terrain, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “on the edge of the sea” or “on the sandy area by the water”
2047	13:3	f5mv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “in parables. Here is what he said:”
2048	13:3	o5f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων	1	To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the sower went out”
2049	13:3	khx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοὺ & ὁ σπείρων	1	Here Jesus introduces a sower as a character in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Behold, there was a sower. He”
2050	13:3	kcvm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Picture this:” or “Listen”
2051	13:4	gw0z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν	1	While there are many ways to sow or plant seeds, here Jesus is describing a practice in which farmers pick up handfuls of seed and throw them so that they are scattered all over the top of the soil. This method is a quick and easy way to plant seeds in large fields, but some seeds land on ground that is not good for them to grow in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit what kind of sowing this is. Alternate translation: “as he threw the seeds over the ground” or “as he scattered the seeds over the field”
2052	13:4	qr2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτά	1	Here Jesus implies that the seeds that fall beside the road do not sink into the ground. Instead, they just sit on top of the hard-packed dirt by the road and are unprotected from birds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “some fell on the hard ground beside the road, and the birds came and easily devoured them”
2053	13:4	cvj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἃ	1	Jesus is using the adjective some as a noun to mean some of the seeds. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some seeds”
2054	13:4	rdmi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὰ πετεινὰ	1	The phrase the birds represents any birds, not particular birds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “birds”
2055	13:5	ql87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄλλα	1	Jesus is using the adjective others as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seeds that did not fall beside the road. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seeds”
2056	13:5	dyc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ πετρώδη, ὅπου οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν	1	Here Jesus describes an area that has a thin layer of soil on top of a layer of rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes this kind of area. Alternate translation: “a thin layer of soil on top of rocks” or “a rocky area, where there was very little soil”
2057	13:5	njjm			οὐκ εἶχεν & ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν	1	Here Jesus refers back to the others as a group using singular words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural words to refer back to the others. Alternate translation: “they did not have … they sprang up, because they did not have”
2058	13:5	x4av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it did not have deep soil, immediately it sprang up”
2059	13:5	nz17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐξανέτειλεν	1	Here, the phrase sprang up refers to how plants sprout or begin to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “it came up” or “it began to grow”
2060	13:6	pz44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡλίου & ἀνατείλαντος	1	Here, the phrase the sun had risen refers to the sun coming up over the horizon in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when the sun came up” or “in the morning when the sun began to shine”
2061	13:6	nqjf			ἐκαυματίσθη καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη	1	Here, much as in 13:5, Jesus refers to the plants that sprouted from the seeds by using singular words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural words to refer to these plants. Alternate translation: “they were scorched, and because they had no roots, they withered”
2062	13:6	qq5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the sun. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched it”
2063	13:6	lswv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν	1	Jesus says no root here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it had almost no root” or “it had very small roots”
2064	13:7	k69q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄλλα	1	Jesus is using the adjective others as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seeds that did not fall beside the road or on rocky soil. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated the word in 13:5. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seeds”
2065	13:7	vt8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά	1	Here Jesus means that the thorns grew quickly and took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer’s plants could not grow well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew very large and crowded them out” or “the thorns grew faster and kept them from growing well”
2066	13:8	iwv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄλλα	1	Jesus is using the adjective others as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seeds that did not fall beside the road or on rocky soil. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated the word in 13:5. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seeds”
2067	13:8	d30o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐδίδου καρπόν	1	Here the word fruit refers to the crop that the plants that grew from the seeds produced. Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would be more wheat seeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were producing more seeds” or “sprouted and produced a harvest”
2068	13:8	tqs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	καρπόν	1	Here, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits”
2069	13:8	e91e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	Here Jesus means that plants produced 100, 60, or 30 new seeds. Scholars estimate that these numbers are very good in Jesus’ time period, although not impossible or unheard of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “and they produced a very good harvest, with some plants producing 100 seeds, and some plants producing 60 seeds, and other plants producing 30 seeds” or “many times more than the farmer planted: some 100 times more, and some 60 times more, and some 30 times more”
2070	13:9	q2e2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	This verse is almost identical to 11:15, although that verse includes the phrase “to hear” after ears. Express the idea as you did in 11:15, but omit the phrase “to hear” if you expressed it explicitly there.
2071	13:9	b9m1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἔχων ὦτα	1	Many ancient manuscripts read having ears. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “having ears to hear.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
2072	13:10	utyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἶπαν αὐτῷ, διὰ τί ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς?	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him for what reason he spoke to them in parables.”
2073	13:10	gqnu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	λαλεῖς	1	Here, the word you is singular since the disciples are speaking to Jesus.
2074	13:10	b16z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the “crowd” that was standing on the shore of the sea to listen to Jesus (see 13:2). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the crowd”
2075	13:11	g2cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2076	13:11	fc5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δέδοται & οὐ δέδοται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has given … God has not given”
2077	13:11	wmlo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe mysteries that are about the kingdom of the heavens. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the mysteries concerning the kingdom of the heavens”
2078	13:11	xq2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκείνοις & οὐ δέδοται	1	Here Jesus implies that those people have not been given the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens”
2079	13:11	mgx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐκείνοις	1	Jesus is using the adjective those as a noun to mean the people whom the disciples asked him about. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to those people” or “to the crowds”
2080	13:12	x34s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For could introduce: (1) a reason why God reveals the mysteries of the kingdom to some people and not to other people. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why that happens:” (2) an explanation concerning why God reveals the mysteries of the kingdom to some people and not to other people. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Here is what I mean:”
2081	13:12	uirc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὅστις & ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people who have something usually gain more of it, while people who have very little usually lose everything. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “people who have things receive more, and they have an abundance. But people who do not have things lose what they used to have”
2082	13:12	lukr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅστις & ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus implies that what the person has or does not have is knowledge or understanding about the “mysteries of the kingdom of heaven” (see 13:11). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whoever has understanding, it will be given to him, and he will have an abundance. But whoever does not have understanding, even what he has will be taken away from him” or “whoever has knowledge about the kingdom, more will be given to him, and he will have an abundance of knowledge. But whoever does not have knowledge about the kingdom, even what knowledge he has will be taken away from him”
2083	13:12	v61y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take away”
2084	13:12	j3rl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται & ὃ ἔχει & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms him and he are masculine in this verse, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “to that person, and he or she will have an abundance … what that person has … him or her”
2085	13:12	rfgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	περισσευθήσεται	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of abundance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will abound” or “he will have very much”
2086	13:12	ug61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει	1	Jesus says whoever does not have here as a generalization for emphasis. It is clear in the second half of the sentence that the person did have something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But whoever has almost nothing” or “But whoever does not have much”
2087	13:13	cagw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, the pronoun this could refer to: (1) what Jesus is about to say, beginning with the word because. Alternate translation: “Here is why” (2) what Jesus said in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “That is why” or “For those reasons”
2088	13:13	qnsk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the “crowd” that was standing on the shore of the sea to listen to Jesus (see 13:2). Express the idea as you did in 13:10. Alternate translation: “to the crowd”
2089	13:13	b4fd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν	1	Here Jesus means that the people see things, but they do not look carefully. They hear things, but they do not listen carefully or understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “although they see, they do not really see; and although they hear, they do not really hear nor understand” or “seeming to see, they do not actually see, and seeming to hear, they do not actually hear nor understand”
2090	13:14	khve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are fulfilling the prophecy of Isaiah” or “what they do fulfills the prophecy of Isaiah”
2091	13:14	jz9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἀναπληροῦται & ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα	1	In Jesus’s culture, this was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see Isaiah 6:9–10). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the prophecy from the book of Isaiah is being fulfilled. Here is the prophecy:” or “is being fulfilled what Isaiah prophesied when he wrote”
2092	13:14	a1im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε & βλέποντες βλέψετε	1	Here the author of the quotation repeats the words hear and see in order to emphasize that the people really do hear and see. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Otherwise, you could express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly hear … you will certainly see” or “You will indeed hear … you will indeed see”
2093	13:14	q4cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	-1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words in the original Greek. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means … by no means”
2094	13:15	mxzy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the people hear but do not understand and see but do not perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “That happens since”
2095	13:15	oz31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	The author of the quotation switches from speaking to the Israelite people in the second person (see 13:14) to speaking about them in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use second person forms in this verse. Alternate translation: “the heart of you people has been thickened, and with your ears you have hardly heard, and you have shut your eyes, lest you might see with your eyes, and you might hear with your ears, and you might understand with your heart and turn back, and I would heal you”
2096	13:15	ljec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	These three clauses mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second and third phrase are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could express the idea with just one or two clauses. Alternate translation: “the heart of this people has been thickened; yes, with their ears they have hardly heard; indeed, they have shut their eyes” or “the heart of this people has been thickened, and they barely use their ears and eyes”
2097	13:15	tfl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	Here the author of the quotation is speaking as if the heart of the people of Israel has literally been thickened. He means that they are resisting God stubbornly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this people has been made stubborn”
2098	13:15	n416		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one heart, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “the hearts of these people have been thickened … with their hearts”
2099	13:15	driw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	In the author’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the mind of this people was made dull … with their mind” or “the thoughts of this people were made dull … in their thoughts”
2100	13:15	o0ir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπαχύνθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has become thick”
2101	13:15	ifit		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν	1	It may be that these expressions contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could shorten them. Alternate translation: “and they have hardly heard anything, and they have shut their eyes, lest they might see clearly, and they might hear clearly”
2102	13:15	u9la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	The author of the quotation is speaking as if the people of Israel have become unable to hear and have shut their eyes so that they will not see. He means that they are refusing to consider what God wants to tell them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they are refusing to pay attention to God, as if they were closing their ears and eyes” or “and they are refusing to consider what God wants to tell them”
2103	13:15	p6we		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1	These three clauses mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second and third phrase are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could express the idea with just one or two clauses. Alternate translation: “they might see with their eyes; yes, they might hear with their ears; indeed, they might understand with their heart” or “they might use their eyes and ears, and they might understand with their heart”
2104	13:15	ps56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	The author of the quotation is speaking of the people of Israel as if they had been traveling somewhere and had taken the wrong way and needed to turn back onto the right way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “start obeying the Lord again”
2105	13:15	q1h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	Here the author of the quotation does not mean God would only heal the people physically. He would also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I would heal them and forgive them”
2106	13:16	glp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν & οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	Jesus is using eyes and ears to represent people as they see and hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, for you see; and blessed are you, for you hear” or “you as you look at things, for you see; and as you listen to things, for you hear”
2107	13:16	rlt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βλέπουσιν & ἀκούουσιν	1	Here Jesus implies that their eyes can see properly and their ears can hear properly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they see well … they hear well”
2108	13:16	xczh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears”
2109	13:17	bsj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples are blessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because” or “That is because”
2110	13:17	e6ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε & ἃ ἀκούετε	1	Here Jesus implies that what the disciples see and hear is what he does and teaches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you see me do … what you hear me say”
2111	13:17	q14w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ εἶδαν & οὐκ ἤκουσαν	1	Here Jesus implies that these people did not see or hear what the disciples can see and hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did not see those things … did not hear those things”
2112	13:17	nq4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ εἶδαν & οὐκ ἤκουσαν	1	Here Jesus implies that these people did not see or hear what the disciples see and hear because they lived before Jesus was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because they lived before this time, did not see … because they lived before this time, did not hear”
2113	13:17	lslf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἀκοῦσαι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and they longed to hear”
2114	13:18	pg1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word therefore introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said in the previous verses about how the disciples are blessed because they can listen to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an inference, or you could leave therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “then” or “given all that”
2115	13:18	w35t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν	1	Here Jesus means that he is going to explain the parable that he just spoke. He does not mean that he is going to tell it again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “listen to the explanation of the parable”
2116	13:19	suhi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a word that is about the kingdom. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the word concerning the kingdom”
2117	13:19	het1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”
2118	13:19	a8nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus speaks about the message about the kingdom as if it were seed that had been sown in a person’s heart. He speaks of the evil one as if he were a bird that swooped down and snatched away the seed. Since these figures of speech connect to the parable that Jesus told, if possible you should preserve them or express the ideas in simile form. Alternate translation: “the evil one comes like a bird and snatches away the word, which had been sown like a seed in his heart”
2119	13:19	sb7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	Here, the phrase the evil one refers to the devil, Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the devil” or “the evil one, Satan,”
2120	13:19	r9u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “what someone sowed”
2121	13:19	xi8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	In Jesus’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in his head” or “in his thoughts”
2122	13:19	nkux		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	1	Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her” or “that person’s”
2123	13:19	wfd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown beside the road. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “When this happens, it is like what happened to the seed that was sown beside the road”
2124	13:19	xgz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1	The pronoun This refers to the person whom Jesus has described in the previous sentence. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the person more directly. Alternate translation: “That person” or “He”
2125	13:19	mau3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “what the farmer sowed beside the road”
2126	13:20	zyhq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
2127	13:20	rnct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ & ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown on the rocky ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seed having been sown on the rocky ground is like what happens to the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy”
2128	13:20	bf7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ὁ & ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός	1	Here, the word this refers directly back to the one having been sown on the rocky ground. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce the one having been sown on the rocky ground and then explain what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word this would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having been sown on the rocky ground”
2129	13:20	l5iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σπαρείς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “that the farmer sowed”
2130	13:20	j717		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ πετρώδη	1	Here, just as in 13:5, Jesus refers to an area that has a thin layer of soil on top of a layer of rocks. Express the idea as you did in that verse. Alternate translation: “a thin layer of soil on top of rocks” or “a rocky area”
2131	13:20	cl6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	Here, just as in 13:19, Jesus is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”
2132	13:20	w4f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον	1	Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom”
2133	13:20	z76f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ χαρᾶς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of joy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “joyfully”
2134	13:21	zg9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	Here Jesus speaks about these people as if they were the plants in the parable that had no root and were only temporary since they withered when the sun rose. Since this figure of speech connects to the parable that Jesus told, if possible you should preserve it or express the ideas in simile form. Alternate translation: “but he is like a plant with no roots that does not live for long”
2135	13:21	tm2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἔχει & ἑαυτῷ & σκανδαλίζεται	1	Although the terms he, himself, and he are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has … himself or herself … he or she is caused to stumble”
2136	13:21	p4ot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐκ & ῥίζαν	1	Here, just as in 13:6, Jesus says no root as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost no root” or “very small roots”
2137	13:21	lxuy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of tribulation and persecution, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “and when he is afflicted or persecuted”
2138	13:21	xv50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	Here, just as in 13:19, Jesus is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”
2139	13:21	p5jc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον	1	Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he mentioned in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom”
2140	13:21	ixil		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σκανδαλίζεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he stumbles”
2141	13:21	lim9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζεται	1	Here, Jesus speaks of ceasing to believe the gospel as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he stops believing” or “he ceases to trust the good news”
2142	13:22	lkhy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
2143	13:22	wowu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ & εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων, καὶ ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown among the thorns, which choke the plant that grows from the seed and make it unfruitful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seed having been sown among the thorns is like what happens to the one hearing the word, but the worry of this age and the deceitfulness of riches, like thorns, choke the word, so that it is not effective, just like that seed which becomes unfruitful”
2144	13:22	irn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ὁ & εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός	1	Here, the word this refers directly back to the one having been sown among the thorns. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce the one having been sown among the thorns and then explains what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word this would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having been sown among the thorns”
2145	13:22	d4h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σπαρείς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “that the farmer sowed”
2146	13:22	a3u1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	-1	Here, just as in 13:19, Jesus is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation … the proclamation” or “the news … the news”
2147	13:22	vs00		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον	-1	Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he has mentioned in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom … this word”
2148	13:22	rc28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of worry and deceitfulness, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “this person worries about this age and is deceived by riches. These things”
2149	13:22	q2nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe worry that is related to this age. In other words, the worry is about things and problems that exist in this age or world. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the worry about things in this age” or “the worry about what happens in this age”
2150	13:22	wwf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe riches that are characterized by deceitfulness. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitful riches” or “riches that deceive”
2151	13:23	xw4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
2152	13:23	ptb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ συνιείς; ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown on the good soil and produced a crop of various sizes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seed having been sown on the good soil is like what happens to the one hearing the word understanding it. That person will be like a seed that bears fruit and yields, some 100, and some 60, and some 30”
2153	13:23	k4pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς, οὗτός	1	Here, the word this refers directly back to the one having been sown on the good soil. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce the one having been sown on the good soil and then explains what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word this would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having been sown on the good soil”
2154	13:23	whru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σπαρείς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “that the farmer sowed”
2155	13:23	zqep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	Here, just as in 13:19, Jesus is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”
2156	13:23	c2py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον	1	Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he has mentioned in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom”
2157	13:23	wm3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	Here Jesus means that plants produced 100, 60, or 30 new seeds. Scholars estimate that these numbers are very good in Jesus’ time period, although not impossible or unheard of. Express the idea as you did in 13:8. Alternate translation: “bears fruit, with some plants yielding 100 seeds, and some plants yielding 60 seeds, and other plants yielding 30 seeds” or “bears fruit and yields many times more than the farmer planted: some 100 times more, and some 60 times more, and some 30 times more”
2158	13:23	i4t0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	καρποφορεῖ	1	Here, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “bears fruits”
2159	13:24	xkov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς	1	Here Matthew speaks as if the parable were an object that Jesus could set before the people. He means that Jesus told them another parable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He spoke to them” or “He narrated to them”
2160	13:24	iiv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the people who were standing by the side of the sea of Galilee (see 13:2). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people standing on the shore” or “those people”
2161	13:24	l5yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
2162	13:24	bp9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ	1	To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man”
2163	13:24	f8j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I compare the kingdom of the heavens to” or “The kingdom of the heavens is comparable to”
2164	13:24	a02s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπῳ & αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus is telling a story about a specific man. It is not important for the story whether the person is a man or a woman. If you have a form that refers to any person without identifying a gender, you could use it here. Otherwise, you could identify the person as a man, as the UST does.
2165	13:24	u21k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	Here, the phrase good seed refers to seed that sprouts into plants that produce helpful crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “seed that sprouts into productive plants”
2166	13:24	di7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	σπέρμα	1	Here, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”
2167	13:25	f6s9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1	Here, the phrase the men could refer to: (1) the farmer and the people who help take care of his field and crops. Alternate translation: “the man and his helpers” (2) people in general. Alternate translation: “people” or “everyone”
2168	13:25	q4tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζιζάνια	1	The word darnel refers to a plant that looks like a wheat plant, but the grain that it produces can be poisonous. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “weeds” or “poisonous plants that look like wheat”
2169	13:25	yz0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν	1	Here the implication is that the enemy sowed the darnel and went away without the farmer and his workers noticing what he had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went away without the men noticing what he had done”
2170	13:26	cu8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος καὶ καρπὸν ἐποίησεν	1	Here Jesus refers to the how seeds sprouted as small blades of grass and then grew until they began to produce heads of grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe this process more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the wheat sprouted and grew until it began to produce heads of grain”
2171	13:26	ymqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια	1	Here Jesus means that the field workers recognized that some plants were darnel once the wheat and the darnel had sprouted and grown. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the darnel also grew and became recognizable”
2172	13:26	fqoj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ ζιζάνια	1	Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”
2173	13:27	e1v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2174	13:27	h51x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	The master of the house is the farmer who owns the field. He is the “man” whom Jesus already mentioned in 13:24. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the man, the one who owned the field” or “of the farmer who owned the field”
2175	13:27	xxjy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπον αὐτῷ, Κύριε, οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? πόθεν οὖν ἔχει ζιζάνια?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked him, their master, about whether he had sown good seed in his field and about where the darnel came from.”
2176	13:27	gr7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ?	1	The servants are using the question form to indicate that they know that the farmer sowed good seed. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we realize that you sowed good seed in your field.” or “you certainly sowed good seed in your field!”
2177	13:27	bycx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας & σῷ	1	Here, the words you and your are singular since the servants are speaking to the master of the house.
2178	13:27	fb86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας	1	The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did you not have us sow”
2179	13:27	ikxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	Here, the phrase good seed refers to seed that sprouts into plants that produce helpful crops. Express the idea as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “seed that sprouts into productive plants”
2180	13:27	izdl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	σπέρμα	1	Here, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”
2181	13:27	afws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν ἔχει ζιζάνια	1	The servants could be using the question form to: (1) inform the landowner that there is darnel in the field and they are not sure where it came from. Alternate translation: “Despite that, there is darnel in the field, and we are not sure where it came from.” (2) ask the landowner if he knows where the darnel came from. Alternate translation: “So, from where did the darnel in the field come?”
2182	13:27	fcyb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζιζάνια	1	Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “weeds” or “poisonous plants that look like wheat”
2183	13:28	l154		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2184	13:28	r83z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	αὐτοῖς, ἐχθρὸς ἄνθρωπος τοῦτο ἐποίησεν.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that a hostile man had done this.”
2185	13:28	rri8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο ἐποίησεν	1	The pronoun this refers to the action of planting the weed seeds. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this action more directly. Alternate translation: “planted the weeds”
2186	13:28	ljm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	2	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2187	13:28	rt1o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες, συλλέξωμεν αὐτά?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “ask him whether he would desire that, having gone out, they would gather them.”
2188	13:28	wufi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
2189	13:28	p8ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	θέλεις οὖν	1	Here, the word you is singular since the servants are speaking to the master of the house.
2190	13:28	z5w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπελθόντες, συλλέξωμεν αὐτά	1	Here the servants mean that they could go to the field, pull up the weeds, and gather them in one place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “having gone out to your field, we would pull up and gather them together”
2191	13:28	num8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	συλλέξωμεν	1	By we, the servants means themselves but not the farmer, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
2192	13:28	l2fu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτά	1	The pronoun them refers to the weed plants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the weeds”
2193	13:29-30	teuv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δέ φησιν, οὔ, μήποτε συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν σῖτον & ἄφετε συναυξάνεσθαι ἀμφότερα μέχρι τοῦ θερισμοῦ; καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these verses so that there are no quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “he says that they should certainly not, lest gathering the darnel, they might uproot the wheat along with them. He told them to permit both to grow together until the harvest, and at the time of the harvest he would say to the reapers that they should first gather the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but that they should gather the wheat into his barn.”
2194	13:29	w3p6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δέ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2195	13:29	qlzt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν σῖτον	1	Here the farmer is implying that they will pull up the darnel before they gather it. He also implies that pulling up the darnel may also uproot the wheat, since their roots are growing together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “pulling up and gathering the darnel, you might uproot the wheat that is growing with them in the ground”
2196	13:29	c9jc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ ζιζάνια	1	Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”
2197	13:29	rd1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the darnel. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the plant’s name here. Alternate translation: “the darnel”
2198	13:30	wgz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀμφότερα	1	Here, the word both refers to the wheat and the darnel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “both wheat and darnel”
2199	13:30	deb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	μέχρι τοῦ θερισμοῦ; καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	The expressions until the harvest and at the time of the harvest contain extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expressions. Alternate translation: “until the harvest, when”
2200	13:30	z36a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	Here, the farmer is using the possessive form to describe a time in which to perform the harvest. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at harvest time” or “at the time when we harvest”
2201	13:30	yd39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ ζιζάνια	1	Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”
2202	13:30	ke2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν & σῖτον συναγάγετε	1	Here the farmer implies that the reapers should first harvest the wheat and then gather it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “harvest the wheat and gather it”
2203	13:30	ll14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν ἀποθήκην μου	1	The word barn refers to a place where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the place where my food is stored”
2204	13:31	g143		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς	1	Here Matthew speaks as if the parable were an object that Jesus could set before the people. He means that Jesus told them another parable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 13:24. Alternate translation: “He spoke to them” or “He narrated to them”
2205	13:31	nyaa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the people who were standing by the side of the sea of Galilee (see 13:2). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those people more directly. See how you expressed the idea in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the people standing on the shore” or “those people”
2206	13:31	s999		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
2207	13:31	tdf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a mustard seed”
2208	13:31	qby8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of seed, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed”
2209	13:31	jw7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος & αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus is telling a story about a specific man. However, it is not important for the story whether the person is a man or a woman. If you have a form that refers to any person without identifying a gender, you could use it here. Otherwise, you could identify the person as a man, as the UST does.
2210	13:32	gyi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	μικρότερον & πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων	1	Jesus says smallest of all the seeds here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “one of the smallest seeds” or “smaller than most seeds”
2211	13:32	xvkn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῶν λαχάνων	1	The phrase vegetable plants refers to plants that people grow so that they can eat them or parts of them. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “other plants that people grow to eat” or “plants that people have in their gardens”
2212	13:32	g6v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γίνεται δένδρον	1	Here, the phrase becomes a tree means that the plant grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “becomes as large as a tree”
2213	13:32	ah8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the birds”
2214	13:32	fur6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατασκηνοῦν	1	Here, the word nest could indicate that: (1) the birds are building nests in the branches of the mustard plant. Alternate translation: “build nests” (2) the birds are perching or resting on the branches of the mustard plant. Alternate translation: “perch” or “roost”
2215	13:33	ov36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the people who were standing by the side of the sea of Galilee (see 13:2). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those people more directly. See how you expressed the idea in 13:24. Alternate translation: “to the people standing on the shore” or “to those people”
2216	13:33	z94k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ	1	To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like yeast”
2217	13:33	w8sb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζύμῃ	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that only a little bit of yeast is needed to make a lot of dough rise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a little bit of yeast”
2218	13:33	r88g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	The term seahs is the plural of “seah,” a dry measure equivalent to nearly eight liters or two gallons. You can express this quantity in terms of a measure that your culture uses, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large amount of flour”
2219	13:33	xc9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the yeast. Alternate translation: “until the yeast leavened it all”
2220	13:34	nt7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ teaching by summarizing how Jesus taught the crowds. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a speech. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus stopped speaking to the crowds. He had spoken all those things in parables to them, and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable”
2221	13:34	n54e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1	The phrase All these things is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “All those teachings”
2222	13:34	a5c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word nothing and the negative preposition without. Alternate translation: “he was only speaking to them with a parable”
2223	13:35	xse0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅπως	1	Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus teaching in parables. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus was teaching in parables. Alternate translation: “in order that”
2224	13:35	ybq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the speaking, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill that which God said through the prophet”
2225	13:35	p3tb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος,	1	In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 78:2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Psalms” or “who declared”
2226	13:35	f9gl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνοίξω & τὸ στόμα μου	1	Here, the phrase I will open my mouth refers to speaking words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will talk”
2227	13:35	yx6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “what God has hidden”
2228	13:35	th8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of foundation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from when God founded the world”
2229	13:36	pq2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Here, the word Then introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Then untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that” or “Next”
2230	13:36	y93p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Here Matthew refers to the house that Jesus had been in before he taught in parables (see 13:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the house where he had been” or “the house in which he had taught previously”
2231	13:36	vk44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
2232	13:36	xsg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγοντες, διασάφησον ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων τοῦ ἀγροῦ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking him to explain to them the parable of the darnel of the field.”
2233	13:36	gn0b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	διασάφησον ἡμῖν	1	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you explain to us”
2234	13:36	b4au		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	διασάφησον	1	Here, the command is singular because the disciples are speaking to Jesus.
2235	13:36	mq8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων τοῦ ἀγροῦ	1	Here, the disciples are using the possessive form to describe the parable that was about the darnel that grew in the field. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the parable concerning the darnel that grew in the field”
2236	13:36	crrv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῶν ζιζανίων	1	Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “of the weeds” or “of the poisonous plants that look like wheat”
2237	13:37	g8ht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2238	13:37	xf1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the one sowing were the Son of Man. He means that the sower represents or is like the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “The one sowing the good seed represents the Son of Man” or “The one sowing the good seed should be interpreted as the Son of Man”
2239	13:37	zjfy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα	1	Translate the phrase good seed as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the seed that sprouts into productive plants”
2240	13:37	vgyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	σπέρμα	1	Here, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”
2241	13:37	xj4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man”
2242	13:38	t1l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ & ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the field were the world. He means that the field represents or is like the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the field represents the world” or “the field should be interpreted as the world”
2243	13:38	reyl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ & καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the good seed were the sons of the kingdom. He means that the good seed represents or is like the sons of the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the good seed—these represent the sons of the kingdom” or “the good seed—these should be interpreted as the sons of the kingdom”
2244	13:38	w6dy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὸ & καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί	1	Here, the word these refers directly back to the good seed. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce the good seed and then explain what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word these would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the good seed”
2245	13:38	nzxb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ & καλὸν σπέρμα	1	Translate the phrase good seed as you did in 13:37. Alternate translation: “the seed that sprouts into productive plants”
2246	13:38	z0gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	σπέρμα	1	Here, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”
2247	13:38	h9iz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	The expression the sons of the kingdom refers to people who are part of God’s kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who are part of the kingdom” or “people who are in the kingdom”
2248	13:38	tokh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ υἱοὶ	-1	Although the term sons is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the children” or “the sons and daughters”
2249	13:38	oo0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ & ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the darnel were the sons of the evil one. He means that the darnel represent or are like the sons of the evil one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the darnel represent the sons of the evil one” or “the darnel should be interpreted as the sons of the evil one”
2250	13:38	eni3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ & ζιζάνιά	1	Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”
2251	13:38	fjuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	The expression the sons of the evil one refers to people who belong to or follow the evil one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who belong to the evil one” or “people who follow the evil one”
2252	13:38	sfit		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	Here, the phrase the evil one refers to the devil, Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Express the idea as you did in 13:19. Alternate translation: “of the devil” or “of the evil one, Satan,”
2253	13:39	k7r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ & ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά, ἐστιν ὁ διάβολος	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the enemy having sowed them were the devil. He means that the enemy represents or is like the devil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the enemy having sowed them represents the devil” or “the enemy having sowed them should be interpreted as the devil”
2254	13:39	n7oh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτά	1	The pronoun them refers to the darnel. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the plant more directly. Alternate translation: “the darnel” or “the weeds”
2255	13:39	fpfq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ δὲ θερισμὸς συντέλεια αἰῶνός ἐστιν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the harvest were the end of the age. He means that the harvest represents or is like the end of the age. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “And the harvest represents the end of the age” or “the harvest should be interpreted as the end of the age”
2256	13:39	vvbm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συντέλεια αἰῶνός	1	Here, the phrase the end of the age refers to when the current time period will cease and a new age will begin. If your language has a way to refer to the end of the way things are now, you could use it here, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
2257	13:39	vypb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ & θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the reapers were angels. He means that the reapers represent or are like angels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the reapers represent angels” or “the reapers should be interpreted as angels”
2258	13:40	k7en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference or conclusion based on how Jesus has interpreted the story about the darnel and the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then”
2259	13:40	rn64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὥσπερ & συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Here Jesus compares how the darnel are gathered and burned with fire to what will happen at the end of the age. Jesus explains this comparison in the following verses, so you do not need to explain it here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that clearly compares the end of the age with how the darnel are gathered and burned with fire. Alternate translation: “think about how the darnel are gathered and burned with fire. That is what the end of the age will be like”
2260	13:40	whlc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the workers who were harvesting. Alternate translation: “the ones who are harvesting gather the darnel and burn them with fire”
2261	13:40	hzih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	See how you translated the phrase the end of the age in 13:39. Alternate translation: “during the end of the world” or “at the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
2262	13:41	fiy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ & τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, will send out my angels … my kingdom”
2263	13:41	p5p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συλλέξουσιν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus implies that the angels will gather these things and people and remove them from his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they will gather and take out of his kingdom”
2264	13:41	ptw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	Here, Jesus speaks of things that cause people to sin as if they were stumbling blocks. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the things that lead people to disobey”
2265	13:41	chpx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	Here, the phrase stumbling blocks could refer to: (1) things that cause people to stumble. Alternate translation: “the things that cause people to stumble” (2) people who cause others to stumble. Alternate translation: “the ones who cause others to stumble”
2266	13:41	clel		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lawlessness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones who are lawless” or “the ones doing what is lawless”
2267	13:42	fndw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς	1	The pronoun they refers to the angels. The pronoun them refers to the people and things that the angels gathered (see 13:41). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people and things more directly. Alternate translation: “those angels will throw the people and things that they gathered”
2268	13:42	lqpq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a furnace that is full of fire. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the fiery furnace” or “the furnace blazing with fire”
2269	13:42	d9md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	Here, the phrase the furnace of fire refers to hell and describes it as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is as hot as a furnace of fire” or “hell”
2270	13:42	zu3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. See how you translated this phrase in 8:12. Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”
2271	13:43	azqy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous”
2272	13:43	u5c9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκλάμψουσιν	1	Here Jesus speaks of how great and glorious the righteous will be by describing them as if they will shine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will have glory, as if they were shining” or “will have glory”
2273	13:43	u6sm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	Here Jesus compares how the righteous will shine to how the sun shines. He means that they will shine very brightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the comparison more explicitly. Alternate translation: “as brightly as the sun shines”
2274	13:43	sea2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “of God, who is their Father”
2275	13:43	zxh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	See how you translated the identical sentence in 13:9.
2276	13:44	fjm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ	1	To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a treasure”
2277	13:44	wg6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένῳ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that someone had hidden”
2278	13:44	xmem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ὃν εὑρὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει καὶ πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον	1	Here Jesus tells the story partly in the past tense and partly in the present tense. This was a natural way to tell the story in his language. Consider what tense your language might use to tell this kind of story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the same tense throughout the story. Alternate translation: “which, finding, a man hides. And from his joy, he goes and sells everything, as much as he has, and buys that field”
2279	13:44	e9cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃν εὑρὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν	1	Here Jesus means that the man found the treasure, but then he hid it again so that no one else would find it before he could buy the field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which a man found and then hid again”
2280	13:44	tac2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει	1	Here Jesus could mean that: (1) the man sold everything and bought the field because of his joy. Alternate translation: “because of his joy, he goes” (2) the man sold everything and bought the field while he experienced joy. Alternate translation: “joyfully he goes”
2281	13:44	k9rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of joy, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation fits with the interpretation you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “because of how joyful he was”
2282	13:44	or3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	πάντα ὅσα ἔχει	1	The expression everything, as much as he has contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that he has”
2283	13:44	yd64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον	1	Here Jesus implies that the man buys that field so that he can also own the treasure. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “buys that field and the treasure in it” or “buys that field so he can possess the treasure”
2284	13:45	efps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	πάλιν	1	Here, the word Again introduces another parable or short story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another story, or you could leave Again untranslated. Alternate translation: “Also” or “Even further”
2285	13:45	vv91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ	1	To teach the disciples, Jesus offers another story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a man”
2286	13:45	khy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι	1	A merchant is a trader who buys merchandise and sells it to people. If your readers would not be familiar with this occupation, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a man, a shopkeeper, seeking” or “a man who sold goods who was seeking”
2287	13:45	c633		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	Jesus implies that the man is seeking fine pearls because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls”
2288	13:45	b88q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	The word pearls refers to beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. When pearls are fine, they are particularly beautiful and valuable. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated pearls in 7:6. Alternate translation: “beautiful jewelry” or “very valuable beads”
2289	13:46	z2su		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἕνα πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην	1	See how you translated “pearls” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “one piece of very valuable jewelry” or “one very valuable bead”
2290	13:46	jqyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ	1	The expression everything, as much as he had contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you translated the similar phrase in 13:44. Alternate translation: “everything that he had and”
2291	13:47	pv0u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	πάλιν	1	Here, the word Again introduces another parable or short story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another story, or you could leave Again untranslated. See how you translated this word in 13:45. Alternate translation: “Also” or “Even further”
2292	13:47	vw24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ	1	To teach the disciples, Jesus offers another story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a net”
2293	13:47	g79n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σαγήνῃ	1	Some cultures use a net to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which fishermen throw into the water to trap many fish at once. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people catch many fish at once in your culture, or you could use a general phrase. See how you translated the similar word in 4:18. Alternate translation: “a fish trap” or “a fishing tool”
2294	13:47	vrp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βληθείσῃ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject or refer to people who fish. Alternate translation: “that fishermen cast”
2295	13:47	rjm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ	1	Here Jesus means that every kind of fish was trapped in the net. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having collected every kind of fish” or “having caught some fish of every kind”
2296	13:47	e64h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	παντὸς γένους	1	Jesus says every kind here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many kinds”
2297	13:48	aqhl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was fish. Alternate translation: “fish filled it up”
2298	13:48	pgfb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν αἰγιαλὸν	1	See how you translated beach in 13:2. Alternate translation: “the edge of the sea” or “the sandy area by the water”
2299	13:48	rfn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθίσαντες	1	Here Jesus implies that the people sat down to sort through the fish to find the useful ones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sat down to separate the fish”
2300	13:48	cnp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	συνέλεξαν	1	The pronoun they refers to the fishermen who cast the net into the sea. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the fishermen gathered”
2301	13:48	xwy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ καλὰ & τὰ & σαπρὰ	1	Here Jesus is referring to good fish and rotten fish. The good fish are good for eating, while the rotten fish are not good for eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the useful fish … the worthless fish” or “the fish that were good to eat … the fish that were not good to eat”
2302	13:49	hto2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	See how you translated the phrase the end of the age in 13:39. Alternate translation: “during the end of the world” or “at the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
2303	13:49	zawv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι	1	Jesus does not say where the angels go out from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God’s presence in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God’s presence” or “The angels will go out from heaven”
2304	13:49	lmhj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελεύσονται	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “will come out”
2305	13:49	ah2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πονηροὺς & τῶν δικαίων	1	Jesus is using the adjectives wicked and righteous as nouns to mean people who are wicked or righteous. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the wicked people … the righteous people”
2306	13:50	j8nf			καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	This verse is identical to 13:42, so express the idea as you did there. Make sure that your translation still fits the context of this verse.
2307	13:51	g9k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1	Here Jesus refers to what he has been teaching the disciples (see 13:37–50). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all these things I have told you” or “everything I have been teaching you”
2308	13:51	p5ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “They say to him that they do.”
2309	13:51	k6bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
2310	13:52	vw8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2311	13:52	clwe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, the phrase For this reason could introduce: (1) a general conclusion to Jesus’ teaching in this chapter. Alternate translation: “Given all that I have said” (2) an inference from what the disciples said about how they understood what Jesus had taught them. Alternate translation: “Because you understand” or “Therefore”
2312	13:52	z8sm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γραμματεὺς	1	The word scribe usually refers to teachers of the Jewish law. Here it refers more generally to anyone who is an expert in a specific subject and can teach it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “educated person” or “expert”
2313	13:52	g4dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μαθητευθεὶς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could refer generally to the scribe’s teacher or leader. Alternate translation: “whose teacher has disciplined him or her”
2314	13:52	diu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, the phrase discipled for the kingdom of the heavens indicates that the scribes are part of the kingdom of the heavens and have knowledge about the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “concerning the kingdom of the heavens” or “as part of the kingdom of the heavens”
2315	13:52	ip6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1	Here, Jesus is comparing the scribe and the master of the house because they both use new and old things to help other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this comparison more explicitly. Alternate translation: “is like a man, the master of the house, who brings forth new and old goods from his treasure, just as a scribe speaks both old and new teachings”
2316	13:52	o2wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1	Jesus is using the adjectives new and old as nouns to mean things that are new and old. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “new things and old things”
2317	13:52	g59c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, just as in 12:35, the word treasure could refer to: (1) a place where treasures are kept or stored. Alternate translation: “his treasury” or “his storehouse” (2) the treasures that the person has. Alternate translation: “his treasures”
2318	13:53	jwv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν	1	This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ teaching by stating that Jesus finished speaking in parables and then describing what he did next. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus finished speaking all those parables. Then, he departed from there”
2319	13:53	gk4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, the word there refers to the “house” (see 13:36) where Jesus was when he gave to his disciples the instructions and parables that are quoted in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the house where he had been staying” or “from where he had been”
2320	13:54	qnh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
2321	13:54	q3ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase his hometown refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth”
2322	13:54	gjw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς ἐν & αὐτῶν & αὐτοὺς	1	The pronouns them, their, and they refer to the people who were living in Jesus’ hometown. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people living there in their … they”
2323	13:54	icmm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus and what he said and did. Alternate translation: “he astonished them” or “what he said astonished them”
2324	13:54	b3d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	The people in Jesus’ hometown are using the question form to express their surprise that Jesus has wisdom and can do miracles. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We are surprised that this one has this wisdom and these miracles.” or “We have no idea where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles!”
2325	13:54	gmst		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη	1	Here, the phrase From where to this one asks about the source from which Jesus received his wisdom and the power to do miracles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is the source of this wisdom” or “How did he receive this wisdom”
2326	13:54	xwfd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σοφία αὕτη	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wisdom, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is this wise teaching” or “comes how wise he is”
2327	13:55	rk5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?	1	The people are using the question form to show that they know Jesus’ family. They mean that Jesus is just an ordinary person. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” or “He is only the son of the carpenter! His mother is called Mary, and his brothers, James and Joseph and Simon and Judas!”
2328	13:55	rpj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦ τέκτονος	1	The word carpenter refers to someone who builds things with wood. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of worker, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of the man who builds with wood” or “of the construction worker”
2329	13:55	f26b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Do they not call his mother” or “Is not the name of his mother”
2330	13:55	ng4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος	1	The people are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and are not his brothers called James”
2331	13:55	qspg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	These were Jesus' younger brothers. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you could use it here.
2332	13:55	l3zy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ & Σίμων & Ἰούδας	1	The words Joseph, Simon, and Judas are the names of men.
2333	13:56	m9pn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?	1	The people are using the question form to show that they know Jesus’ family. They mean that Jesus is just an ordinary person. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this question as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us.” or “we all know that all his sisters are with us!”
2334	13:56	bnv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?	1	The people are using the question form to express their surprise that Jesus can do all these things. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We are surprised, therefore that this one has all these things.” or “We have no idea, therefore, where to this one are all these things!”
2335	13:56	wuck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα	1	Here, the phrase From where, therefore, to this one asks about the source from which Jesus received the ability to do all these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is the source, therefore, of all these things” or “How, therefore, did he receive all these things”
2336	13:56	gko3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ	1	Here, the word therefore introduces an inference based on the fact that the people in Jesus’ hometown know his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference, or you could leave therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then, from where to this one” or “Because of that, from where to this one”
2337	13:56	pqf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1	Here, the phrase all these things refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles, as mentioned in the previous verse (13:55). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and miracles”
2338	13:57	sywp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Here Matthew speaks as if Jesus were a lump or rock that the people in Jesus’ hometown were stumbling on. He means that these people were offended by him and rejected him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were offended by him” or “they did not listen to him”
2339	13:57	f5md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they were stumbling on him”
2340	13:57	azn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν & ἄτιμος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative preposition without. Alternate translation: “has honor” or “is always honored”
2341	13:57	feli		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἄτιμος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of honor, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “dishonored” or “treated dishonorably”
2342	13:57	sq8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “A prophet is only without honor”
2343	13:57	w4x8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses the phrase in his house to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “among his father, mother, or siblings”
2344	13:58	e2cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of their unbelief, he did not do many miracles there”
2345	13:58	nidv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of unbelief, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they did not believe”
2346	14:intro	g5mc				0	Matthew 14 General Notes Structure and Formatting Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53–17:27) Herod hears about Jesus (14:1–2) Flashback: Herod executes John the Baptist (14:3–12) Jesus feeds 5,000 men (14:13–21) Jesus walks on water (14:22–33) Jesus heals people in the region of Gennesaret (14:34–36) Special Concepts in this Chapter Herod and Herodias The man named “Herod the tetrarch” (14:1) was a son of King Herod, the man mentioned in 2:1–22. Herod the tetrarch ruled over the area to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee, which is where Jesus spent much of his ministry. Herodias was married to Herod’s brother Philip, and the two of them had a daughter. However, Herodias divorced Philip and married Herod, who had also divorced his previous wife. Since the Jewish law condemned anyone who married his brother’s wife while his brother was still alive (see Leviticus 20:21), John the Baptist rebuked Herod for doing this. It was in response to this rebuke that Herod had John the Baptist put in prison and eventually executed. Make sure that your translation accurately refers to the relationships between Herod, Herodias, and Herodias’ daughter. The miracle of multiplying food In 14:13–21, Matthew tells a story in which Jesus provides 5,000 men and even more women and children with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were five loaves of bread and two fish. Despite that, Jesus used the five loaves of bread and the two fish to feed everyone who was there. Matthew does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle. The miracle of walking on water In 14:22–33, Matthew tells a story in which Jesus walks on top of the Sea of Galilee, even though there was a storm. Later, Jesus allows Peter to walk briefly on the water, and when Jesus and Peter climb into the boat that the rest of the disciples were in, the storm miraculously stops. Your translation should not explain exactly how Jesus or Peter walked on the water, but it should be clear that Jesus walking on the water, Peter walking on the water, and the storm stopping were all miracles. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter The flashback to John’s death In this chapter, Matthew includes a story that happened before the stories that appear before and after it in his narrative. The previous chapter includes much of Jesus’ teaching, and this chapter begins by describing Herod Antipas’ response to Jesus (see 14:1–2). Then, to explain what Herod said about Jesus, Matthew includes a story that happened earlier. This type of storytelling is called a flashback. Here, the flashback tells about how John the Baptist died (see 14:3–12). In 14:13, Matthew returns to the main narrative and tells what happened after the events recorded in chapter 13 and 14:1–2. While the story that begins in 14:13 is linked to the flashback by the phrase “Now having heard,” Matthew does not indicate how long it took for Jesus to hear about John’s death from John’s disciples. So, you should use a form that shows your readers that 14:3–12 is a flashback that describes something that happened previously, and 14:13 continues with the main narrative. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between characters. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
2347	14:1	ny6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	Here, the phrase At that time introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “While all those things were happening” or “During this period”
2348	14:2	pd1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1	The pronoun This refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “This person” or “This Jesus”
2349	14:2	nx7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη	1	Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He has been restored to life”
2350	14:2	dy2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Herod could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised him” (2) John himself did it. Alternate translation: “He has risen”
2351	14:2	wwe3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	Paul is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to all people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”
2352	14:2	x4zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, the phrase because of this introduces the result of what Herod thinks about John being raised from the dead. Herod thinks that Jesus has powers because he has already been raised from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he has been raised,”
2353	14:2	vve7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Here Herod speaks as if the powers were people that could work in Jesus. He means that Jesus is powerful and can do powerful things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has his powers” or “he is very powerful”
2354	14:3-4	zgp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο, διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ & ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 14:3 and 14:4 into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to include what John said to Herod before stating what Herod did in response. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod, ‘It is not lawful for you to have Herodias, the wife of your brother Philip.’ So, because of Herodias, Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison.”
2355	14:3	ybyz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces background information that tells about how John died. This background information continues in 14:4–12. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information, not the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Now sometime earlier,” or “By this time, John had already died. Here is what happened:”
2356	14:3	zsvz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ & Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο, διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these elements, since the second half of the verse gives the reason for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip, Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison”
2357	14:3	h466		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	Here Matthew implies that Herod sent his soldiers to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to seize John, bind him, and put him in prison”
2358	14:3	rqfw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew implies that Herod married Herodias after she divorced Philip, Herod’s brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of Herodias, whom he married after she divorced his brother Philip”
2359	14:3	ftfc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew introduces Herodias as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a woman named Herodias, who was the wife of his brother Philip”
2360	14:3	lr92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Φιλίππου	1	The word Philip is the name of a man.
2361	14:3	tqyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	It is not certain whether Philip was older or younger than Herod, but it is slightly more likely that he was older. So, if you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that Philip was older. Alternate translation: “his older brother”
2362	14:3	e6zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun his refers to Herod. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Herod’s”
2363	14:4	jpro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why Herod put John in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “He did that because”
2364	14:4	lp4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun him refers to Herod. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to Herod”
2365	14:4	n1t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἔλεγεν & αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “was saying to him that it was not lawful for him to have her”
2366	14:5	pajg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	θέλων αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Here, the word wanting introduces a clause that states something that contrasts with what Herod actually did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “although he wanted to put him to death” or “despite the fact that he wanted to put him to death”
2367	14:5	tx3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν & ἐφοβήθη & αὐτὸν	1	The pronouns him and him refer to John the Baptist, and the pronoun he refers to Herod. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “John … Herod feared … John”
2368	14:5	rtp0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθη τὸν ὄχλον	1	Here Matthew implies that Herod both feared the crowd and did not have John killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he feared the crowd and did not put him to death” or “he did not give the order, for he feared the crowd”
2369	14:5	epdd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ὄχλον	1	Here Matthew implies that Herod feared what the crowd would do if he put John to death. They might have rioted or attacked Herod. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”
2370	14:6	d2em		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2371	14:6	a0u5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	γενεσίοις & γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου, ὠρχήσατο ἡ θυγάτηρ τῆς Ἡρῳδιάδος	1	Here Matthew introduces the daughter of Herodias as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Herodias had a daughter, and the birthday of Herod having come, she danced”
2372	14:6	ggkc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	γενεσίοις & γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου	1	Here, the phrase the birthday of Herod having come gives the time period in which the following events occur. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that gives the time period in which something happens. Alternate translation: “when it was the birthday of Herod” or “while Herod was celebrating his birthday”
2373	14:6	vdik		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	γενεσίοις & τοῦ Ἡρῴδου	1	In some cultures, people celebrate a birthday, the day that someone was born. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of celebration, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “Herod’s birthday celebration” or “the celebrations on the anniversary of Herod’s birth”
2374	14:6	ejhk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	ἡ θυγάτηρ τῆς Ἡρῳδιάδος	1	Here Matthew implies that this woman was the daughter of Herodias by a previous husband, probably Philip. She was not the daughter of Herod. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias and Philip” or “the daughter of Herodias, Herod’s step-daughter,”
2375	14:6	fvs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ μέσῳ	1	Here, the phrase in the midst indicates that the daughter of Herodias danced so that Herod and the guests at his party could all see her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before all Herod’s guests” or “in front of everyone”
2376	14:7	yyq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅθεν	1	Here, the phrase because of which introduces what Herod did because Herodias’ daughter pleased him with her dancing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “and because she pleased Herod,”
2377	14:7	f0mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	μεθ’ ὅρκου, ὡμολόγησεν αὐτῇ δοῦναι ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσηται	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he promised with an oath, ‘I will give you whatever you ask.’”
2378	14:8	gnqr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2379	14:8	rhk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her mother having urged her beforehand”
2380	14:8	dptx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προβιβασθεῖσα	1	Here Matthew implies that the woman’s mother, Herodias, had already told her what to ask for if Herod offered to do something for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been instructed ahead of time” or “having been told what to request ahead of time”
2381	14:8	dlue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δός μοι & ὧδε ἐπὶ πίνακι, τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	Here the woman implies that she wants Herod to have John killed by having his head cut off and brought to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Have one of your soldiers behead John the Baptist and then give me his head here, on a platter”
2382	14:8	w4iq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δός μοι	1	This is an imperative, but it communicates a request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a request. Alternate translation: “I ask that you give me”
2383	14:8	ruy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πίνακι	1	A platter is a large, flat serving dish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of dish, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a tray” or “a large serving plate”
2384	14:9	s8zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐλυπήθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was very sorry”
2385	14:9	qgrl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους	1	Here Matthew indicates two reasons why Herod kept his word. First, he had made oaths that he did not want to break. Second, he had promised in front of the ones reclining to eat with him, and it would be embarrassing and shameful to break his promise when everyone had heard it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these reasons more explicit. Alternate translation: “but because he had used oaths and because the ones reclining to eat with him had heard what he promised”
2386	14:9	op6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς συνανακειμένους	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, at a table when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “the ones sitting down to eat with him” or “the ones eating with him”
2387	14:9	j6nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who would do the action, Matthew implies that one of Herod’s soldiers would do it. Alternate translation: “he commanded that one of his soldiers give it”
2388	14:9	zn1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	Here Matthew means that Herod commanded someone to do what Herodias’ daughter asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “commanded that someone give her what she had requested”
2389	14:10	v80r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέμψας, ἀπεκεφάλισεν	1	Here Matthew implies that Herod sent one of his soldiers to behead John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sent a soldier, Herod had him behead”
2390	14:11	nd5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could refer to whoever beheaded John, or you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the soldier who beheaded John brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” or “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl”
2391	14:11	cmcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun his refers to John. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “John’s”
2392	14:11	pba6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πίνακι	1	See how you translated the word platter in 14:8. Alternate translation: “a tray” or “a large serving plate”
2393	14:11	pqqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ κορασίῳ	1	Here, the word girl refers to a woman who has reached puberty but who is still young, probably between 12 and 20 years old. Use a word in your language that refers generally to a young woman who has reached puberty. Alternate translation: “to the young woman”
2394	14:12	csaf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσελθόντες	1	Here Matthew implies that John’s disciples went to the jail where John had been imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having visited the place where John had been imprisoned”
2395	14:12	sct4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ πτῶμα	1	Here Matthew implies that this was John’s corpse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “John’s corpse”
2396	14:12	up4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες	1	Here Matthew implies that John’s disciples went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come to where Jesus was”
2397	14:12	suei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
2398	14:12	mq89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here Matthew implies that John’s disciples told Jesus that Herod had executed John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they told Jesus what had happened to John”
2399	14:13	id97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2400	14:13	r40v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούσας	1	Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus has heard: (1) what John’s disciples told him about how Herod executed John (see 14:12). Alternate translation: “having heard the news about John’s death” (2) what Herod was saying about how Jesus must be John the Baptist raised from the dead (see 14:2). Alternate translation: “having heard what Herod was saying about him”
2401	14:13	ia39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς & κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples … by themselves”
2402	14:13	noxb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here Matthew does not state where Jesus was when he heard, so your translation should not identify exactly where Jesus was either. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to wherever Jesus was when he heard. Alternate translation: “from where he was” or “from the place where he heard this”
2403	14:13	chbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούσαντες	1	Here Matthew implies that the crowds heard that Jesus had gone to a desolate place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard that Jesus went there”
2404	14:13	ipm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πεζῇ	1	Here, the phrase on foot means that the crowds walked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by walking”
2405	14:13	j44h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων	1	Here Matthew refers to the cities near the Sea of Galilee, which Jesus had crossed over in a boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the cities in that region” or “from the cities near the Sea of Galilee”
2406	14:14	v44w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελθὼν	1	Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus comes out: (1) of the boat in which he traveled across the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “having come out of the boat” or “having disembarked” (2) of the desolate area, where he wanted to be alone. Alternate translation: “having come out of the place where he was alone”
2407	14:14	d7hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”
2408	14:14	askz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he sympathized with”
2409	14:14	kyji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀρρώστους αὐτῶν	1	Matthew is using the adjective sick as a noun to mean sick people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the sick people among them”
2410	14:15	ay6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2411	14:15	ba9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	προσῆλθον	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
2412	14:15	lml8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
2413	14:15	otp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν	1	The clause the hour has already passed by means that it is late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the day is about to end” or “the sun is setting”
2414	14:15	iarr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ὄχλους	1	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you send the crowds away”
2415	14:15	a63b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰς κώμας	1	Here the disciples are referring to villages that are near the desolate place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the nearest villages” or “the villages that are close to this place”
2416	14:16	brfw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what Jesus says in a contrast with what the disciples asked him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”
2417	14:16	r5gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς	1	Here Jesus implies that the disciples should give food to the crowds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You give them food”
2418	14:16	w5m3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1	Since Jesus is talking to his disciples, the word You here is plural.
2419	14:17	e4ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the disciples say in contrast to what Jesus told them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”
2420	14:17	a7pg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
2421	14:17	ih48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἔχομεν ὧδε, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that the disciples were making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only food we have here are”
2422	14:17	v8x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτους	1	The word loaves refers to loaves of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bread, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”
2423	14:18	jo61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “And”
2424	14:18	qvll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & εἶπεν, φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples did what Jesus commanded them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he said, ‘Bring them here to me.’ So they brought them.”
2425	14:18	jsbl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	φέρετέ	1	Here, the command is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
2426	14:19	zi12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	κελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνακλιθῆναι ἐπὶ τοῦ χόρτου, λαβὼν	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he commanded the crowds, ‘Recline on the grass!’ Then, having taken”
2427	14:19	pd8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνακλιθῆναι	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “to sit down to eat” or “to get ready to eat”
2428	14:19	fubq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτους & τοὺς ἄρτους	1	See how you translated loaves in 14:17. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread … the large chunks of bread”
2429	14:19	i34u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	In Jesus’ culture, most people thought that heaven was up above the earth. Looking up towards heaven was a common posture for someone who was praying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a common posture for prayer in your culture, or you could explain the meaning of this posture. Alternate translation: “having raised his arms in prayer” or “having looked up to heaven to pray”
2430	14:19	bf1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐλόγησεν	1	Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus blessed: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “he blessed God” or “he praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “he blessed the food” or “he asked God to make the food holy”
2431	14:19	ujxx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κλάσας, ἔδωκεν & τοὺς ἄρτους	1	Here Matthew means that Jesus broke the loaves of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having divided the loaves into servings, he gave them” or “having broken the loaves into smaller pieces, he gave the pieces”
2432	14:19	t7ei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ & μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples gave them to the crowds”
2433	14:20	k6l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔφαγον πάντες & ἦραν	1	The pronoun they in the phrase they all ate refers to the crowds. The pronoun they in the phrase they took up refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds all ate … the disciples took up”
2434	14:20	l2h8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they were full”
2435	14:20	a1dk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων	1	Here, the phrase the remaining refers to what was left after everyone ate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leftovers” or “what was left of the broken pieces”
2436	14:20	xh01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κοφίνους	1	The word baskets refers to large circular containers that store food or other items. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”
2437	14:21	als7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Matthews uses the word Now to introduce background information that helps the readers understand how amazing what Jesus did was. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for how many people were there,” or “In the end,”
2438	14:21	e1ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων	1	Here Matthew means that the number he has given does not include women and children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which does not include women and children”
2439	14:22	yp8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples are sailing to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “across the sea to the opposite side”
2440	14:23	qtfy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τὸ ὄρος	1	Matthew does not clarify what mountain this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”
2441	14:23	b1mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2442	14:23	eruc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀψίας & γενομένης	1	Matthew indicated that it was evening earlier in the story (see 14:15). Here, he uses the same phrase but implies that it was later on in the evening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes a time later than the time described in 14:15. Alternate translation: “when it was even later in the evening” or “further into the evening”
2443	14:24	ww6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the disciples were doing while Jesus was on the mountain. There is a slight contrast between Jesus, who was safe on the mountain, and the disciples, who were in danger on the sea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “At the same time,”
2444	14:24	dduj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν	1	Many ancient manuscripts read was already in the middle of the sea. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “was already many stadia away from the land.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
2445	14:24	wtvv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “and the wind was against it, so it was being tormented by the waves”
2446	14:24	j404		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with the waves tormenting it”
2447	14:24	vzd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	Here Matthew speaks as if the waves were people who were tormenting another person. What he means is that the waves were crashing against the boat and putting it under much strain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being battered by the waves” or “being tossed about by the waves”
2448	14:24	rzpd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος	1	When wind is against a boat, that means that it is blowing directly opposite to the direction in which the boat is traveling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for the wind was opposite to the direction they were sailing” or “for the wind was blowing directly against it”
2449	14:25	hy85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2450	14:25	pmw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τετάρτῃ & φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς	1	Here, the phrase the fourth watch of the night refers to the period of time between 3:00 AM and 6:00 AM. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to this period of time. Alternate translation: “in the last part of the night” or “shortly before dawn”
2451	14:25	f1n4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	The pronoun them refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples”
2452	14:25	q3sa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	Here Matthew means that Jesus was miraculously walking on the surface of the sea. He did not sink into the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “walking on the surface of the sea” or “miraculously walking on top of the sea”
2453	14:26	hmgk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2454	14:26	ta31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης περιπατοῦντα	1	See how you translated this phrase in 14:25. Alternate translation: “walking on the surface of the sea” or “miraculously walking on top of the sea”
2455	14:26	snml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐταράχθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were very nervous” or “were very anxious”
2456	14:26	h7df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά ἐστιν	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that he was a ghost,”
2457	14:26	f0u9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	φάντασμά	1	Here, the word ghost refers to an spiritual or supernatural being that people see. In Jesus’ culture, when people saw a ghost, they usually assumed that something bad was going to happen. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of unusual experience, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an apparition” or “some powerful and dangerous being”
2458	14:26	rns1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of fear, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid”
2459	14:27	zpoq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2460	14:27	zxnr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told them”
2461	14:27	tl45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	θαρσεῖτε & μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	Here, the commands are plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
2462	14:27	p8v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θαρσεῖτε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of courage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous”
2463	14:28	ugq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2464	14:28	w195		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ σὺ εἶ, κέλευσόν	1	Here Peter could be using the conditional form: (1) to refer to something that he thinks may or may not be true. In this case, if Jesus commands him to walk on the water, Peter will believe that it really is Jesus. Alternate translation: “if it is you, then command” or “to prove that it is you, command” (2) to refer to something that he thinks is true. In this case, he is already convinced that it is really Jesus. Alternate translation: “since it is you, command”
2465	14:28	cfxj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	κέλευσόν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please command”
2466	14:28	wxaq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθεῖν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “to go”
2467	14:28	wzlh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα	1	Here Peter means that he wants Jesus to command him to walk miraculously on the surface of the water, just as Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 14:25. Alternate translation: “on the surface of the water” or “miraculously on top of the water”
2468	14:29	gb5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἶπεν, ἐλθέ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said that he should come”
2469	14:29	qmgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθέ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go”
2470	14:29	n80t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περιεπάτησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα	1	Here Matthew means Peter walked miraculously on the surface of the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 14:28. Alternate translation: “walked on the surface of the water” or “walked miraculously on top of the water”
2471	14:29	io5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθεῖν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “to come”
2472	14:30	gw4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces how Peter begins to sink in contrast with how he started walking on the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “And yet,” or “Soon, however,”
2473	14:30	sk3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν	1	Here Matthew could mean that: (1) Peter saw the effects of the strong wind, including the waves. Alternate translation: “seeing what the strong wind did” or “seeing large waves” (2) Peter felt or experienced the strong wind. Alternate translation: “noticing the strong wind” or “feeling the strong wind”
2474	14:30	sh5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀρξάμενος καταποντίζεσθαι	1	Here Matthew implies that Peter began to sink into the water that he was walking on top of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having begun to sink into the Sea of Galilee”
2475	14:30	aiig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
2476	14:30	sfnb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	σῶσόν με	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask you to save me”
2477	14:31	nb12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2478	14:31	uvgk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus grabbed Peter and lifted him up out of the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “took hold of him and lifted him up”
2479	14:31	a0o8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
2480	14:31	af17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὀλιγόπιστε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You who believe so little”
2481	14:31	cr9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter for doubting. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted.” or “you never should have doubted!”
2482	14:31	ia1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	Here Jesus implies that Peter doubted whether Jesus could really enable him to walk on the water and keep him from sinking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking”
2483	14:32	hp5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun they refers to Jesus and Peter. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the two of them”
2484	14:33	h9pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ	1	Here Matthew is referring to the disciples who were in the boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples”
2485	14:33	cewv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
2486	14:33	u8pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
2487	14:34	cv3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διαπεράσαντες	1	Matthew implies that they crossed over the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having crossed over the lake”
2488	14:34	w8bx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθον	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “they went”
2489	14:34	x9nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γεννησαρέτ	1	The wordGennesaret could refer to: (1) a region on the northwest side of the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the area called Gennesaret” (2) a small town on the northwest side of the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the village of Gennesaret”
2490	14:35	w9ou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνδρες	1	Here Matthew uses a word that refers specifically to men. However, the gender of these people is not important for the story, so you could use a word or phrase that refers to both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people”
2491	14:35	oxtx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου	1	Here, the phrase that place refers to the area named “Gennesaret” (see 14:34). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the region of Gennesaret”
2492	14:35	yh1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	προσήνεγκαν	1	Here, the pronoun they refers to the people who lived in that surrounding area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these people. Alternate translation: “people from that whole area brought”
2493	14:35	xd7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	Matthew says all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of”
2494	14:35	h2iq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sick people”
2495	14:36	ajpg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	παρεκάλουν	1	The pronoun they refers to the sick people. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the ones having sickness were begging”
2496	14:36	bogz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτὸν ἵνα μόνον ἅψωνται τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ; καὶ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please let us only touch the edge of your garment.’ And”
2497	14:36	wrl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μόνον ἅψωνται	1	Here, the word only indicates that these people think that, to be healed, they do not need to do anything more than touch Jesus’ garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all they might do is touch” or “they could just touch”
2498	14:36	mw8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅσοι ἥψαντο διεσώθησαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that was God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God healed as many as touched it” or “Jesus healed as many as touched it”
2499	15:intro	i9a5				0	Matthew 15 General Notes Structure and Formatting Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27) Argument with the Pharisees and scribes about washing hands (15:1–9) Jesus teaches about what defiles people (15:10–20) Jesus meets a Canaanite woman (15:21–28) Jesus heals many people (15:29–31) Jesus feeds 4,000 men (15:32–39) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8–9, which is a quote from Isaiah 29:13. Special Concepts in this Chapter The “tradition of the elders” The “tradition of the elders” included interpretations of Moses’ law that Jewish religious leaders had developed and passed down to their disciples, and they to their disciples. These interpretations explained what specific laws meant and how to obey them. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for specific interpretations of the law that he disagreed with. In this chapter, Jesus and the Pharisees argue about washing hands, honoring parents, and giving gifts to God. When you translate the phrase “tradition of the elders,” use a form that refers to teachings that teachers pass down to their students. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/tradition]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/elder]]) Washing hands before eating In 15:1, the scribes and Pharisees rebuke Jesus for failing to have his disciples wash their hands before eating. One of the traditions that the Pharisees followed was a requirement that people wash their hands before eating. They did this to make their hands ceremonially clean, not primarily to clean off dirt. Make sure that your translation indicates that Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about ceremonial or ritual washing, not washing off dirt. The gift for God In 15:4–6, Jesus rebukes the Pharisees for allowing people to promise to give something to God instead of using it to help their parents. Jesus is not saying that giving things to God is wrong. Instead, he is saying that honoring one’s parents is one of the most important commandments that God gave, and no tradition should prevent people from honoring their parents. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation. The Canaanite woman Matthew describes the woman as a “Canaanite,” which is an old term for the people who lived in the land of Israel before the Israelites arrived. Matthew means that the woman is not a Jew, and he might mean that she is descended from the people that the Israelites defeated when they took over the land of Israel. Your translation should make clearly indicate that the woman is not a Jew. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/canaan]]) The miracle of multiplying food In 15:32–39, Matthew tells a story in which Jesus provides 4,000 men and even more women and children with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were seven loaves of bread and a few fish. Despite that, Jesus used the seven loaves of bread and the few fish to feed everyone who was there. Matthew does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle. Matthew told a similar story about how Jesus fed 5,000 men in 14:13–21, so see how you expressed the ideas there. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Feeding little dogs In 15:26, Jesus tells the Canaanite woman that it is not right to give food that is meant for children to little dogs. In 15:27, the woman responds that little dogs eat the little bits of food that fall off their owners’ tables. The children represent Jews, and the little dogs represent non-Jews. The food represents things that Jesus does for people. What Jesus means is that he is supposed to do things for Jews, not for non-Jews. What the woman means is that what she is asking Jesus to do is unimportant enough that he can do it without taking away from what he does for Jews. If possible, do not express the meaning of what Jesus and the woman say about little dogs, but make sure that your translation naturally expresses this meaning. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the Pharisees, the crowds, or the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
2500	15:1	q6af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Here, the word Then introduces a new event that took place sometime after the previous event, probably relatively soon after. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “One day,” or “Sometime later,”
2501	15:1	d8ar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	προσέρχονται	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go to”
2502	15:1	xcqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
2503	15:2	j1b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	The Pharisees are using the question form to rebuke Jesus for what his disciples are doing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples should not transgress the tradition of the elders.” or “We are shocked that your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders!”
2504	15:2	mapm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου	1	Here, the word your is singular since the Pharisees and scribes are speaking to Jesus.
2505	15:2	yn6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	Here, the scribes and Pharisees are using the possessive form to describe a tradition that came from the elders. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the tradition given to us by the elders” or “the tradition handed down to us by the elders”
2506	15:2	dc73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tradition, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what the elders taught us”
2507	15:2	j6uo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	Here, the word elders refers to respected ancestors whose teaching is trusted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the ancestral teachers” or “of our respected forefathers”
2508	15:2	f7vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation of how the disciples are transgressing the tradition. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “They do that when” or “Here is how they do that:”
2509	15:2	gfn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	Here the scribes and Pharisees are referring to how they would wash their hands with water to make them ritually or ceremonially clean. See the chapter introduction for more information about this kind of washing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they do not ceremonially wash their hands with water”
2510	15:2	fn5o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	The scribes and Pharisees are using bread to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” or “anything”
2511	15:3	ia1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees for things that they do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not transgress the commandment of God because of your tradition.” or “I am shocked that you transgress the commandment of God because of your traditions!”
2512	15:3	jsqa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the rest of the question describes. Alternate translation: “Why, because of your tradition, do you also transgress the commandment of God”
2513	15:3	ft1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a commandment that came from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the commandment given by God” or “the commandment we received from God”
2514	15:3	x2o6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of commandment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God commanded us”
2515	15:3	qdev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tradition, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you were taught”
2516	15:4	itl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation of how the scribes and Pharisees transgress God’s law. This explanation continues in 14:5–6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is how you do that:” or “What I mean is that”
2517	15:4	kckw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ὁ & Θεὸς ἐνετείλατο λέγων	1	Many ancient manuscripts read God commanded, saying. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “God said.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
2518	15:4	woat		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. The first quotation could be from Exodus 20:12 or Deuteronomy 5:16. The second quotation could be from Exodus 21:17 or Leviticus 20:9. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a quotation from an important text, and you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “saying in the law he gave to Moses” or “speaking through Moses”
2519	15:4	srz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καί ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that all people should honor their father and their mother and that everyone speaking evil of his father or mother should end in death.”
2520	15:4	kzvj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	τίμα τὸν & τὴν	1	Since God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command the words your and your are singular.
2521	15:4	iigy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one speaking evil of his father or mother, he should end in death” or “Anyone who speaks evil of his father or mother must end in death”
2522	15:4	qfu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὁ κακολογῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The one saying evil things about”
2523	15:4	erkh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	Here, the phrase end in death means that the person is killed or executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him be put to death” or “let him be killed”
2524	15:4	mfmw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τελευτάτω	1	Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person end”
2525	15:5-6	l8t0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς & οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother that whatever they might have benefited from him is a gift, he will certainly not honor his father.”
2526	15:5	hsz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the scribes and Pharisees allow in contrast to what God commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “Despite that,”
2527	15:5	dofz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς	1	Here, the phrase Whatever you might have benefited from me refers to money or goods that children might give to their parents when they need help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Whatever I might have given to help you” or “Anything you might have received from me”
2528	15:5	ybem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὠφεληθῇς	1	Here, the word you is singular since a child is speaking to one of his or her parents.
2529	15:5	ql75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δῶρον	1	Here Jesus implies that the person is giving something as a gift to God. Because of that, the person will not give it to his or her parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” or “is a gift to God, so I cannot give it to you”
2530	15:6	hcwe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus implies that the Pharisees and scribes mean that the person cannot honor his father by giving him the money or goods that he promised to give to God. The person could still honor his father in other ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not honor his father in that way” or “he will certainly not honor his father by giving him what he declared to be a gift for God”
2531	15:6	oyqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms he and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not honor his or her”
2532	15:6	ybif		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει	1	Here Jesus could mean that the scribes and Pharisees taught that: (1) the person was not allowed to honor his father. Alternate translation: “we is certainly not allowed to honor” (2) the person did not have to honor his father. Alternate translation: “he does not need to honor”
2533	15:6	g66y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
2534	15:6	q3kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατέρα	1	Here Jesus implies that this person will also not honor his mother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “father or his mother”
2535	15:6	rp3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Here, the word And introduces the result of what the Pharisees and scribes tell people that they can do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “So,”
2536	15:6	tkru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the rest of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “because of your tradition, you have set aside the word of God”
2537	15:6	belk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἠκυρώσατε	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the word of God were an object that people could set aside and ignore. He means that they are ignoring the word of God and treating it like it is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have nullified” or “you have ignored”
2538	15:6	znt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is using the term word to refer to the commands that God gave using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God said”
2539	15:6	xr06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τὸν λόγον	1	Many ancient manuscripts read the word. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the commandment,” and some other ancient manuscripts read “the law.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
2540	15:6	wq1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tradition, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you were taught”
2541	15:7	t4fq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καλῶς	1	Here, the word well indicates that what Isaiah prophesied accurately describes the scribes and the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “accurately” or “truly”
2542	15:7	n4ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Here Jesus introduces a quotation from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Isaiah 29:13. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a quotation from an important text, and you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “saying in the book of Isaiah” or “as it is written”
2543	15:8	spwd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος & τιμᾷ	1	Here, the phrase This people refers to the Israelites about whom Isaiah was speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The Israelites honor” or “These Jewish people”
2544	15:8	bz91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	με & ἐμοῦ	1	Here, both uses of the word me refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “me, their God, … me”
2545	15:8	qw69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς χείλεσίν	1	Here, lips represent someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with their speech” or “with their words”
2546	15:8	q7vm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Here Isaiah speaks as if the Israelites’ heart was far away from God. He means that they do not think about God or want to obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if their hearts were far away from me” or “they do not want to serve me”
2547	15:8	hr29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει	1	If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one heart, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their hearts are far away”
2548	15:8	wuw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν	1	In the author’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “their mind” or “their thinking”
2549	15:9	b8d7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next idea in the quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,”
2550	15:9	n47x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διδάσκοντες	1	Here, the word teaching introduces a reason why their worship is in vain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “since they teach”
2551	15:9	qdlv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of doctrines and commandments, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as authoritative what men have commanded”
2552	15:9	vvb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe commandments that are given by men. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things commanded by men”
2553	15:9	jikp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Isaiah is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of people”
2554	15:11	s28y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα	1	Here Jesus is referring to food and drink, which are what people put into their mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The food and drink that the man puts into his mouth”
2555	15:11	obg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸ στόμα & τὸν ἄνθρωπον & τοῦ στόματος & τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	The phrases the mouth and the man represent men and their mouths in general, not one particular man and his mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone’s mouth … that person … someone’s mouth … that person”
2556	15:11	lii8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	-1	Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person … the person”
2557	15:11	lte6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο	1	Here, the word this refers directly back to what comes out from the mouth. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce what comes out from the mouth and then explain what it does. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word this would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “what comes out from the mouth”
2558	15:11	o7bk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	Here Jesus is referring to words, which are what come out of people’s mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the words that come out of his mouth”
2559	15:11	yuf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐκπορευόμενον	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes out”
2560	15:12	ibrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οἶδας ὅτι οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν?	1	The disciples are using the question form to inform Jesus about how the Pharisees responded. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should know that the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended.” or “The Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended!”
2561	15:12	cgtq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	οἶδας	1	Here, the word you is singular since the disciples are speaking to Jesus.
2562	15:12	l2uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “you caused the Pharisees to stumble when they heard this word”
2563	15:12	wcfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	The disciples is using the term word to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the words that you spoke” or “the things that you said”
2564	15:12	b8ou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	Here disciples speaks as if the word that Jesus said were a lump or rock that the Pharisees were stumbling on. They mean that the the Pharisees were offended by what he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were offended”
2565	15:13	u1z2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2566	15:13	n5ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	Here Jesus speaks of the Pharisees who were offended by him as if they were plants that God did not plant. He means that they are not serving God. Then, Jesus speaks of God’s punishment as if it were uprooting these plants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those Pharisees are like plants that my heavenly Father will uproot because he did not plant them” or “Those Pharisees will be punished by my heavenly Father because they have not obeyed him”
2567	15:13	j49e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
2568	15:13	hs4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “he will uproot”
2569	15:14	dubo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	Here, the clause Leave them means that the disciples should not worry about or pay attention to the Pharisees who were offended by Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Ignore them” or “Do not pay attention to them”
2570	15:14	r167		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτούς & εἰσιν	1	The words them and They refer to the Pharisees who were offended by Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “those Pharisees! They are”
2571	15:14	ai9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	Here, Jesus speaks of the Pharisees who were offended by him as if they were blind guides, and he speaks of other Jewish people as if they were blind people. He means that neither the Pharisees nor the rest of the people know what is right, but the Pharisees teach the people anyways, even though what they teach is wrong. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “They are like blind guides. They teach people what is wrong, just as a blind one guides a blind one so that they both fall into a pit”
2572	15:14	c1jp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί	1	Many ancient manuscripts read They are blind guides. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “They are blind guides of the blind.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
2573	15:14	xho5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “So,”
2574	15:14	wz4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τυφλὸς & τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι & πεσοῦνται	1	Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a blind person guided another blind person. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine a blind one guiding a blind one. They would both fall”
2575	15:15	cbzk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2576	15:15	omu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	φράσον	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you explain”
2577	15:15	c6r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	φράσον	1	Here, the command is singular because the Peter is speaking to Jesus.
2578	15:15	yqqx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν παραβολήν	1	Here Peter could be referring to: (1) the parable about blind people guiding other blind people (see 15:14). Alternate translation: “the parable about the blind guides” (2) the parable about things that go into and out of a person (see 15:11). Alternate translation: “the parable about what goes into a person”
2579	15:15	shg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	By us, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
2580	15:16	txes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2581	15:16	al9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for how they still do not understand what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are still without understanding.” or “I am amazed that you still do not understand!”
2582	15:17	l5nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται?	1	Jesus is using the question form to remind his disciples about what happens to the food that people eat. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should already understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine.” or “You already know that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine!”
2583	15:17	izwd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα	1	Here Jesus is referring to food and drink, which are what people put into their mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 15:11. Alternate translation: “all the food and drink that a person puts into his mouth”
2584	15:17	jzaw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν	1	The phrases the mouth and the stomach represent mouths and stomachs in general, not one particular mouth and stomach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “into someone’s mouth … into that person’s stomach”
2585	15:17	u6ea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται	1	Jesus is referring to the process of expelling and removing feces and urine in a polite way by using the phrase is passed out into the latrine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “is evacuated from the bowels” or “passes out of the body as waste”
2586	15:17	zyhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκβάλλεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it is the person’s body or bowels. Alternate translation: “the body passes it out” or “the bowels pass it out”
2587	15:17	s9z6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀφεδρῶνα	1	A latrine is a place where people expel and remove feces and urine. If your readers would not be familiar with this word, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the bathroom” or “the water closet”
2588	15:18	ca1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	Here Jesus is referring to words, which are what come out of people’s mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 15:11. Alternate translation: “the words that come out of the mouth”
2589	15:18	qtkq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐκπορευόμενα & ἐξέρχεται	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “going” and “go” instead of coming and come. Alternate translation: “going out … go”
2590	15:18	r693		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τοῦ στόματος & τῆς καρδίας & τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	The phrases the mouth, the heart, and the man represent men, their mouths, and their hearts in general, not one particular man his mouth, and his heart. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone’s mouth … that person’s heart … that person”
2591	15:18	jt6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς καρδίας	1	In the author’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the mind” or “the thoughts”
2592	15:18	fnec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person”
2593	15:19	kqvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a basis for the claim that Jesus made in the previous verse about how what comes out of the heart defiles a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “I say that because”
2594	15:19	cv09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τῆς καρδίας	1	The phrase the heart represents hearts in general, not one particular heart. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people’s hearts”
2595	15:19	ekbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς καρδίας	1	See how you translated heart in 15:18. Alternate translation: “the mind” or “the thoughts”
2596	15:19	qeit		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξέρχονται	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go”
2597	15:19	ccfm			διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδομαρτυρίαι, βλασφημίαι	1	Each of the items in this list translates a plural term that refers to specific actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to specific actions. Alternate translation: “acts of evil thinking, murder, adultery, sexual immorality, theft, false testimony, and blasphemy”
2598	15:19	xjbx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδομαρτυρίαι, βλασφημίαι	1	If your language does not use nouns for some or all of the ideas in this list, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things that people do, including evil thinking, murdering, acting in adulterous and sexually immoral ways, stealing things, claiming that something false is true, and blaspheming”
2599	15:20	q94l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον & τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	The phrase the man represents men in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone … someone”
2600	15:20	bme7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον & ἄνθρωπον	1	Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “person … person”
2601	15:20	c6z2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ & ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν	1	Here Jesus refers to how people would wash their hands with water to make them ritually or ceremonially clean. See the chapter introduction for more information about this kind of washing. Express the idea as you did in 15:2. Alternate translation: “to eat without ceremonially washing one’s hands with water”
2602	15:21	e5gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, the phrase And having come out from there introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said those things, he came out from there. Then”
2603	15:21	acuv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”
2604	15:21	fvxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, the word there refers to the region of Gennesaret (see 14:34), which is where Jesus was teaching the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he was” or “from Gennesaret”
2605	15:21	t81u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Matthew implies that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”
2606	15:22	x1wm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραζεν	1	Here Matthew introduces a Canaanite woman as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who was a Canaanite. She came out from those regions to Jesus, and she was crying out”
2607	15:22	huq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
2608	15:22	aobs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα	1	Here Matthew implies that the woman left her home and went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come out from her home in those regions to where Jesus was”
2609	15:22	jeo0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθοῦσα	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”
2610	15:22	babb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγουσα	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and she said”
2611	15:22	zxvj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἐλέησόν με, Κύριε, Υἱὸς Δαυείδ; ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	Here the woman asks Jesus to have mercy on her before she says why she needs help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include why she needs help before she asks for mercy. Alternate translation: “Lord, my daughter is severely demon-possessed. Have mercy on me, Son of David!”
2612	15:22	kwye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐλέησόν με	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to me”
2613	15:22	hbk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἐλέησόν	1	Here, the command is singular because the woman is speaking to Jesus.
2614	15:22	xs64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. Express the idea as you did in 9:27. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”
2615	15:22	j6rt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A demon is severely possessing my daughter”
2616	15:22	o0yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	Here the woman implies that the demon is hurting or injuring her daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is painfully demon-possessed” or “is demon-possessed and suffering greatly”
2617	15:23	hd2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον	1	Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. The phrase did not answer her a word means that Jesus did not use words to respond to the woman’s requests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “kept silent” or “did not answer her in any way”
2618	15:23	hlqp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσελθόντες	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples approached Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having approached Jesus”
2619	15:23	p8e8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “and they said”
2620	15:23	uxps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν, ὅτι κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the request that the first clause expresses. Alternate translation: “She is crying out after us, so send her away”
2621	15:23	a3wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you send her away”
2622	15:23	otzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν	1	Here the disciples could be asking Jesus: (1) to tell the women to leave them alone and go away. Alternate translation: “Make her leave us alone” (2) to cast the demon out of the woman’s daughter and tell her to go home. Alternate translation: “Cast the demon out of her daughter and send her away”
2623	15:23	tyn0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν	1	Here, the command is singular because the disciples are speaking to Jesus.
2624	15:23	wu1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν	1	Here the disciples imply that the woman was walking behind them and crying out many times. The disciples found this very annoying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of that information explicit. Alternate translation: “she is following us and annoying us by crying out”
2625	15:24	mk22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	εἶπεν	1	Here Matthew does not specify to whom Jesus said these words. It is possible that it was the woman, or more likely, the disciples. If possible, do not specify to whom Jesus said these words. Alternate translation: “spoke these words:”
2626	15:24	wfnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel”
2627	15:24	t9ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God did not send me”
2628	15:24	u9t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe: (1) all of the house of Israel as lost sheep. Alternate translation: “the lost sheep, who are the house of Israel” (2) some of the house of Israel as lost sheep. Alternate translation: “the lost sheep among the house of Israel”
2629	15:24	oruf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	Here Jesus speaks of his fellow Jewish people as if they were lost sheep. He means that they are not following God and need help. This is an important metaphor in the Bible, so you could preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. See how you translated this phrase in 10:6. Alternate translation: “the house of Israel, who are like lost sheep” or “the house of Israel, who are far away from God, like lost sheep”
2630	15:24	kilt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	Here Jesus refers to a people group or nation as if it were a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this phrase in 10:6. Alternate translation: “of the nation of Israel” or “of the Israelites”
2631	15:25	oojb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
2632	15:25	u3jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	In the woman’s culture, bowing down to a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what bowing down means. Alternate translation: “prostrated herself before him” or “bowed down to him in respect”
2633	15:25	cntx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	βοήθει	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you help”
2634	15:25	yj7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	βοήθει	1	Here, the command is singular because the woman is speaking to Jesus.
2635	15:26	ihz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	To explain to the woman why he has not helped her, Jesus offers a story or illustration. In the story, the children represent the Jewish people, the little dogs represent non-Jewish people, and the bread represents the help that Jesus gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is a story with a specific message, or you could explain what the parable means. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw {it} to the little dogs” or “It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw {it} to the little dogs. That is what helping you instead of my fellow Jews would be like”
2636	15:26	vrm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe bread that was prepared for the children to eat. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the food prepared for the children” or “the food that the children were going to eat”
2637	15:26	a5bc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1	Jesus is using bread to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the meals”
2638	15:26	faxn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	Here, Jesus implies that the bread is thrown to the little dogs so that they can eat it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to throw it to the little dogs for them to eat”
2639	15:26	ge48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	Here, the phrase little dogs could describe: (1) domesticated animals that eat pests and can protect houses and families. You could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to the domesticated animals” or “to the guard animals” (2) scavenging animals that were generally considered unclean and dirty. You could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to the scavenging animals” or “to the dirty animals”
2640	15:27	rtie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ναί	1	Here, the woman uses the word Yes to indicate that she understands and agrees with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yes, I agree” or “Yes, that is true”
2641	15:27	j686		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces the woman’s further explanation of what Jesus said about children and little dogs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “but it is also true” or “yet even further,”
2642	15:27	yvw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	To ask Jesus to help her, the woman offers a story or illustration based on the parable that Jesus told in 15:26. In the story, the little dogs represent non-Jewish people, and the crumbs represent the help that Jesus gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is a story with a specific message, or you could explain what the parable means. Alternate translation: “and here is a similar story: the little dogs eat from the crumbs falling from the table of their masters” or “for also the little dogs eat from the crumbs falling from the table of their masters. That is what helping me would be like”
2643	15:27	i5tt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ κυνάρια	1	See you how you translated this phrase in 15:26. Alternate translation: “to the domesticated animals” or “to the scavenging animals”
2644	15:27	hoxv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	Here the woman refers to how dogs often eat bits of food that fall off the table where the dogs’ owners are eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the bits of food that fall off the place where their masters are eating”
2645	15:27	y50p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τῆς τραπέζης	1	In this verse, the word table is singular in form, but it refers to all the tables of their masters as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the tables”
2646	15:28	bcx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὦ γύναι	1	Here Jesus uses the phrase O woman to address the Canaanite woman. This phrase was a polite way to refer to someone, and Jesus uses it to show how impressed he is with what the woman said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers politely to woman who has a daughter. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” or “My lady”
2647	15:28	x0rp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μεγάλη σου ἡ πίστις	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you have believed greatly”
2648	15:28	swf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου & σοι & θέλεις	1	Here, the words your, you, and you are singular because Jesus is speaking to the woman.
2649	15:28	mbi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	γενηθήτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It will be done” or “I am doing it”
2650	15:28	tea2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let it happen” or “let God do it”
2651	15:28	n229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter”
2652	15:28	wwq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	Here, the phrase from that hour indicates that the woman’s daughter was healed at the time when Jesus said those words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time”
2653	15:29	np6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν, ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Here, the phrase And having left from there introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus left that place. He”
2654	15:29	vqs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, the word there refers to the areas near the cities of Tyre and Sidon (see 15:21), where Jesus was when he spoke with the Canaanite woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the region of Tyre and Sidon” or “from where he met the Canaanite woman”
2655	15:29	d0ie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went”
2656	15:29	j1rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀναβὰς	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come up”
2657	15:29	jp6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τὸ ὄρος	1	Matthew does not clarify what mountain this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”
2658	15:30	c8td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	Matthew is using the adjectives lame, blind, crippled, and mute as nouns to mean people who were sick in all those ways. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were lame, blind, crippled, and mute”
2659	15:30	l36z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑτέρους πολλούς	1	Here Matthew implies that these people were sick in other ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “many other sick people” or “many who were sick in various other ways”
2660	15:30	yf7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase they laid them at his feet means that the crowds laid the sick people in front of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they laid them before him”
2661	15:30	gy3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς & αὐτούς	1	Here, the word they refers to the large crowds, and the word them refers to the sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds laid the sick people … those sick people”
2662	15:31	zarb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	Here, the phrase so that introduces a result from Jesus healing many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that”
2663	15:31	be52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κωφοὺς & κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς	1	See how you translated these phrases in 15:30. Alternate translation: “people who were mute … people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind”
2664	15:31	dfgm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸν Θεὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the God whom Israel worships. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the God whom Israel worships”
2665	15:31	n0m7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἰσραήλ	1	Here, the word Israel refers to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel”
2666	15:32	gngo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2667	15:32	ofkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The crowd is remaining with me already three days and does not have anything to eat, so I have compassion on them”
2668	15:32	m8v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I sympathize with”
2669	15:32	lmax			ἐκλυθῶσιν	1	Alternate translation: “they might become weary” or “they might lose their strength”
2670	15:32	q1dp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	Here, Jesus implies that the people would be walking on the way to their homes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the way to their homes” or “while they going home”
2671	15:33	plpn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
2672	15:33	uhi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	The disciples are using the question form to tell Jesus that they do not have enough food for the crowd. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for us in a desolate place to find enough loaves so as to satisfy so large a crowd.” or “There is certainly no place in this desolate area where we can get enough loaves to satisfy so large a crowd!”
2673	15:33	m719		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτοι	1	The disciples are using loaves to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food”
2674	15:34	f4lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
2675	15:34	hbte		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτους	1	See how you translated loaves in 14:17. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”
2676	15:34	k86l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά, καὶ	1	The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We have seven loaves and”
2677	15:35	pc5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “to get ready to eat on the ground”
2678	15:36	mll5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄρτους	1	See how you translated loaves in 14:17. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”
2679	15:36	qrcn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔκλασεν καὶ ἐδίδου	1	Here Matthew means that Jesus broke the loaves of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he divided the loaves into servings and was giving them” or “he broke the loaves into smaller pieces and was giving the pieces”
2680	15:36	a9s4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ & μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples gave them to the crowds”
2681	15:37	m7nw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔφαγον πάντες & ἦραν	1	The pronoun they in the phrase they all ate refers to the crowds. The pronoun they in the phrase they took up refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds all ate … the disciples took up”
2682	15:37	trkz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they were full”
2683	15:37	gjjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων	1	Here, the phrase the remaining refers to what was left after everyone ate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leftovers” or “what was left of the broken pieces”
2684	15:37	htll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σπυρίδας	1	The word baskets refers to large circular containers that store food or other items. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”
2685	15:38	i5xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Matthews uses the word But to introduce background information that helps the readers understand how amazing what Jesus did was. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for how many people were there,” or “In the end,”
2686	15:38	z66m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων	1	Here Matthew means that the number he has given does not include women and children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which does not include women and children”
2687	15:39	j06u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνέβη	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples got”
2688	15:39	eku7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came”
2689	15:39	m8dp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαγαδάν	1	The word Magadan could be the name of: (1) a small village. Alternate translation: “of the village of Magadan” (2) a district or area. Alternate translation: “of the district of Magadan”
2690	15:39	zdyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Μαγαδάν	1	Many ancient manuscripts read Magadan. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Magdala.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
2691	16:intro	za2k				0	Matthew 16 General Notes Structure and Formatting Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27) The Pharisees and Sadducees test Jesus (16:1–4) The yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees (16:5–12) Who Jesus really is (16:13–20) What Jesus and his disciples must do (16:21–28) Special Concepts in this Chapter The sign of Jonah In 16:4, Jesus briefly refers to “the sign of Jonah.” He has already discussed this sign in more detail in 12:39–41. See the introduction to chapter 12 for more information. Express the idea here as you did there. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/jonah]]) Peter, “this rock,” and the keys of the kingdom In 16:18–19, Jesus tells Peter that he is a rock on which the church will be built and that he has been given the keys to the kingdom of the heavens. It is clear is that Peter is very important for God’s kingdom. However, Christians debate in what way Peter is important. Some think that Peter is primarily important because of what he confessed about Jesus. Others think that Peter and his successors have authority over the church. Others think that Peter himself had authority over the early church but that he did not have any successors. If possible, express the idea in a general way but so that it is clear that Peter supports the church and has some kind of authority. The coming of the Son of Man In 16:27–28, Jesus twice refers to how he, the Son of Man, will “come.” The first time (in 16:27), Jesus speaks about coming in glory with his angels. In this case, he is almost certainly referring to his second coming, when he will punish or reward everyone for what they have done. The second time he refers to his “coming” (in 16:28), Jesus speaks about coming “in his kingdom.” Christians debate what he could be referring to. It could be: Jesus’ transfiguration, which Matthew narrates in 17:1–8 Jesus’ resurrection and enthronement in heaven the empowerment and growth of the church the destruction of Jerusalem Jesus’ second coming several of these options together Since Christians have understood this verse in at least these different ways, if possible your translation should allow for all these options. See the notes on 16:28 for translation options. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees In 16:5–12, Jesus tells his disciples to guard themselves from the “yeast” of the Pharisees and Sadducees. The disciples misunderstand him and think that he is saying something about bread, which they forgot to bring with them. Jesus reminds them that he is not talking about lack of bread, since he has proved twice that he can multiply food. When he repeats that they should guard themselves from the “yeast” of the Pharisees and Sadducees, the disciples realize that Jesus is speaking figuratively about what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. Since the disciples misunderstanding “yeast” is an important part of this passage, you should not explain what “yeast” means when Jesus uses the word. However, make sure that it is clear that “yeast” refers to teachings when Matthew explains the metaphor in 16:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) “This rock” and the name Peter In 16:18, Jesus tells Peter that his name is “Peter.” Jesus does this because he wants to comment on what the name “Peter” means, which is “rock.” After saying the name “Peter,” Jesus says that he will build his church “on this rock,” which refers back to the name “Peter.” Consider how you might naturally explain what the name “Peter” means so that your readers understand what Jesus means when he speaks about “this rock.” You could consider using a footnote or explaining the name in the translation itself. The keys of the kingdom In 16:19, Jesus promises that he will give “the keys of the kingdom of the heavens” to Peter. This could mean that Peter will control who enters the kingdom and who does not enter the kingdom. Or, it could mean that Peter has a position of authority within the kingdom. Since Christians debate exactly what the “keys” mean, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in a general way. See the notes on the verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) Verses 2b–3 Some of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 16:2b–3. Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST put them in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT and omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote.
2692	16:1	l9h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2693	16:1	syka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	προσελθόντες & πειράζοντες	1	Here, the word testing introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees and Sadducees approached Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “having approached with the goal of testing him”
2694	16:1	t7p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτοῖς	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him, ‘Show us a sign from heaven!’”
2695	16:1	vs9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	The implication is that the Pharisees and Sadducees wanted Jesus to do a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sign from heaven that proved that his authority was from God”
2696	16:1	eukn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here, the phrase from heaven indicates that the sign originates in heaven, where God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from heaven, where God rules” or “that comes from the place where God is”
2697	16:2-3	ubk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ὀψίας γενομένης λέγετε, εὐδία; πυρράζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός. & καὶ πρωΐ, σήμερον χειμών; πυρράζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός. τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινώσκετε διακρίνειν τὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ δύνασθε?	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include 16:2b–3 in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in these verses, for those who decide to include them.
2698	16:2	e057		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, εὐδία; πυρράζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it will be fair weather, for the sky is red.”
2699	16:2	tda2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	εὐδία; πυρράζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The sky is red, so it will be fair weather”
2700	16:2	lp67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐδία	1	Here the people speaking are implying that the fair weather will take place on the next day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “fair weather tomorrow”
2701	16:3	rl8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πρωΐ, σήμερον χειμών; πυρράζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in early morning you say that today will be stormy, for the sky is red, being overcast.”
2702	16:3	r5tb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πρωΐ, σήμερον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “in early morning, you say, ‘Today”
2703	16:3	f2eu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	σήμερον χειμών; πυρράζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The sky is red, being overcast, so today will be stormy”
2704	16:3	k6w7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ & πρόσωπον	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the sky had a face. He is referring to how the sky looks from the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the appearance” or “the look”
2705	16:3	kd67			τὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ δύνασθε	1	This clause could be: (1) a statement that rebukes the Pharisees and Sadducees. Alternate translation: “but you are not able to interpret the signs of the time.” (2) a rhetorical question that rebukes the Pharisees and the Sadducees. Alternate translation: “but are you not able to interpret the signs of the times?”
2706	16:3	e5yh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ & σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν	1	Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe signs that: (1) happen during the times. Alternate translation: “the signs that are happening during these times” (2) indicate that specific times have arrived. Alternate translation: “the signs that show that the times are here”
2707	16:3	hu1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐ δύνασθε	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you are not able to interpret”
2708	16:4	jl3e			γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	What Jesus says here is identical to what he said in 12:39 except for the phrase “the prophet” before the name Jonah. Translate this sentence as you did in 12:39.
2709	16:4	fhx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	The pronoun them refers to the Pharisees and Sadducees who had asked for a sign (see 16:1). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who asked him for a sign” or “those Pharisees and Sadducees”
2710	16:4	d9eq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away”
2711	16:5	ii6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2712	16:5	xyrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἐπελάθοντο ἄρτους λαβεῖν	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples forgot the loaves before they traveled to the other side, but they realized that they had forgotten it when they reached the other side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples forgot to take loaves with them, and when they came to the other side, they realized that they had forgotten” or “the disciples, having come to the other side, recognized that they had forgotten to take loaves”
2713	16:5	whsi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες	1	Here Matthew implies that both the disciples and Jesus came to the other side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when they and Jesus came”
2714	16:5	upyi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
2715	16:5	si9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ πέραν	1	Here Matthew implies that they traveled to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake”
2716	16:6	h3rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2717	16:6	u7my		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁρᾶτε καὶ προσέχετε ἀπὸ	1	The terms See and guard mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Guard against” or “Keep away from”
2718	16:6	jak2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε καὶ	1	Here, the word See means that the disciples need to make sure that something happens or does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you”
2719	16:6	gs4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have or use. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have”
2720	16:6	hfz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	Here, yeast is a metaphor that refers to what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. However, the disciples did not immediately understand that Jesus was using a metaphor; instead, they do not realize what yeast refers to until 16:12. So, you should preserve the metaphor here without explaining its meaning, since Matthew will give an explanation in 16:12.
2721	16:7	p6hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	Here, the phrase among themselves could mean: (1) that the disciples were reasoning with each other. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the disciples were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves”
2722	16:7	jx1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλάβομεν	1	Here, the word translated because could introduce: (1) what the disciples think might be the reason for why Jesus said what he did about yeast. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘He said that because we did not take loaves’” (2) what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘We did not take loaves’”
2723	16:7	t9om		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλάβομεν	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that it was because they did not take loaves”
2724	16:7	wyua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι	1	Here the disciples imply that they are giving a reason for why Jesus said what he did about yeast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus has spoken about yeast because”
2725	16:7	mmzt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	οὐκ ἐλάβομεν	1	By we, the disciples mean themselves but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
2726	16:8	ekph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2727	16:8	zz4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You of little faith! Do not reason among yourselves that you do not have loaves!” or “You of little faith, it is wrong for you to be reasoning among yourselves that you do not have loaves.”
2728	16:8	mg8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You who believe so little”
2729	16:8	ia8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	Here, much as in 16:7, the phrase among yourselves could mean: (1) that the disciples were reasoning with each other. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the disciples were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within yourselves”
2730	16:9	h5bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation.Alternate translation: “You do not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you received!” or “I am disappointed that you do not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you received.”
2731	16:9	ux51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to refer to the five loaves that he used to feed the 5,000. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the five loaves that fed the 5,000”
2732	16:9	glqh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν πεντακισχιλίων	1	Matthew is using the number 5,000 as a noun to mean 5,000 men. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the 5,000 men”
2733	16:9	m3cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτους	1	See how you translated loaves in 14:17. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”
2734	16:9	c2lx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κοφίνους	1	Here Jesus implies that the baskets were full of leftover food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “baskets full of leftovers”
2735	16:9	h1ib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κοφίνους	1	See how you translated baskets in 14:20. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”
2736	16:10	ejm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Nor do you perceive or remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you received!” or “I am also disappointed that you do not yet perceive nor remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you received.”
2737	16:10	s854		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Nor do you understand or remember”
2738	16:10	b11x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to refer to the seven loaves that he used to feed the 4,000. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seven loaves that fed the 4,000”
2739	16:10	kjfw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτους	1	See how you translated loaves in 14:17. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”
2740	16:10	npb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν τετρακισχιλίων	1	Matthew is using the number 4,000 as a noun to mean 4,000 men. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the 4,000 men”
2741	16:10	jnkk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σπυρίδας	1	Here Jesus implies that the baskets were full of leftover food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “baskets full of leftovers”
2742	16:10	vcgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σπυρίδας	1	See how you translated baskets in 15:37. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”
2743	16:11	mb2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not perceive that I did not speak to you about loaves!” or “I am disappointed that you do not perceive that I did not speak to you about loaves.”
2744	16:11	nw24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what Jesus really wants to say about yeast in contrast to simply speaking about bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Rather,”
2745	16:11	g16r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	Here, just as in 16:6, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have or use. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have”
2746	16:11	i7x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	Here, just as in 16:6, yeast is a metaphor that refers to what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. However, the disciples did not immediately understand that Jesus was using a metaphor; instead, they do not realize what yeast refers to until 16:12. So, you should preserve the metaphor here without explaining its meaning, since Matthew will give an explanation in 16:12.
2747	16:12	f73l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	συνῆκαν	1	The pronoun they refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples understood”
2748	16:12	f4p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	οὐκ εἶπεν προσέχειν ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν ἄρτων, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῆς διδαχῆς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “he had told them to guard from the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees, not from the yeast of loaves”
2749	16:12	b4h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῆς ζύμης τῶν ἄρτων	1	Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe yeast that people use to make loaves. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast used to make loaves”
2750	16:12	d990		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but to guard from”
2751	16:12	t740		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς διδαχῆς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of teaching, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the things that the Pharisees and Sadducees taught”
2752	16:13	e5cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2753	16:13	xs2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθὼν	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he and his disciples came”
2754	16:13	ez5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
2755	16:13	f7ik		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
2756	16:13	e8y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
2757	16:13	e1jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	εἶναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is the Son of Man, am”
2758	16:13	dju6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The title Son of Man may refer to a special person, possibly the Messiah, that people expected to arrive. However, since Jesus is asking about who people say that the Son of Man is, if possible you should not explain what the title means. Alternate translation: “the Human One”
2759	16:14	mwgp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ μὲν Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν; ἄλλοι δὲ Ἠλείαν; ἕτεροι δὲ Ἰερεμίαν ἢ ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν	1	Since all these people and prophets had died before the disciples answered this question, the disciples are implying that people think that Jesus is one of these people who has come back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Some, John the Baptist come back to life; and some, Elijah come back to life; and others, Jeremiah or one of the prophets come back to life”
2760	16:14	zqqg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ μὲν Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν; ἄλλοι δὲ Ἠλείαν; ἕτεροι δὲ Ἰερεμίαν	1	The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Some say John the Baptist; and some say Elijah; and others say Jeremiah”
2761	16:14	v7kl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ μὲν & ἄλλοι & ἕτεροι	1	The disciples are using the adjectives Some, some, and others as nouns to mean various groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Some among the people … some among the people … others among the people”
2762	16:14	c9iz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν	1	Here the disciples are not excluding John the Baptist, Elijah, or Jeremiah from the group of the prophets. Instead, they are referring the many other prophets that God had sent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “another one of the prophets”
2763	16:15	cgiz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
2764	16:16	ns0y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σὺ	1	Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word You here is singular.
2765	16:16	n5wi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	Son is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
2766	16:16	r1h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	Here, the phrase the living God identifies God as the one who “lives.” The primary point is that God actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “of the God who lives” or “of the true God”
2767	16:17	sash		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2768	16:17	yh0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses since the last clauses gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens, you are blessed, Simon Bar Jonah”
2769	16:17	zm55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριος εἶ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God will bless you”
2770	16:17	npe1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	εἶ & σοι	1	Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
2771	16:17	le6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ	1	Bar is a word borrowed from Aramaic. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon son of Jonah”
2772	16:17	gxjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βαριωνᾶ	1	The word Jonah is the name of a man.
2773	16:17	g8s5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “my Father in the heavens revealed this to you, not flesh and blood”
2774	16:17	dfw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The words flesh and blood together identify what it means to be human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use and. Alternate translation: “humans did not reveal this” or “no human being revealed this”
2775	16:17	wix3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι	1	The pronoun this refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous verse that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to that pronouncement more directly. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ” or “did not reveal to you what you just said”
2776	16:17	v5lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you”
2777	16:17	gi3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
2778	16:17	a3e5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
2779	16:18	dx2v			κἀγὼ & σοι λέγω	1	Jesus uses the clause I also say to you this to emphasize what he is telling the Peter. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I also want you to know”
2780	16:18	wbzd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοι & σὺ	1	Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
2781	16:18	z897		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σὺ εἶ Πέτρος	1	The name Peter means “rock.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you have the name Peter, which means ‘rock’”
2782	16:18	c7rr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ	1	Here Jesus could be referring to this rock in order to: (1) describe Peter, whose name means “rock,” as solid foundation, a rock, for the church. Alternate translation: “upon you, who are like a rock,” or “upon you” (2) refer to what Peter said about Jesus (that he is the Christ) as a solid foundation or rock for the church. Alternate translation: “upon your confession, which is like a rock,” or “upon your confession”
2783	16:18	x43d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Jesus here speaks as if his church were a building that someone could build. With this metaphor, he refers to making the church become stronger and more mature, just like the one who builds a house makes it strong and complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will strengthen my church as if I were building it” or “I will make my church strong”
2784	16:18	vu9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πύλαι ᾍδου	1	Here, Jesus could be referring to the gates of Hades in order to: (1) speak about how, when people enter through the gates of Hades, they die. Alternate translation: “death” or “the power of death” (2) speak about evil powers that come out through the gates of Hades. Alternate translation: “the powers of hell” or “evil powers”
2785	16:18	l98f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῆς	1	The pronoun it refers to my church. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to the church. Alternate translation: “my church”
2786	16:19	pp5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δώσω σοι τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here Jesus speaks of giving authority to Peter as if he were giving him the keys of the kingdom of the heavens. Christians debate what kind of authority this is, so if possible, you should preserve the metaphor or simply refer to some kind of authority. Alternate translation: “I will give to you the keys of the kingdom of the heavens so that you have authority” or “I will give you authority in the kingdom of the heavens”
2787	16:19	dlca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοι & δήσῃς & λύσῃς	1	Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
2788	16:19	k09j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας	1	The word keys refers to tools that are used to lock and unlock things, especially doors and gates. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the tools for locking and unlocking the kingdom” or “the openers for the kingdom”
2789	16:19	dy4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Here, the word and introduces how Peter will exercise the authority that Jesus will give to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result or goal. Alternate translation: “so that”
2790	16:19	ef9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here Jesus speaks of decisions that Peter and God make as if they were binding something. These decisions are specifically about requiring or enforcing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Since Jesus uses very general language, your translation should also be very general. Alternate translation: “whatever you require on the earth will have been required in the heavens” or “whatever you enforce on the earth will have been enforced in the heavens”
2791	16:19	ysk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσται δεδεμένον & ἔσται λελυμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God will have bound … God will have loosed”
2792	16:19	kc3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here Jesus speaks of decisions that Peter and God make as if they were binding something. These decisions are specifically about allowing or abrogating something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Since Jesus uses very general language, your translation should also be very general. Alternate translation: “whatever you allow on the earth will have been allowed in the heavens” or “whatever you annul on the earth will have been annulled in the heavens”
2793	16:20	s024		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “the disciples, ‘Tell no one that I am the Christ’”
2794	16:20	b0bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they tell no one, ‘He is the Christ’”
2795	16:21	yile		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “to his disciples, saying, ‘It is necessary for me to go to Jerusalem and to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes and to be killed and to be raised on the third day’”
2796	16:21	so7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποκτανθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that the elders and chief priests and scribes would order someone to do it. Alternate translation: “to die” or “for them to put him to death”
2797	16:21	es1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθῆναι	1	Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be restored to life”
2798	16:21	r5hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγερθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Matthew could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “to have God raise him” or “for God to raise him” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “to raise himself”
2799	16:21	q0c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, the phrase on the third day refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as the first day, tomorrow as the second day, and the day after tomorrow as the third day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days later”
2800	16:21	jjx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three”
2801	16:22	olky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
2802	16:22	guz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἵλεώς σοι	1	Here, the phrase Merciful to you could mean: (1) that Jesus should not be thinking about or talking about what he has predicted will happen. Alternate translation: “Far be it from you” or “Stop saying those things” (2) that he believes that God will mercifully protect Jesus from what Jesus has predicted will happen. Alternate translation: “God will have mercy on you” or “May God be merciful to you”
2803	16:22	jpoi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοι	-1	Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
2804	16:22	qx41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο	1	The pronoun this refers to the things that Jesus had just spoken about what would happen to him. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those things more directly. Alternate translation: “those things” or “what you have said”
2805	16:22	tck2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
2806	16:23	qsof		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that”
2807	16:23	sfjd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στραφεὶς	1	Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus turned: (1) to face Peter. Alternate translation: “having turned toward Peter” (2) away from Peter. Alternate translation: “having turned away from Peter”
2808	16:23	h99i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου	1	Here Jesus speaks as if he wants Peter to Get behind him. He means that Peter should not rebuke him but should instead accept what Jesus says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not stand in my way” or “Do not rebuke me”
2809	16:23	f28i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Σατανᾶ	1	Here Jesus calls Peter Satan because Peter is asking like Satan by tempting Jesus to disobey God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or explain the metaphor. Alternate translation: “you who are acting like Satan” or “for you are tempting me as Satan does”
2810	16:23	b9y0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because you are not considering the things of God, but the things of men, you are a stumbling block to me”
2811	16:23	asig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ	1	Here, Jesus speaks of someone who tempts others to sin as if that person were a stumbling block. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are tempting me to sin”
2812	16:23	cro2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	εἶ & οὐ φρονεῖς	1	Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the words You and you are singular.
2813	16:23	z28c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “you are considering the things of men, not the things of God”
2814	16:23	svgz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τὰ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but you are considering the things”
2815	16:23	y3s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of human beings” or “of people”
2816	16:24	t0zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἴ τις θέλει	1	Here Jesus uses the conditional form to refer to anyone who wants to come after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form naturally introduces anyone who wants to follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Anyone who wants” or “When someone wants”
2817	16:24	ck1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν	1	Here, the phrase come after me refers to traveling with Jesus and being his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciples” or “to travel with me as my students”
2818	16:24	m9a5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should deny himself and take up his cross and follow me”
2819	16:24	r13i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms him, himself, and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person deny himself or herself … his or her”
2820	16:24	rclq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	Here, the phrase deny himself refers to a person choosing not to do what they would naturally do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him exercise self-control” or “choose not to do what he naturally desires”
2821	16:24	m44z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus also assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “take up the wooden cross on which he will be executed”
2822	16:24	pg9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus speaks of taking up a cross in order to describe people who are ready and willing to suffer and even die because they follow Jesus. Because this figure of speech is connected to how Jesus himself died on a cross, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See how you translated the similar expression in 10:38. Alternate translation: “be ready to suffer, which is like taking up his cross,” or “take up his cross, ready to suffer or die,”
2823	16:25	guln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a basis for what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that because” or “In fact,”
2824	16:25	tp9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς & ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν.	1	Here Jesus speaks of how people’s attitudes toward their current lives affects their eternal lives after they resurrect. He means that those who want to save their current lives will lose their eternal, resurrection lives, and that those who have lost their current lives will find their eternal, resurrection lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar ideas in 10:39. Alternate translation: “whoever wants to save his current life will lose it forever, but whoever loses his current life for my sake will find it forever”
2825	16:25	y9kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	Here Jesus speaks of trying to preserve one’s life as if it were saving it. He speaks of dying as if it were losing one’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar clause in 10:39. Alternate translation: “wants to preserve his life will die”
2826	16:25	gcf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	-1	Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her … his or her”
2827	16:25	xz98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	Here Jesus speaks of dying or being willing to die as losing one’s life. He speaks of experiencing eternal life as if it were finding one’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar clause in 10:39. Alternate translation: “but whoever has died for my sake will have eternal life”
2828	16:25	a8lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	When Jesus says for my sake, he means that some people will lose their lives because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” or “because he believes in me”
2829	16:26	m6jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces another basis for what Jesus said in 16:24. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Another reason I say that is because” or “Even further,”
2830	16:26	eqe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί & ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man will benefit nothing if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life.” or “a man will never benefit anything if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life!”
2831	16:26	o8a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τί & ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ	1	Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that forfeiting one’s life is bad enough that gaining anything else cannot make up for it. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “image a man who gained the whole world but forfeited his life. What will that man benefit”
2832	16:26	g0xo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος & κερδήσῃ & αὐτοῦ & ἄνθρωπος & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms man, he, and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … he or she gains … his or her … a person … his or her”
2833	16:26	hh4w			τὴν & ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ & τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “his soul … for his soul”
2834	16:26	q7x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1	Here, the word Or introduces a second question that again emphasizes how important a person’s life is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar idea, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,”
2835	16:26	eck5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man can give nothing in exchange for his life.” or “a man cannot give anything in exchange for his life!”
2836	16:26	ot67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus could be implying: (1) that there is nothing that is worth as much as a person’s life. Alternate translation: “that is as worth as much as his soul” (2) that there is nothing that is valuable enough to redeem one’s life when it has been forfeited. Alternate translation: “that can buy back his soul”
2837	16:27	bytb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a basis for what Jesus has said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. More specifically, the word For could introduce the basis for: (1) what Jesus said in 16:26 about how nothing is as valuable as a person’s soul. Alternate translation: “You should be thinking about your soul because” (2) what Jesus has said in 16:24–26. Alternate translation: “I have said all those things because”
2838	16:27	iyu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about … my … my … I will repay”
2839	16:27	n1ef		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μέλλει & ἔρχεσθαι	1	Here Jesus implies that he, the Son of Man, will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that he will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “is about to come back to this world” or “will leave this world, but he is about to come back”
2840	16:27	t2ho		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a way that his Father has made glorious along” or “as one who is as great as his Father”
2841	16:27	vk5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
2842	16:27	ebpa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun his could refer to: (1) the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “the angels of the Son of Man” (2) the Father. Alternate translation: “his Father’s angels”
2843	16:27	q9g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀποδώσει	1	The pronoun he refers to the Son of Man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will repay”
2844	16:27	bpbe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀποδώσει	1	Here Jesus uses repay to refer to appropriately punishing or rewarding someone as if the punishment or reward was payment for that person’s deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will decide how to treat people,”
2845	16:27	g0ko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of action, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he did”
2846	16:27	brrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	3	Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
2847	16:28	wq13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	Here Jesus speaks as if death were food that people could taste. Those who taste death truly experience death as much as a person who eats food truly experiences that food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not experience death” or “will certainly not participate in death”
2848	16:28	p1d4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die”
2849	16:28	gfwc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
2850	16:28	etk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, coming in my kingdom”
2851	16:28	txjv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Christians debate what the phrase coming in his kingdom means. It could refer to one or several of the following events: Jesus’ transfiguration (see 17:1–8), Jesus’ resurrection and enthronement in heaven, the empowerment and growth of the church, the destruction of Jerusalem, and Jesus’ final return. If possible, express the idea in such a way that most or all of these interpretations are possible. Alternate translation: “acting as king in his kingdom” or “taking charge of his kingdom”
2852	17:intro	yb4k				0	Matthew 17 General Notes Structure and Formatting Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27) Jesus is transfigured (17:1–8) The disciples ask about Elijah (17:9–13) Jesus heals an epileptic boy (17:14–21) Jesus predicts his suffering and death (17:22–23) The two-drachma tax (17:24–27) Special Concepts in this Chapter “transfigured” In 17:1–8, Matthew describes how Jesus was “transfigured.” This word indicates that Jesus looked very different to the disciples. Matthew does not tell us all the ways in which Jesus looked different, but he does say that Jesus’ face “shone as the sun” and that his clothes became very white. What this means is that the disciples were able to see some of the glory and majesty that Jesus has as God’s Son. Make sure that your translation shows that Jesus looked great and glorious. Elijah When Jesus was transfigured, the disciples saw Moses and Elijah talking with him. Later, they ask Jesus about Elijah. They refer specifically to what the scribes say about a prophecy in Malachi 4:5–6, which indicates that God will send “Elijah” to prepare the way before God comes to judge his enemies and reward his people. Malachi is referring to a prophet who lived even earlier. This prophet, named Elijah, performed many miracles and spoke messages from God (see 1 Kings 17–19 and 2 Kings 2:1–17). The disciples ask about whether this Elijah is supposed to come before the Messiah does. Jesus says that this is true, and he talks about this “Elijah” in a way that shows the disciples that John the Baptist was “Elijah.” He means that John fulfills the prophecy in Malachi that someone like the prophet Elijah will prepare the way before God comes to judge and reward people. If your readers would not know the prophecy in Malachi or the stories about the prophet Elijah, you may need to include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]]) The epileptic boy In 17:14–21, Matthew tells a story about how Jesus healed a boy. Matthew first describes this boy as an “epileptic,” which refers to a disease that causes people to pass out and move uncontrollably. Later on, however, Matthew makes it clear that a demon is causing the boy’s sickness. You should only make this clear when Matthew does. See the notes on these verses for ways to refer to the disease and how to introduce the demon. The two-drachma tax During this time period, Jewish men were expected to pay a tax of two drachmas to the leaders, who would use the money to keep the Jewish temple operating properly. A drachma was about a day’s wages for a hired worker. When Jesus told Peter how to pay the tax, he said that he would find a coin worth four drachmas (a shekel) in the mouth of a fish he would catch. This coin would be enough to pay both Peter’s and Jesus’ taxes. You could include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) Verse 21 Some of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 17:21. Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “But this kind does not go out except by prayer and fasting.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2853	17:1	u6dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ	1	Here, the phrase And after six days introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then, after six days had passed,” or “Six days after those things happened,”
2854	17:1	x4sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	παραλαμβάνει & ἀναφέρει αὐτοὺς	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took along … brought them up”
2855	17:1	f2yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Matthew never says whether James or John was older, but he mentions James first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that John was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
2856	17:2	lvdq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μετεμορφώθη	1	The word transfigured means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “his appearance was changed” or “he began to look different”
2857	17:2	kq4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Matthew could be implying that: (1) Jesus did the action. Alternate translation: “he transfigured himself” (2) God did the action. Alternate translation: “God transfigured him”
2858	17:2	uxg3			ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “in front of them” or “as they watched”
2859	17:2	i1mp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	Matthew is saying that Jesus’ face is like the sun because both shine brightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his face shone as brightly as the sun does”
2860	17:2	k4co		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς	1	Matthew is saying that how white Jesus garments were is like the light because both are bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “white as the light that shines brightly”
2861	17:3	kpdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
2862	17:3	d8i7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἠλείας	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they saw Moses and Elijah”
2863	17:3	m6mj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνλαλοῦντες	1	Here Matthew means that Moses and Elijah were talking with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and the two of them were talking”
2864	17:3	j9zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
2865	17:4	xxfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς	1	Here, the word answering indicates that Peter was responding to what he saw. He was not answering a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response to seeing those things”
2866	17:4	r41c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	By we, Peter could mean: (1) everyone who was there, including himself, the other two disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “for us all” (2) just himself and the other two disciples. Alternate translation: “for us disciples”
2867	17:4	wmax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	θέλεις & σοὶ	1	Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
2868	17:4	glxv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ποιήσω	1	Many ancient manuscripts read I will make. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “let us make.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
2869	17:4	d231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	The term tents means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of temporary shelter. Alternate translation: “booths”
2870	17:5	w8va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	-1	In both places, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this … picture this too” or “suddenly … suddenly”
2871	17:5	qxz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	νεφέλη φωτεινὴ	-1	Here, a bright cloud is one that is white and reflects the light from the sun very strongly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a shining cloud” or “a very white cloud”
2872	17:5	an8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπεσκίασεν	1	Here Matthew could be implying that: (1) the cloud enveloped or surrounded them. Alternate translation: “enveloped” or “surrounded” (2) the cloud cast a shadow on them. Alternate translation: “cast a shadow on”
2873	17:5	wwux		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτούς	1	The pronoun them could refer to: (1) the three disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “them all” (2) just Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Moses, and Elijah”
2874	17:5	kc8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνὴ	1	Matthew is using voice to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person speaking” or “God the Father spoke”
2875	17:5	jduw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγουσα	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and it said”
2876	17:5	cbiu			οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα	1	See how you translated the identical sentence in 3:17.
2877	17:6	vpfp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	οἱ μαθηταὶ ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses, since the second clause describes something that happened before what the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “the disciples were very afraid and fell on their face”
2878	17:6	a87e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν	1	In Matthew’s culture, “falling” on one’s face refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “bowed down” or “lay down to show respect”
2879	17:6	wd76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	πρόσωπον αὐτῶν	1	If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one face, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their faces”
2880	17:7	iw4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said that they should get up and not be afraid”
2881	17:7	w4a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two commands. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid; get up”
2882	17:8	vebz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2883	17:8	aq32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπάραντες & τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν	1	Here, the phrase having lifted up their eyes means that they stopped looking at the ground and looked up at what was happening around them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having looked up from the ground” or “having looked around”
2884	17:8	i9gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον	1	If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus himself”
2885	17:8	nn9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Here, the word translated myself emphasizes Jesus. Consider using a natural way to emphasize Jesus in your language. Alternate translation: “him, that is, Jesus”
2886	17:9	fv4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “as they were going down”
2887	17:9	ib3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγων, μηδενὶ εἴπητε τὸ ὅραμα, ἕως οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that they should tell the vision to no one until the Son of Man has risen from the dead”
2888	17:9	tyu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
2889	17:9	y9rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man,”
2890	17:9	dmqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ	1	Here, the phrase risen from the dead refers to people who had died then coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “might have been restored to life” or “might have resurrected”
2891	17:9	qbwu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun to mean people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people” or “the corpses”
2892	17:10	mkz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew continues to refer to Peter, James, and John, the three disciples who went up on the mountain with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”
2893	17:10	ir3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they asked”
2894	17:10	eij1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1	Here, the word then indicates that the disciples ask this question because of what they saw on the mountain. More specifically, they ask the question because they had just seen Elijah and wondered why he appeared after Jesus the Messiah came and not before. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “Because of what we saw on the mountain, we have a question: why” or “We just saw Elijah appear after you, the Messiah, have already come. Why then”
2895	17:10	kq1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν	1	Here the disciples are referring to a prophecy in Malachi 4:5–6. This prophecy states that God will send Elijah before the day of the Lord arrives, and he will prepare people. Elijah was a prophet who did many powerful things a long time before Malachi wrote down this prophecy. The scribes teach that this means that Elijah must come before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for Elijah, who was a prophet long ago, to come” or “the Scriptures indicate that it is necessary for Elijah the prophet to come”
2896	17:10	f6j1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐλθεῖν	1	Here, the word come refers to Elijah appearing in the word and doing what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to appear” or “to do what he is predicted to do”
2897	17:10	agnz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρῶτον	1	Here the disciples imply that Elijah comes first because he comes before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “first, before the Messiah comes”
2898	17:11	cr7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2899	17:11	fzy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχεται	1	See how you translated “come” in 17:10. Alternate translation: “appears” or “does what he is predicted to do”
2900	17:11	ukcy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἔρχεται	1	Here Jesus uses the present tense to state something that is generally true: the scribes are right that Elijah has to come before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form indicates that Jesus is agreeing with the scribes about Elijah. Alternate translation: “must come” or “needs to come”
2901	17:12	bwoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus has said about how Elijah is going to come. Here, he indicates that Elijah has already come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even further,”
2902	17:12	jd7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦλθεν	1	See how you translated “come” in 17:10. Alternate translation: “appeared” or “did what he was predicted to do”
2903	17:12	a4h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐκ ἐπέγνωσαν & ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν	1	The pronouns they, they, and them could refer to: (1) people in generally who did not recognize Elijah and who mistreated him. Alternate translation: “most people did not recognize … those people did … them” (2) the Jewish religious leaders. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did not recognize … they did … those same leaders”
2904	17:12	dewl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅσα ἠθέλησαν	1	Here Jesus implies that what they wanted was to mistreat and harm this Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whatever harmful things they wanted to do” or “any evil things they wanted to do”
2905	17:12	i74i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about”
2906	17:13	cskj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	Here Matthew continues to refer to Peter, James, and John, the three disciples who went up on the mountain with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”
2907	17:13	cat7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples realized that Jesus was using the name “Elijah” to refer to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he was talking about Elijah, he was speaking to them about John the Baptist” or “he was saying that Elijah was John the Baptist”
2908	17:14	kv4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντων	1	Here Matthew means that Jesus and the three disciples came to the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and the disciples came”
2909	17:14	fzl0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντων	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
2910	17:14	cb5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	γονυπετῶν αὐτὸν	1	In the Jesus’ culture, kneeling before someone was a way to respect a greater person, especially when asking the greater person to do a favor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what kneeling means. Alternate translation: “prostrating himself before him” or “kneeling before him to ask a favor”
2911	17:15	kldo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	Κύριε, ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν, ὅτι σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς ἔχει, πολλάκις γὰρ πίπτει εἰς τὸ πῦρ, καὶ πολλάκις εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ	1	Here the man asks Jesus to have mercy on his son before he says why his son needs help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include why the son needs help before the father asks for mercy. Alternate translation: “Lord, my son is epileptic and has sickness, for he often falls into the fire and often into the water. Have mercy on him!”
2912	17:15	ufb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to my son”
2913	17:15	kjd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you have mercy”
2914	17:15	x0xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἐλέησόν	1	Since the man is talking to Jesus, the imperative here is singular.
2915	17:15	gzsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς ἔχει	1	Here the man states the more specific type of sickness before stating that his son is sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order so that the general statement appears before the specific one. Alternate translation: “he has sickness and is epileptic” or “he has sickness, specifically epilepsy”
2916	17:15	hs55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σεληνιάζεται	1	An epileptic is someone who sometimes passes out and then moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. See how you translated the similar term in 4:24. Alternate translation: “he has seizures” or “he sometimes becomes unconscious and moves uncontrollably”
2917	17:15	ij05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κακῶς ἔχει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is sick”
2918	17:15	q3ro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word for introduces an explanation of how the son has sickness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “which means that”
2919	17:15	ikjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸ πῦρ & τὸ ὕδωρ	1	The words fire and water represent fire and water in general, not one particular fire or body of water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fires … rivers and lakes”
2920	17:15	rh6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πολλάκις εἰς	1	The man is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he often falls into”
2921	17:16	mkx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου	1	Here the man implies that he brought his son so that Jesus’ disciples could heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I brought him to your disciples to be healed”
2922	17:16	lv3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου	1	The man Peter is talking to Jesus, the word your here is singular.
2923	17:16	jyjl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2	Here, the word and introduces what the disciples were actually able to do in contrast with what the man wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but”
2924	17:17	qcv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
2925	17:17	uk64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire generation of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this generation. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the disciples and the crowd, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You who are part of this unbelieving and perverse generation, how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you?”
2926	17:17	f89t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη	1	Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 11:16. Alternate translation: “O today’s people who are unbelieving and perverted” or “O unbelieving and perverted people of this generation”
2927	17:17	su3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples and the crowds and to show how frustrated he is by them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “I do not want to be with you for long. I do not want to bear with you for long.” or “I want to leave you! I want to stop bearing with you!”
2928	17:17	euli			ἕως πότε	-1	Alternate translation: “how long … How long”
2929	17:17	moo1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	Here, the phrase bear with refers to being charitable or kind to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “will I be charitable to you” or “will I act kindly with you”
2930	17:17	fff9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun him refers to the boy who was epileptic. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the boy” or “the epileptic”
2931	17:18	xauf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun translated it could refer to: (1) the demon that was possessing the boy. Alternate translation: “the demon” (2) the boy. Alternate translation: “the boy”
2932	17:18	t1wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ δαιμόνιον	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus knew that a demon was causing the man’s son to be epileptic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the demon that was causing the boy to be epileptic” or “the demon that was making him sick”
2933	17:18	fgsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun him refers to boy who was epileptic. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the epileptic” or “the boy”
2934	17:18	i8kd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the boy”
2935	17:18	h2gc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	Here, the phrase from that hour indicates that boy was healed at the time when Jesus rebuked the demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time”
2936	17:19	yahr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἶπον, διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό?	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked why they were not able to cast the demon out.”
2937	17:19	pz9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	By we, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
2938	17:19	sz7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτό	1	The pronoun it refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the demon more directly. Alternate translation: “the demon”
2939	17:20	s43l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
2940	17:20	itol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν ὀλιγοπιστίαν ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Because you believe so little”
2941	17:20	tqzh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation about how much faith the disciples need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Here is what I mean:”
2942	17:20	hpze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐρεῖτε τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, μετάβα ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ μεταβήσεται, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν	1	Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that a person with even a little bit of faith can do amazing things, like having a mountain move. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that you had faith like a mustard seed. In that case, you could even say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there,’ and it would move, and nothing would be impossible for you”
2943	17:20	uy78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	Jesus is saying that their faith might be like a mustard seed because both would be very small. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith as small as a mustard seed”
2944	17:20	el8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόκκον σινάπεως	1	A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of seed, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed”
2945	17:20	kg33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, μετάβα ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to this mountain that you want it move from here to there, and”
2946	17:20	o41s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Here, the phrase this mountain refers to the mountain from which Jesus and three of his disciples had just come down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the mountain I was just on”
2947	17:20	bkex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	μετάβα	1	Here, the command is singular because someone is speaking to one mountain.
2948	17:20	wbo1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ	1	Here Jesus is not referring to specific locations. Instead, he is referring to telling the mountain to move from where it is to some other location. Use a form that refers to changing locations without specifying where those locations are. Alternate translation: “from this place to another place”
2949	17:20	x48i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word nothing and the negative word impossible. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible”
2950	17:21	m9nv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ γένος οὐκ ἐκπορεύεται εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.
2951	17:21	b765		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Τοῦτο & τὸ γένος	1	Here Jesus implies that he is speaking about a kind of demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this kind of demon”
2952	17:21	p5yf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἐκπορεύεται εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only goes out by prayer and fasting”
2953	17:22-23	jzq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about … me … I will be raised up”
2954	17:22	r2cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
2955	17:22	t3da		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun they could refer to: (1) the disciples. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (2) Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and the disciples”
2956	17:22	eu80		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συστρεφομένων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathering together”
2957	17:22	ff8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over”
2958	17:22	mmk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας	1	The term hands represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control”
2959	17:22	jq32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, the word men refers to people who have authority and who want to get rid of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of powerful people” or “of people who hate him”
2960	17:23	hl6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, the phrase on the third day refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as the first day, tomorrow as the second day, and the day after tomorrow as the third day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days later”
2961	17:23	b6g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three”
2962	17:23	fni4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται	1	Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be restored to life”
2963	17:23	fjac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “he will raise himself up”
2964	17:23	nv7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus and what he said. Alternate translation: “what Jesus said grieved them very much”
2965	17:24	jli6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2966	17:24	eg3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντων & αὐτῶν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “when they had gone”
2967	17:24	jjns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun they refers to Jesus and the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples and Jesus”
2968	17:24	b953		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ δίδραχμα	-1	Here, the phrase the two-drachma tax refers to a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax for supporting the temple … the two-drachma tax for supporting the temple”
2969	17:24	cths		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ δίδραχμα	-1	A drachma was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “the tax of two valuable silver coins … the tax of two valuable silver coins” or “the tax of two coins each worth a day’s wages … the tax of two coins each worth a day’s wages”
2970	17:25	ponb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
2971	17:25	ra0i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσελθόντα εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Here Matthew means that Peter is the one who entered into the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when Peter entered into the house”
2972	17:25	p5c5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Here, the phrase the house refers to the place where Jesus was staying. He did not own the house, but someone was letting him live there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the house in which Jesus was living”
2973	17:25	hlft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προέφθασεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Here Matthew means that Peter was about to ask about the tax, but Jesus asked him first. The implication is that Jesus knew that Peter was going to ask about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus knew what he was thinking and spoke to him first” or “Jesus acted before could”
2974	17:25	kife		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
2975	17:25	v4bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοι	1	Here, the word you is singular because Jesus is speaking to Peter.
2976	17:25	s8wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe kings who rule on the earth. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The kings who reign on earth”
2977	17:25	k6z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τέλη ἢ κῆνσον	1	The terms taxes and tolls mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “any taxes”
2978	17:25	yp5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων	1	Here, Jesus could be contrasting: (1) children of kings as opposed to the rest of the people over whom the kings rule. Alternate translation: “From their families or from other people” (2) citizens of the kingdom as opposed to conquered people. Alternate translation: “From their citizens or from people they have conquered”
2979	17:26	tbif		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δέ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2980	17:26	di2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰπόντος	1	Here Matthew implies that Peter is the one speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when Peter said”
2981	17:26	u6xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἀλλοτρίων & οἱ υἱοί	1	Here, just as in 17:25, the words strangers and sons could be referring to: (1) people over whom kings rule as opposed to their own children. Alternate translation: “other people … the families” (2) conquered people as opposed to citizens of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “people they have conquered … the citizens”
2982	17:26	xrta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄρα γε ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί	1	Here Jesus implies that he agrees with Peter’s answer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You are correct, and so the sons are free”
2983	17:26	lv6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί	1	Here Jesus implies that he and Peter are like sons and so do not have to pay the tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the sons are free, and we are like those sons” or “the sons are free, which means that you and I also do not have to pay”
2984	17:27	emlv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here the word But introduces what Jesus wants Peter to do in contrast to what he has said about how “the sons are free” (see 17:26). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Despite that,” or “Even though that is true,”
2985	17:27	ax2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς	1	Here Jesus speaks as if he and Peter were lumps or rocks that the tax collectors might stumble on. He means that the tax collectors might be offended by him and Peter if they did not pay the tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we might not offend them”
2986	17:27	sz8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτούς & αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them in both places refers to the people who were collecting taxes. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the ones collecting the tax … to the ones collecting the tax” or “the tax collectors … to the tax collectors”
2987	17:27	t3uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορευθεὶς	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”
2988	17:27	fzkh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	βάλε & ἆρον & εὑρήσεις & δὸς & σοῦ	1	Because Jesus is speaking to Peter, the commands and the word you throughout this verse are singular.
2989	17:27	uhk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάλε ἄγκιστρον	1	A fishhook is a sharp curved object that fishermen would tie to the end of a rope or line in order to catch fish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fishing implement, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could refer more generally to fishing. Alternate translation: “cast your line” or “go fishing”
2990	17:27	w0ib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἀναβάντα πρῶτον ἰχθὺν ἆρον	1	Here Jesus means that Peter should take the first fish that he catches with his fishhook. The fish would need to come up from further down in the water to be caught on the hook. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “take the first fish that you catch”
2991	17:27	t9t8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	στατῆρα	1	A shekel was a silver coin equivalent to about four drachmas (see 17:24), that is, about four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a four-drachma coin” or “a coin worth four days’ wages”
2992	17:27	km3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ	1	Here Jesus means that this coin will pay for both his and Peter’s two-drachma tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as payment for my tax and your tax”
2993	18:intro	m4y6				0	Matthew 18 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35) The disciples ask about who is the greatest (18:1–5) Jesus teaches about stumbling blocks (18:6–9) The parable of the lost sheep (18:10–14) Jesus teaches about a sinning brother (18:15–20) The parable of the unforgiving slave (18:21–35) Special Concepts in this Chapter The “little ones” In 18:6, 18:10, and 18:14, Jesus refers to people whom he calls “little ones.” In the previous paragraph, he told the disciples that they needed to be like little children if they wanted to be great in the kingdom of the heavens. Because of this, it is possible that Jesus uses the phrase “little ones” to continue to refer to children. However, it is also possible that he uses the phrase to refer to people who are like little children in some specific way. They could be like little children either because they are insignificant or unimportant or because they are immature in their faith. If possible, express the idea in such a way that all of these interpretations are possible. If you must make the idea more explicit, it is recommended that you refer to insignificant or unimportant people. That is how Jesus used the phrase in 10:42. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Stumbling and stumbling blocks In 18:6–9, Jesus discusses “stumbling blocks” and things that cause stumbling. He uses these terms to refer to people and things that cause people to sin. See the notes on these verses for translation options. Hyperbole In 18:8–9, Jesus commands his disciples to cut off or pluck out body parts that cause them to sin. He uses this extreme example of resisting sin in order to show his disciples how serious sin really is. He does not mean that believers should always cut off body parts when they sin. Jesus intends his commands to be shocking, however, so you should preserve the extreme language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Jesus’ commands are extreme language. There are very similar verses in 5:29–30, so you translate as you did there. The parable of the lost sheep In 18:12–14, Jesus tells a story about a shepherd who had 100 sheep. When one of the sheep went astray, the shepherd left the other sheep behind to find it. When he found it, he was happier about that one sheep than he was about the 99 sheep that had not gone astray. Jesus applies this story to God the Father, who does not want any person to perish. Just like the shepherd, God will rescue people who go astray and rejoice when they are rescued. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) The parable of the unforgiving slave In 18:23–35, Jesus tells a story about a slave who owed an enormous debt to his master, the king. When the slave begs the king to be patient with him, the king forgives the entire debt. However, the slave immediately finds another slave who owes him a small amount of money. He demands that the slave pay him immediately and does not forgive the debt. When the king finds out about this, he has the first slave jailed and tortured until he can pay the enormous debt. Jesus applies this story to believers who do not forgive fellow believers. God will punish them, just as the king punished the slave who did not have mercy on his fellow slave. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions that Jesus gives to individual disciples or in dialogues between individual people. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) Verse 11 Some of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 18:11. Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “For the Son of Man came to save the one that had been lost.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2994	18:1	f7zv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here, the phrase At that hour introduces the next major event in the story. The phrase clarifies that this new event happened immediately after the previous event. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event that happened immediately after the previous one. Alternate translation: “Right after that,” or “Then, shortly after that,”
2995	18:1	u4f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
2996	18:1	pp31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τίς ἄρα	1	Here, the word then could: (1) indicate that the disciples are asking the question because of something that just happened. That could be Jesus implying that the disciples are important enough to be exempt from paying taxes, or it could be Jesus singling out Peter as an important disciple, or it could be something else that the disciples have experienced. Alternate translation: “Because of what just happened, we want to ask this: Who” (2) make the question stronger or more urgent. Alternate translation: “Who is it who” or “Tell us! Who”
2997	18:2	nj00		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	προσκαλεσάμενος παιδίον, ἔστησεν	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having said to a little child, ‘Come here,’ he set”
2998	18:2	cdgb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτὸ	1	Here, the word translated him refers to the child without identifying whether the child was male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “this child”
2999	18:3	fs1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was contradicting a statement that he was about to make, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “you will only enter into the kingdom of the heavens if you turn and become like little children”
3000	18:3	diz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν & στραφῆτε & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	Throughout this verse, the word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
3001	18:3	tsyb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	στραφῆτε	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of changing one’s attitude and behavior as if it were physically turning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you change your attitude” or “you act differently”
3002	18:3	w9c6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ γένησθε	1	Here, the word and introduces the goal for which the disciples should turn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a goal. Alternate translation: “in order to become”
3003	18:3	ewj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία	1	Jesus is saying that his disciples should be like little children because little children are humble. Jesus clarifies this meaning in the following verse, so if possible you should not state this explicitly here. Alternate translation: “act as little children do”
3004	18:3	h9w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
3005	18:4	hb1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces Jesus’ application of what he said in 18:3 to what the disciples asked him about who was the greatest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of application. Alternate translation: “Here is what that means:” or “Consequently”
3006	18:4	rw2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἑαυτὸν & οὗτός	1	Although the terms himself and he are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “himself or herself … that person” or “himself or herself … he or she”
3007	18:4	ta7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο	1	Jesus is saying that people should humble themselves like this little child because the little child is humble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will make himself as humble as this little child is humble” or “will humble himself with the result that he is as humble as this little child”
3008	18:4	tdk0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο	1	Here, the phrase this little child refers back to the child whom Jesus set in their midst (see 18:2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this little child who is in our midst” or “this little child whom I summoned”
3009	18:4	gf8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ μείζων	1	Jesus is using the adjective greatest as a noun to mean the greatest person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the greatest person”
3010	18:5	v4a2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive a little child like this were actually receiving him. He means that these people, by receiving the little child, show that they would receive Jesus too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever receives a little child like this in my name, it is as if he or she received me” or “whoever receives a little child like this in my name proves that he or she would receive me”
3011	18:5	i9ju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο	1	Here Jesus is again referring to the little child whom he set in their midst (see 18:2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a little child like the one standing here” or “a little child, like this one that I summoned,”
3012	18:5	dz1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here, the phrase in my name could mean that: (1) the person receives a little child because the person follows Jesus. Alternate translation: “because that person is acting as my disciple” (2) the person receives the little child because the little child follows Jesus. Alternate translation: “because the child is my disciple”
3013	18:6	dxd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes one of these little ones who believe in me to sin”
3014	18:6	ehqp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ	1	The phrase these little ones could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people who believe in me” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me”
3015	18:6	z9dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συμφέρει αὐτῷ ἵνα	1	Here Jesus implies that what he is about to describe is better than being punished by God for causing one of these little ones to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “rather than being punished by God for doing that, it is better for him that”
3016	18:6	q50w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ & καταποντισθῇ	1	Although the terms him, his, and he are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “for that person … his or her … he or she would have been sunk”
3017	18:6	ghp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that people might hang a millstone of a donkey around his neck and make sink him into the depth of the sea”
3018	18:6	w3uz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μύλος ὀνικὸς	1	A millstone was a round stone used for grinding grain into flour. The phrase of a donkey indicates that this kind of millstone was heavy enough that it took a donkey to turn it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a very large rock” or “a very heavy object”
3019	18:6	k8ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρεμασθῇ & περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that someone would tie the millstone around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “would have been attached to his neck”
3020	18:6	vs96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης	1	Here, the phrase the depth of the sea refers to the parts of a body of water that are deep and far away from land. If your readers would not be familiar with what this phrase describes, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “deep water” or “the parts of the sea that are far from land”
3021	18:6	ihfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῷ πελάγει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of depth, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deep parts”
3022	18:7	hlmd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ & οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	The phrases Woe to the world and woe to the man are the opposite of blessing the world and the man. The phrases indicate that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How bad it is for the world … how bad it is for the man” or “Trouble will come to the world … trouble will come to the man”
3023	18:7	ees6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here, the word world refers primarily to the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” or “to people”
3024	18:7	y7vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν σκανδάλων & τὰ σκάνδαλα & τὸ σκάνδαλον	1	Here, Jesus speaks of things that cause people to sin as if they were stumbling blocks. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things that lead people to disobey … the things that lead people to disobey … the thing that leads people to disobey”
3025	18:7	jtei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation about the stumbling blocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “Further,”
3026	18:7	lfnd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ & τὸ σκάνδαλον	1	The words man and stumbling block represent men and stumbling blocks in general, not one particular man or stumbling block. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to any man … a stumbling block”
3027	18:7	vg5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to the person” or “to the man or woman”
3028	18:8	znvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next topic about which Jesus will speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
3029	18:8	vad7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ & ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples might experience their hand or foot causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clauses in 5:29–30. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your hand or foot causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”
3030	18:8	mr24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, Jesus speaks of your hand and your foot as if they were people who could cause you to stumble. He means that the hand or the foot is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your hand’s or your foot’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your hand or your foot”
3031	18:8	qxou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου & σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.
3032	18:8	rios		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
3033	18:8	gqi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar constructions in 5:29–30. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even cut it off and throw it away from you!”
3034	18:8	bozd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if life were a house into which someone could enter. He is referring to experiencing or receiving life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience life” or “to receive life”
3035	18:8	g9rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live”
3036	18:8	pc4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ζωὴν	1	Here Jesus implies that this life is everlasting or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “true life” or “everlasting life”
3037	18:8	lhk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you”
3038	18:8	w0sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον	1	Here, the phrase the eternal fire refers to hell and describes at as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is as hot as an eternal fire” or “hell”
3039	18:9	nv26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples might experience their eye causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clause in 18:8. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your eye causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”
3040	18:9	xruf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, Jesus speaks of your eye as if it were a person who could cause you to stumble. He means that the eye is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar clause in 18:8. Alternate translation: “it is your eye’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your eye”
3041	18:9	l4qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.
3042	18:9	q7tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this phrase in 18:8. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
3043	18:9	xad4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar construction in 18:8. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even pluck it out and throw it away from you!”
3044	18:9	u4id		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if life were a house into which someone could enter. He is referring to experiencing or receiving life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this phrase in 18:8. Alternate translation: “to experience life” or “to receive life”
3045	18:9	eii2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live”
3046	18:9	m8as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ζωὴν	1	Here Jesus implies that this life is everlasting or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the idea in 18:8. Alternate translation: “true life” or “everlasting life”
3047	18:9	r1ie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you”
3048	18:9	swb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. The valley named Gehenna was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place of fire like the valley of Gehenna” or “fiery hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
3049	18:9	nfnj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe Gehenna as a place that has much fire. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the fiery Gehenna” or “the fires in Gehenna”
3050	18:10	es9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὁρᾶτε μὴ καταφρονήσητε & ὑμῖν	1	The command See and the word you throughout this verse are plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
3051	18:10	qnc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε	1	Here, the word See means that the disciples need to make sure that something happens or does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make sure that”
3052	18:10	e9uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	See how you translated little ones in 18:6. The phrase could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people who believe in me” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me”
3053	18:10	qc2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples should not despise one of these little ones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is why:” or “Indeed,”
3054	18:10	xdl9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe angels that guard or protect the little ones. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the angels who guard them”
3055	18:10	y6n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Here Jesus means that the angels are with God, in God’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are before my Father” or “are close enough to him to see my Father”
3056	18:10	iq8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
3057	18:10	fwy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
3058	18:11	sq7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Ἦλθεν γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.
3059	18:11	l99h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces another reason why the disciples should not despise little ones (see 18:10). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Even further,”
3060	18:11	dkf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man,”
3061	18:11	o4lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ἦλθεν	1	Here, the word came refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “came to this world” or “began to live here”
3062	18:11	cooq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	Here Jesus speaks of some people as if they are lost. He means that they are not following God and need help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one that has been far from God” or “the one that is not following God”
3063	18:11	oqcs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	The phrase the one that had been lost represents lost people in general, not one particular lost person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone that had been lost”
3064	18:12	idl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to get the attention of the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I want you to pay attention to what I am about to say.” or “Listen to this!”
3065	18:12	ra6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1	The word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
3066	18:12	d3jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα	1	To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: If a certain man has 100 sheep”
3067	18:12	h1vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα, καὶ πλανηθῇ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν & ἀφείς	1	Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a person had 100 sheep, but one of them went astray. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine a certain man who has 100 sheep. However, one of them goes astray. Having left”
3068	18:12	t5h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “having left the 99 on the mountains and having gone out, he will seek the one having gone astray” or “having left the 99 on the mountains and having gone out, he will most definitely seek the one having gone astray!”
3069	18:12	pamj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα	1	Jesus is using the number 99 as a noun to mean 99 sheep. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 99 sheep”
3070	18:12	y3gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη	1	Here, the phrase the mountains refers to hilly or mountainous areas in general, not several specific mountains. If possible, use a general word for a hilly or mountainous area without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “in the hill country” or “in a mountainous area”
3071	18:12	b6kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορευθεὶς	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”
3072	18:13	etz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό & χαίρει	1	Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the man might find that sheep that went astray. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “were he to find it … he would rejoice”
3073	18:13	cjhd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1	The word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
3074	18:13	p8cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “more than he rejoices over”
3075	18:13	okej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα	1	Jesus is using the number 99 as a noun to mean 99 sheep. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 99 sheep”
3076	18:14	kcy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	οὕτως	1	Here, the phrase In the same way indicates that Jesus is comparing God with the man who found the lost sheep. He implies that God is like the man because they both rejoice when something that was lost is recovered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Much like that man who wanted to find his lost sheep” or “Just as that man rejoiced over the sheep that he found”
3077	18:14	q1gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what your Father in the heavens desires”
3078	18:14	usa4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Here, the phrase the will before your Father refers to what is the will of the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the will of your Father” or “the will that belongs to your Father”
3079	18:14	fmm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father in the heavens,”
3080	18:14	pfdd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Many ancient manuscripts read your Father. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “my Father.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
3081	18:14	eno6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῶν	1	The word your is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
3082	18:14	kyw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
3083	18:14	qk7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	See how you translated little ones in 18:6. The phrase could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me”
3084	18:15	efvg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next topic that Jesus wishes to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
3085	18:15	kpe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow disciple”
3086	18:15	qtoy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σὲ & σου & σοῦ & σου & ἐκέρδησας & σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.
3087	18:15	m8yv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀδελφός & αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ & ἀκούσῃ & τὸν ἀδελφόν	1	Although the terms brother, him, him, and brother are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “brother or sister … him or her … him or her … he or she … brother or sister”
3088	18:15	rhb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	εἰς σὲ	1	Many ancient manuscripts read against you. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
3089	18:15	uyk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου	1	Here, the phrase between you and him alone means that the two people are alone, with no one else listening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when it is just the two of you” or “when you are alone with him”
3090	18:15	yh3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of restoring the relationship with your brother as if it were having gained your brother. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have restored the relationship with your brother” or “you have made that person your brother again”
3091	18:16	kq6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here the word But introduces the fact that the brother might not listen in contrast with the brother “listening” to the reproof (see 18:16). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,”
3092	18:16	p53d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	μὴ ἀκούσῃ	1	Although the term he is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she does not listen”
3093	18:16	oea6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο	1	Here Jesus implies that you will go back to the other person and “reprove” them again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “go back to him, and take with you yet one or two others” or “take with you yet one or two others and reprove him again”
3094	18:16	ignt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σοῦ	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.
3095	18:16	l531		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Deuteronomy 19:15. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “so that, as you can read in the Scriptures, ‘by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified’” or “so that you are doing what God required in the law, that is, that every word might be verified by the mouth of two or three witnesses”
3096	18:16	xv1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the mouth of two or three witnesses might verify every word”
3097	18:16	i25x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	στόματος	1	Here, mouth represents what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the words” or “the testimony”
3098	18:16	mc5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Here, word represents what a person says using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every statement” or “everything that people claim”
3099	18:17	g3aj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that could happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3100	18:17	b82g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	παρακούσῃ & καὶ & παρακούσῃ & ἔστω	1	Although the terms he, he, and him are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she refuses to listen to … he or she also refuses to listen to … let him or her be”
3101	18:17	vsnv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun them refers to the “one or two others” whom the person who was sinned against took along to meet the person who committed the sin (see 18:16). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the one or two others whom you took with you”
3102	18:17	h0uc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰπὲ	1	Here Jesus implies that the person should speak about how he or she was sinned against and how he or she has tried to speak to the other person about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “speak about it” or “speak about the sin and what has happened since”
3103	18:17	s2zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σοι	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.
3104	18:17	h5d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	2	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that could happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3105	18:17	kx28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	Jesus is saying that the person who sinned and refused to listen should be treated like the Gentile and the tax collector because they are all people who are not treated like members of God’s people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector who are not fellow believers” or “let him be to you as a non-believer, like a Gentile or tax collector”
3106	18:17	s3wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ἔστω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should be”
3107	18:17	v6q7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	The words Gentile and tax collector represent Gentiles and tax collectors in general, not one particular Gentile and one particular tax collector. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles and the tax collectors” or “any Gentile or any tax collector”
3108	18:18	cqk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν & δήσητε & λύσητε	1	The word you throughout this verse is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
3109	18:18	so62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	See how you translated the almost identical sentence in 16:19. The only differences are that the words you and whatever throughout this verse are plural, and 16:19 has the phrase “in the heavens” instead of the phrase in heaven. Express the idea as you did in 16:19, but be sure to make any adjustments needed for the plural words and the phrase in heaven.
3110	18:19	n6hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	πάλιν	1	Here, the word Again introduces a statement that is related to what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar or related statement, or you could leave Again untranslated. Alternate translation: “In addition,”
3111	18:19	sn05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν	1	The word you throughout this verse is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
3112	18:19	cal4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	Here Jesus implies that he means not only two, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “if two or more of you”
3113	18:19	bm30		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αἰτήσωνται & αὐτοῖς	1	Since Jesus begins the sentence by referring to two of you, If it would be helpful in your language you could continue to refer to these people in the second person. Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”
3114	18:19	fqu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father in the heavens will do it for them”
3115	18:19	gs8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
3116	18:19	i6zu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
3117	18:20	od67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why God will do whatever two disciples agree to ask for (see 18:19). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:”
3118	18:20	x3vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	Here Jesus implies that he means not only two or three, but two or three or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two or three or more”
3119	18:20	sctb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	Jesus is using the numbers two and three as nouns to mean two and three believers. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “two or three believers”
3120	18:20	a2vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰσιν & συνηγμένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gather together” or “assemble together”
3121	18:20	l7vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1	Here, name represents the person whose name it is. Jesus means that they are gathered together because of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me”
3122	18:20	aea9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of being spiritually present with believers as if he were physically in their midst. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if I am there in their midst” or “there I am in their midst spiritually”
3123	18:21	az9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ποσάκις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could refer to forgiving before sinning. Alternate translation: “how often will I forgive my brother when he sins against me”
3124	18:21	c9ym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω	1	Peter is using the future form to ask a question about what he should do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that asks about an obligation or requirement. Alternate translation: “can my brother sin against me and I should forgive” or “could my brother sin against me and I ought to forgive”
3125	18:21	e973		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1	Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my fellow disciple”
3126	18:21	viii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀδελφός & αὐτῷ	1	Although the terms brother and him are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “brother or sister … him or her”
3127	18:21	d3o4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἕως ἑπτάκις	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous question if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Will I forgive him until seven times”
3128	18:21	lsjb			ἕως ἑπτάκις	1	Alternate translation: “Up to seven times”
3129	18:22	pu4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
3130	18:22	k6qs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	οὐ λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “I say to you up to 77 times, not up to seven times”
3131	18:22	ursi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that you should forgive your brother up to seven times, but that you should forgive him up to 77 times”
3132	18:22	nz1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	Here Jesus uses the large number 77 to indicate that Peter and all believers must always forgive other people. Jesus does not mean to count up to 77 and then stop forgiving other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “77 times and beyond” or “77 times, by which I mean always”
3133	18:22	b19x			ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	Here, the phrase translated as 77 times could be indicating: (1) 70 times plus seven times. Alternate translation: “70 times plus seven times” (2) 70 times multiplied by seven times. Alternate translation: “70 times seven times”
3134	18:23	rqp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	διὰ τοῦτο ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ	1	To teach his disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: given what I just said, the kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man”
3135	18:23	f8f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, the phrase For this reason a conclusion or inference based on what Jesus has said about how his disciples should forgive others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “Given all that”
3136	18:23	qssl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I compare the kingdom of the heavens to” or “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to”
3137	18:23	bp72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συνᾶραι λόγον	1	Here, the phrase to take up a word together refers to settling accounts, that is, resolving any debts or loans between people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to settle accounts”
3138	18:24	zon0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3139	18:24	swd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συναίρειν	1	Here, the phrase to take up together refers to settling accounts, that is, resolving any debts or loans between people. See how you translated the similar phrase in 18:23. Alternate translation: “to settle”
3140	18:24	d6ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they brought to him one debtor of 10,000 talents”
3141	18:24	ta6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a debtor who owes 10,000 talents. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “debtor who owed 10,000 talents”
3142	18:24	w3nr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	A talent was a unit of money equivalent to about 6,000 denarii, that is, about 6,000 days’ wages for a hired worker. This was a very large, almost uncountable, amount of money. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Make sure that your translation shows that this is a very large sum of money. Alternate translation: “of a huge amount of money” or “of 60 million days’ wages”
3143	18:25	zu6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι, & ὁ κύριος	1	Here, the word But introduces the fact that the servant could not repay in contrast to how much he owed the king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Although he had that debt, he was not able to repay, so the master”
3144	18:25	pp91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ κύριος	1	Here Jesus refers to the king as the master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in 18:23. Alternate translation: “his master the king”
3145	18:25	f7r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν & πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “commanded, ‘Let him be sold, together with his wife and children and everything, as much as he had, and let repayment be made’”
3146	18:25	nmz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν & πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it was some of the king’s other servants. Alternate translation: “some other servants to sell him, together with his wife and children and everything, as much as he had, and to make repayment”
3147	18:25	ylnf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν	1	The expression everything, as much as he had contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that he had”
3148	18:25	iv39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀποδοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of repayment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be repaid”
3149	18:26	f95e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word So introduces what the servant did in response to what the king commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a response or reaction, or you could leave So untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response”
3150	18:26	thl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν & ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει	1	In Matthew’s culture, the phrases having falling down and bowing down refer to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “having thrown himself on the ground, the slave was prostrating himself before” or “having lain down, the slave was showing respect to”
3151	18:26	exlt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
3152	18:26	pbcc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μακροθύμησον	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you have patience”
3153	18:26	ujba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μακροθύμησον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of patience, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be patient”
3154	18:27	l4jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3155	18:27	i9ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having sympathized with the slave”
3156	18:27	xpan		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	Here Jesus again refers to the king as the master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in 18:23. See how you translated “master” in 18:25. Alternate translation: “the slave’s master, the king,”
3157	18:27	mer0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ δάνιον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ	1	Here, the phrase forgave him his debt indicates that the king would no longer require the slave to pay the debt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “canceled the debt” or “told him not to pay back the debt”
3158	18:28	yfu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3159	18:28	qvka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”
3160	18:28	xkm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὗρεν	1	Here Jesus could mean that the slave: (1) happened to meet the fellow slave. Alternate translation: “encountered” (2) intentionally looked for the fellow slave. Alternate translation: “looked for”
3161	18:28	zyie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ἑκατὸν δηνάρια	1	A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. This is a much smaller amount than the 10,000 talents that the first slave owed, so make sure that is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “100 silver coins” or “just 100 days’ wages”
3162	18:28	lcje		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρατήσας αὐτὸν ἔπνιγεν	1	Here Jesus could be indicating that the slave took: (1) one action, which was seizing his fellow slave around the neck so that he choked him. Alternate translation: “he choked him by seizing him around the neck” (2) two actions, one of which was seizing his fellow slave and the other of which was chocking him. Alternate translation: “he seized him and was choking him”
3163	18:28	tp33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔπνιγεν	1	Here Jesus means that the slave seized his fellow slave by the throat and made it hard for him to breath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he began to strangle him”
3164	18:28	mg6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγων, ἀπόδος εἴ τι ὀφείλεις	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that he needed to repay whatever he owed”
3165	18:28	t319		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
3166	18:29	jwo8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word So introduces what his fellow slave did in response to what the first slave said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a response or reaction, or you could leave So untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response”
3167	18:29	i21c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	In Matthew’s culture, the phrase having falling down refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. See how you translated this phrase in 18:26. Alternate translation: “having thrown himself on the ground” or “lying down to show respect”
3168	18:29	fgze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
3169	18:29	kk6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μακροθύμησον	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. See how you translated the phrase in 18:26. Alternate translation: “I ask that you have patience”
3170	18:29	lvfi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μακροθύμησον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of patience, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be patient”
3171	18:30	kmvp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the first slave did in contrast to what the other slave asked (see 18:29). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use another word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Despite that,”
3172	18:30	x3j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὁ & οὐκ ἤθελεν & ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν & ἀποδῷ	1	Here, the pronoun he in the phrase he was not willing and the pronoun he in the phrase he threw refer to the first slave. The pronoun him and the pronoun he in the phrase he might repay refer to his fellow slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the first slave was not willing … he threw his fellow slave … his fellow slave might repay”
3173	18:30	kgd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἤθελεν	1	Here Jesus implies that the first slave was not willing to be patient and wait for the other slave to pay him back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was not willing to have patience”
3174	18:30	j2jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀπελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come away”
3175	18:30	t8wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν	1	Here, the phrase he threw him into prison refers to locking someone up in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him into prison” or “he locked him up in prison”
3176	18:30	aal9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν	1	Here Jesus implies that the slave sent someone else to do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had people throw him”
3177	18:30	yqsz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὀφειλόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the fellow slave. Alternate translation: “what he owed”
3178	18:31	o4rk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces what how the other slaves responded to what the first slave did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a response or reaction, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response”
3179	18:31	w9n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰδόντες & οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ τὰ γενόμενα, ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what the first slave said and did. Alternate translation: “what had happened grieved his fellow slaves very much when they saw it”
3180	18:31	ksv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
3181	18:31	nx9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν	1	Here Jesus again refers to the king as the master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in 18:23. See how you translated “master” in 18:25. Alternate translation: “their master the king”
3182	18:32	txr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ & αὐτῷ	1	The pronouns him, his, and him refer to the first slave. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the first slave, his … to him”
3183	18:32	dold		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus again refers to the king as the master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in 18:23. See how you translated “master” in 18:25. Alternate translation: “his master the king”
3184	18:32	sljk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
3185	18:32	u65x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι, ἐπεὶ παρεκάλεσάς με	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because you begged me, I forgave you all that debt”
3186	18:32	xsgw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι	1	Here, the phrase forgave you all that debt indicates that the king no longer required the slave to pay the debt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I canceled for you all that debt” or “I told you not to pay back all that debt”
3187	18:32	dgfy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρεκάλεσάς με	1	Here the master implies that the slave begged him to be patient. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you begged me to be patient”
3188	18:33	jw37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα?	1	The slave’s master is using the question form to rebuke the slave. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It was necessary for you also to have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you.” or “It was most certainly necessary for you also to have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!”
3189	18:33	tfjy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου & σὲ ἠλέησα	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be merciful to your fellow slave … was merciful to you”
3190	18:34	ugzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus again refers to the king as the master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in 18:23. See how you translated “master” in 18:25. Alternate translation: “his master the king”
3191	18:34	kpue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν	1	Here, the phrase handed him over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sent him” or “gave him”
3192	18:34	j7s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς βασανισταῖς	1	Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) prison guards whose job it was to torture certain prisoners. Alternate translation: “to the guards who tortured prisoners” (2) prison guards in general. Alternate translation: “to the jailers” or “to the prison guards”
3193	18:34	e14m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the fellow slave. Alternate translation: “everything that he owed”
3194	18:35	pm1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
3195	18:35	f5tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν & ἕκαστος & ὑμῶν	1	Here, the words you, you, and your are plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
3196	18:35	ke6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν	1	Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that you might not forgive your brother. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “as long as” or “supposing that”
3197	18:35	c4fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his fellow disciple”
3198	18:35	z6im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῷ ἀδελφῷ	1	Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “brother or sister”
3199	18:35	q8p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὐτοῦ	1	Since Jesus has already referred to each of you, if it would be helpful in your language you could continue to refer to these people in the second person. Alternate translation: “your”
3200	18:35	mzn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	Here, the phrase out of your heart indicates that the person has done something sincerely or completely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “sincerely”
3201	19:intro	ewl5				0	Matthew 19 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46) Jesus goes to Judea (19:1–2) Jesus teaches about marriage and divorce (19:3–12) Jesus blesses little children (19:13–15) Jesus talks with a young man (19:16–22) Jesus teaches about wealth, possessions, and the kingdom (19:23–30) Special Concepts in this Chapter Divorce In 19:3, the Pharisees test Jesus by asking him about an issue that was controversial among Jewish religious leaders: divorce. More specifically, the religious leaders argued about what were acceptable grounds for a divorce. So, they ask Jesus about this. Jesus responds that divorce is never what God wants, and he quotes from Genesis 1 and 2 to prove this. In response, the Pharisees refer to Deuteronomy 24:1–4, which assumes that men do divorce their wives. Jesus replies that this section of the Law exists only because the Israelites were stubborn. He means that God knew that the Israelite men would sometimes divorce their wives, so he included a law about how to do it. Jesus then states that the only acceptable ground for a divorce is sexual immorality. He further says that any divorced person who marries again is involved in adultery. Make sure that it is clear that both Jesus and the Pharisees are making arguments based on the Scriptures. Eunuchs The word “eunuch” refers to a man who is unable to reproduce. People in Jesus’ culture knew about two types of eunuchs: some eunuchs were men who underwent a surgery in which parts of their genitals were removed. This kept them from being able to reproduce. These eunuchs were often important servants of kings and rulers, often serving in the harem. some eunuchs were men who were born with genitals that were already unable to reproduce. In 19:12, Jesus refers to both of these kinds of eunuchs. Then he refers to “eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs because of the kingdom of the heavens.” Here he is referring to people who live like eunuchs for the sake of the kingdom. Consider how you might naturally refer to “eunuchs” in your language. Rich people and the kingdom of the heavens In Jesus’ culture, many people thought that rich people had been specifically blessed by God. When Jesus said that it was extremely difficult for rich people to enter God’s kingdom (see 19:23–24), the disciples were shocked. They thought that if it was hard for rich people to enter the kingdom, it would be impossible for everyone else. That is why they ask the question, “Who then is able to be saved?” (19:25). If your readers might not understand why the disciples respond in this way, you may need to include a footnote that explains some of this information. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees or to his disciples. This means that Jesus frequently uses plural forms of “you.” In this chapter, you should assume that forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
3202	19:1	nj6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, μετῆρεν	1	These clauses mark the end of Jesus’ teaching by stating that Jesus finished speaking to his disciples and then describing what he did next. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus finished speaking these words. Then, he departed”
3203	19:1	c5j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Here Matthew uses the term words to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaking these words”
3204	19:1	b7ba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετῆρεν	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he and his disciples departed”
3205	19:1	bw17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
3206	19:1	ixko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	Here, the phrase beyond the Jordan could refer to: (1) areas to the west of the Jordan River. In this case, Matthew means that Jesus traveled on the eastern side of the Jordan River and then went back across it to reach Judea. Alternate translation: “on the western side of the Jordan” (2) areas to the east of the Jordan River. In this case, Matthew means that some areas on the eastern side of the Jordan River could be called Judea. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side of the Jordan”
3207	19:2	uqqg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοὺς	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus healed the people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who had diseases”
3208	19:3	o7dp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	προσῆλθον αὐτῷ & πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες	1	Here, the word testing introduces the purpose for which some Pharisees approached Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “approached him with the goal of testing him, saying”
3209	19:3	h7ja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνθρώπῳ ἀπολῦσαι τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Is it lawful for a man to divorce his wife for any reason?’”
3210	19:4-5	ncb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς & καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read that the one having made them from the beginning ‘made them male and female,’ and said, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh.’” or “Surely you have read that the one having made them from the beginning ‘made them male and female,’ and said, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’!”
3211	19:4	g7sc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε	1	Here Jesus refers to reading something in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the Scriptures”
3212	19:4	k2l0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	Here, the phrase the one having made refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one having made them from the beginning, God,”
3213	19:4	yjd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	Here, the phrase from the beginning refers to when God created everything that exists. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the beginning of the world” or “at the beginning of creation”
3214	19:4	h71a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς	1	Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Genesis 1:27. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “from the beginning, in the words of the Scriptures, ‘made them male and female’”
3215	19:5	n8zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν	1	Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Genesis (see Genesis 2:24). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “and said, as you can read in the book of Genesis,” or “and said in the Scriptures”
3216	19:5	xc7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἕνεκα τούτου	1	The pronoun this refers to what the previous verse includes about how God created people male and female (see 19:4). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those ideas more directly. Alternate translation: “Because God created people that way”
3217	19:5	kwz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος	1	Here the author of the quotation implies that this happens when the man gets married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he gets married, a man will leave”
3218	19:5	qsh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	καταλείψει & κολληθήσεται & ἔσονται	1	Here Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most naturally for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “leaves … is joined … are”
3219	19:5	af1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will join himself to his wife” or “will unite with his wife”
3220	19:5	m83j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the two are one flesh. He means that a husband and wife are so closely joined that it is as if they had one flesh or one body between them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will be like one flesh” or “the two will be as closely united as possible”
3221	19:5	vs06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δύο	1	Jesus is using the number two as a noun to refer to a husband and a wife together. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the two of them” or “the two spouses”
3222	19:6	khz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	Here, the phrase So then introduces a conclusion or inference based on the words Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “As you can see”
3223	19:6	m4b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία	1	Here Jesus repeats in different form the words from the figure of speech at the end of the previous verse (see 19:5). He means that a husband and wife are so closely joined that it is as if they had one flesh or one body between them. Express the idea as you did in 19:5. Alternate translation: “it is as if they are no longer two, but they are like one flesh” or “they are no longer two separate people, but are as closely united as possible”
3224	19:6	gex5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion or inference based on what Jesus has said about marriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “So then”
3225	19:6	ieh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “man should not separate”
3226	19:6	ahoc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person” or “humans”
3227	19:7	enjl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
3228	19:7	w93e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1	Here, the phrase Why then indicates that the Pharisees are asking a question based on what Jesus has just said. This question suggests that there is evidence against what Jesus has said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question. Alternate translation: “If you are correct, why”
3229	19:7	tv3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν	1	Here the Pharisees are referring to a specific section in the law that God gave to Moses (see Deuteronomy 24:1–4). This passage discusses divorce and remarriage, and it mentions the use of a certificate of divorce. The Pharisees interpreted this passage to mean that men could divorce their wives, but they had to use a certificate of divorce. They did not think that Moses commanded that men must divorce their wives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Why then has Moses commanded in the Law that a man who wants to divorce his wife must give her a certificate of divorce and then can divorce her”
3230	19:7	xml9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	A certificate of divorce is a written document that makes the divorce official. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of document, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this phrase in 5:31. Alternate translation: “a written paper that testifies to the divorce”
3231	19:8	j6tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
3232	19:8	zu87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	Here, the phrase your hardness of heart refers to obstinacy or unwillingness to listen and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are hardheaded” or “Because you are so stubborn”
3233	19:8	mgx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	Here, the phrase from the beginning refers to when God created everything that exists. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated this phrase in 19:4. Alternate translation: “at the beginning of the world” or “at the beginning of creation”
3234	19:9	xu7v				0	This verse is similar to 5:32, although there are some significant differences. See how you translated that verse for help with this verse.
3235	19:9	t7q2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what Jesus wishes to say about divorce in contrast to what Moses permitted (see 19:8). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
3236	19:9	ikim			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you this to emphasize what he is telling the Pharisees. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”
3237	19:9	i1u0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται	1	If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only time a man is allowed to divorce his wife is when there is sexual immorality. Otherwise, when he divorces her and marries another, he commits adultery”
3238	19:9	eq8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πορνείᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind immorality, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is sexually immoral” or “sexually immoral behavior”
3239	19:9	yl3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄλλην	1	Jesus is using the adjective another as a noun to mean another woman. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another person”
3240	19:9	e2q2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μοιχᾶται	-1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “becomes an adulterer … becomes an adulterer” or “does what is adulterous … does what is adulterous”
3241	19:9	ps45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται	1	Many ancient manuscripts include the words and the one having married one that has been divorced commits adultery. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
3242	19:9	ga4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπολελυμένην	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the woman’s husband. Alternate translation: “one whom her husband has divorced”
3243	19:10	nkab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
3244	19:10	augz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	Here, the word thus refers to what Jesus has said about divorce and remarriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you have described” or “what you have commanded”
3245	19:10	ys0h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ τῆς γυναικός	1	Here, the word reason could refer to: (1) the basis on which a man can divorce his wife. Alternate translation: “the only reason for a man to divorce his wife” (2) the accusation against a man who divorces his wife. Alternate translation: “the charge against a man who divorces his wife” (3) the situation or relationship between a man and his wife. Alternate translation: “the situation of a man with his wife”
3246	19:10	f527		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ τῆς γυναικός	1	The words the man and his wife represents men and their wives in general, not one particular man and his wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of any man with his wife”
3247	19:11	o403		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3248	19:11	p6v9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1	Jesus is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all people”
3249	19:11	xrdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον τοῦτον	1	Here, the phrase this word could refer to: (1) what the disciples just said. Alternate translation: “the word you have just said” (2) what Jesus previously said about divorce and remarriage. Alternate translation: “the word I have taught” or “this word about divorce”
3250	19:11	tilc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦτον	1	Jesus is using the term word to refer to what someone said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Make sure your translation fits with the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “what has just been said” or “what you spoke”
3251	19:11	hzw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἷς δέδοται	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but those to whom it has been given receive it”
3252	19:11	h3a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δέδοται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has given it”
3253	19:12	vy4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation of what Jesus said about how only some people can “receive” what the disciples said (see 19:11). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “More specifically,” or “Indeed,”
3254	19:12	juc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose mothers gave birth to them thus”
3255	19:12	pxsj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς	1	Here, the phrase from their mother’s womb indicates that these people were eunuchs already when they were born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from their birth” or “from the beginning of their lives”
3256	19:12	m1r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom men made eunuchs”
3257	19:12	z7t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”
3258	19:12	g4bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	Here Jesus speaks as if people physically made themselves eunuchs in order to describe people who live like eunuchs, that is, they do not marry or have children. Since this is an important metaphor in the context, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “people like eunuchs who made themselves that way” or “people who made themselves like eunuchs”
3259	19:12	p6c9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ	1	Here, the phrase because of could mean that: (1) they are making themselves eunuchs in order to act for or in service of the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “for the sake of” or “in order to work for” (2) they are making themselves eunuchs in order to enter the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “to participate in” or “in order to enter”
3260	19:12	r78n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν, χωρείτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one being to accept this must accept it”
3261	19:12	n3ar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	χωρείτω	1	Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person accept it”
3262	19:13	wjb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Here, the word Then introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Then untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”
3263	19:13	wu52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθησαν & παιδία	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they brought little children to”
3264	19:13	a3wy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιθῇ αὐτοῖς	1	In Matthew’s culture, when Jesus would lay his hands on the little children, that would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what laying his hands on them means. Alternate translation: “he would stretch out his hands toward them” or “he would lay his hands on them to bless them”
3265	19:13	hjw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσεύξηται	1	Here the people who brought the little children want Jesus to pray that God would bless the children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “would pray for God to bless them”
3266	19:13	dm6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	2	The pronoun them refers to the people who were bringing the little children. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who were bringing the little children”
3267	19:14	l7op		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the disciples were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
3268	19:14	kifm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Permit the little children; yes, do not forbid them to come to me” or “Permit the little children to come to me”
3269	19:14	m219		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθεῖν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “to go”
3270	19:14	l1bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the little children should be permitted to come to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “which I command because”
3271	19:14	ukdv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe people who belong in the kingdom of the heavens. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. See how you translated the similar construction in 5:3. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to the ones such as these” or “the ones such as these belong in the kingdom of the heavens”
3272	19:14	wf1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τῶν & τοιούτων	1	The pronoun these refers to the little children. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the little children more directly. Alternate translation: “of the ones such as these little children”
3273	19:14	iizn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τῶν & τοιούτων	1	Jesus is referring to the little children and to people who are like them. He does not indicate exactly how these people are like the little children, so if possible express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “of people who are like these”
3274	19:15	tbgb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς	1	In Matthew’s culture, when Jesus laid his hands on the little children, that expressed God’s love for them and conveyed God’s blessing to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what having laid his hands on them means. See how you translated the similar phrase in 19:13. Alternate translation: “having stretched out his hands toward them” or “having laid his hands on them to bless them”
3275	19:15	iod4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, the word there refers to the place where Jesus laid his hands on the little children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he did that”
3276	19:16	deyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
3277	19:16	w4nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἷς	1	Matthew is using the number one as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one man”
3278	19:16	uxhv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σχῶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I might live eternally”
3279	19:17	ffgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3280	19:17	nt0a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὁ & εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to the man who asked Jesus the question. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the man”
3281	19:17	sce3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not ask me about what is good.” or “You should not ask me about what is good!”
3282	19:17	pxak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἐρωτᾷς & θέλεις & τήρησον	1	Throughout this verse, the word you and the command are singular because Jesus is speaking to the young man.
3283	19:17	d4sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός	1	When Jesus says One is good, he is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “One is good, that is, God” or “God alone is good”
3284	19:17	o0ke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	2	Here, the word But indicates that Jesus is about to stop analyzing what the man said and will go on to answer the man’s question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that signals this kind of transition, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “but about what you asked,” or “but as for your question,”
3285	19:17	pkif		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because”
3286	19:17	j9z6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if life were a house into which someone could enter. He is referring to experiencing or receiving life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience life” or “to receive life”
3287	19:17	d7fd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live”
3288	19:18-19	c3dl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	τὸ οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις, & τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1	Here Jesus quotes commands from the law that God gave to Moses. The first five commands come from either Exodus 20:12–16 or Deuteronomy 5:16–20. The last command comes from Leviticus 19:18. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “These are the ones: ‘Do not kill, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not testify falsely, honor your father and your mother, and love your neighbor as yourself’”
3289	19:18	esoj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγει αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun He refers to the man, and the pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “The man says to Jesus”
3290	19:18	a5yi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
3291	19:18	ogqw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις	1	Since in these commands God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the commands are singular.
3292	19:18	zl5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐ μοιχεύσεις	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not be an adulterer or adulteress” or “do not do what is adulterous”
3293	19:19	szjo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	τίμα τὸν & τὴν & ἀγαπήσεις & σου	1	Since in these commands God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the word your and the commands are singular throughout this verse.
3294	19:19	ggpw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὡς σεαυτόν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as you love yourself”
3295	19:19	d5vx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς σεαυτόν	1	Jesus assumes that people love themselves, so he wants these people to love their neighbors just as much. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as deeply as yourself”
3296	19:20	oqol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
3297	19:20	fxyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ἔτι ὑστερῶ	1	Here, the man is asking about what he lacks in order to gain what he wants, which is eternal life (see 19:16). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What do I still lack before receiving eternal life”
3298	19:21	e4vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that he knows it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because”
3299	19:21	gunb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	θέλεις & ὕπαγε πώλησόν σου & δὸς & ἕξεις & δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει	1	Throughout this verse, the word you, the word your, and the commands are singular because Jesus is speaking to the young man.
3300	19:21	zic9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”
3301	19:21	hsmw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2	Here, the word and introduces the result that will follow if the man does sell his possessions and give to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and as a result”
3302	19:21	ndjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Here, the phrase come, follow me is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “come with me as my student”
3303	19:22	ufnr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3304	19:22	ql5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	Here, word represents what Jesus just said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ statement” or “the words that Jesus said”
3305	19:22	gi9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λυπούμενος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “being very sorrowful”
3306	19:22	c8l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the young man was being grieved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”
3307	19:22	aqqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν & ἔχων κτήματα πολλά	1	Here Matthew implies that the young man did not want to sell these possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was having many possessions that he did not want to sell”
3308	19:23	a7z6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3309	19:23	ean2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	εἰσελεύσεται	1	Here Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most naturally for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “enters”
3310	19:24	uect		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	πάλιν δὲ	1	Here, the phrase And again introduces a restatement of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a restatement, or you could leave And again untranslated. Alternate translation: “To repeat:” or “Indeed”
3311	19:24	c8l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	Here Jesus compares a rich {person} entering the kingdom of the heavens with something that is impossible: a camel passing through an eye of a needle. Jesus does this to emphasize how hard it is for a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God. As 19:26 shows, Jesus does not think that this is completely impossible, however. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea here in such a way that it does not sound as if it is totally impossible for a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “consider how difficult it is for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle. That illustrates how difficult it is for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God”
3312	19:24	dip3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τρήματος ῥαφίδος	1	The phrase an eye of a needle refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing needle through which the thread passes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool or the hole in it, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term for a small opening. Alternate translation: “the small hole at the end of a needle” or “a very small hole”
3313	19:25	s2cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3314	19:25	oo3o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀκούσαντες & οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα λέγοντες	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “what the disciples heard astonished them greatly, and they said”
3315	19:25	e9ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
3316	19:25	ejs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	The disciples are using the question form to express their astonishment. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It seems then that no one is able to be saved.” or “No one then is able to be saved!”
3317	19:25	x1at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation: “Who then can receive salvation” or “Whom then will God save”
3318	19:25	kvrw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τίς ἄρα	1	Here, the word then indicates that the disciples ask this question in response to what Jesus just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “If that is true, who” or “Given that, who”
3319	19:26	s7ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3320	19:26	nbaa			παρὰ ἀνθρώποις & παρὰ & Θεῷ	1	Alternate translation: “For men … for God”
3321	19:26	zsp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”
3322	19:26	flun		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο	1	The pronoun this refers to being able to be saved (see 19:25). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to that idea more directly. Alternate translation: “being saved”
3323	19:27	ui8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold is intended to draw the attention of Jesus and to ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Excuse me”
3324	19:27	yp3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς & ἡμῖν	1	By we and us, Peter means himself and the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive forms of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
3325	19:27	pdse		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι	1	Here, the phrase followed you indicates that the disciples traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become your disciples” or “traveled with you as your students”
3326	19:27	zpd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοι	1	Here, the word you is singular because Peter is speaking to Jesus.
3327	19:27	em4o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν	1	Here Peter is asking what he and his fellow disciples will receive because they left everything. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What then will we receive” or “What reward then will there be for us”
3328	19:27	ho5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τί ἄρα	1	Here, the word then indicates that Peter is asking this question in response to what he just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Since we did that, what” or “Given what we did, what”
3329	19:28	j89c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ	1	Here, the phrase in the renewal refers to the time when God will renew or recreate everything that he has made. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the time when things are recreated,” or “when God makes everything new,”
3330	19:28	gey2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καθίσῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ & αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, sit on my”
3331	19:28	sx2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. Alternate translation: “sits on his throne of glory as king” or “rules from his throne of glory”
3332	19:28	l4t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Jesus could using the possessive form to describe a throne that: (1) belongs to the Son of Man and that is characterized by glory. Alternate translation: “his throne that is glorious” (2) shows or illustrates the glory that the Son of Man has. Alternate translation: “the throne that displays his glory”
3333	19:28	sa3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θρόνου δόξης	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “glorious throne”
3334	19:28	qxd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ ἀκολουθήσαντές μοι	1	Here, the phrase followed με indicates that the disciples traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones having become my disciples” or “the ones having traveled with me as my students”
3335	19:28	rx2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καθήσεσθε & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους	1	When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. See how you translated the similar phrase earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “will sit on 12 thrones as kings” or “will rule from 12 thrones”
3336	19:28	iz0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρίνοντες	1	Here, the word judging could mean that the disciples are acting: (1) as judges. Alternate translation: “acting as judges for” (2) as rulers. Alternate translation: “ruling” or “acting as rulers for”
3337	19:29	w5fp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἢ γυναῖκα	1	Many ancient manuscripts read or wife. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
3338	19:29	gq8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός	1	Here, name represents the person whose name it is. Jesus means that they have left all these things because of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for my sake”
3339	19:29	nucq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑκατονταπλασίονα	1	Here Jesus is using a round number (100) indicates a large number of times. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression for a large number or state more explicitly that 100 is a round number. Alternate translation: “very many times as much” or “something like 100 times as much”
3340	19:29	z8wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει	1	Here the author speaks as if these people were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people will receive eternal life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive eternal life” or “will be given eternal life”
3341	19:29	do2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will be able to live eternally”
3342	19:30	j7pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yes,” or “Indeed,”
3343	19:30	gyde		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πολλοὶ & ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of important or respected people as if they were first and of unimportant or non-respected people as if they were last. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many respected will be non-respected, and non-respected, respected” or “many significant will be insignificant, and insignificant, significant”
3344	19:30	u8p3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πρῶτοι & καὶ ἔσχατοι	1	Jesus is using the adjectives first and last as nouns to mean first and last people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “first people … and last people” or “people who are first … and people who are last”
3345	19:30	hnm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and many last will be first”
3346	20:intro	z39h				0	Matthew 20 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46) The parable of the denarius wage (20:1–16) Jesus predicts his death and resurrection (20:17–19) Jesus and the disciples speak about who will be great (20:20–28) Jesus heals two blind men (20:29–34) Special Concepts in this Chapter Hiring people to work in a vineyard In 20:1–7, Jesus speaks about a master of a house hiring people to work in his vineyard. These people were day laborers who would wait in the marketplace for someone to offer them a job. Then, they would agree with the person hiring them on how much money they would make before starting the job. If this is not a practice that your readers would be familiar with, make sure that what is happening is clear to your readers. Sitting at Jesus’ right and left hand In 20:21 and 20:23, Jesus and the mother of the sons of Zebedee refer to sitting at Jesus’ right hand and at his left hand. They are referring to the places of honor at the right and left side of a king or ruler. The people who sit in these places have authority and are respected the most after the king or ruler. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation. See the notes on these two verses for translation options. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The parable of the denarius wage In 20:1-15, Jesus tells a story about a master of a house who hires people throughout the day to work in his vineyard. He agrees with the first people he hires to pay them a denarius each. However, when he pays everyone at the end of the day, he pays each worker a denarius, even those who only worked for one hour. When the workers who were hired first complain about this, he points out that he can do what he wants with his own money, and they agreed to work for one denarius each. Jesus uses this story to illustrate the point he makes before (19:30) and after (20:16) the story: people who are first will be last, and people who are last will be first. What Jesus means is that the rewards and blessings people receive do not always match what people expect, and God can do whatever he wants with the blessings and rewards he gives. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) Drinking the cup In 20:22–23, Jesus refers to a “cup” from which he is going to drink. He is referring to a figure of speech in the Old Testament that refers to experiencing suffering and pain (for example, see Psalm 75:8 and Isaiah 51:17). He means that he will experience suffering, and his disciples must be ready to experience it as well. Since this figure of speech is from the Old Testament, if possible you should preserve it or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions that Jesus gives to his disciples or in speeches that the master of the house gives in the parable. Because of this, many of the forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
3347	20:1	q9qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ	1	To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a man”
3348	20:1	jybx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation of what Jesus said about how the first will be last and the last first (19:30). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “Let me explain:”
3349	20:1	udmx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came out”
3350	20:1	dzid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἅμα πρωῒ	1	Here, the phrase with the morning means that the master of the house left as soon as it was morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as soon as the sun rose” or “as soon as it was morning”
3351	20:2	kkv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3352	20:2	rsbo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συμφωνήσας & μετὰ τῶν ἐργατῶν ἐκ δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν	1	Here Jesus implies that the master of the house found some workers, told them what he wanted them to do, and then agreed with them on how much he would pay them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of that information more explicit. Alternate translation: “having located some workers and having agreed to pay them a denarius for the day”
3353	20:2	iwk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “an average wage”
3354	20:3	jpwu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”
3355	20:3	s8ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ τρίτην ὥραν	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the third hour would be around nine o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 9:00 AM”
3356	20:3	bki1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτην ὥραν	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour three”
3357	20:3	gj3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would wait in the marketplace when they wanted to find work. If they had not yet found work, they would be standing idle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the marketplace still looking for work”
3358	20:3	q3b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	A marketplace is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in 11:16. Alternate translation: “the town square” or “the park”
3359	20:4	tchs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν ᾖ δίκαιον, δώσω ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that they too should go into the vineyard and that he would give them whatever is right.”
3360	20:4	lzmj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπάγετε & εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα	1	Here the master of the house implies that he wants these people to work in the vineyard along with the other people he already hired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “go into the vineyard and work there”
3361	20:5	j3zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & ἀπῆλθον	1	Here Jesus implies that the people went to the vineyard and began to work there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they went to the vineyard and worked there”
3362	20:5	iebk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀπῆλθον	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came out”
3363	20:5	iyzf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “Having come out”
3364	20:5	pip4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the sixth hour would be around noon, and the ninth hour would be around three o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated the similar time reference in 20:3. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM”
3365	20:5	lv4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hours six and nine”
3366	20:5	rfzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως	1	Here Jesus means that the master of the house did and said the same things that he said and did at “the third hour” (see 20:3–4). He also implies that there were people in the marketplace who agreed to work in his vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of that information more explicit. Alternate translation: “he told even more people that he would pay them whatever was right, and they too agreed to work in his vineyard”
3367	20:6	rfz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3368	20:6	qvkv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”
3369	20:6	htkf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ & τὴν ἑνδεκάτην	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the eleventh {hour} would be around five o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated the similar time reference in 20:3. Alternate translation: “about 5:00 PM”
3370	20:6	bzdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν ἑνδεκάτην	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour eleven”
3371	20:6	twdt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄλλους ἑστῶτας & ὧδε ἑστήκατε & ἀργοί	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would wait in the marketplace when they wanted to find work. If they had not yet found work, they would be standing idle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “others still looking for work … have you been standing here looking for work”
3372	20:6	y4cz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
3373	20:6	r3cf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει αὐτοῖς, τί ὧδε ἑστήκατε ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἀργοί	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asks them why they had stood there idle the whole day.”
3374	20:7	s9i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν & λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said … He said”
3375	20:7	yhgt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	αὐτῷ, ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἐμισθώσατο λέγει αὐτοῖς, ὑπάγετε καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to him that it was because no one hired them. He says to them that they too should go into the vineyard.”
3376	20:7	me25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπάγετε & εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα	1	Here the master of the house implies that he wants these people to work in the vineyard along with the other people he already hired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “go into the vineyard and work there”
3377	20:8	bgde		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Here, the owner of the vineyard is the same person whom Jesus previously called “the master of the house” (see 20:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same person. Alternate translation: “the master of the house, who owned the vineyard,” or “the master of the house, who was in charge of the vineyard,”
3378	20:8	niz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
3379	20:8	wq8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word manager is referring to a worker who supervised or managed the other workers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to his manager, who was in charge of the workers”
3380	20:8	ikgj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	κάλεσον & ἀπόδος	1	Because the master of the house is speaking to his manager, the commands throughout this verse are singular.
3381	20:8	x6iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων	1	Here the owner of the vineyard means that he wants his manager to pay the workers in the reverse order in which they were hired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “beginning with the last and ending with the first” or “beginning from the last and going backwards to the first”
3382	20:8	z3jz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἐσχάτων & τῶν πρώτων	1	The owner of the vineyard is using the adjectives first and last as nouns to mean the workers who were hired last and the workers who were hired first. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the last workers … the first workers” or “the workers hired last … the workers hired first”
3383	20:9	oy9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
3384	20:9	znkj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones who were hired at about the eleventh hour”
3385	20:9	o4xb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν	1	See how you translated the phrase the eleventh hour in 20:6. Alternate translation: “about 5:00 PM”
3386	20:9	af8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour eleven”
3387	20:9	gpkg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	See how you translated the word denarius in 20:2. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “an average wage”
3388	20:10	akoq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
3389	20:10	rhds		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πρῶτοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun to mean the workers who were hired first. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the ones who were hired first”
3390	20:10	pvu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐνόμισαν ὅτι πλεῖον λήμψονται, καὶ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “thought, ‘We will receive more.’ But”
3391	20:10	o0nv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον	1	Here Jesus implies that the first workers thought that they would receive more than one denarius, since that is what the workers who started at the end of the day received. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more than one denarius” or “more than the workers who started latest received”
3392	20:10	vaqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	See how you translated the word denarius in 20:2. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “an average wage”
3393	20:11	jpxd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3394	20:12	z05n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας, τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the last ones had done one hour, but the master of the house made them equal to themselves, the ones having borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat.”
3395	20:12	a2n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
3396	20:12	pglj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι	1	Here the workers are referring to the other workers who were hired last. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “These ones who were hired last”
3397	20:12	ewrj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἐποίησας	1	Because the workers are speaking to the master of the house, the word you is singular.
3398	20:12	fiap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	By us, the workers mean themselves who were hired first but not any of the other workers, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
3399	20:12	vy87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα	1	Here, the workers are speaking of their hard work as if it were burden that they had borne. They also speak as if the scorching heat were also an object that they had borne. They mean that they had to work hard and experience the hot sun during the middle of the day. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ones having worked hard the whole day and having experienced the scorching heat”
3400	20:12	tpss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας	1	Here, the workers are using the possessive form to describe a burden that they had to bear during the day. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another. Alternate translation: “the burden during the day”
3401	20:13	z5rr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the master of the house said in contrast with what the workers were saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response,” or “In contrast,”
3402	20:13	b3fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἑνὶ αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἑταῖρε, οὐκ ἀδικῶ σε. οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι?	1	Alternate translation: “called one of them friend and said to him that he was not wronging him and that he agreed with him for a denarius.”
3403	20:13	y6zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σε. οὐχὶ & συνεφώνησάς	1	Because the master of the house is speaking to one of the workers, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
3404	20:13	qbu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι	1	The master of the house is using the question form to remind the worker what he agreed to do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You remember that you agreed with me for a denarius” or “You certainly agreed with me for a denarius!”
3405	20:13	x7rr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δηναρίου & μοι	1	Here the master of the house implies that the worker agreed to work for a denarius. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “me to work for a denarius”
3406	20:14	scu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἆρον τὸ σὸν & ὕπαγε & σοί	1	Because the master of the house is speaking to one of the workers, the commands and the words yours and you throughout this verse are singular.
3407	20:14	nedg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the master of the house is going to do in contrast to what the worker wishes he would do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Despite what you want,”
3408	20:14	hv8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ	1	The master of the house is using the adjective last as a noun to mean workers who were hired last. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to this worker who was hired last”
3409	20:14	h8w3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ	1	The phrase this last represents the last ones in general, not one particular last one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to these last”
3410	20:14	rt0p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὡς καὶ σοί	1	The master of the house is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as I give also to you”
3411	20:15	m2o9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1	Here, the word Or introduces a contrasting alternative to what the master of the house has said about what he wants to do. He then uses the question form to show that this alternate is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a false alternative, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”
3412	20:15	h3uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς?	1	The master of the house is using the question form to remind the worker that can do what he wants with his own things. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Remember that it is lawful for me to do what I desire with what is mine.” or “It is certainly lawful for me to do what I desire with what is mine!”
3413	20:15	thk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	2	Here, the word Or introduces a second question that again shows that the worker should not complain about how the master of the house is behaving. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar idea, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,”
3414	20:15	dus3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι?	1	The master of the house is using the question form to rebuke the worker. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your eye should not be evil because I am good.” or “Do not let your eye be evil because I am good!”
3415	20:15	uc7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν	1	Here, when the master of the house speaks of a person’s eye as evil, he means that the person is jealous or envious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do you feel jealousy” or “are you envious”
3416	20:15	pesw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου	1	Because the master of the house is speaking to one of the workers, the word your is singular.
3417	20:16	tg2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	Here, the phrase In the same way introduces how Jesus applies the story he just told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Just as in that story” or “Here is what that story means:”
3418	20:16	k5fe			ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι	1	See how you translated the similar sentence in 19:30. This sentence switches the order and does not include the word “many,” so make sure you include those differences.
3419	20:16	bhr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἔσχατοι	2	Some ancient manuscripts do not include any words after last. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “For many are called, but few are chosen” after the word last. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
3420	20:17	ag3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Then”
3421	20:17	b6ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀναβαίνων	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming up”
3422	20:17	csnw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβαίνων	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as he and the disciples were going up”
3423	20:18	brtg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”
3424	20:18-19	obl2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν & αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, … me … me … to crucify me … I will be raised up”
3425	20:18	nf34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1	Jesus is using the pronoun we to refer to himself and the disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction.
3426	20:18	toqa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀναβαίνομεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “we are coming up”
3427	20:18	b2f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over”
3428	20:18	s8uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θανάτῳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to die”
3429	20:19	rjq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	Here Jesus is speaking specifically of Gentiles who rule or control the the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles who rule” or “to the Gentiles who are in charge”
3430	20:19	hbg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, the phrase on the third day refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as the first day, tomorrow as the second day, and the day after tomorrow as the third day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. See how you translated this phrase in 17:23. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days later”
3431	20:19	pn84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three”
3432	20:19	xis6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται	1	Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be restored to life”
3433	20:19	kr7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀναστήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “he will raise himself up”
3434	20:20	sx75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Here, the word Then introduces the next major event in the story. It happened sometime soon after Jesus spoke the words recorded in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Then untranslated. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” or “After Jesus said those things,”
3435	20:20	giba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	Here Matthew introduces the mother of the sons of Zebedee as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “the mother of the sons of Zebedee was there. She approached him”
3436	20:20	zr9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	Here Matthew refers to James and John, who were the sons of Zebedee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of James and John, the sons of Zebedee,”
3437	20:20	epap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσκυνοῦσα	1	In the woman’s culture, bowing down to a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what bowing down means. Alternate translation: “prostrating herself” or “bowing down to him in respect”
3438	20:20	r25c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αἰτοῦσά τι παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking, ‘Please do something for me.’”
3439	20:21	lhj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῇ, τί θέλεις?	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked her what she desired.”
3440	20:21	wbk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	θέλεις	1	Because Jesus is speaking to the mother of the sons of Zebedee, the word you is singular.
3441	20:21	vstn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “She said”
3442	20:21	gvrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὲ	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you say”
3443	20:21	hqti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	εἰπὲ & δεξιῶν & σου & σου	1	Because the mother of the sons of Zebedee is speaking to Jesus, the command the word your are singular throughout what she says.
3444	20:21	b8xs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καθίσωσιν & εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου	1	When someone sits at the right hand or at the left hand of a ruler, this symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “might sit down to rule, one at your right hand and one at your left hand” or “might took the places of honor and authority, one at your right hand and one at your left hand”
3445	20:21	z43h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου	1	Here, the phrases at your right hand and at your left hand refer to the places next to Jesus’ right and left hands, which would be the right side and the left side. In the Jesus’ culture, these sides were associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side” and “left side.” Make sure that your readers understand that these sides indicate that the two sons of Zebedee would have honor and authority when they sits there. Alternate translation: “one at your right side and one at your left side” or “one in the honorable place at your right and one in the honorable place at your left”
3446	20:22	gx17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus is speaking directly to the two sons of Zebedee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “said to her two sons”
3447	20:22	f9cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν	1	Here Jesus speaks of experiencing pain and suffering as if it were drinking from a cup. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the pain that I am about to experience” or “to experience the suffering that I am about to experience”
3448	20:22	wing		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον	1	Here, cup represents the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would probably have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the drink” or “the wine in the cup”
3449	20:22	g28n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	πίνειν	1	Many ancient manuscripts end the question with the word drink. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word drink the words “or to be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
3450	20:22	d4rf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγουσιν	1	The pronoun They refers to the sons of Zebedee. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee say”
3451	20:22	zg5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
3452	20:22	rrl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	δυνάμεθα	1	By We, the sons of Zebedee mean themselves, but not their mother or Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
3453	20:22	n5qs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	δυνάμεθα	1	The sons of Zebedee are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We are able to drink that cup”
3454	20:23	xrz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
3455	20:23	m4d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ & ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε	1	Here Jesus again speaks of experiencing pain and suffering as if it were drinking from a cup. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed this idea in 20:22. Alternate translation: “You will experience the pain that I experience” or “You will experience the suffering that I experience”
3456	20:23	ob2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ & ποτήριόν μου	1	Here, cup represents the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would probably have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My drink” or “The wine in my cup”
3457	20:23	elnr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	πίεσθε	1	Many ancient manuscripts end the question with the word drink. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word drink the words “and you will be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
3458	20:23	zk4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	When someone sits at the right hand or at the left hand of a ruler, this symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. See how you translated the similar phrases in 20:21. Alternate translation: “But to sit down to rule at my right hand and at my left hand” or “to take the places of honor and authority at my right hand and at my left hand”
3459	20:23	aq1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	Here, the phrases at my right hand and at my left hand refer to the places next to Jesus’ right and left hands, which would be the right side and the left side. In the Jesus’ culture, these sides were associated with honor or authority. See how you expressed the idea in 20:21. Alternate translation: “at my right side and at my left side” or “in the honorable places at my right and at my left”
3460	20:23	mu7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἷς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but it will be given to the ones for whom”
3461	20:23	sj51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared it”
3462	20:23	x5f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
3463	20:24	z9r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δέκα	1	Matthew is using the number ten as a noun to refer to other ten disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other ten disciples” or “the rest of the disciples”
3464	20:25	h86l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3465	20:25	u55y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses Alternate translation: “the rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them; indeed, the great ones exercise authority over them” or “the rulers of the Gentiles and the great ones lord it over them”
3466	20:25	btlv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατακυριεύουσιν & κατεξουσιάζουσιν	1	The words translated lord it over and exercise authority over refer to using power to control and dominate others. The words do not indicate whether the rulers and the great ones are doing good or bad things with their power. If possible, use words or phrases that refer to total control and domination but that do not imply good or bad use of that control and domination. Alternate translation: “reign absolutely over … have complete authority over”
3467	20:25	aqzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατεξουσιάζουσιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “rule over” or “control”
3468	20:26	q083		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	οὐχ οὕτως ἔστιν	1	Here Jesus could be using the present tense to: (1) give a command or instruction. Alternate translation: “It should not be this way” or “Let it not be this way” (2) state how things work differently among his disciples. Alternate translation: “That is not how it is”
3469	20:26-27	eaiv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν μέγας γενέσθαι, ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος & καὶ ὃς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος	1	These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word other than and in order to show that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two sentences Alternate translation: “whoever desires to become great among you will be your servant; indeed, whoever desires to be first among you will be your slave” or “whoever desires to become first or great among will you be your servant or slave”
3470	20:26	y4qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἔσται	1	Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be”
3471	20:27	j3ms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρῶτος	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of being important or respected as if it were being first. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this word in 19:30. Alternate translation: “respected” or “significant”
3472	20:27	u8ea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἔσται	1	Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be”
3473	20:28	m27d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, … my”
3474	20:28	ohi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “came to serve, and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many, not to be served”
3475	20:28	iz71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διακονηθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “for people to serve him”
3476	20:28	c7r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he came to serve”
3477	20:28	zh3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if his life were a price or ransom he would give to free many from someone or something that owned or controlled them. He means that he will obtain forgiveness for his people’s sins and will keep those sins from controlling them. This is an important biblical image, so if possible preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “to offer his life as if it were a ransom to set many free from sin”
3478	20:28	zv1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to allow himself to die”
3479	20:28	yv3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
3480	20:29	qsvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Ἰερειχὼ	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus and the disciples had previously entered Jericho. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after visiting Jericho, as they were going out from the city” or “as they were traveling through Jericho”
3481	20:29	ptk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “as they were coming out”
3482	20:29	ev2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun they refers to Jesus and his disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”
3483	20:30	naag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ ἰδοὺ, δύο τυφλοὶ καθήμενοι παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει	1	Matthew is using the phrase behold, two blind men to introduce these two people as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “And there were two blind men sitting beside the road. When they heard that Jesus is passing”
3484	20:30	kpep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Jesus is passing by,’”
3485	20:30	gy5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
3486	20:30	kph1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask you to have mercy on us”
3487	20:30	y0d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to us”
3488	20:30	usrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἐλέησον	1	Because the two blind men are speaking to Jesus, the request is singular.
3489	20:30	t577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”
3490	20:30	o638		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Son of David, Messiah”
3491	20:31	czuj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3492	20:31	ttio		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
3493	20:31	hlj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you have mercy on us”
3494	20:31	t6mo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to us”
3495	20:31	fdrm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἐλέησον	1	Because the two blind men are speaking to Jesus, the request is singular.
3496	20:31	rni0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. Express the idea as you did in 20:30. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”
3497	20:31	a3lq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Express the idea as you did in 20:30. Alternate translation: “Son of David, Messiah”
3498	20:32	va1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν, τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and asked them what they desired him to do for them.”
3499	20:33	k9mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
3500	20:33	xdgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Κύριε, ἵνα	1	The blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Lord, we desire that”
3501	20:33	yb39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν.	1	Here, the clause that our eyes might be opened indicates that the two blind men want to be able to see with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that our eyes might be healed” or “that our eyes might see”
3502	20:33	q3o8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “our eyes might become open”
3503	20:34	hin4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having sympathized with them”
3504	20:34	l3nz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	Here, the phrase followed him could indicate that: (1) the two blind men traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. Alternate translation: “they became his disciples” or “they traveled with him as his students” (2) the two blind men walked with Jesus on the road. Alternate translation: “they walked with him” or “they went with him”
3505	21:intro	ni1x				0	Matthew 21 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46) Jesus enters Jerusalem (21:1–11) Jesus drives people out of the temple and argues with the leaders (21:12–17) Jesus curses a fig tree (21:18–22) Jesus speaks with the chief priests and elders (21:23–46) Questions about authority (21:23–27) The parable of the two children (21:28–32) The parable of the vineyard (21:33–41) The stone that the builders rejected (21:42–44) The reaction of the chief priests and elders (21:45–46) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5, 21:9, and 21:42, which are mostly quotes from the Old Testament. Special Concepts in this Chapter The donkey and the colt In 21:1–4, Jesus instructs two of his disciples to collect a donkey and a colt for him to use as he enters into Jerusalem. Matthew comments that Jesus did that in fulfillment of Zechariah 9:9, which indicates that a special king of Israel will ride on a donkey and on a colt, which is a poetic way of referring to a donkey that is a colt. In the story in Matthew, Matthew refers to both the donkey and the colt that the disciples collect, but he does not indicate which one Jesus actually rides. Make sure that it is clear that there are two animals that match the way that Zechariah 9:9 was written, but do not indicate which one Jesus rode on. Hosanna The word “Hosanna” is a Hebrew word spelled out how it sounds in Matthew’s language. The word means “save us, please.” By the time of Jesus, however, people would use the word to praise or honor God and others. Consider whether to spell the word out as it sounds or state its meaning. See the notes on 21:9 and 21:15 for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) Disrupting activity in the temple area In 21:12–13, Jesus disrupts normal activity in the temple by driving out some people and by overturning the chairs and tables of others. Jesus performed this symbolic action to express a specific message. However, Christians debate exactly what the symbolic action means. Jesus could have been protesting against people who were buying and selling dishonestly. He could have been protesting against all buying and selling in the temple area. He could have been indicating that the temple would be destroyed. Your translation should state what Jesus did while allowing for all of these possible interpretations. The baptism of John In 21:25–27, Jesus and the chief priests and elders discuss “the baptism of John.” Here they are referring to how John baptized people for repentance. Jesus asks them whether they think that John’s baptism came from heaven or from people, which means that he performed baptisms by God’s authority or by human authority. The chief priests and elders decide not to answer the question. See the notes on these verses for ways to refer to John’s baptism and to the authority behind it. Renting out a vineyard In 21:33–41, Jesus tells a story about a man who built a vineyard and then rented it out to farmers. Jesus is referring to a common arrangement in which a wealthy person who owned property would have poorer people use that property for farming or tending grapes. These poorer people would do the work and then sell the produce, and they would give the person who owned the property a portion of what they made. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of arrangement, make sure that your translation is clear about what is happening in the story. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The parable of the two children In 21:28–32, Jesus tells and explains a story about a man and his two children. The man asks both children to work in his vineyard. The first child says that he will not but later works there anyways. The second child says that he will but later does not work there. Jesus and the chief priest and elders agree that it was the first child who actually did what the father wanted. Jesus then explains that he is illustrating how different groups of people reacted to John the Baptist’s ministry. People who sinned much but then repented when John preached are like the first child who actually did what the father wanted. The Jewish religious leaders who did not repent when John preached are like the second child who did not actually do what the father wanted. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) The parable of the vineyard In 21:33–41, Jesus tells a story about a man who planted a vineyard and rented it out to farmers. When the man sends servants to collect the rent, the farmers refuse and injure or kill the servants. When the man sends his own son, the farmers kill him as well. Jesus and the chief priests and elders agree that the man should destroy the farmers and rent the vineyard to other people. When he applies the parable in 21:42–44, Jesus indicates that the Jewish religious leaders are like those farmers who will be destroyed. He also implies that the vineyard represents the people of Israel, the servants represent God’s messengers, the son represents Jesus himself, and the man who owned the vineyard represents God. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) The stone In 21:42, Jesus quotes from Psalm 118:22–23, which refers to a specific “stone.” In the Psalm, this stone most likely represents the king of Israel, or it perhaps represents the Israelite people in general. When Jesus refers to the stone in 21:42 and 21:44, he is implicitly identifying it with himself. Since the stone language comes from a quotation from the Psalms, you should preserve it in some form in your translation. Also, since Jesus does not explicitly claim to be the stone, you should keep that implicit in your translation. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to his disciples or to the Jewish leaders. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) The quote from Zechariah and Isaiah in 21:5 In 21:5, Matthew quotes from someone whom he calls “the prophet” (21:4). The last three lines of the quotation are from Zechariah 9:9. The first line sounds somewhat like the first line of Zechariah 9:9, but it matches the first line of Isaiah 62:11 exactly. Most likely, Matthew was thinking of both of these verses when he wrote down the quotation. If you must refer to the author of the quotation or book from which the quotation came, it is recommended that you refer to Zechariah, since most of the quotation is from that book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) Different versions of the parable of the two children There are two primary versions of the parable of the two children in 21:28–31: The first child says that he will not work in the vineyard but later does. Meanwhile, the second child says that he will work in the vineyard but does not. The chief priests and scribes say that the first child did what the father wanted. The first child says that he will work in the vineyard but does not. Meanwhile, the second child says that he will not work in the vineyard but later does. The chief priests and scribes say that the second child did what the father wanted. The ULT and the UST are based on the first version listed above. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) Verse 44 A few manuscripts do not include anything for 21:44. Many early manuscripts do include the verse. While it it possible that people added this verse because similar words appear in the same place in Luke 20:18, it is more likely that this verse was accidentally omitted from a few manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. Otherwise, since it is likely that 21:44 does belong here, it is recommended that you follow the ULT by including the verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3506	21:1	f8fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ὅτε	1	Here, the phrase And when introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then”
3507	21:1	z5qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἤγγισαν & ἦλθον	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “they went near … went”
3508	21:1	tf8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤγγισαν	1	The pronoun they refers to Jesus and his disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples came near”
3509	21:1	p3g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	The word Bethphage is the name of a village that was near Jerusalem.
3510	21:1	u8fj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	Here Matthew implies that Bethphage is near the Mount of Olives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “near the Mount of Olives” or “which is at the Mount of Olives”
3511	21:2	ruc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων αὐτοῖς	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said to them”
3512	21:2	ubr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορεύεσθε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of Go. Alternate translation: “Come”
3513	21:2	ku9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὴν κώμην, τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν	1	Here, a village that is opposite someone means that it is directly in front of them. Jesus is here referring to the village of Bethphage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the village directly in front of you” or “the village of Bethphage, which is before you”
3514	21:2	wen2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὄνον δεδεμένην	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “a donkey that a person has tied up”
3515	21:2	pq2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δεδεμένην	1	Here Jesus implies that someone has used a rope or tether to secure the donkey so that it cannot wander away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “secured with a tether”
3516	21:2	ure7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	A colt is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “one of her young ones” or “a young donkey”
3517	21:3	o47q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε	1	Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that they will only have to say these words if someone says anything to them. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Now suppose someone says something to you. Then you should say”
3518	21:3	yv1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι	1	Here Jesus is implying that people might ask the disciples why they are taking someone’s donkey and colt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “confronts you about what you are doing” or “speaks to you about what you are doing”
3519	21:3	qwvf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will say that the Lord has need of them,”
3520	21:3	hiro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, the word Lord could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “The Lord, our teacher,” (2) God. Alternate translation: “The Lord God”
3521	21:3	pfcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀποστελεῖ	1	Although the term he is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person will send them”
3522	21:4	yi1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces Matthew’s comment on what he has narrated so far. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a comment from the narrator, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “I note that” or “As a matter of fact,”
3523	21:4	nybn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο & γέγονεν	1	Here, the word this refers to what Jesus has just instructed two of his disciples to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to those instructions more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave those instructions”
3524	21:4	n979		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from what Jesus commanded. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus commanded those things. Alternate translation: “in order that”
3525	21:4	dsar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the speaking, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill that which God said through the prophet”
3526	21:4	x3up		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	Here, the prophet whom Matthew is speaking about is Zechariah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “through the prophet Zechariah”
3527	21:4	inek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Zehariah (see Zechariah 9:9). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Zechariah” or “who declared”
3528	21:5	btvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών, ἰδοὺ, ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεταί σοι, πραῢς καὶ ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Tell the daughter of Zion that her King is coming to her, humble and riding on a donkey, and on a colt, a son of a beast of burden.”
3529	21:5	whn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών	1	The prophet is using the phrase daughter of Zion to mean the people who live in the city of Zion, which is Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. If you do, make sure that you use plural forms of “you” throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion”
3530	21:5	rdb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”
3531	21:5	on0l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου & σοι	1	Since someone is talking to the daughter of Zion, the words your and you are singular.
3532	21:5	yjsj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου	1	Here, the author of the quotation refers to one animal both as a donkey and as a colt, which is a son of a beast of burden. This was poetic in his culture. Matthew knows that this is a poetic form, but his story refers to two animals, both a donkey and a colt. If possible, express the idea in such a way that this quotation could be referring to either one or two animals. Alternate translation: “on a donkey, riding on a colt, a son of a beast of burden”
3533	21:5	e9pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	A colt is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. See how you translated this word in 21:2. Alternate translation: “a young donkey”
3534	21:5	fx3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου	1	Here the author of the quotation refers to the direct offspring of a beast of burden as if it were its son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a foal of a beast of burden”
3535	21:5	a6qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὑποζυγίου	1	A beast of burden is an animal that is used to perform jobs that require strength, such as carrying or pulling heavy objects. In Jesus’ culture, the phrase almost always referred to a donkey. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make some of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “of a work animal” or “of a draft animal”
3536	21:6	ln9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3537	21:6	sjdb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορευθέντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”
3538	21:7	r6db		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν πῶλον	1	A colt is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. See how you translated this word in 21:2. Alternate translation: “a young donkey”
3539	21:7	y6en			τὰ ἱμάτια	1	Alternate translation: “outer garments”
3540	21:7	fgbo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐπεκάθισεν ἐπάνω αὐτῶν	1	Here Matthew does not specify which animal Jesus sat on, and if possible you should not specify either. If you need to include an object for sat, you could refer generally to one of the animals. Alternate translation: “he sat upon them on one of the animals”
3541	21:7	q6r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	3	Here, the word them could refer to: (1) the cloaks. Alternate translation: “the cloaks” (2) the donkey and the colt. Alternate translation: “the animals”
3542	21:8	s8x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3543	21:8	e3t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὁ & πλεῖστος ὄχλος	1	Matthew says the largest crowd here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “an enormous crowd”
3544	21:8	t29s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	The people did these things to give Jesus honor and glory. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of these actions. Alternate translation: “spread their cloaks on the road to give him honor, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them on the road to give him glory”
3545	21:8	vyp6			τὰ ἱμάτια	1	Alternate translation: “outer garments”
3546	21:8	cy6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄλλοι	1	Matthew is using the adjective others as a noun to mean other people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “different people”
3547	21:9	exm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3548	21:9	vo7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	οἱ προάγοντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming before”
3549	21:9	x1l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
3550	21:9	ky4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	ὡσαννὰ & ὡσαννὰ	1	The word Hosanna is a Hebrew word. Matthew has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Hosanna had an original meaning of “save now,” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell Hosanna the way it sounds in your language or you could translate it according to how the word was used. Alternate translation: “Honor … Honor”
3551	21:9	ysb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Descendant of David” or “the one who is descended from David”
3552	21:9	gk06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Son of David, the Messiah”
3553	21:9	dtjl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!	1	Here the crowds are quoting from Psalm 118:26. Since they do not introduce the words as a quotation from an important text, you also should not introduce them as anything more than what the crowds said. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in a footnote.
3554	21:9	fc0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	The phrase Blessed is the one could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “Let the one coming in the name of the Lord be blessed” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one coming in the name of the Lord is blessed”
3555	21:9	c61m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὐλογημένος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “Let God bless”
3556	21:9	q52t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	Here, the word name refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by your authority of the Lord”
3557	21:9	jt8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡσαννὰ	2	Here, the word Hosanna could refer to praising: (1) Jesus, the Son of David. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to this one” (2) God, who sent Jesus. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to God”
3558	21:9	g73z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	The people are using the adjective highest as a noun to mean the highest heavens, where God dwells. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the highest heavens”
3559	21:10	cb4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα	1	Matthew is using the term city to mean the people who live in that city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city were shaken, saying”
3560	21:10	f1ao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus did and how the crowds greeted him. Alternate translation: “this shook the whole city”
3561	21:10	p0gh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐσείσθη	1	Here, Matthew is speaking of people becoming agitated as if they were shaken. He could be implying: (1) that the people were concerned or confused. Alternate translation: “was disturbed” or “was greatly concerned” (2) that the people were excited. Alternate translation: “was excited”
3562	21:10	g6pq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγουσα	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and the people said”
3563	21:11	nqb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Ναζαρὲθ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Here, the crowds are using the possessive form to describe Nazareth as a place in Galilee. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Nazareth, a town in Galilee”
3564	21:12	y9j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν & εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Here Matthew means that Jesus entered into the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “entered into the temple courtyard”
3565	21:12	w7ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Matthew implies that merchants were selling animals and other items so that travelers could buy them and offer the proper sacrifices at the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones selling and buying things in the temple for the sacrifices”
3566	21:12	u1oe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν	1	Here Matthew is referring to people who exchanged the commonly used Greek and Roman money for special money that could be used at the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the tables of the people who exchanged money” or “the tables of the people who exchanged the temple currency”
3567	21:12	iyox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς	1	Here Matthew refers to people who sold doves, which the poorest people would offer as sacrifices. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the seats of the ones selling the doves to be sacrificed”
3568	21:13	om5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
3569	21:13	hvrv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the people who were buying, selling, and exchanging things in the temple area. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the people who were buying and selling”
3570	21:13	q41c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	In Jesus’ culture, It is written was a normal way to introduce quotations from important texts, in this case, the books of Isaiah and Jeremiah (see Isaiah 56:7 and Jeremiah 7:11). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from important texts. Alternate translation: “You can read in the Scriptures” or “It says in the books of Isaiah and Jeremiah”
3571	21:13	kp7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through prophets. Alternate translation: “The prophets said” or “God had the prophets write”
3572	21:13	z8gr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶκός μου & κληθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They will call my house”
3573	21:13	n9v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as My house because his presence is there. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My temple”
3574	21:13	bd8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	Here God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, is using the possessive form to describe a house that is a place where people perform prayer. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a house where prayer is offered” or “a place where there is prayer”
3575	21:13	c7l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	Here God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to the temple as a den where robbers hide and plot their crimes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “a place where robbers live” or “like a cave where robbers hide”
3576	21:14	a2sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ	1	Matthew is using the adjectives blind and lame as nouns to mean people who were blind and lame. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and lame”
3577	21:14	q405		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Here Matthew means that Jesus was in the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. See how you expressed the idea in 21:12. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
3578	21:15	u6ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces how the chief priests and the scribes reacted in contrast with how most of the people reacted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
3579	21:15	r3bs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Here Matthew means that the children were in the temple area. He does not mean that they were in the most sacred parts of the temple building. See how you expressed the idea in 21:12. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
3580	21:15	c3qg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγοντας, ὡσαννὰ τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “giving hosannas to the Son of David,”
3581	21:15	fqr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	ὡσαννὰ	1	See how you translated Hosanna in 21:9. Alternate translation: “Honor”
3582	21:15	c6k8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	See how you translated the phrase Son of David in 21:9. Alternate translation: “to the Descendant of David” or “to the one who is descended from David”
3583	21:16	wu5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν	1	Here the chief priests and the scribes are implying that what these children are saying is bad or wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do you hear the wrong things that these are saying”
3584	21:16	dhoa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀκούεις	1	Since the chief priests and the scribes are talking to Jesus, the word you here is singular.
3585	21:16	zx4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οὗτοι	1	The chief priests and scribes are using the adjective these as a noun to mean specific children. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “these children”
3586	21:16	gm6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
3587	21:16	twg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ναί	1	Here, the word Yes implies that Jesus thinks that what the children are saying is not wrong or bad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yes, and they are doing what is good” or “Yes, and they are right”
3588	21:16	luy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the chief priests and scribes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise.’” or “Surely you have read, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’!”
3589	21:16	iqlm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε	1	Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 8:2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Have you never read in the book of Psalms” or “Have you never read in our Scriptures”
3590	21:16	qa9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ στόματος	1	Here, mouths represents speaking or things that are spoken. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From the voices” or “From the speech”
3591	21:16	qyka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων	1	The terms little children and nursing infants mean similar things. The author of the quotation is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of the youngest children”
3592	21:16	jgu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of praise, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you have chosen to be praised” or “you have prepared praising words”
3593	21:16	qe4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	κατηρτίσω	1	Since the author of the quotation is talking to God, the word you here is singular.
3594	21:17	hoes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	The pronoun them refers to the chief priests and the scribes (see 21:15). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and the scribes”
3595	21:17	abq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθεν	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went out”
3596	21:17	t65g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came out”
3597	21:17	cmd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς πόλεως	1	Here, the phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”
3598	21:18	q488		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3599	21:18	yk9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπανάγων	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were returning”
3600	21:18	m22l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πόλιν	1	Here, the phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”
3601	21:19	l3bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came”
3602	21:19	h2la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον	1	If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “found only leaves on it”
3603	21:19	s0vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
3604	21:19	uf93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	καρπὸς	1	Here, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits”
3605	21:19	d1d8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοῦ	1	Since the Jesus is talking to the fig tree, the word you here is singular.
3606	21:19	r0s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	Here, the phrase to eternity means that something lasts forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” or “ever again”
3607	21:20	mzry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
3608	21:21	qye0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3609	21:21	nd3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, ἀλλὰ κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται	1	Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that a person with faith can do amazing things, like casting a mountain into the sea. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that you had faith and did not doubt. In that case, you could do not only what was of the fig tree. Even more, you could say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ and it would happen”
3610	21:21	mwl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have faith without doubting” or “you truly believe”
3611	21:21	zu6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔχητε πίστιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you believe”
3612	21:21	r61a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ τῆς συκῆς	1	Here Jesus is referring to what he did to the fig tree. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what I did to the fig tree” or “things like what I did to the fig tree”
3613	21:21	jf9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you tell this mountain to be taken up and to be thrown into the sea, it will happen”
3614	21:21	qfo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Here, the phrase this mountain could refer to: (1) the Mount of Olives, which Jesus and his disciples were near. Alternate translation: “to the Mount of Olives” or “to the mountain we are near” (2) any mountain. Alternate translation: “to a mountain”
3615	21:21	erml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν,	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation: “May God take you up and throw you into the sea”
3616	21:21	lrgd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι	1	Since someone is talking to a mountain, the commands here are singular.
3617	21:22	lsb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	πάντα ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	The expression everything, as much as you request contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that you request”
3618	21:22	a72c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of prayer, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as you pray”
3619	21:23	m6cd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “when he had gone”
3620	21:23	uge9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Here Matthew means that Jesus entered into the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard”
3621	21:23	lzfr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Here Matthew implies that the people refers to the Jewish people group. These are elders who are respected among the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the elders who lead the Jewish people”
3622	21:23	kw71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διδάσκοντι	1	Here Matthew indicates that Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as he was teaching”
3623	21:23	d6dm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
3624	21:23	b56y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	The question By what authority do you do these things and the question who gave you this authority could: (1) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, and who is the one who gave you this authority” (2) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If you choose this option, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who was it who gave you the authority to do these things?”
3625	21:23	mtt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “How are you empowered to do these things, and who empowered you in this way”
3626	21:23	s1w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1	Here, the phrase these things refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do you teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”
3627	21:23	pji9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ποιεῖς & σοι	1	Since the chief priests and the elders are talking to Jesus, the words you and you here are singular.
3628	21:24	t36k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	λόγον ἕνα	1	Jesus is using the term word to refer to what Jesus will ask. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one thing”
3629	21:24	h7hs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you expressed the idea in 21:23. Alternate translation: “how I am empowered to do these things”
3630	21:24	da2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα ποιῶ	1	Here, the phrase these things refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. See how you translated the similar phrase in 21:23. Alternate translation: “I teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”
3631	21:25	d4t2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, πόθεν ἦν	1	Here, Jesus first introduces the baptism of John and then asks a question about it. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word it would be redundant in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “From where was the baptism of John”
3632	21:25	w2ok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a kind of baptism that was performed by John. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed”
3633	21:25	kp9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of baptism, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When John baptized people”
3634	21:25	r7ns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	-1	Here, heaven represents God because it is where he dwells. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From God … From God”
3635	21:25	th4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “from humans”
3636	21:25	bymp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3637	21:25	i5ai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς	1	Here, the phrase among themselves could mean: (1) that the chief priests and elders were reasoning with each other. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the chief priests and elders were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves”
3638	21:25	emhs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
3639	21:25	vvt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that it was from heaven, then he will ask us for what reason we did not believe him.”
3640	21:25	seb0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	Here the chief priests and elders use an imaginary situation to help them decide how to answer the question. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine that we say, ‘From heaven.’ In that case, he will say to us, ‘Why then did you not believe him?’”
3641	21:25	jmg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	The chief priests and elders expect that Jesus would use the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed him.” or “You certainly should have believed him, then!”
3642	21:26	iysl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν & εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον	1	Here the chief priests and elders use an imaginary situation to help them decide how to answer the question. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that we say, ‘From men.’ In that case, we fear the crowd”
3643	21:26	zxn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν & εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if we say that it was from men,”
3644	21:26	fply		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “From humans”
3645	21:26	vn6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον, πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd regard John as a prophet, so we fear them all”
3646	21:26	kefe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ὄχλον	1	Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and elders feared what the crowd would do if they answered in this way. They might have rioted or attacked them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”
3647	21:26	hhrn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντες & ἔχουσιν	1	The chief priests and elders say all here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of them regard”
3648	21:27	wv8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Here, the word And introduces what the chief priests and scribes did as a result of what they said to each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of an action. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”
3649	21:27	eq25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ οἴδαμεν	1	The chief priests and elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John was from”
3650	21:27	ylr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	With the words Neither do I tell you, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” or “Well then, neither do I tell you”
3651	21:27	foa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you expressed the idea in 21:23. Alternate translation: “how I am empowered to do these things”
3652	21:27	hibc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα ποιῶ	1	Here, the phrase these things refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. See how you translated the similar phrase in 21:23. Alternate translation: “I teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”
3653	21:28	awdi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next topic that Jesus wishes to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
3654	21:28	iem2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί & ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to get the attention of the chief priests and the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I want you to pay attention to what I am about to say.” or “listen to this!”
3655	21:28	u56n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἄνθρωπος εἶχεν τέκνα δύο	1	To teach the chief priests and the elders, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: A man had two children”
3656	21:28	y2an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῷ πρώτῳ	1	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun to mean the first child. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first child”
3657	21:28	avgi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ πρώτῳ	1	Here, the word first could imply that: (1) this child was the older one. Alternate translation: “the older” (2) this child simply the first one with whom the father spoke. Alternate translation: “the first one he found”
3658	21:28	i25l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῷ πρώτῳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “child one”
3659	21:28	qozl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, τέκνον, ὕπαγε σήμερον, ἐργάζου ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he called him son and told him to go work that day in the vineyard.”
3660	21:28	m89p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὕπαγε & ἐργάζου	1	Since the man is talking to one of his children, the commands here are singular.
3661	21:28	eetj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ὕπαγε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “come”
3662	21:29-31	a0l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	οὐ θέλω; ὕστερον δὲ μεταμεληθεὶς, ἀπῆλθεν & ἐγώ, κύριε, καὶ οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν & ὁ πρῶτος.	1	Many ancient manuscripts have the story as the ULT presents it. Some ancient manuscripts tell the story in a different sequence or with different answers to the questions. See the chapter introduction for more information. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
3663	21:29	y9eg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the man’s child said in contrast with what his father told him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response,” or “In contrast,”
3664	21:29	mnpt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, οὐ θέλω	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that he would not,”
3665	21:29	alwy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ θέλω	1	Here the man’s child means that he will not go and work in the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will not work in the vineyard”
3666	21:29	ub09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὕστερον	1	Here, the word afterward introduces something that happened after the man’s child said I will not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happened later. Alternate translation: “later that day”
3667	21:29	b96z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μεταμεληθεὶς	1	Here, the phrase changed his mind refers to deciding to do something that one had previously chosen not to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having second thoughts” or “having reconsidered”
3668	21:29	jlpc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν	1	Here Jesus implies that the man’s child went to the vineyard and worked there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he went and worked in the vineyard”
3669	21:29	prdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀπῆλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came”
3670	21:30	sbk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3671	21:30	z073		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῷ ἑτέρῳ	1	Jesus is using the adjective other as a noun to mean the other child. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other child”
3672	21:30	mrxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν ὡσαύτως	1	Here Jesus means that the man said the same things that he said to the the first child (see 21:28). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he said the same thing” or “he told him also to go work in his vineyard”
3673	21:30	ne3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, ἐγώ, κύριε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “called him lord and said that he would,”
3674	21:30	cq83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγώ	1	Here the man’s child means that he will go and work in the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will work in the vineyard”
3675	21:30	jxqd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	κύριε	1	In Jesus’ culture, the word lord was a polite way for a child to address a father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that is a polite way to address a father in your culture. Alternate translation: “sir”
3676	21:30	cy4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν	1	Here Jesus implies that the man’s child did not go to the vineyard and did not work there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he did not go and work in the vineyard”
3677	21:30	fddh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “he did not come”
3678	21:31	ec9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δύο	1	Jesus is using the number two as a noun to refer to the two children. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the two of them”
3679	21:31	glju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what his father desired”
3680	21:31	f3v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν & λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said … said”
3681	21:31	pdxl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	The chief priests and the scribes are using the number first as a noun to refer to the first child. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first child”
3682	21:31	dt0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος.	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Child one”
3683	21:31	v4sn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	Here Jesus could be implying that: (1) the tax collectors and prostitutes enter into the kingdom of God first, and at least some of the chief priests and elders will enter later. Alternate translation: “enter into the kingdom of God first, before you do” (2) the tax collectors and prostitutes enter into the kingdom of God instead of the chief priests and elders. Alternate translation: “enter into the kingdom of God instead of you”
3684	21:32	djem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a basis for what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why I say that:”
3685	21:32	a8z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
3686	21:32	n2ve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the righteous way”
3687	21:32	cn7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης	1	Here Jesus uses the word way to refer to behavior in life. More specifically, he could mean that: (1) John lived a life characterized by righteousness. Alternate translation: “living righteously” or “behaving in righteous ways” (2) John showed others how to live lives characterized by righteousness. Alternate translation: “to show you how to be righteous”
3688	21:32	c5t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	Here, you is plural and refers to the religious leaders, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
3689	21:32	w855		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ μετεμελήθητε	1	Here, the phrase change your minds refers to deciding to do something that one had previously chosen not to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not have second thoughts” or “did not reconsider”
3690	21:33	yd4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἀκούσατε: ἄνθρωπος ἦν	1	To teach the chief priests and the elders, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this story: There was a man”
3691	21:33	ipgn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἦν οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅστις	1	Matthew is using the phrase There was a man, a landowner to introduce this person into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “A man, a landowner,”
3692	21:33	v39u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	φραγμὸν	1	A hedge is a thick wall made out of busy plants that were planted close together. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of wall, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a wall made of bushes” or “wall of plants”
3693	21:33	eu7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop”
3694	21:34	cm82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3695	21:34	p5b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἤγγισεν ὁ καιρὸς τῶν καρπῶν	1	Here, the phrase the time of the fruits refers to the time of year when the grape vines produced grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it was almost harvest time” or “the grapes were almost ripe”
3696	21:34	rutc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λαβεῖν τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Here the master of the house wants to receive the share of the fruits that the farmers agreed to pay him when he rented the vineyard to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to receive his portion of the fruit” or “to receive the fruits that they agreed to pay him”
3697	21:34	c0kg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word fruits could refer: (1) directly to the grapes that the vineyard produced. Alternate translation: “his grapes” (2) figuratively to what the farmers made when they sold the grapes. Alternate translation: “his money”
3698	21:34	h8l6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καρποὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word translated his could refer to: (1) the master of the house, who owned the vineyard. Alternate translation: “the fruits that were his” (2) the vineyard. Alternate translation: “its fruits” or “the fruits of the vineyard”
3699	21:35	n1cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun his refers to the master of the house. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the master of the house’s servants”
3700	21:36	sleh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν πρώτων	1	Jesus is using the number first as a noun to mean the servants who were sent first. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first servants”
3701	21:36	go2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῶν πρώτων	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the previous ones”
3702	21:36	ezuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως	1	Here Jesus means that the farmers did the same things to these later servants as they did to the first servants (see 21:35). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they did the same things to them” or “they beat, killed, or stoned them too”
3703	21:36	c5rn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun they refers to the farmers, and the pronoun them refers to the servants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the farmers did to the servants”
3704	21:37	dknz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὕστερον δὲ	1	Here, the phrase But afterward introduces something that happened after the man sent many servants to the farmers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happened later. Alternate translation: “After all that happened”
3705	21:37	q5q3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ λέγων, ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘They will respect my son,’ he sent to them his son.”
3706	21:37	p4qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they would respect his son”
3707	21:37	t79s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he thought”
3708	21:37	th97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου	1	Here, the man implies that respecting his son would also mean giving him the portion of the fruits that he and the farmers had agreed upon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “They will respect my son and give him my portion of the fruits”
3709	21:38	klel		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ γεωργοὶ ἰδόντες τὸν υἱὸν	1	Here Jesus implies that the son traveled to the vineyard, after which the farmers saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Then the son arrived at the vineyard. But the farmers, having seen him”
3710	21:38	qznw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτὸν καὶ σχῶμεν τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said among themselves that this man was the heir and that they should come and kill him and have his inheritance”
3711	21:38	so0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	Here, the phrase among themselves could mean: (1) that the farmers were speaking with each other. Alternate translation: “to one another” (2) that the farmers were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves”
3712	21:38	w2w7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	δεῦτε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go”
3713	21:38	ns1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	καὶ	1	Here, the word and introduces the purpose for which the farmers plan to kill the son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that we might”
3714	21:38	k4hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ	1	Here the farmers are referring primarily to the vineyard, which would be the son’s inheritance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his inheritance, this vineyard”
3715	21:38	kka8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of inheritance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he will inherit”
3716	21:39	wzlv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Here, the word And introduces what the farmers did as a result of what they said to each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of an action. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”
3717	21:40	x1ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces a question that Jesus asks based on the story that he has told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question. Alternate translation: “In light of that story” or “Given all that”
3718	21:40	i6zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a lord who owns the vineyard. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the lord who owned the vineyard” or “the man whose vineyard it is”
3719	21:40	irlg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔλθῃ	1	Here, the word comes indicates that the lord of the vineyard returns to the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “returns” or “visits them”
3720	21:41	ss2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγουσιν	1	The pronoun they refers to the chief priests and elders. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders say”
3721	21:41	muyb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
3722	21:41	cehy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἐκδώσεται ἄλλοις γεωργοῖς	1	Here the chief priests and elders refer to the same kind of arrangement that Jesus referred to in 21:33. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “allow other farmers to use it”
3723	21:41	ywl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς αὐτῶν	1	Here, the phrase in their times refers to the time of year when the grape vines produced grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 21:34. Alternate translation: “at harvest time” or “when the grapes are ripe”
3724	21:42	npxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
3725	21:42	kk7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the chief priests and the elders. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “to the chief priests and elders”
3726	21:42	me7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the chief priests and elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” or “Surely you have read, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes’!”
3727	21:42	z9tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς	1	Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 118:22–23). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Did you never read in the book of Psalms” or “Have you never read what someone wrote in our Scriptures”
3728	21:42	mcm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	Here the author of the quotation speaks of a person whom others reject as if he were a stone that builders rejected. He speaks of this person gaining power and respect as if he became the head of the corner. Jesus is applying this quotation to himself as the stone. However, if possible, preserve the metaphor in your translation, or if necessary you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “A person who is like a stone that the builders rejected, that person has become like the head of the corner”
3729	21:42	fgbr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	Here the author of the quotation is referring to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. In this case, the people do not want to use the stone for building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”
3730	21:42	uid2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	The phrase the head of the corner refers to a specific stone that is especially key or important for a structure. It could be a stone at the corner of a wall, a stone at the top of an arch, or another important stone. You could use a term for one of these kinds of stones, or you could refer generally to an important or essential stone. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the capstone” or “the most important stone”
3731	21:42	b1sr			παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη	1	Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this”
3732	21:42	el83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	Here, eyes represents a person’s judgement or evaluation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in our opinion” or “from our perspective”
3733	21:43	u7pd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, the phrase For this reason introduces an inference based on the parable that Jesus has told and the quotation in the previous verse.. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that,” or “Therefore,”
3734	21:43	s93a			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is telling the chief priests and elders. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”
3735	21:43	yga5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the kingdom of God were an object that could be taken away and given. He means that the ability to be part of God’s kingdom will be taken away and given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable image or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ability to be in the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation” or “the kingdom of God will no longer accept you and will accept a nation”
3736	21:43	x9nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will take away his kingdom from you and give it”
3737	21:43	cm2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς	1	Here, Jesus speaks of how people behave as if they were plants that produced fruit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acting in its ways” or “perform its deeds”
3738	21:43	c7pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς	1	The pronoun its refers to the kingdom of God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the kingdom more directly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom’s fruits”
3739	21:43	d8wo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe fruits that are appropriate for the kingdom. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fruits appropriate for it” or “fruits that are required for those who are in the kingdom”
3740	21:44	zm4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	καὶ ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται; ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	Many ancient manuscripts include this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts do not include this verse. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
3741	21:44	r7up		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται; ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	Here Jesus speaks of people who reject a person as if they had fallen on this stone and will be broken to pieces. He speaks of people whom this person punishes as if the stone fell on them and crushed them. Jesus is applying this quotation to himself as the stone. However, if possible, preserve the metaphor in your translation, or if necessary you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “people who have rejected the person I have mentioned are like people who fall on a stone and are broken to pieces. When the person I have mentioned punishes people, it is like a stone falling on them and crushing them”
3742	21:44	e7qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be the stone. Alternate translation: “this stone will break to pieces the one having fallen on it”
3743	21:44	xisg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λίθον τοῦτον	1	Here, this stone is the same stone as in 21:42. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that stone” or “the stone that became the head of the corner”
3744	21:44	xjw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ἐφ’ ὃν & ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	Here, Jesus first introduces on whom the stone falls and then state what will happen to that person. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word him would be redundant in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it will crush whomever it falls on”
3745	21:44	l37p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτόν	1	Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person”
3746	21:45	gh8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was speaking”
3747	21:46	kv1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ζητοῦντες αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐπεὶ εἰς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes. Alternate translation: “Now the crowds regarded him as a prophet, so they, seeking to arrest him, were afraid of those crowds”
3748	21:46	ttbo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους	1	Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and Pharisees did not seize Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they did not do so since they feared the crowds”
3749	21:46	i35y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ὄχλους	1	Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and the Pharisees feared what the crowds would do if they seized Jesus. They might have rioted or attacked them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”
3750	22:intro	k5ze				0	Matthew 22 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46) The parable of the wedding feast (22:1–14) Jesus debates with the religious leaders (22:15–46) Jesus debates with the Pharisees and Herodians about taxes (22:15–22) Jesus debates with the Sadducees about the resurrection (22:23–33) Jesus debates with a lawyer about the greatest commandment (22:34–40) Jesus asks the religious leaders about the Christ (22:41–46) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:44, which is a quote from Psalm 110:1. Special Concepts in this Chapter The poll tax The word translated “poll tax” refers to a specific amount of money that each adult person had to pay to the government. In Jesus’ time period, the Roman government required Jewish adults to pay a high tax. The Pharisees ask whether this tax that the Roman government required contradicted the law that God gave Moses. Make sure that your readers understand that the Pharisees are asking about a tax that the Roman government required each adult Jewish person to pay. A man marrying his brother’s widow In 22:23–33, the Sadducees question Jesus in regard to a hypothetical situation in which a woman marries seven brothers in succession. This situation is based on a command in the Jewish law that can be found in Deuteronomy 25:5–6. The law requires a woman who is widowed without children to marry a brother of her late husband. The first child that they have together will be considered the child of the dead man. In this way, that man’s family line would continue. The Sadducees present an extreme application of this law, with seven brothers successively marrying the same woman and dying without having children. They use this example to try to make the idea of resurrection look strange or silly. Make sure that your readers understand the example that the Sadducees present. The great commandment Jewish teachers sometimes debated which specific commandment was the greatest or most important one. This was important because, if commandments seemed to contradict each other in a specific situation, the greater one would be the correct one to obey. When the lawyer asks Jesus about “the first and great commandment” in 22:36, he wants Jesus to offer an opinion about this debate. Make sure that your readers understand that this is what the lawyer is asking about. King David and the Christ In 22:41–45, Jesus asks the Pharisees about which important person the Christ is descended from. They give a commonly accepted answer: the Christ is King David’s descendant. Jesus then quotes from Psalm 110:1, in which King David, the author of the Psalm, calls God “Lord” but then also calls someone else, the Christ, “my Lord.” Since people in David’s culture called older and more important people “lord,” it does not make sense for David to call his own descendant “Lord.” When Jesus asks about this, he implies that the Christ is indeed King David’s descendant, but he is also more than that. Make sure that this the discussion about calling someone “Lord” is clear to your readers. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The Parable of the Wedding Feast In 22:1–14, Jesus tells a story about a king whose son was getting married. He wanted to throw a feast, so he invited important people to come. However, they refused to come and even mistreated the king’s servants. In response, the king punished those people and instead invited many unimportant people whom his servants found. When the king went to visit these guests, he noticed that one of them was not wearing clothing appropriate for a wedding feast. He had him tied up and punished. He applies this parable by indicating that many people are “called” to be part of God’s kingdom but only a few of them are “chosen” to actually do so. In other words, just as the king invited many people to come to the feast, but only a few actually attended, so God invites many people to participate in his kingdom, but only a few actually do so. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the Jewish leaders or in things that the king in the parable says to his servants. Because of this, many forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. To the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. However, in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, asking, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” (22:45). He is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Christ will be divine, and that he himself is the Christ. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Christ, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
3751	22:1	uh33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς	1	Here, the word answering indicates that Jesus is responding to how the chief priests and the Pharisees wanted to arrest him (see 21:45–46). He is not responding to something that they said to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “responding to what they wanted to do” or “in response”
3752	22:1	zy3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the chief priests, the elders, and the Pharisees, with whom Jesus has been talking. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the chief priests, the elders, and the Pharisees” or “to the Jewish leaders”
3753	22:1	cjpa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
3754	22:2	xps3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ	1	To teach the Jewish leaders, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man”
3755	22:2	dn02		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I compare the kingdom of the heavens to” or “The kingdom of the heavens is comparable to”
3756	22:3	cuyz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλημένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους	1	Here Jesus implies that the king had already sent out invitations and was now sending his servants to let people know that it was time to come to the feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he invited many guests to the wedding feast. When it was time, he sent out his servants to call the ones having been invited”
3757	22:3	pf8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλημένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους	1	Here, the phrase to the wedding feast could go with: (1) the phrase had been invited. Alternate translation: “to call the the ones having been invited to be guests at the wedding feast” (2) the phrase to call. Alternate translation: “to call to go to the wedding feast the ones having been invited”
3758	22:3	wur1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was king himself. Alternate translation: “the ones that the king had invited”
3759	22:3	c007		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2	Here, the word and introduces what actually happened in contrast to what the king wanted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but”
3760	22:3	npqw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθεῖν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “to go”
3761	22:4	arqx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις, ἰδοὺ, τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα, οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα, καὶ πάντα ἕτοιμα; δεῦτε εἰς τοὺς γάμους.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “telling them to say to the ones having been invited that he had prepared his dinner, that his oxen and fattened calves had been killed, and that all things were ready, so they should come to the wedding feast.”
3762	22:4	myes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told them”
3763	22:4	c7x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was king himself. Alternate translation: “the ones that I have invited”
3764	22:4	rnkd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold is intended to draw the attention of the people who were invited and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks these people to listen. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”
3765	22:4	af2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα	1	Here the king implies that he had his servants prepare the dinner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have had people prepare my dinner”
3766	22:4	xu4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the king’s servants. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and fattened calves”
3767	22:4	krm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ	1	The word bulls refers to male cows. The phrase fattened calves refers to young cows that were specially fed and taken care of so that they would make good food when they were slaughtered. These animals were valuable and considered to be very good for food. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of animals, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “My male cows and specially fed young cows” or “The special animals that we will eat”
3768	22:4	ro9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τεθυμένα	1	Here the king implies that the oxen and fattened calves have been slaughtered and prepared for eating. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have been prepared as food”
3769	22:4	ufjh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δεῦτε	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you come”
3770	22:4	s6sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	δεῦτε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go”
3771	22:5	ee04		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what those people did in contrast to what the king asked them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Despite that,”
3772	22:5	eq7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθον, ὃς μὲν εἰς τὸν ἴδιον ἀγρόν, ὃς δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμπορίαν αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus gives examples of what some of the people did instead of attending the wedding feast. He does not mean that there were only two people who were invited. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went away to do other things, like taking care of fields or businesses”
3773	22:5	ery7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τὸν ἴδιον & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms his and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to his or her own … his or her”
3774	22:6	l8tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what other guests did in contrast to what some guests did as described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces that kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
3775	22:6	v5qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ & λοιποὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjective rest as a noun to mean the rest of the invited guests. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the rest of the guests”
3776	22:6	hooe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν	1	Here Jesus implies that some of them mistreated some of the servants, while others killed some of the servants. They did not always mistreat and kill each servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “mistreated some and killed others”
3777	22:7	f1da		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3778	22:7	la7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους, καὶ τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν ἐνέπρησεν	1	Here Jesus implies that the king had his soldiers destroy those murderers and burn their city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had them kill those murders and burn their city”
3779	22:8-9	zemz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ, ὁ μὲν γάμος ἕτοιμός ἐστιν, οἱ δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκ ἦσαν ἄξιοι & πορεύεσθε οὖν ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν, καὶ ὅσους ἐὰν εὕρητε, καλέσατε εἰς τοὺς γάμους	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told his servants that the wedding feast was ready, but the ones having been invited were not worthy. So, he commanded them to go to the crossings of the roads and invite as many as they found to teh wedding feast.”
3780	22:8	frei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
3781	22:8	k98u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & κεκλημένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was king himself. Alternate translation: “the ones that I had invited”
3782	22:8	y3xo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄξιοι	1	Here the king implies that the people were not worthy to attend the wedding feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “worthy to come” or “worthy to be at the feast”
3783	22:9	sc89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορεύεσθε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “come”
3784	22:9	dq5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν	1	Here, the phrase the crossings of the roads could refer to: (1) the places where roads cross other roads. Alternate translation: “the street crossings” (2) the places where roads from the city cross into the country. Alternate translation: “where the roads leave the city”
3785	22:10	f0k0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”
3786	22:10	uva7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς	1	Jesus is using the adjectives evil and good as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “both evil people and good people”
3787	22:10	c6ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those reclining to eat filled the wedding”
3788	22:10	fy3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ γάμος	1	Here, wedding represents the place where the wedding celebration would take place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “place for the wedding”
3789	22:10	gurp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνακειμένων	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “with those sitting down to eat” or “with those ready to eat”
3790	22:11	bnwu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3791	22:11	rrin		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	εἰσελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone in”
3792	22:11	a98v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀνακειμένους	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. See how you expressed the idea in 22:10. Alternate translation: “the ones sitting down to eat” or “the ones ready to eat”
3793	22:11	o5fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔνδυμα γάμου	1	The phrase wedding clothes refers to nice or special clothing that people would wear to weddings. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of clothing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “appropriate clothes” or “the correct clothing”
3794	22:12	tjej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει αὐτῷ, ἑταῖρε, πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked him politely how he came in that place, not having wedding clothes.”
3795	22:12	ld9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
3796	22:12	c7iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?	1	The king is using the question form to rebuke the man who was not wearing wedding clothes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “it was wrong for you to come in here, not having wedding clothes.” or “you should never have come in here, not having wedding clothes!”
3797	22:12	vm69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	εἰσῆλθες	1	Here, the word you is singular because the king is speaking to one of the wedding guests.
3798	22:12	vrwy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	εἰσῆλθες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “did you go in”
3799	22:12	si4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔνδυμα γάμου	1	The phrase wedding clothes refers to nice or special clothing that people would wear to weddings. Express the idea as you did in 22:11. Alternate translation: “appropriate clothes” or “the correct clothing”
3800	22:13	eirl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν τοῖς διακόνοις, δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας, ἐκβάλετε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to bind his feet and hands and to throw him out into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.”
3801	22:13	tzhp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	Here, the clause where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth could be: (1) something that the king says. Alternate translation: “into the outer darkness, which is where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.’” (2) something that Jesus adds in comment. Alternate translation: “into the outer darkness.’ That is where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.”
3802	22:13	olin		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	Here, the phrase the outer darkness refers to a place of punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If possible, preserve the idea of darkness. See how you expressed the similar idea in 8:12. Alternate translation: “into the dark place of punishment”
3803	22:13	rpy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the dark place outside”
3804	22:13	s9ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. See how you expressed this phrase in 8:12. Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”
3805	22:14	yz5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces Jesus’ explanation of the story he has just told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “What that parable illustrates is that”
3806	22:14	hy3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πολλοὶ & εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God calls many, but he chooses few”
3807	22:14	oure		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλοὶ & ὀλίγοι	1	Matthew is using the adjectives many and few as nouns to mean many people and few people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “many people … few people”
3808	22:14	etql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κλητοὶ & ἐκλεκτοί	1	Here Jesus implies that people are called and chosen to enter into God’s kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “called to enter God’s kingdom … chosen to enter it”
3809	22:14	py1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὀλίγοι & ἐκλεκτοί	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “few are chosen”
3810	22:15	y826		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Here, the word Then introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Then untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later on,” or “Sometime later,”
3811	22:15	gqv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορευθέντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”
3812	22:15	m6tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συμβούλιον ἔλαβον	1	Here, the phrase took counsel indicates that the Pharisees were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 12:14. Alternate translation: “made plans concerning” or “came up with ideas for”
3813	22:15	u2mj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν	1	Matthew is speaking as if the Pharisees wanted to catch Jesus in a trap. He means that they wanted to get Jesus to say something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might catch him” or “they might cause him to make an error”
3814	22:15	assh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν λόγῳ	1	Here, word represents something said in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his speech”
3815	22:15	z068		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν λόγῳ	1	Here, the phrase in word could refer to things spoken by: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his words” (2) the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “with their words”
3816	22:16	hhne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἀποστέλλουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “they sent”
3817	22:16	rf66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	The Herodians were a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a short phrase to describe them. Alternate translation: “people who wanted King Herod to continue to rule”
3818	22:16	eae4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντας	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
3819	22:16	ku5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	εἶ & διδάσκεις & σοι & οὐ & βλέπεις	1	Throughout this verse, the word you is singular because the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.
3820	22:16	v1tf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are using the possessive form to describe a way that God desires or approves of. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way that pleases God”
3821	22:16	fspk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here Jesus uses the word way to refer to behavior in life. More specifically, he means that this behavior pleases God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “behavior that pleases God”
3822	22:16	z92l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of truth, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a truthful way”
3823	22:16	kaec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός, οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “since you do not look at the face of men, it is not a concern to you about anyone”
3824	22:16	q5c0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός	1	The Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees use this clause to say that Jesus does not care what others think and say about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not concern yourself with the opinions of others” or “you are not influenced by what others think of you”
3825	22:16	yrh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός	1	The words translated not and anyone are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “it is a concern to you about no one”
3826	22:16	wl4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐ μέλει σοι	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of concern, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “nothing concerns you”
3827	22:16	t2qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, to look at the face of men refers to making decisions about how to treat people based on how they appear. People who look at the face of men treat wealthy and important people differently than they treat poor and unimportant people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you do not judge men by appearances” or “for you do not treat people based on what they look like”
3828	22:16	wr6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans”
3829	22:17	wez5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces what the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees want to ask because of what they have claimed to think about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then” or “Since you teach that way”
3830	22:17	e37e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰπὲ & ἡμῖν, τί σοι δοκεῖ?	1	The Herodians and the Pharisees are using the question form to get the attention of Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “tell us what you think.” or “tell us what you think!”
3831	22:17	bl2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὲ	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you tell”
3832	22:17	r4d4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	εἰπὲ & σοι	1	Here, the imperative and the word you are singular because the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.
3833	22:17	uptu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔξεστιν	1	Here, the word lawful could be referring to: (1) whether something is permitted by the Jewish law that God gave to Moses. Alternate translation: “Does the law that God gave to Moses permit us” (2) whether something is generally right or wrong. Alternate translation: “Is it right” or “Is it appropriate”
3834	22:17	a9by		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Καίσαρι	1	Here, Caesar represents the Roman leaders and government in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman leaders” or “to the Roman empire”
3835	22:17	i2n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὔ	1	The Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is it not lawful to do so”
3836	22:18	ezn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3837	22:18	gwkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πονηρίαν αὐτῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wickedness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that they were acting wickedly”
3838	22:18	a2ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you are testing me, hypocrites.” or “Stop testing me, hypocrites!”
3839	22:19	ostd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ κήνσου	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a coin that is used to pay the poll tax. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the coin used to pay the poll tax”
3840	22:19	h17x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ	1	The pronoun they refers to the people who were there, more specifically the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees and the Herodians” or “the people there”
3841	22:19	cie7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a silver coin” or “a coin worth one day’s wage”
3842	22:20	bfx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
3843	22:20	ue7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees”
3844	22:20	sytf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή	1	In Jesus’ culture, when governments made coins, they would usually put the face of the king or leader on one side, and they would usually have writing on the coin that honored that king or leader. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this practice more explicit. Alternate translation: “face and words of honor did the Roman government stamp on this coin”
3845	22:20	crby		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἡ ἐπιγραφή	1	Here, the word inscription refers to a few words carved or pressed into a hard surface. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of writing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “writing” or “written message”
3846	22:21	w1k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν & λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said & he said”
3847	22:21	oydy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Καίσαρος	1	The Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “The image and inscription are Caesar’s”
3848	22:21	juhz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Καίσαρος	1	Here the fact that the image and inscription on the coin are Caesar’s implies that they were created by the empire that Caesar ruled, the Roman empire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “They are of Caesar, the man who rules the Roman empire”
3849	22:21	pi3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι	1	Here, Caesar represents the Roman leaders and government in general. See how you translated this word in 22:17, but make sure that the connection to the answer Caesar’s earlier in the verse is clear. Alternate translation: “the things of the Roman leaders to the Roman leaders” or “the things of the Roman empire to the Roman empire”
3850	22:21	eseu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and give back the things of God to God”
3851	22:22	vek6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀπῆλθαν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “they came away”
3852	22:23	wqg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	The phrase On that day indicates that this event happened later that same day, after the previous event that Matthew described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an event that happened later on the same day. Alternate translation: “Later on, during that same day,”
3853	22:23	pmq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι λέγοντες, μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν	1	Matthew is here introducing the Sadducees as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “On that day some people approached him. They were Sadducees, who are a group who say that there is no resurrection. They questioned him”
3854	22:23	scbc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι λέγοντες, μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν	1	Here Matthew provides background information about the Sadducees that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Sadducees teach that there is no resurrection. On that day, some of them approached him”
3855	22:23	p6nm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people do not resurrect”
3856	22:24	bw5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
3857	22:24	xl5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ ἔχων τέκνα, ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses said that if someone has died, not having children, his brother will marry his wife and will raise up seed for his brother.”
3858	22:24	t9ds		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν	1	Here, the Sadducees introduce a summary of a section of an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 25:5–6). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the Sadducees are summarizing an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote in the book of Deuteronomy” or “Moses declared in the Law”
3859	22:24	xe1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ ἔχων τέκνα, ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Here Moses uses an imaginary situation to show what should happen when that kind of situation actually happens. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose that someone has died, not having children. Then, his brother will marry”
3860	22:24	n3yu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Here Moses required that, when a man’s brother died without having any children even though he was married, the man had to marry his brother’s widow. The first child that they had would be considered offspring of the man’s deceased brother. That way, the deceased brother’s family line could continue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit in your translation, or you could include some of this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “his brother will marry the widow and will raise up seed with her. The first child will continue the dead man’s family line”
3861	22:24	id3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει	1	The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “his brother must marry his wife and must raise up”
3862	22:24	lnv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀναστήσει σπέρμα	1	Here, the author of the quotation is speaking of having a child as if it were raising up seed. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will produce offspring”
3863	22:25	kfom		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next topic that the Sadducees want to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
3864	22:25	avsm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἦσαν & παρ’ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος	1	Here the Sadducees use an imaginary situation to set up a question they want to ask Jesus. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine a family with seven brothers. The first”
3865	22:25	njdt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	The Sadducees are using the number first as a noun to mean the first brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first brother”
3866	22:25	ag5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one”
3867	22:25	bqah		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ἔχων σπέρμα, ἀφῆκεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Here the Sadducees are indicating that the dead man’s brother married the widow, as Moses commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And since he did not have seed, his brother married his wife to produce seed for him”
3868	22:25	t9n0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	Here, the Sadducees are speaking of offspring as if they were seed. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “offspring”
3869	22:26	ru81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ δεύτερος, καὶ ὁ τρίτος, ἕως τῶν ἑπτά,	1	The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Likewise also, the second and the third died without having seed and left her to a brother, until the seven had done so”
3870	22:26	pnf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά	1	The Sadducees are using the numbers second, third, and seven as nouns to mean various brothers. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother … the seven brothers”
3871	22:26	r6bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “brother number two … brother number three”
3872	22:26	qujm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως τῶν ἑπτά,	1	Here the Sadducees imply that all seven brothers had married the woman and died without having children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until this had happened to all seven”
3873	22:27	t7md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πάντων	1	The Sadducees are using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the people they have mentioned. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all those people”
3874	22:28	s743		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “if there is a resurrection”
3875	22:28	pbc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people resurrect”
3876	22:28	mx5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἑπτὰ	1	The Sadducees are using the number seven as a noun to mean the seven brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the seven brothers”
3877	22:28	r1lb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the Sadducees ask their question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a question, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “We ask this question because” or “This is a problem, since”
3878	22:28	broq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες & ἔσχον αὐτήν	1	Here the Sadducees imply that all the brothers had the woman as a wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they all had her as a wife”
3879	22:29	e2t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God, you are being led astray”
3880	22:29	p1ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πλανᾶσθε	1	Jesus is speaking as if the Sadducees have literally been led astray or conducted down the wrong path. He means that they have been deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are being deceived”
3881	22:29	xkvg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πλανᾶσθε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is they themselves. Alternate translation: “You are going astray” or “You are leading yourselves astray”
3882	22:29	dax6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the powerful things that God can do”
3883	22:30	c44u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation of how the Sadducees have been “led astray” (see 22:29). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “What you should know is that”
3884	22:30	na4o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) the period of time that will begin at the resurrection. Alternate translation: “once the resurrection happens” (2) the moment of resurrection itself. Alternate translation: “at the moment of resurrection”
3885	22:30	ygr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people resurrect”
3886	22:30	mrjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	In Jesus’ culture, it was customary to talk about men marrying and women being given in marriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “men do not marry and women are not given in marriage” or “men and women do not get married”
3887	22:30	uaj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὔτε γαμοῦσιν & εἰσιν	1	The pronouns they and they refer to everyone who participates in the resurrection. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “men and women neither marry … men and women are”
3888	22:30	qkv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γαμίζονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Jesus implies that it is the people’s parents. Alternate translation: “do their parents give them in marriage”
3889	22:30	jrgf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	γαμίζονται	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of marriage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are they married”
3890	22:30	fzgf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ εἰσιν	1	Jesus is saying that people in the resurrection are like angels because neither of them marry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they are like angels in heaven, since they too do not marry”
3891	22:31-32	d4sp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος & ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the Sadducees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read what was spoken to you by God, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.’” or “Surely you have read what was spoken to you by God, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’!”
3892	22:31	kmwd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν, οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε	1	Here, the phrase But concerning introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic. Alternate translation: “Next, I will talk about the resurrection of the dead. Have you not read”
3893	22:31	foao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when the dead resurrect”
3894	22:31	essh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of the dead people” or “of the corpses”
3895	22:31	ljj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you”
3896	22:31	b9sy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος	1	Here, Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Exodus (see Exodus 3:6). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “by God in the book of Exodus” or “by God in the Scriptures when he said”
3897	22:32	zwbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation, with no comma at the end of verse 31: “that he is the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob?”
3898	22:32	o9m0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ	1	Here, the author of the quotation is using the possessive form to describe the God whom Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the God that Abraham honors, and the God that Isaac honors, and the God that Jacob honors”
3899	22:32	qbyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “God is not the God of the dead, but he is the God of the living”
3900	22:32	wlyh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	Here Jesus implies that, although Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob had already died by the time God spoke these words, God still called himself their God. Since God is not of the dead, but of the living, this means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob must be alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God is not of the dead, but of the living, so Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob must live again after they died”
3901	22:32	o6vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	οὐκ & νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two phrases here. Alternate translation: “of the living, not of the dead”
3902	22:32	gl0w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the God whom the living, not the dead, worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “honored by the dead, but by the living”
3903	22:32	t7lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν & ζώντων	1	Jesus is using the adjectives dead and living as nouns to mean people who are dead and living. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of dead people … of living people”
3904	22:33	bqq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “what the crowds heard Jesus teach astonished them”
3905	22:34	yty3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3906	22:34	ide0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό	1	The expression gathered together at the same place contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “gathered together” or “came to one place”
3907	22:34	eazc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό	1	Here Matthew implies that the Pharisees gathered together and then went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “gathered together at the same place and approached Jesus”
3908	22:35	ud5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν, νομικὸς	1	Here Matthew introduces a lawyer who is a Pharisee as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “One of them was a lawyer. He questioned him”
3909	22:35	rpk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	νομικὸς	1	A lawyer an expert in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of profession, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a man who studied the Jewish law”
3910	22:35	v2ve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἐπηρώτησεν & πειράζων αὐτόν	1	Here, the word testing introduces the purpose for which the lawyer questioned Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “questioned him with the goal of testing him”
3911	22:36	lvaw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐντολὴ μεγάλη	1	Here, the lawyer is asking about which commandment is the greatest one out of all the commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the greatest commandment”
3912	22:37	c1sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
3913	22:37	vpwp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The great commandment is to love the Lord God with one’s whole heart, and with one’s whole soul, and with one’s whole mind”
3914	22:37	fynh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	Here Jesus begins to quote from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 6:5). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “In Deuteronomy you can read, ‘You will love the Lord your God” or “Here is that commandment: ‘You will love the Lord your God”
3915	22:37	sw69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀγαπήσεις & σου & σου & σου & σου	1	Since in this command God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words You and your are singular throughout this verse.
3916	22:37	qfc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	Here, the author of the quotation is using the possessive form to describe the God whom the people of Israel worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Lord whom you honor”
3917	22:37	hdvt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1	The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “You should love” or “You must love”
3918	22:37	uyxy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	Here, the author of the quotation is referring to all of a human being by naming multiple parts of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with all of who you are” or “with your entire being”
3919	22:37	xl3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	In Matthew’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “with all your desires” or “with all your feelings”
3920	22:37	g0mt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου	1	Here, soul represents a person’s life with special focus on that person’s identity and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with everything you are” or “with all your inclinations”
3921	22:38	q8j3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη	1	The terms great and first mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “greatest”
3922	22:38	z0o4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	πρώτη	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “number one”
3923	22:39	xk1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δευτέρα	1	Jesus is using the number second as a noun to mean a second commandment. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a second commandment”
3924	22:39	s5ws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	δευτέρα	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “number two”
3925	22:39	hqmi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁμοία αὐτῇ	1	Here, phrase like it could indicate that this second commandment is: (1) similar in content. Alternate translation: “requires something similar” (2) similar in importance. Alternate translation: “is just as great”
3926	22:39	mt9o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁμοία αὐτῇ, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “is like it—to love one’s neighbor as oneself.”
3927	22:39	qp04		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου	1	Here Jesus begins to quote from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Leviticus (see Leviticus 19:18). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as you can read in the book of Leviticus, ‘You will love your neighbor” or “it says in the law, ‘You will love your neighbor”
3928	22:39	pj76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀγαπήσεις & σου & σεαυτόν	1	Since in this command God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words You and your and yourself are singular.
3929	22:39	gue7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1	The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “You should love” or “You must love”
3930	22:39	jlxz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὡς σεαυτόν	1	The author of the quotation is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as you love yourself”
3931	22:39	lgo8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς σεαυτόν	1	The author of the quotation assumes that people love themselves, so he wants these people to love their neighbors just as much. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as deeply as yourself”
3932	22:40	qyn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The whole Law and the Prophets hang on these two commandments”
3933	22:40	r9ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	the whole Law and the Prophets depend upon or are based upon these two commandments. Here Jesus speaks as if these two commandments were hooks upon which the whole Law and the Prophets hang. He could mean that: (1) the whole Law and the Prophets depend upon and elaborate these two commandments. Alternate translation: “The whole Law and the Prophets elaborate on just these two commandments” (2) these two commandments summarize the whole Law and the Prophets. Alternate translation: “These two commandments summarize the whole Law and the Prophets”
3934	22:40	ub75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅλος ὁ νόμος & καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	The word Law is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word Prophets is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the Scriptures, both the Law and the Prophets”
3935	22:40	jh0p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ προφῆται	1	Here, the word Prophets represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets”
3936	22:41	pj4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3937	22:41	foa1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνηγμένων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that the Pharisees themselves did it. Alternate translation: “having gathered together”
3938	22:42	bij3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
3939	22:42	u9tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to get the attention of the Pharisees and to bring up the topic of the Christ. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am going to ask you what you think about the Christ.” or “Tell me what you think about the Christ!”
3940	22:42	xlf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τίνος υἱός ἐστιν	1	Here, the word son means a male descendant. Jesus is asking about an important ancestor of the Christ, not the direct father of the Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Whose descendant is he” or “From whom is he descended”
3941	22:42	g0d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγουσιν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
3942	22:42	xhwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοῦ Δαυείδ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is David’s son”
3943	22:43-44	cu3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν λέγων & εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could end the question earlier and introduce the quotation as evidence or support for the question. Alternate translation: “How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord? He called him that when he said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right, until I put your enemies under your feet.”’”
3944	22:43-44	sa0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων & εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are no quotations within quotations. If you use the following alternate translation, remove the quotation marks at the end of verse 44. Alternate translation: “saying that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right hand until he puts his enemies under his feet”
3945	22:43	hdt0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
3946	22:43	h07z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would not call any of their descendants Lord, since this title was used for people who were more important or older. Jesus question assumes this practice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit. Alternate translation: “Then, since no one calls his son Lord, how does David in the Spirit call him Lord”
3947	22:43	jbed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πῶς οὖν	1	Here, the word then introduces an question based on the fact that the Messiah is the “son” of David (see 22:42). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question, or you could leave then untranslated. Alternate translation: “Given that, how” or “Because of that, how”
3948	22:43	qqg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ	1	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “did David in the Spirit call”
3949	22:43	yu5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	Here, the phrase in the Spirit indicates that David called the Messiah Lord as the Spirit inspired him. In other words, the Spirit prompted David to say this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “David, by the inspiration of the Spirit,” or “David, prompted by the Spirit,”
3950	22:43	gagv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun him refers to the Christ. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's title here. Alternate translation: “the Christ”
3951	22:43	ai8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 110:1). This Psalm was written by David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as you can read in the book of Psalms” or “writing in the Scriptures”
3952	22:44	k3f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	Here, the term Lord does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance refers to God. The second instance refers to a person whom David respectfully calls “lord.” The ULT and UST capitalize this second instance of the word because it refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, the Lord, said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord”
3953	22:44	dz2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	When someone sits at God’s right hand, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sit to rule at my right hand” or “Take the place of honor and authority at my right hand”
3954	22:44	hxut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	κάθου & σου & σου	1	Here, the imperative and the words your and your are singular because God is speaking to the Messiah.
3955	22:44	as2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Here, the phrase at my right hand refers to the place next to a person’s right hand, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that the Lord has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at my right side” or “at the honorable place next to me”
3956	22:44	e59n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	In the author’s culture, to put people under a person’s feet indicates that those people have been conquered and are powerless and shamed. So, this means that God will conquer and shame all the enemies of the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “until I make your enemies kneel before you” or “until I conquer and shame your enemies”
3957	22:45	nzyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ	1	Here, the word therefore introduces what Jesus wants to ask based on what he has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question, or you could leave therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “Because of that, if David” or “Given that, if David”
3958	22:45	wshs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because”
3959	22:45	sd0i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	The pronoun he refers to the Messiah, and the pronoun his refers to David. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “is the Messiah David’s”
3960	22:45	kn51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word son means a male descendant. Jesus is not asking about the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 22:42. Alternate translation: “his descendant” or “descended from him”
3961	22:46	as3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον	1	Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. The phrase answer him a word refers to using words to answer Jesus’ question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give an answer” or “to answer him in any way”
3962	22:46	i3km		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲ ἐτόλμησέν τις ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι	1	The words translated nor and any longer are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “and people no longer dared from that day to question him”
3963	22:46	a4yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας	1	Here, the phrase from that day indicates that nobody questioned Jesus after he said what Matthew recorded in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “starting right then” or “from that moment on”
3964	23:intro	m99i				0	Matthew 23 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46) Jesus warns his disciples against acting like the Pharisees (23:1–12) Seven woes against the Pharisees and scribes (23:13–36) First woe: shutting the kingdom (23:13) Second woe: making proselytes (23:15) Third woe: rules about swearing (23:16–22) Fourth woe: tithing (23:23–24) Fifth woe: cleaning inside and outside (23:25–26) Sixth woe: whitewashed tombs (23:27–28) Seventh woe: killing the prophets (23:29–36) Lament over Jerusalem (23:37–39) Special Concepts in this Chapter Woe Seven times in this chapter, Jesus says “woe to you.” He is speaking to the scribes and Pharisees, and he is warning them that something bad will happen to them because of how they are acting. Consider how might express such a warning in your language. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]]) Hypocrites Six times in this chapter, Jesus calls the scribes and Pharisees “hypocrites.” This word describes people who or claim one thing but actually do another. After calling them “hypocrites,” Jesus goes on to illustrate how they act in this way. Consider what you might call someone who says one thing but does another. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hypocrite]]) Swearing by something In Jesus’ culture, people would make a promise stronger by swearing by something. This means that they would call upon that thing to witness or guarantee what they promised. Jewish teachers and scholars debated which things most strongly guaranteed a promise. In 23:16–22, Jesus gives his own teaching on this issue. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Being “blind” Five times in this chapter, Jesus calls scribes and Pharisees “blind.” He means that they fail to understand what is right and true. He does not mean that they are physically blind. Consider how you might express this idea in your language. Cleaning cups and plates In 23:25–26, Jesus refers to cleaning the inside and outside of cups and plates. There are two primary ways to understand these verses. First, Jesus could be using cups and plates as a metaphor to speak about the scribes and Pharisees. In this case, he is saying that they should look righteous and also do what is righteous, just like cups and plates should be clean both on the outside and on the inside. Second, Jesus could be referring to literal cups and plates that the Pharisees use to eat food. In this case, he is saying that how they get the food that they eat from their cups and plates should be as “clean” (that is, righteously acquired) as the cups and plates are. The UST follows the first interpretation, and translation options for the second interpretation are in the notes. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to his disciples or to the Jewish leaders. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) Verse 14 Most of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 23:14. Some manuscripts include the following words: “But woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you devour the houses of widows, also for a pretext praying at length. For this reason, you will receive greater judgment.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST put these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3965	23:1	skq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	The word translated Then at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened soon after the previous event that Matthew has described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happened soon after something else. Alternate translation: “Right after saying those things,”
3966	23:2	cgig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
3967	23:2	dnu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν	1	Here, Jesus refers to having the authority that Moses had in teaching the law as if it were sitting in the seat of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “taught the law as Moses did” or “succeeded Moses as teachers of our law”
3968	23:2	mgbl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκάθισαν	1	Here, the word sat could imply: (1) that the scribes and the Pharisees are right or correct to sit in the seat of Moses. Alternate translation: “are those who sit” (2) that the scribes and the Pharisees have inappropriately sat in the seat of Moses. Alternate translation: “decided to sit” or “seated themselves”
3969	23:2	isrj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἐκάθισαν	1	Here Jesus uses the past tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most naturally for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “sit”
3970	23:3	we27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	πάντα & ὅσα ἐὰν εἴπωσιν	1	The expression everything, as much as they say contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that they say”
3971	23:3	dh0w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε	1	The terms do and keep mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “obey”
3972	23:3	qntu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	κατὰ & τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, μὴ ποιεῖτε; λέγουσιν γὰρ καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “they say and do not do, so do not do according to their works”
3973	23:3	h98r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of works, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what they do”
3974	23:3	nrk0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγουσιν & καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν	1	Here Jesus implies that the Pharisees and scribes say what to do, but they themselves do not do what they say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they say what to do and do not do what they say”
3975	23:3	k870		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2	Here, the word and introduces what the Pharisees and scribes actually do in contrast with what they say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but”
3976	23:4	xce6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes and Pharisees were putting loads on people’s shoulders without doing anything to help with moving those loads. He means that they tell people many things to do, some of which are hard to do, but they do not do anything to help those people do the things that they require. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And they tell people many things that they need to do, which are like loads, heavy and difficult to carry, that they have tied up and put on the shoulders of these people. However, they are not willing to help these people do what what they have told them to do, as if they were not willing to move those loads with their finger” or “And they tell people many things that they need to do, but they are not willing to help these people do what what they have told them to do”
3977	23:4	nexy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα	1	The terms heavy and difficult to bear mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very heavy ones” or “very hard to lift”
3978	23:4	rn0r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of men and women”
3979	23:4	pn6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν	1	If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one finger, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “with their fingers”
3980	23:5	ad5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,”
3981	23:5	nw4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for men to see them”
3982	23:5	sbhp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι	1	Here, the phrase to be seen refers to being recognized or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be praised” or “to be honored”
3983	23:5	eqai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “by humans” or “by men and women”
3984	23:5	eg9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces examples of how the scribes and Pharisees behave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces examples, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “For instance,” or “To illustrate,”
3985	23:5	gcv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πλατύνουσι & τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν	1	The word phylacteries refers to small leather boxes containing papers with specific scriptures written on them. Jewish men tied these boxes to their foreheads and right arms when they were praying. If it would be helpful, you could describe these boxes in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “they enlarge their devotional boxes containing scriptures”
3986	23:5	h2qj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	The word tassels refers to decorative fringes that Jewish men would attach to the hems of their robes. God commanded them to wear these tassels (see Numbers 15:38–39). If it would be helpful, you could describe these tassels in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “they make the tassels that God required us to wear extra long”
3987	23:6	gnot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν & τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας	1	Here Jesus speaks of the places and seats for the most important people as if they were first in a sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the important places … the important seats”
3988	23:6	r75a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν & τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the number one places … the number one seats”
3989	23:7	l6qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	The word marketplaces refers to large, open-air areas where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in 11:16. Alternate translation: “the town squares” or “the parks”
3990	23:7	cbe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have men call them ‘Rabbi’”
3991	23:7	a7pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
3992	23:8	l2rj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what Jesus wants his disciples to do in contrast to what the scribes and the Pharisees do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “Unlike them,”
3993	23:8	awdk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑμεῖς & μὴ κληθῆτε Ῥαββεί; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς, πάντες δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “one is your teacher, and you are all brothers, so you should not be called ‘Rabbi’”
3994	23:8	uk5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς & μὴ κληθῆτε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “you should not have people call you”
3995	23:8	uqwi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἷς	1	Jesus is using the adjective one as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person”
3996	23:8	wjmr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἷς	1	Here Jesus implies that the one teacher whom they have is he himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one, by which I mean me,”
3997	23:8	s5du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	Jesus is using the term brothers to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow disciples”
3998	23:8	zpe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	Although the term brothers is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this.
3999	23:9	xcou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “since one is your heavenly Father, you should not call anyone on the earth your father”
4000	23:9	l33f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς;	1	Here, Jesus is referring to using the title father for someone who is not one’s actual father. In his culture, this was a way to honor someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you should not call anyone on the earth your father out of respect for him”
4001	23:9	any8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος	1	Here Jesus means that only one person deserves the honorary title father, and that is God, your heavenly Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you should only call one your father, your heavenly Father”
4002	23:9	kcrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἷς	1	Jesus is using the adjective one as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person”
4003	23:9	cwhv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “your heavenly Father, God”
4004	23:10	q59s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μηδὲ κληθῆτε Καθηγηταί; ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “And since your teacher is one, the Christ, you should not be called ‘teacher’”
4005	23:10	b8ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μηδὲ κληθῆτε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you should not have people call you”
4006	23:10	ofbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἷς	1	Jesus is using the adjective one as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person”
4007	23:10	lp5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Χριστός	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Christ”
4008	23:11	hpmr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what Jesus wants his disciples to do in contrast to being called Rabbi, father, or teacher. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Instead,” or “Rather,”
4009	23:11	d62b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ & μείζων	1	Jesus is using the adjective greatest as a noun to mean the greatest person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the greatest person”
4010	23:11	d9xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἔσται	1	Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be”
4011	23:12	qcw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”
4012	23:12	e81r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will humble”
4013	23:12	qg2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἑαυτὸν	-1	Although the term himself is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “himself or herself … himself or herself”
4014	23:12	uz88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will exalt”
4015	23:13	t935		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
4016	23:13	lid1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐαὶ & ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second and third sentences give the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “you, scribes and Pharisees, shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. You do not enter in, nor do you permit the ones entering to enter. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
4017	23:13	ts6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν.	1	Here Jesus speaks of the kingdom of the heavens as if it were a house that the scribes and Pharisees have shut so that neither they nor anyone else can enter in. Jesus means that they prevent themselves and others from participating in the kingdom. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men as if it a house. For you are not part of the kingdom, nor do you allow others to be part of it” or “For you keep people from being part of the kingdom of the heavens. You are not part of it, and and you block people who do want to be part of it”
4018	23:13	lhem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
4019	23:13	zpfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς εἰσερχομένους & εἰσελθεῖν	1	Here Jesus could be referring: (1) to people who want to enter into the kingdom. Alternate translation: “to enter the ones wanting to enter” (2) to people who are in the process of entering into the kingdom. Alternate translation: “to enter the ones having already begun to enter”
4020	23:14	onan		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι. διὰ τοῦτο λήμψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.
4021	23:14	ikcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
4022	23:14	y6yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐαὶ & ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι. διὰ τοῦτο λήμψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second and third sentences give the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “you, scribes and Pharisees, devour the houses of widows, and for a pretext praying at length. For this reason, you will receive greater judgment. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
4023	23:14	o1zi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes and Pharisees were devouring or eating the houses of widows. He means that they are taking the houses away from the widows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you take the houses of widows” or “you defraud widows of their houses”
4024	23:14	u45k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	Jesus speaks of the houses of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that widows own”
4025	23:14	qn1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προφάσει	1	Here, the phrase for a pretext could mean: (1) that the scribes and Pharisees are using long prayers to try to look godly. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly” (2) that the scribes are Pharisees are using their long prayers to hide or cover up how they devour the houses of widows. Alternate translation: “to cover that up” or “to disguise what they do”
4026	23:14	puiz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	διὰ τοῦτο	1	The pronoun this refers to how the scribes and Pharisees devour widows’ houses while they are also praying at length. If this is not clear for your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Because you do those things”
4027	23:14	xv95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	λήμψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you will be judged more severely”
4028	23:14	x0c6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περισσότερον κρίμα	1	Here Jesus implies that these scribes and Pharisees will receive greater judgment than they would have if they had not pretended to be godly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will receive greater judgment than people who do not pretend to be godly”
4029	23:15	pfpq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον, καὶ ὅταν γένηται, ποιεῖτε αὐτὸν υἱὸν Γεέννης διπλότερον ὑμῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, go around the sea and the dry land to make one proselyte, and when he becomes one, you make him twice as much a son of Gehenna as you. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
4030	23:15	xo45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	Jesus is referring to all of the earth by naming its two main components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire earth”
4031	23:15	iyl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἕνα προσήλυτον	1	A proselyte is a non-Jewish person who converts to Judaism. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this term, you could refer to a similar phenomenon in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “one convert to Judaism”
4032	23:15	uo8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	γένηται & αὐτὸν υἱὸν	1	Although the terms he, him, and son are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person becomes one … him or her … a child”
4033	23:15	mj95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	υἱὸν Γεέννης διπλότερον ὑμῶν	1	Here Jesus uses the phrase twice as much to indicate that the person is even more a son of Gehenna than the scribes and Pharisees. He does not mean that the person is exactly twice a son of Gehenna. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “even more a son of Gehenna than you are”
4034	23:15	bq91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	υἱὸν Γεέννης	1	The expression a son of Gehenna refers to a person who will end up in Gehenna. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who will end up in Gehenna” or “a person who belongs in Gehenna”
4035	23:15	ervf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γεέννης	1	Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. The valley named Gehenna was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 18:9. Alternate translation: “of a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “of hell, which is like Gehenna valley,”
4036	23:16	s9y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ, οἱ λέγοντες, ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ ὀφείλει	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the rest of the sentence gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “you, who are blind guides, say, ‘Whoever swears by the temple, it is nothing. But whoever swears by the gold of the temple, he is obligated.’ So woe to you!”
4037	23:16	r5k3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ	1	Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were blind guides. He means that they do not know what is right, but they teach people anyways, even though what they teach is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 15:14. Alternate translation: “who are like blind guides” or “who teach people what is wrong”
4038	23:16	j1hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οἱ λέγοντες, ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ ὀφείλει	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the ones saying that whoever swears by the temple, it is nothing, but whoever swears by the gold of the temple, he is obligated”
4039	23:16	fjic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	Here, the phrase it is nothing means that the person is not bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that person is not obligated to keep the oath”
4040	23:16	kbv6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ	1	Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe gold that: (1) decorates the temple. Alternate translation: “the gold that decorates the temple” (2) makes up the vessels and tools used in the temple. Alternate translation: “the gold vessels in the temple”
4041	23:16	bukr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀφείλει	1	Here, the phrase he is obligated indicates that the person is bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he is obligated to keep the oath”
4042	23:16	q1sx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὀφείλει	1	Although the term he is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she is obligated”
4043	23:17	j71q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί	1	Jesus is using the adjectives Foolish and blind as nouns to mean foolish and blind people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people”
4044	23:17	stqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί	1	The terms Foolish and blind mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Blind ones” or “Very foolish”
4045	23:17	s7a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλοί	1	Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were blind. He means that they do not know what is right. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word blind in 23:16. Alternate translation: “like blind people” or “not knowing what is right”
4046	23:17	ujjf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation of why the teaching of the Pharisees about oaths is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Think about this:” or “You should know this:”
4047	23:17	f9zd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς & μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the temple having sanctified the gold is greater than the gold.” or “Certainly the gold is not greater than the temple that sanctifies the gold!”
4048	23:18	i7mm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καί, ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, οὐδέν ἐστιν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ δώρῳ τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And you say that whoever swears by the altar, it is nothing, but whoever swears by the gift on top of the altar, he is obligated”
4049	23:18	lxw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	καί	1	Here Jesus uses the word And to introduce something else that the scribes and Pharisees say. If you keep the direct quotation in this verse, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “And you also say”
4050	23:18	t7p1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	Here, the phrase it is nothing means that the person is not bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the same clause in 23:16. Alternate translation: “that person is not obligated to keep the oath”
4051	23:18	ngd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ δώρῳ	1	Here, the word gift refers to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what is offered” or “the offering”
4052	23:18	ibmu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀφείλει	1	Here, the phrase he is obligated indicates that the person is bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the same clause in 23:16. Alternate translation: “he is obligated to keep the oath”
4053	23:18	y9c3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὀφείλει	1	Although the term he is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she is obligated”
4054	23:19	ryam		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί	1	Jesus is using the adjectives Foolish and blind as nouns to mean foolish and blind people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. See how you expressed the idea in 23:17. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people”
4055	23:19	xg9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί	1	The terms Foolish and blind mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. See how you expressed the idea in 23:17. Alternate translation: “Blind ones” or “Very foolish”
4056	23:19	bb34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλοί	1	Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were blind. He means that they do not know what is right. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 23:17. Alternate translation: “like blind people” or “not knowing what is right”
4057	23:19	k3om		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation of why the teaching of the Pharisees about oaths is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. See how you expressed the idea in 23:17. Alternate translation: “Think about this:” or “You should know this:”
4058	23:19	g7qr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί & μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the altar sanctifying the gift is greater than the gift.” or “Certainly the gift is not greater than the altar that sanctifies the gift!”
4059	23:19	fl4o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ δῶρον & τὸ δῶρον	1	Here, the word gift refers to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated this word in 23:18. Alternate translation: “what is offered … what is offered” or “the offering … the offering”
4060	23:20	ezzk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference from the implied answer to Jesus’ question in 23:19. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference. Alternate translation: “Since the altar is greater” or “Because of that”
4061	23:20	ze6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus is referring to the gifts that he has previously mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the gifts that are on top of it”
4062	23:21	m21b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν	1	Here, the phrase the one inhabiting it refers to God, who is specially present in the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one inhabiting it, God”
4063	23:22	y0kv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. Alternate translation: “the one sitting on it as king” or “the one reigning from it”
4064	23:22	ejw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase the one sitting on it refers to God, who rules from the throne. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one sitting on it, God”
4065	23:23	lg3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον, καὶ ἀφήκατε τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου: τὴν κρίσιν, καὶ τὸ ἔλεος, καὶ τὴν πίστιν & ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second and third sentences give the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, tithe the mint and the dill and the cumin, but you have neglected the weightier things of the law—justice and mercy and faith. But it was necessary to do these and those not to neglect. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
4066	23:23	lb9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον	1	Here Jesus refers to tithing mint, dill, and cumin because he wants to show that the scribes and Pharisees carefully tithe even the most insignificant things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you tithe even insignificant things like mint and dill and cumin”
4067	23:23	n94y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον	1	These are the names of plants. People put just a little bit of their leaves or seeds into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what mint, dill, and cumin are, you could refer to similar plants that they would know, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the plants that you use to season your food” or “your garden herbs”
4068	23:23	c8bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ βαρύτερα	1	Jesus is speaking as if the more important commandments in the law were literally weightier or heavier than others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the more significant things”
4069	23:23	er3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν κρίσιν, καὶ τὸ ἔλεος, καὶ τὴν πίστιν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of justice, mercy, and faith, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to act justly and mercifully and faithfully”
4070	23:23	m32j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα	1	The pronoun these refers to doing justice and mercy and faith. The pronoun those refers to tithing the mint and the dill and the cumin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to doing those things more directly. Alternate translation: “the latter and the former” or “justice, mercy, and faith and tithing”
4071	23:23	nn6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative word neglect. Alternate translation: “those also to do”
4072	23:24	y84y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί!	1	Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were blind guides. He means that they do not know what is right, but they teach people anyways, even though what they teach is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 23:16. Alternate translation: “You who are like blind guides” or “You who teach people what is wrong”
4073	23:24	l7fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes and Pharisees were straining out a tiny gnat if they found one in a drink but swallowing a large camel whole without noticing it. He means that they are being careful to follow the less important laws but failing to notice that they were not following the more important laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who are like a person who strains a gnat out of a drink but swallows a camel” or “the ones carefully obeying the less significant laws but failing to obey the more significant laws”
4074	23:24	whk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν κώνωπα	1	A gnat is a tiny flying insect. If your readers would not be familiar with what a gnat is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable insect in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the mosquito” or “the tiny insect”
4075	23:25	bdil		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and lack of self-control. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
4076	23:25	ru45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	Here Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were a cup and a plate. When he says that they clean the outside of these dishes, he means that they make sure that they appear to be doing what is right. When he says that inside the dishes are full of greed and lack of self-control, he means that they are full of these things. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are like cups and plates whose outside you clean but whose inside is dirty, just as you are full of greed and lack of self-control” or “on the outside you look like you do what is right, but on the inside you are full of greed and lack of self-control”
4077	23:25	trxf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος	1	A cup is a dish from which people drink. A plate is a dish on which food is served. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of dishes, you could use the names of similar things in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “of the glass and of the bowl” or “of eating utensils”
4078	23:25	r3xd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	Here Jesus could mean that the cup and plate: (1) figuratively have greed and self-indulgence inside them. Alternate translation: “they are characterized by greed and lack of self-control” (2) are full of what the scribes and Pharisees gained through greed and lack of self-control. Alternate translation: “they are full of what you took through greed and lack of self-control”
4079	23:25	a0b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of greed and self-control, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are characterized by being greedy and not controlling themselves”
4080	23:26	lb5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ	1	Jesus is not referring to a specific Pharisee. He is referring to every Pharisee who acts in the way he has described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in plural form or in another way. If you use the plural form, make sure that you express the commands in this verse in plural form. Alternate translation: “Blind Pharisees”
4081	23:26	eoor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ	1	Here, Jesus speaks as if this Pharisee were blind. He means that he does not know what is right. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word blind in 23:17. Alternate translation: “You, Pharisee, are like a blind person” or “You, Pharisee, do not know what is right”
4082	23:26	f9p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν	1	Here Jesus continues to speak of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were a cup and a plate. He means that they should actually do what is right, and then they will also appear to be doing what is right. See how you expressed the similar ideas in 23:25. Alternate translation: “you should be like cups and plates whose inside is clean so that their outside is also clean” or “Actually do what is right, and then you will also look like you do what is right”
4083	23:26	eik9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	καθάρισον	1	Since Jesus is addressing one Pharisee, the command here is singular. However, if you refer to plural Pharisees as an earlier note suggested, you should use the plural form here.
4084	23:26	u8mc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ ἐντὸς	1	Here, much as in 23:25, the word inside could refer to: (1) the inside of the dishes themselves. Alternate translation: “the inside parts” (2) what the dishes have inside them. Alternate translation: “what is inside”
4085	23:26	jvkb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος	1	See how you translated the words cup and plate in 23:25. Alternate translation: “of the glass and of the bowl” or “of eating utensils”
4086	23:27	vwlv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις, οἵτινες ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων νεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, are like whitewashed tombs, which on the outside appear beautiful, but on the inside are full of bones of the dead and all uncleanness. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
4087	23:27	kry1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις, οἵτινες ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων νεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας	1	Here, Jesus compares the scribes and Pharisees with whitewashed tombs. He explains the meaning of the comparison in the next verse, so you should not explain it here.
4088	23:27	ta1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would paint tombs white so that they would appear beautiful to people who passed by. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has covered in white paint”
4089	23:27	v5hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun to mean people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the dead people” or “of the corpses”
4090	23:27	ccq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are very unclean”
4091	23:28	vj63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to men and women”
4092	23:28	wln0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μεστοὶ ὑποκρίσεως καὶ ἀνομίας	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of hypocrisy and lawlessness, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “very hypocritical and lawless”
4093	23:29	adhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων	1	Here the first sentence describes a result for which the second sentence and the following verses give the reasons for. You could reverse the order of these sentences, but then you would need to create a long verse bridge. If possible, preserve the order of the sentences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase to indicate that the second and following sentences give the reason for the first sentence. Alternate translation: “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees! You are hypocrites. I say that because you build the tombs of the prophets and decorate the tombs of the righteous”
4094	23:29	rl5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων	1	When the scribes and Pharisees build the tombs of the prophets and decorate the tombs of the righteous, they are honoring important people who have died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you build the tombs of the prophets to honor them, and you decorate the tombs of the righteous to show them respect”
4095	23:29	tse6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δικαίων	1	Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun to mean people who are righteous. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of righteous people”
4096	23:30	f0hs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if you had been in the days of your fathers, you would not have been sharers with them in the blood of the prophets.”
4097	23:30	jhxd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν	1	Here Jesus quotes the scribes and Pharisees using an imaginary situation to show that they would not have participated in killing the prophets. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine that we were in the days of our fathers. In that situation, we would not have been sharers with them in the blood of the prophets”
4098	23:30	gtt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Here, the phrase in the days refers to a specific period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during the times”
4099	23:30	kkf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	Here, the word fathers refers to ancestors, not direct fathers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “of our forefathers”
4100	23:30	x99m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν	1	Here, blood represents death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “killing the prophets” or “the death of the prophets”
4101	23:31	q010		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus said that the Pharisees and scribes say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “In saying that,” or “So then,”
4102	23:31	l7rl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων	1	Here, the phrase sons means male descendants. It does not mean that the scribes and Pharisees are the direct sons of the people who killed the prophets. In this case, the expression sons of also indicates that the sons are similar to their ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are like your ancestors, the ones having killed” or “you are descended from and much like the ones having killed”
4103	23:32	bpz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is speaking as if he wants the scribes and Pharisees literally to fill up a measure of a certain amount. This represents them completing the wicked behavior that their fathers began when they killed the prophets. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you, finish doing the evil things that your fathers started”
4104	23:32	vhes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	Here Jesus commands the opposite of what he wants in order to make a point. He means that they should carefully consider the consequences if they do fill up the measure of their fathers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “consider whether you really want to fill up the measure of your fathers” or “perhaps you should not fill up the measure of your fathers”
4105	23:32	it8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	Here, the word fathers refers to ancestors, not direct fathers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “of your forefathers”
4106	23:33	va5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	The terms serpents and offspring of vipers both refer to poisonous snakes. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single expression. Alternate translation: “Poisonous snakes”
4107	23:33	blv6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were serpents and offspring of vipers. He means that they are evil and hurt other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You who are like serpents and the offspring of vipers” or “Evil and wicked people”
4108	23:33	vi6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you will not escape from the judgment of Gehenna” or “you cannot escape from the judgment of Gehenna!”
4109	23:33	sk1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe judgment that takes place in Gehenna. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “judgment in Gehenna”
4110	23:33	ee42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged in Gehenna”
4111	23:33	u1ju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γεέννης	1	Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. The valley named Gehenna was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 23:15. Alternate translation: “of a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “of hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
4112	23:34	s1sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, the phrase For this reason introduces something that Jesus says he will do in response to how the scribes and Pharisees are acting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a response. Alternate translation: “Because you are behaving like that”
4113	23:34	tbf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “pay attention” or “listen”
4114	23:34	rj1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐξ αὐτῶν	-1	Here, the phrases From them and from them refer to some of the prophets and wise men and scribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Some from among them … some from among them”
4115	23:35	e1gw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅπως	1	Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from what the scribes and Pharisees will do. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus sends people to the scribes and Pharisees even when he knows that they will kill them. Alternate translation: “in order that”
4116	23:35	l7ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus is speaking as if the blood of righteous people would come upon the scribes and Pharisees. He means that God would consider them guilty of shedding this blood. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might be considered guilty for”
4117	23:35	h5n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς & τοῦ αἵματος & τοῦ αἵματος	1	In this verse, Jesus uses the phrase blood being shed and the word blood to refer to murder. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the murders of righteous people having happened on the earth … the murder … the murder”
4118	23:35	mf0p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον	1	Here Jesus uses the phrase righteous blood to refer to blood from righteous people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the blood from righteous people”
4119	23:35	y698		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκχυννόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that humans have shed”
4120	23:35	z95g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος Ἂβελ τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίου	1	Here Jesus refers to Abel and Zechariah because the stories of their murders are the first and last stories about the murders of righteous people in the Hebrew Scriptures. In this way, Jesus indicates that he is speaking about all the stories about the murders of righteous people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the blood of Abel the righteous, the first victim, and including the blood of every victim after that up to the last, the blood of Zechariah”
4121	23:35	espy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζαχαρίου & Βαραχίου	1	The words Zechariah and Barachiah are the names of men. The man named Zechariah is most likely the one whose murder is described in 2 Chronicles 24:20–22. King Joash had him stoned to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols.
4122	23:35	s11l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐφονεύσατε	1	Here Jesus speaks as if you, his current audience, killed Zechariah. He means that the ancestors of his current audience did that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your ancestors killed”
4123	23:36	etlz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἥξει ταῦτα πάντα ἐπὶ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην	1	Jesus is speaking as if the things he has just spoken about will come upon this generation. He means that God will consider this generation to guilty of doing those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this generation will be considered guilty for all these things”
4124	23:36	af8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1	Here, the phrase all these things refers to the murders that Jesus mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those evil deeds”
4125	23:36	vx9o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην	1	Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “today’s people” or “the people of this generation”
4126	23:37	xuj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα, τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν! ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυναγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα σου, ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the city of Jerusalem were a woman with children. He is referring to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People of Jerusalem, people of Jerusalem, the ones killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to you! How often I desired to gather you the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings, and you were not willing”
4127	23:37	vne9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jesus is addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking directly to people about these cities. Alternate translation: “I am very upset about Jerusalem”
4128	23:37	cjr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα, τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “the one killing the prophets, indeed, stoning the ones having been sent to her” or “the one killing the prophets having been sent to her by stoning them”
4129	23:37	tz4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God sent”
4130	23:37	zi3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὐτήν	1	Although Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem, he uses the third person here. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second person form. Alternate translation: “you”
4131	23:37	d9ho		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ποσάκις	1	Here, the phrase How often introduces an exclamation, not a question. Jesus uses the exclamation to show how strongly he feels about Jerusalem. Use a form that communicates strong emotion in your language. Alternate translation: “Very strongly”
4132	23:37	qsf0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου	1	Since Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem, the word your here is singular.
4133	23:37	xv4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	Jesus is saying that he wants to act like a hen that gathers her chicks because he wants to comfort and protect the people of Jerusalem, just as a hen does that for her chicks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings to comfort and protect them”
4134	23:37	as8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὄρνις & τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς	1	A hen is a female chicken, and chicks are the young chickens she is raising. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a bird … her young”
4135	23:37	en1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2	Here, the word and introduces what the people of Jerusalem actually did in contrast with what Jesus wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but”
4136	23:38	gbpd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”
4137	23:38	ck2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος	1	Here Jesus could speaking: (1) of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a house that will be left to its people desolate. In this case, he means that the city will be destroyed so much that people will no longer live there. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you like a desolate house” or “your city will be destroyed” (2) of the temple as if it were a house that will be left to its people desolate. In this case, he means that God will no longer be present in the temple. Alternate translation: “your temple will be left to you like a desolate house” or “God will abandon your temple”
4138	23:38	jl65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφίεται & ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will leave your house”
4139	23:38	e5sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἀφίεται	1	Jesus is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “will be left”
4140	23:39	wc86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces support for the claim that Jesus made in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces basis or support for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because, as”
4141	23:39	r74f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μή	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
4142	23:39	r6o6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἄρτι	1	Here Jesus uses the word now to refer to the time of his current visit to Jerusalem. He is not referring to just the current moment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the time of my current visit with you”
4143	23:39	eqnl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν εἴπητε	1	Here, Jesus could be indicating that they will certainly not see him: (1) until the time when they say the following words. Alternate translation: “until the time when you say” (2) unless they say the following words. Alternate translation: “unless you say”
4144	23:39	soho		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	Here Jesus is quoting from Psalm 118:26. Since he does not introduce the words as a quotation from an important text, you also should not introduce them as anything more than what he said. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in a footnote.
4145	23:39	luw3			εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	The exact same sentence appears in 21:9. Translate it as you did there.
4146	24:intro	h2a2				0	Matthew 24 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46) The disciples ask Jesus about the destruction of the temple and the end of the age (24:1–3) Jesus teaches about the destruction of the temple (24:4–35) Things that will happen in the time before the destruction of the temple (24:4–14) Things that will happen immediately before the destruction of the temple (24:15–28) The coming of the Son of Man (24:29–31) When these things will happen (24:32–35) Jesus teaches about the end of the age (24:36–51) No one knows when this will happen (24:36–41) The need to be alert (24:42–44) The parable of the faithful slave and the evil slave (24:45–51) When Jesus speaks about which topics When the disciples speak to Jesus in 24:3, they ask about two things: first, they want to know when the temple will be destroyed, and second, they want to know about the sign of Jesus’ coming and of the end of the age. Christians disagree about when Jesus is speaking about which topic. He could: finish speaking about the destruction of the temple in 24:35 and then go on to speak about his second coming (the outline above follows this view) finish speaking about the destruction of the temple in 24:28 and then go on to speak about his second coming speak about the destruction of the temple as a foreshadowing of the final tribulation in 24:4–28 and 24:32–35 and speak about his second coming in 24:29–31 Since Christians disagree over when Jesus is speaking about which topic, if possible format your translation so that several interpretations are possible. Special Concepts in this Chapter The destruction of the temple The temple in Jerusalem was a very impressive, large building. Despite that, Jesus predicted that it would be destroyed within the lifetime of those who heard him. In fact, about 40 years later, a Roman army conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple. The end of the age The disciples ask Jesus about “the end of the age,” which both they and Jesus imply is also the time of Jesus’ second coming. The end of the age is the moment when God changes how things are in the present time to how they will be forever after Jesus’ second coming. Consider how you might naturally refer to this time in your translation. The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven In 24:30, Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” on the clouds of heaven. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options. “This generation” in 24:34 In 24:34, Jesus says that what he has described will happen before “this generation” passes away. Many interpretations have been proposed for the group of people to which “this generation” refers: The people who were alive while Jesus was speaking these words The people who would be alive when the signs of the end began People who are like those who did not believe while Jesus was on earth Jewish people in general throughout history Humans in general Since the word that Jesus uses primarily refers to people who are alive at the same time, if possible use a word or phrase that refers to such a group of people. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some interpretations of the word in a footnote. The days of Noah In 24:37–39, Jesus compares the coming of the Son of Man with the time period of Noah. When Noah was alive, God told him to warn people that an enormous flood was coming. Noah built a large boat named an ark so that he, his family, and many animals could float on the water and survive the flood. However, people did not listen to Noah, and when the flood finally happened, everyone else died. Jesus says that the coming of the Son of Man will similarly surprise people who have not listened to his warnings. Just as the flood began suddenly, so the coming of the Son of Man will begin suddenly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include information about Noah in a footnote. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The proverb about the corpse and the vultures In 24:28, Jesus uses or invents a proverb that states that wherever a corpse is, there vultures will gather. He could be using this proverb to indicate that: the coming of the Son of Man will be very obvious, just as a corpse is obvious because of the vultures that gather near it people and groups of people that are spiritually dead will certainly be judged and punished, just as a corpse is devoured by vultures believers who have died (the corpse) will come back to life with the aid of angels (the vultures) Since Christians debate how Jesus wishes to apply this proverb, it is best to preserve the proverb without explaining its meaning. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) The parable of the faithful slave and the evil slave In 24:45–51, Jesus tells a story about how a slave might react to being put in charge of the rest of the household when the master goes on a journey. If the slave is wise and faithful, he will do what his master asked him to do. Then, when the master returns, the slave will be rewarded. On the other hand, if the slave is evil, he will abuse the other slaves and feast with drunk people. Jesus tells this story to make his disciples think about how they should behave during the time before his second coming. They should be like the wise and faithful slave, not the evil slave. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does, but be sure that your readers understand how to apply the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in teaching that Jesus gives to his disciples. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
4147	24:1	b6uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”
4148	24:1	ke79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	Here Matthew means that Jesus went out from the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the temple courtyard”
4149	24:1	di17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰς οἰκοδομὰς τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe buildings that are in the temple area. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the buildings in the temple complex”
4150	24:2	w287		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4151	24:2	mh5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα	1	Jesus is using the question form to draw the attention of the disciples to the buildings. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Consider all these things.” or “Think about all these things!”
4152	24:2	k7ah		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	Jesus says that every stone will be torn down as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost every stone upon a stone will not be left here, and almost none of them will not be torn down”
4153	24:2	ecdz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be invading enemies. Alternate translation: “an invading army will certainly not leave a stone upon a stone here, which they will not tear down”
4154	24:2	g4d8			οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas in positive form. Alternate translation: “every stone will be toppled off the stone it is on, and each one will be torn down”
4155	24:3	f5a0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
4156	24:3	ix45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
4157	24:3	pudy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὲ	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you tell”
4158	24:3	tuti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	εἰπὲ & σῆς	1	Since the disciples are speaking to Jesus, the command and the word your in this verse are singular.
4159	24:3	kal6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	Here, the phrase these things refers to the events that Jesus described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the events you have spoken about” or “that destruction”
4160	24:3	xscx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς σῆς παρουσίας	1	Here the disciples imply that Jesus will come back to this world at some point in the future. They are also implying that he will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “of when you are going to come back to this world” or “of when, after leaving this world, you will come back”
4161	24:3	e1is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Here, the phrase the end of the age refers to when the current time period will cease and a new age will begin. If your language has a way to refer to the end of the way things are now, you could use it here, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “of the end of the world” or “of the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
4162	24:4	s64s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	Jesus is speaking as if the disciples could literally be led astray, that is, led down the wrong path. He means that they could be deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to believe what is wrong”
4163	24:5	q6q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why Jesus wants the disciples to be careful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for an exhortation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should be careful because” or “Indeed,”
4164	24:5	yvt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλοὶ & πολλοὺς	1	In both places, Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women … many men and women”
4165	24:5	czgg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλεύσονται	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “will go”
4166	24:5	lq71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here, the word name refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. More specifically, Jesus could mean that: (1) these people claim to have the authority that Jesus properly has. Alternate translation: “in my authority” or “claiming to have the authority I have” (2) these people claim to represent Jesus. Alternate translation: “claiming to be my representatives” or “as if they were my representatives”
4167	24:5	w7i0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they are the Christ, and”
4168	24:5	udm0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say”
4169	24:5	twh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 24:4. Alternate translation: “will cause many to believe what is wrong”
4170	24:6	pgdl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ θροεῖσθε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the wars and rumors of wars. Alternate translation: “those things do not trouble you”
4171	24:6	hdz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δεῖ & γενέσθαι	1	Here Jesus means that God has planned these things and they will not change. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God has chosen that these things will happen”
4172	24:6	fvq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	Here Jesus is speaking about the end of the age, which is what the disciples asked about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
4173	24:7	z2fl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what is going to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Even more,”
4174	24:7	ygf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “nation will rise against nation, yes, kingdom against kingdom” or “nation and kingdom rise against nation and kingdom”
4175	24:7	tc4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	The words nation and kingdom represents nations and kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom and nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “some nations will rise against other nations, and some kingdoms against other kingdoms”
4176	24:7	xuow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	Here, the words nation and kingdom represent the people who live in them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of a nation will rise up against the people of another nation, and the people of a kingdom against the people of another kingdom”
4177	24:7	fmy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπὶ	1	The phrase rise against referring to attacking someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fight against”
4178	24:7	xo7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom”
4179	24:7	to35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	λιμοὶ καὶ σεισμοὶ	1	Many ancient manuscripts read famines and earthquakes. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “famines and plagues and earthquakes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
4180	24:8	rl12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what Jesus says about how these things are just the beginning in contrast to how bad they seemed when he described them in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “And yet,” or “However,”
4181	24:8	cnrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα & ταῦτα	1	Here, the phrase all these things refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the things that I have described”
4182	24:8	q4gl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων	1	Here Jesus speaks of the events that he has described as if they were the beginning of birth pains. He means that, just like birth pains, they are difficult and painful things that eventually lead to a happy and wonderful result. If possible, you should maintain the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “are like the beginning of birth pains”
4183	24:9	uyq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τότε	1	Here, the word Then could introduce something that will happen: (1) during the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “During that time,” (2) after the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “After that time,”
4184	24:9	cbkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν	1	Here, the phrase hand you over refers to putting people in a particular situation or experience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will make you experience tribulation” or “they will cause you tribulation”
4185	24:9	uw1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	Here, the pronoun they refers to all people who persecute the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to enemies of the disciples. Alternate translation: “your enemies will hand you over”
4186	24:9	aair		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς θλῖψιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tribulation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be afflicted” or “to be persecuted”
4187	24:9	nsh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the nations will hate you”
4188	24:9	u2bd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, name represents the person whose name it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 10:22. Alternate translation: “because of me”
4189	24:10	eppj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τότε	1	Here, just as in 24:9, the word then could introduce something that will happen: (1) during the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “during that time,” (2) after the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “after that time,”
4190	24:10	kvbw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many will stumble”
4191	24:10	a4yg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ	1	Here, Jesus speaks of ceasing to believe in God as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many will stop believing” or “many will cease trusting God”
4192	24:10	q5n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλοὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many disciples or fellow believers. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many disciples” or “many of my followers”
4193	24:10	w1oo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀλλήλους παραδώσουσιν	1	Here, the phrase hand one another over refers to putting people under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will have the authorities seize one another” or “will cause one another to be arrested”
4194	24:11	fo6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be the false prophets themselves. Alternate translation: “will rise up”
4195	24:11	mi2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	Here, the phrase will be raised up refers to people beginning to do some task publicly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appear” or “will start prophesying”
4196	24:11	tjb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	Jesus is speaking as if the prophets would literally lead people astray, that is, down the wrong path. He means that they will deceive people. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea 24:4. Alternate translation: “will cause many to believe what is wrong”
4197	24:11	qtk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλούς	1	Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
4198	24:12	ohq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lawlessness will increase”
4199	24:12	w4af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lawlessness, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people doing what is lawless”
4200	24:12	bu9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if love were something hot that could literally grow cold. He means that love has diminished or ceased. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the love of many will be like a fire that has gone out” or “the love of many will cease”
4201	24:12	x9sx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “many will grow cold in how they love”
4202	24:12	dbfq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	Here Jesus could be speaking about: (1) love for other people. Alternate translation: “the love of many for other people” (2) love for God. Alternate translation: “the love of many for God”
4203	24:12	nvvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν πολλῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of many men and women”
4204	24:13	v3ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	The exact same sentence appears in 10:22. Translate it as you did there.
4205	24:14	x3e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that his disciples will do it. Alternate translation: “you will preach this gospel of the kingdom”
4206	24:14	opuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a gospel that is about the kingdom. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom”
4207	24:14	he15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μαρτύριον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that someone testifies about it” or “so that it is testified”
4208	24:14	y65s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	Here, the word nations represents the people who live in those nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of all the nations”
4209	24:14	cqxf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	Here Jesus is speaking about the end of the age, which is what the disciples asked about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
4210	24:14	e2ot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἥξει	1	Here Jesus speaks as if the end were something that could come. He means that the end will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will happen”
4211	24:15	phs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said about how persecution and suffering will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference or conclusion. Alternate translation: “Because of all that”
4212	24:15	lhas		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	The phrase the abomination of desolation is found in Daniel 9:27, Daniel 11:31, and Daniel 12:11. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with these passages, which prophesy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple”
4213	24:15	f7bn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe an abomination that causes desolation. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the abomination that causes desolation” or “the abomination that leads to desolation”
4214	24:15	v2f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of abomination and desolation, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the abominable thing that desolates”
4215	24:15	mf1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of which Daniel the prophet spoke”
4216	24:15	nl7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ	1	Here, the phrase the holy place refers to the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the holy temple”
4217	24:15-16	lz9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τόπῳ ἁγίῳ ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω & τότε	1	Here, clause let the one reading understand could be: (1) written by Matthew to anyone who reads what Daniel wrote. Use a form that clearly indicates that Matthew is writing this, not reporting what Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “the holy place” (and I, Matthew, add: let the one who has read the book of Daniel understand), “then” (2) spoken by Jesus to anyone who reads what Daniel wrote. Alternate translation: “the holy place, and let the one who has read the book of Daniel understand, then” (3) written by Matthew to anyone who reads this story. Use a form that clearly indicates that Matthew is writing this, not reporting what Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “the holy place” (and I, Matthew, add: let the one who reads this story understand), “then”
4218	24:15	sq8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	Here, the phrase let the one reading understand could indicate that the one reading: (1) can understand what the abomination of desolation is if they know what Daniel wrote. Alternate translation: “the one reading understands” or “you know what I mean” (2) should try to understand what the abomination of desolation is. Alternate translation: “let the one reading try to understand” or “reader, pay attention”
4219	24:15	fa7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one reading must understand”
4220	24:16	geyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, φευγέτωσαν	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones in Judea must flee”
4221	24:16	v75q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ ὄρη	1	Here Jesus implies that people will be safer in the mountains than in Judea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the mountains where they will be safer”
4222	24:17	bm5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus gives a command to one person, but he implies that it applies to any of his disciples who are in the situation that he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let the ones on the housetops not go down to take anything from their houses”
4223	24:17	iv2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ	1	Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “let the one who is on top of his roof escape immediately by the back stairway and not enter his house to get anything”
4224	24:17	upze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one on the housetop must not go down”
4225	24:17	c93j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “let the one on the housetop not come down”
4226	24:17	kmcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	1	Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
4227	24:18	v06k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus gives a command to one person, but he implies that it applies to any of his disciples who are in the situation that he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let the ones in the fields not turn back to take their cloaks”
4228	24:18	a6c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ	1	People in Jesus’ time often walked from their towns to the field that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that, when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloaks. Instead, they should flee directly from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town to get his cloak”
4229	24:18	kydy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one in the field must not turn back”
4230	24:18	duz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτοῦ	1	Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
4231	24:19	xq76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
4232	24:19	kq12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	Here, the phrase having in the womb refers to being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are with child” or “to the ones who are pregnant”
4233	24:19	piql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1	This does not mean babies who are nursing but women who are nursing babies (providing their milk for them). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to mothers who are nursing their babies”
4234	24:19	f533		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Here, the phrase those days refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “during that time period”
4235	24:20	w2tl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
4236	24:20	u4jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of flight, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you might not have to flee”
4237	24:20	m6mx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	χειμῶνος	1	In the location to which Jesus is referring, winter is the time of year when it is cold and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel, or you could translate winter with a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the rainy season” or “in the cold season”
4238	24:20	uvec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σαββάτῳ	1	Because people in Jesus’ culture did not work on a Sabbath, it was much harder to travel on that day, even in an emergency. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath, when no one is working” or “on a Sabbath, when traveling is hard”
4239	24:21	c1g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples should pray that they would not need to flee in winter or on a Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should pray that because” or “That is because”
4240	24:21	g7cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται & θλῖψις μεγάλη	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tribulation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people will be greatly hurt” or “people will be greatly afflicted”
4241	24:21	qffq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδ’ οὐ μὴ γένηται	1	The words translated nor and ever are three negative words. In this construction, the second and third negatives do not cancel the first. Instead, they give greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use three negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a triple negative here. If your language does not use three negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “and will by no means happen again”
4242	24:21	wt7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ γένηται	1	Here Jesus means that tribulation this great will not happen again after these events occur. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “nor will ever again happen after that”
4243	24:22	ue2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that those days really have been shortened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were those days not to have been shortened, no flesh would have been saved” or “image that those days had not been shortened. Then, no flesh would have been saved”
4244	24:22	f692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this because he knows that God has already decided to shorten those days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense, or you could refer to God’s decision. Alternate translation: “those days were not going to be shortened, no flesh would be saved” or “the decision had not already been made to shorten those days, no flesh would have been saved”
4245	24:22	ndr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι & κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God had not shortened those days … God will shorten those days”
4246	24:22	fqh0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	-1	Here, the phrase those days refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that time period … that time period”
4247	24:22	dwwn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no flesh would remain” or “no flesh would continue to live”
4248	24:22	r9qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σάρξ	1	Jesus is using flesh to represent humans. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “humans”
4249	24:22	b1i0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what will actually happen in contrast to what might have happened if God had not shortened the days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces that kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In reality, though,”
4250	24:22	mcqg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς	1	Jesus is using the adjective elect as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the elect people” or “the people whom God has elected”
4251	24:23-24	v5fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε & ἐγερθήσονται γὰρ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ δώσουσιν σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα, ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 24:23 and 24:24 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reason for Jesus’ command before the command itself. Alternate translation: “Then, false Christs and false prophets will be raised up and will give great signs and wonders, so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect. So, if anyone says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ you should not believe {it}.”
4252	24:23	avm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it will happen. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Then, although some people will say to you”
4253	24:23	e7bo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τότε	1	Here, the word Then could introduce something that will happen: (1) during the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “During that time,” (2) after the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “After that time,”
4254	24:23	vm45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “says to you that you should look because the Christ is there or there, you should not believe it”
4255	24:23	fn7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to look at something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to look, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Pay attention”
4256	24:23	x392		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὧδε	2	The person speaking is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Here is the Christ”
4257	24:24	zfyh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a basis for the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that since” or “That is because”
4258	24:24	s3te		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be the false Christs and false prophets themselves. Alternate translation: “will rise up”
4259	24:24	jpjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	Here, the phrase** will be raised up** refers to people beginning to do some task publicly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appear” or “will begin to lead”
4260	24:24	nx14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα	1	The terms signs and wonders mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “amazing signs” or “impressive deeds”
4261	24:24	u3o8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὥστε πλανῆσαι	1	Here, the phrase so as introduces the purpose for which the false Christs and false prophets give the great signs and wonders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “with the goal of leading astray” or “in order to lead astray”
4262	24:24	n744		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	Jesus is speaking as if the false Christs and prophets could literally lead people astray. He means that they deceive others. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 24:4. Alternate translation: “to cause, if possible, even the elect to believe what is wrong”
4263	24:24	ygyp			εἰ δυνατὸν	1	Here, the phrase if possible could mean: (1) that it is not actually possible to lead astray the elect. Alternate translation: “if it were possible” (2) that the false Christs and false prophets will try everything they can to lead astray the elect. Alternate translation: “if they can” or “by all possible means”
4264	24:24	y0ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	Jesus is using the adjective elect as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this word in 24:22. Alternate translation: “the elect people” or “the people whom God has elected”
4265	24:25	cpd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention”
4266	24:26	gn85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν & εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε & ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Here Jesus uses imaginary situations to teach his disciples how to respond to people who claim to know where the Messiah is. Use a natural method in your language for introducing imaginary situations. Alternate translation: “imagine that they say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness.’ In that case, you should not go out; imagine that they say to you, ‘Behold, in the inner chambers.’ In that case, you should not believe it.”
4267	24:26	fmx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε & ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “they say to you that you should look because he is in the wilderness, you should not go out; that you should look in the inner chambers, you should not believe it”
4268	24:26	ijco		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἴπωσιν	1	The pronoun they refers to any person who might say this. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to people in general. Alternate translation: “people say”
4269	24:26	vdkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	-1	Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to look at something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to look, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Look … Look” or “Pay attention … Pay attention”
4270	24:26	tph8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐστίν	1	Here Jesus implies that the people are speaking about the Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Christ is”
4271	24:26	zxg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐξέλθητε & ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you should not go out; if they say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the inner chambers”
4272	24:26	m5py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἐξέλθητε	1	Here Jesus is referring to going out to the wilderness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you should not go out to that wilderness”
4273	24:26	btjn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	μὴ ἐξέλθητε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “you should not come out”
4274	24:26	qgaf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῖς ταμείοις	1	The phrase inner chambers refers to small, private rooms in a house. They could be bedrooms or storage rooms. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of rooms, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the private areas” or “the inner rooms”
4275	24:27	wpka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a basis for the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that because” or “That is because”
4276	24:27	j1w1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὥσπερ & ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is saying that the coming of the Son of Man will be like lightning because they are both visible to everyone and very obvious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west so that it is visible to everyone, so will the coming of the Son of Man be visible to everyone”
4277	24:27	pf6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν	1	Here Jesus is referring to how a large bolt of lightning begins at one side of the sky and flashes to the other side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the lightning flashes across the sky” or “the lightning lights up the sky from east to west”
4278	24:27	iaec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξέρχεται	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes out”
4279	24:27	f8cr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus implies that the Son of Man will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that the Son of Man will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will come back to this world” or “the Son of Man, after leaving this world, will come back”
4280	24:27	za8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man”
4281	24:28	mu35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach. See the chapter introduction for what this proverb might mean in this context. Since there are many things that it might mean, you should express the idea in a form that your readers would recognize as a proverb without explaining its meaning. Alternate translation: “Vultures are gathered wherever there is a corpse”
4282	24:28	fo7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the vultures will gather”
4283	24:28	ivl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οἱ ἀετοί	1	The word vultures describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with vultures, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds”
4284	24:29	az4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	εὐθέως δὲ μετὰ	1	The phrase But immediately after indicates that the events Jesus will describe in 24:29–31 will come soon after the events he has described in 24:15–28 or perhaps all of 24:4–28. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that refers to events that will happen soon after other events. Alternate translation: “Then, directly following”
4285	24:29	yj4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tribulation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those days when people will be greatly hurt” or “those days when people will be greatly afflicted”
4286	24:29	zmm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	Here, the phrase those days refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 24:22. Alternate translation: “of that time period”
4287	24:29	zuk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will darken the sun”
4288	24:29	k7xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς	1	Here, Jesus speaks as if the moon were a person who could give something to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark”
4289	24:29	w1bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will shake the powers of the heavens”
4290	24:29	dyd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν	1	Here, the phrase the powers of the heavens could refer to: (1) powerful spiritual beings that dwell in the heavens. Alternate translation: “the powerful beings in the heavens” (2) the heavenly bodies, including the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars”
4291	24:30	umi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	Here, the phrase in heaven could go with: (1) will appear. In this case, in heaven is where the sign will appear. Alternate translation: “will appear in heaven the sign of the Son of Man” (2) the Son of Man. In this case, the sign shows that the Son of Man is in heaven. Alternate translation: “will appear the sign that the Son of Man is in heaven”
4292	24:30	qwja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe a sign that: (1) shows that the Son of Man is about to do something. Alternate translation: “the sign that indicates that the Son of Man is about to do something” (2) is the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “the sign, which is the Son of Man,”
4293	24:30	yc2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, who am the Son of Man, … me, who am the Son of Man,”
4294	24:30	orbw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Here, the phrase all the tribes of the earth could refer to: (1) all the groups of people in the world. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” (2) all the people who belong to the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of the tribes of Israel”
4295	24:30	hrcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐρχόμενον	1	Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for the the Son of Man to be coming. Some think he is coming to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is coming back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is coming. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going”
4296	24:30	slgu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	The expression of heaven contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the clouds”
4297	24:30	pb0x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of power and glory, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who is powerful and very glorious” or “powerfully and very gloriously”
4298	24:31	rlb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ	1	If you expressed the idea in the previous verse in first person instead of third person, you should also use the first person here. Alternate translation: “I will send my angels … my”
4299	24:31	fl54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης	1	Here, a great trumpet represents the very loud sound that this trumpet would make. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with a great trumpet call”
4300	24:31	gq1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the adjective elect as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this word in 24:22. Alternate translation: “his elect people” or “the people whom he has elected”
4301	24:31	ibw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	These two phrases mean similar things. The phrase from the four winds indicates that the elect are gathered from every direction. The phrase from the ends of the heavens to the ends of them indicates that they are gathered from the farthest places. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two phrases and emphasize in another way the complete range of this gathering. Alternate translation: “from even the farthest points in every direction”
4302	24:31	wp9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων	1	The phrase the four winds refers to the four primary directions: north, south, east, and west, and so includes every place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the north, south, east, and west” or “from every place”
4303	24:31	l1ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	Here, the phrase the ends of the heavens refers to the parts of the world that are the farthest away. Jesus means that the elect will be gathered from every place, no matter how far away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the nearest to the farthest places” or “from even the farthest places”
4304	24:32	n8t0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
4305	24:32	nxex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἀπὸ & τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν	1	To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “learn from this illustration concerning the fig tree”
4306	24:32	bczg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τῆς συκῆς & ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς γένηται ἁπαλὸς καὶ τὰ φύλλα ἐκφύῃ	1	The phrase fig tree represents fig trees in general, not one particular fig tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fig trees … their branches already become tender and they put out leaves”
4307	24:32	ssh0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς γένηται ἁπαλὸς	1	Here, the clause its branch already becomes tender means that the fig tree has begun to grow new branches, which are tender when they are new. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it grows new twigs” or “it sprouts fresh branches”
4308	24:32	ro2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ θέρος	1	In the location to which Jesus is referring, summer is the time of year when trees and plants grow and produce fruit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which plants and trees grow. Alternate translation: “the time for things to grow” or “the h ot season”
4309	24:33	kf40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα, πάντα	1	Here, the phrase all these things refers back to what Jesus has described in 24:4–28 or perhaps 24:4–31. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those things I have told you about”
4310	24:33	ygke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐστιν	1	Here, the word translated it could: (1) refer to the coming of the Son of Man and the gathering of the elect, as described in 24:30–31. Alternate translation: “his coming is” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “my coming is” (2) be translated as “he” and refer to the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “he is” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “I am”
4311	24:33	cfz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	The phrase at the doors indicates that something or someone is very near and ready to enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ready to enter” or “about to arrive”
4312	24:34	y73t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are alive at the same time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation”
4313	24:34	x4nd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	Christians debate whom Jesus was referring to with the phrase this generation. See the chapter introduction for more information. Two possibilities are most likely. Jesus could be referring to: (1) the people who were alive while he was saying these words. Alternate translation: “people who are alive right now” (2) the people who will be alive when the things that he has described begin to happen. Alternate translation: “people who will be alive then”
4314	24:34	gld5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase pass away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die”
4315	24:34	r6sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase certainly not and the negative verb pass away. Alternate translation: “will certainly remain”
4316	24:34	kinv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
4317	24:34	fb4k			πάντα ταῦτα	1	Here, just as in 24:33, the phrase all these things refers back to what Jesus has described in 24:4–28 or perhaps 24:4–31. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those things I have told you about”
4318	24:35	i8vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ	1	Here Jesus refers two main components of creation, heaven and earth, to refer to all of creation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All creation” or “The universe”
4319	24:35	e6bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ & λόγοι μου	1	Here, the phrase my words represents what Jesus has said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things I have spoken”
4320	24:35	v1ik		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase certainly not and the negative verb pass away. Alternate translation: “will always remain”
4321	24:35	d7ev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
4322	24:36	uitq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	Here, the phrase But concerning introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic. Alternate translation: “Next, I will talk about that day and hour. About them”
4323	24:36	q4pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	The terms day and hour mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time”
4324	24:36	vico		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	Here Jesus is referring to the exact moment when this “age,” which is the current time period, will end (see the disciples’ question in 24:3). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the end of the age” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
4325	24:36	lhrh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατὴρ μόνος	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows and no one else, neither the angels of the heavens, nor the Son”
4326	24:36	wq5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe angels that are in the heavens. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the angels in the heavens”
4327	24:36	beb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός	1	Many ancient manuscripts read nor the Son. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
4328	24:36	p5vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός & ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Son and Father are important titles that describes the relationship between Jesus the Son and God the Father. Be sure to retain these titles in your translation.
4329	24:36	espb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱός	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son”
4330	24:37	mddt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here the word For introduces more information about how no one knows “that day or hour” (see 24:36). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces more information, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Indeed,”
4331	24:37	dmm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὥσπερ & αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus compares the days of Noah with the coming of the Son of Man. Jesus explains this comparison in the following verses, so you do not need to explain it here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a comparison. Alternate translation: “think about the days of Noah. That is what the coming of the Son of Man will be like”
4332	24:37	bchy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὥσπερ & αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “just as what occurred in the days of Noah”
4333	24:37	hf51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε	1	Here, the word days refers to a specific period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time when Noah was living” or “the time period of Noah”
4334	24:37	jlbu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus implies that the Son of Man will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that the Son of Man will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “it will be when the Son of Man comes back to this world” or “it will be when the Son of Man, after leaving this world, comes back”
4335	24:37	cpn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, who am the Son of Man”
4336	24:38-39	vdyr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	ὡς γὰρ ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταῖς πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ, τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες, ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν, Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν & καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν, ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 24:38 and 24:39 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the information in sequential order. Alternate translation: “For as in the days before the flood they did not understand, and they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until that day Noah entered into the ark and the flood came and took {them} all away, thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man”
4337	24:38	by8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces Jesus’ explanation of the comparison he just drew between the time of Noah and the coming of the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is how they are similar:” or “Indeed,”
4338	24:38	lh9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις & ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας	1	Here, the word days refers to a specific period of time, and the word day refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time … until the time when” or “in the time period … until the instant that”
4339	24:38	pfyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἦσαν & τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες	1	Here Jesus describes several normal human activities (eating, drinking, and marrying and giving in marriage) in order to refer to normal human activities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that these are examples of normal human activities, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were doing regular activities, such as eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage” or “they were going about their normal lives”
4340	24:38	kb2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἦσαν	1	The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “men and women were” or “most people were”
4341	24:38	fgrq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες	1	In Jesus’ culture, it was customary to talk about men marrying and fathers giving their daughters in marriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “men marrying and women being given in marriage” or “men and women marrying”
4342	24:38	emls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	γαμίζοντες	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of marriage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “causing to be married”
4343	24:39	ffa6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	Here, Jesus implies that they did not know what was about to happen to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and they did not know what was about to happen to them”
4344	24:39	ah5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἦρεν ἅπαντας	1	Here Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase took {them} all away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to death your language, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “swept them all away” or “killed them all”
4345	24:39	ibcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἅπαντας	1	Here, the word all does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those outside the ark”
4346	24:39	wcav		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus concludes his comparison between the days of Noah and the coming of the Son of Man. He uses the comparison to show that the coming of the Son of Man will happen when people do not expect it, just as the flood came when people did not know that it was coming. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of the comparison more explicitly. Alternate translation: “thus also the coming of the Son of Man will happen when people are not expecting it”
4347	24:40	orgi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τότε	1	Here, the word Then introduces something that will happen at the same time as the coming of the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time as something else. Alternate translation: “At that time,”
4348	24:40	hbqg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἔσονται δύο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ; εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	Here Jesus uses two men in one field as a hypothetical example. He does not mean that this will happen to only two men in one specific field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “two, for example, will be in a field—one is taken, and one is left”
4349	24:40	uzz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔσονται δύο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1	Here Jesus implies that these two are working in the field. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two men will be working in the field”
4350	24:40	itv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δύο & εἷς & εἷς	1	Jesus is using the numbers two and one as nouns to mean two men or one man. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “two men … one man … one man”
4351	24:40	re76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	Here, Jesus describes a separation between two men working in a field. He could mean that: (1) the one who is taken will be with God, while the one who is left will be punished. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be with God, and one is left to be punished” (2) the one who is taken will be punished, while the one who is left will be with God. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be punished, and one is left to be with God”
4352	24:40	gt4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will take one, and he will leave one”
4353	24:40	ybz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that will happen in the future. He does this because it was a vivid way to tell a story in his language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural for telling a story about what will happen. Alternate translation: “one will be taken, and one will be left”
4354	24:41	ie86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ μύλῳ; μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται	1	Here Jesus uses two women grinding with one mill as a hypothetical example. He does not mean that this will happen to only two women using one specific mill. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Two, for example, grinding with a mill—one is taken, and one is left”
4355	24:41	abwe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	δύο ἀλήθουσαι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Two will be grinding”
4356	24:41	pq2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δύο & μία & μία	1	Jesus is using the numbers two and one as nouns to mean two women or one woman. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “two women … one woman … one woman”
4357	24:41	va7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ μύλῳ	1	The term grinding refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. A mill was a large stone that people would use to grind the grain. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food”
4358	24:41	hf4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται	1	Here, Jesus describes a separation between two women grinding with a mill. See how you expressed the idea in 24:40. Jesus could mean that: (1) the one who is taken will be with God, while the one who is left will be punished. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be with God, and one is left to be punished” (2) the one who is taken will be punished, while the one who is left will be with God. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be punished, and one is left to be with God”
4359	24:41	eail		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will take one, and he will leave one”
4360	24:41	atnp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται	1	Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that will happen in the future. He does this because it was a vivid way to tell a story in his language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural for telling a story about what will happen. See how you expressed the idea in 24:40. Alternate translation: “one will be taken, and one will be left”
4361	24:42	pigu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γρηγορεῖτε & ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Κύριος ὑμῶν ἔρχεται	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clause. Alternate translation: “since you do not know on what day your Lord will come, be alert”
4362	24:42	o91e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, the word day refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at what hour” or “the time when”
4363	24:42	qai0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Κύριος ὑμῶν	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am your Lord,”
4364	24:42	gku0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχεται	1	See how you translated “coming” in 24:37. Alternate translation: “will come back to this world” or “will, after leaving this world, come back”
4365	24:43	kxn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,”
4366	24:43	fh50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνο & γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to teach his disciples to be alert while they wait for him to return. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “know this: imagine that the master of the house had known in which watch thief comes. Then, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into”
4367	24:43	ak6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ἐκεῖνο & γινώσκετε, ὅτι	1	Here, the word this introduces the phrase that begins with that. This was a powerful way to introduce a statement in Jesus’ culture. If this form would be redundant in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “know that”
4368	24:43	wtgg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἐκεῖνο & γινώσκετε, ὅτι	1	To teach his disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story:”
4369	24:43	ki5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ποίᾳ φυλακῇ	1	Here, the word watch refers to a specific period of time during the night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a period of time during the night. Alternate translation: “in which part of the night”
4370	24:43	mzgy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἔρχεται	1	Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to the future coming of the thief. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural to refer to this action. Alternate translation: “would come”
4371	24:43	lg7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who would do the action, it is clear from the context that the thief would do it. Alternate translation: “the thief to break into his house”
4372	24:44	yt4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο καὶ, ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι, ὅτι ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “For this reason, because the Son of Man comes in that hour you do not think, you also be ready”
4373	24:44	tub2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, the phrase For this reason introduces how Jesus applies the story about the master of the house and the thief. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application or implication. Alternate translation: “Here is what that means:” or “Given that illustration,”
4374	24:44	ess8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ᾗ & ὥρᾳ	1	Here, the word hour refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “at that moment”
4375	24:44	eiz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ δοκεῖτε	1	Here Jesus means that the Son of Man will come when they do not think he will. In other words, his coming will be unexpected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that you do not think he will”
4376	24:44	gd17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, come”
4377	24:44	gu6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	See how you translated “coming” in 24:37. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man comes back to this world” or “the Son of Man, after leaving this world, comes back”
4378	24:44	l517		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἔρχεται	1	Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to when he will come in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural to refer to this action. Alternate translation: “will come”
4379	24:45	f92d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ	1	Jesus is using the question form to introduce a further illustration or application of what he has been saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Consider, then, who might be the faithful and wise slave whom the master has appointed over his household to give them their food in time.” or “You should know, then, who is the faithful and wise slave whom the master has appointed over his household to give them their food in time!”
4380	24:45	weju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τίς ἄρα	1	Here the word then introduces an inference that Jesus draws from what he has said about being alert and ready. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an inference, or you could leave then untranslated. Alternate translation: “Given what I have said, who” or “So then, who”
4381	24:45	dcpi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ	1	The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom his master, while he goes away for a while, has appointed over his household”
4382	24:45	k3j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν	1	Here, the phrase to give introduces the purpose for which the master appointed the slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving them their food”
4383	24:45	orfi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν καιρῷ	1	Here, the phrase in time refers to the appropriate or correct time for something to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the appropriate times” or “when it is time”
4384	24:46	r9mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God will bless”
4385	24:46	eo3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθὼν	1	Here Jesus implies that the master comes back from a trip or absence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come back”
4386	24:46	g9t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ποιοῦντα	1	Here, the word thus refers to giving food to the rest of the household at the appropriate times (see 24:45). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “doing that task” or “giving food to the household at the proper times”
4387	24:48-50	m121		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν & εἴπῃ ὁ κακὸς δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος & καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς συνδούλους αὐτοῦ, ἐσθίῃ δὲ καὶ πίνῃ μετὰ τῶν μεθυόντων & ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to teach his disciples about how they should not behave while they wait for him to return. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that the slave is evil and says in his heart, ‘My master is delaying,’ and he begins to beat his fellow slaves and eats and drinks with the ones being drunk. As he is doing those things, the master of that slave will come on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know”
4388	24:48	f9ft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	In Matthew’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the places where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “says in his head” or “says to himself”
4389	24:48	per6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in his that his master delays”
4390	24:48	cvdb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χρονίζει	1	Here the slave is implying that his master delays his return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “delays coming back”
4391	24:50	icgq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἥξει	1	Here Jesus implies that the master will come back from a trip or absence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will come back”
4392	24:50	bz5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	The clauses on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know mean similar things. Jesus is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “on a day that he does not know” or “at a time that he does not expect”
4393	24:50	ss9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ & ἐν ὥρᾳ	1	Jesus is using the terms day and hour to refer to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at a time … at a moment”
4394	24:51	jj2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	Here, the phrase cut him in two could refer to: (1) a severe punishment that does not kill the slave. This is supported by how the following clauses imply that the slave is still alive, which he would not be if he had literally been cut in two. Alternate translation: “he will discipline him painfully” (2) the slave literally being cut into two pieces. Alternate translation: “he will have him cut in half”
4395	24:51	pv2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει	1	Here, the phrase appoint his place with the hypocrites indicates that the slave will be treated as the hypocrites are. More specifically, if the phrase cut him in two refers to: (1) a severe punishment, then Jesus indicates that the slave is punished in the same place where the hypocrites are punished. Alternate translation: “cause him to be punished where the hypocrites are punished” (2) literally killing the servant, then Jesus indicates that the slave ends up after his death where the hypocrites end up: in hell. Alternate translation: “send him to hell with the hypocrites”
4396	24:51	rwd5			ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	This clause is identical to the last clause in 8:12. Translate it as you did there.
4397	25:intro	qe8a				0	Matthew 25 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46) The parable of the ten virgins (25:1–13) The parable of the talents (25:14–30) Teaching about the final judgment (25:31–46) Special Concepts in this Chapter The “lamps” The word translated “lamps” throughout 25:1–13 primarily refers to something that burns and gives light. Most likely, Jesus is either referring to oil lamps, which burn oil using a wick to create a relatively small amount of light, or to torches, which are soaked in oil and lit to create a relatively large amount of light. Since most translations express the idea with a word like “lamp,” the ULT and the UST translate the word as “lamp” and “oil lamp.” Consider whether “lamp” or “torch” better fits what the story narrates and then use the term that is more natural. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/lamp]]) Escorting the bridegroom In 25:1–13, Jesus uses wedding customs to illustrate how to wait for his second coming. Unfortunately, we know very little about Jewish wedding customs during this time period. The story that Jesus tells implies that young women would escort the bridegroom to where the wedding celebration would be held. These young women may have been friends of the bride. It is unclear whether this is the first event in the wedding celebration, and it is also unclear exactly where the young women escort the bridegroom. It could be the bride’s parents’ house, a wedding hall, or some other location. Since Jesus does not include any further explanation, and since we do not know much about weddings in this time period, you should avoid giving explanatory information except for clarifying that the young women escort the bridegroom to wherever the wedding event was going to happen. Talents A talent was a unit of weight that, when used for precious metals, was also a unit of money. One talent weighed about 30 kilograms or about 65 pounds. The talent referred to in this chapter was probably worth about 6,000 denarii, that is, about 6,000 days’ wages for a hired worker. The exact amount of money is not important, so you could use a general term in your culture for that amount of money, or you could indicate about how many days’ wages it would be worth. Alternatively, you could spell “talent” how it sounds in your language and then provide a footnote that indicates about how much money this is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) The final judgment In 25:31–46, Jesus describes some of what will happen at the final judgment when he, the Son of Man and the king, judges everyone. He divides people into two groups, and then he explains that this is based on how they have treated the least important believers. Then, he sends the ones who did not do what was right to eternal punishment, and he takes the ones who did what was right to experience eternal life with him. Jesus describes this scene to explain what the final judgment will be like, not to narrate everything about the final judgment exactly as it will happen, so be sure not to include anything beyond what he describes. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter The parable of the ten virgins In 25:1–13, Jesus tells a story about ten young women who are supposed to escort a bridegroom to his wedding celebration. Five of them brought extra oil for their lamps, and five did not. When the bridegroom was late, the five young women who did not have extra oil had to go and buy some more, and they missed the bridegroom and the wedding celebration. Jesus uses this story to illustrate how his followers need to be prepared at all times for when he returns, since they do not know when that will be, just as the young women did not know when the bridegroom was going to arrive. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does, but be sure that your readers understand how to apply the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) The parable of the talents In 25:14–30, Jesus tells a story about a rich man who went on a journey. Before he left, he entrusted three of his servants with large sums of money. The first and second servant used the large sums of money to make even more money. The third servant, however, buried the money in the ground to keep it safe and did not make any more money. When the rich man returned, he rewarded the first two servants but punished the third servant. Jesus uses this story to illustrate how his followers should behave during the time before his second coming. They should be like the first two servants, who used what they were given to do useful things. They should not be like the third servant, who did not use what he was given to do anything. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does, but be sure that your readers understand how to apply the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogues in the stories that Jesus tells. Because of this, there are many of both singular and plural forms of “you.” However, there are slightly more plural forms of “you” in this chapter, so you should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
4398	25:1	em28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τότε	1	Here, Then refers to the time in the future when Jesus will return to the world. He called this time “the coming of the Son of Man” in 24:37 and the “day your Lord is coming” in 24:42. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time I return to the world”
4399	25:1	zfdl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	τότε ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν δέκα παρθένοις	1	To teach his disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: then the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to ten virgins”
4400	25:1	pg5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I will compare the kingdom of the heavens to” or “the kingdom of the heavens will be comparable to”
4401	25:1	uhj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λαμπάδας	1	The lamps throughout this story could be: (1) small clay containers for oil, which was burned using a wick. Alternate translation: “lamps that burn oil” (2) torches dipped or soaked in oil. Alternate translation: “torches soaked in oil”
4402	25:1	jfsw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	Here, the virgins are supposed to escort the bridegroom to where the wedding feast will be held. The fact that they took lamps implies that they will escort the bridegroom at night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “went out during the night to meet the bridegroom and bring him to the wedding feast”
4403	25:2	c8nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Here Jesus uses the word Now to introduce background information about the ten virgins that will help his audience understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that” or “About those ten virgins,”
4404	25:2	ena4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πέντε φρόνιμοι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “five of them were wise”
4405	25:3	n3v3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation of how the virgins were wise or foolish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “This is what I mean:” or “As it happened,”
4406	25:3	h5bl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	αἱ & μωραὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjective foolish as a noun to mean the foolish virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins” or “the foolish ones”
4407	25:3	b37a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον	1	Here Jesus implies that this oil was extra oil stored in a separate container that the virgins would have used to refill their lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more oil with them for refilling their lamps” or “any additional oil with them”
4408	25:4	f30u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	αἱ & φρόνιμοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective wise as a noun to mean the wise virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the wise virgins” or “the wise ones”
4409	25:4	oi3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔλαιον	1	Here Jesus again implies that this oil was extra oil stored in separate containers that the virgins would have used to refill their lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in 25:3. Alternate translation: “more oil for refilling their lamps” or “additional oil”
4410	25:5	ruxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4411	25:5	qf4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	χρονίζοντος & τοῦ νυμφίου	1	Here, the phrase the bridegroom delaying describes something that happens as the ten virgins became sleepy and were sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “as the bridegroom delayed”
4412	25:5	pvh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον	1	Here Jesus indicates that the ten virgins first became sleepy and then actually were sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the sequence more explicit. Alternate translation: “they all became sleepy and then went to sleep”
4413	25:6	ufp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4414	25:6	py59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	κραυγὴ γέγονεν, ἰδοὺ, ὁ νυμφίος! ἐξέρχεσθε εἰς ἀπάντησιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “there was a cry that the bridegroom was there and that they should go out to the meeting”
4415	25:6	o62h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the ten virgins and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen”
4416	25:6	vxmt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξέρχεσθε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of Go. Alternate translation: “Come out”
4417	25:6	b3a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς ἀπάντησιν	1	Here the person saying these words implies that the ten virgins are supposed to meet and escort the bridegroom to the wedding celebration. See you expressed the similar idea in 25:1. Alternate translation: “to meet him and bring him to the wedding feast”
4418	25:7	ni6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν	1	Here Jesus means that the ten virgins did got their lamps ready to burn well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “got their lamps ready to burn well”
4419	25:8	thfy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4420	25:8	t3qm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	αἱ & μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις	1	Jesus is using the adjectives foolish and wise as nouns to mean the foolish virgins and the wise virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the foolish ones … to the wise ones”
4421	25:8	cp7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον, δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked the wise to give them from their oil, because their lamps were going out”
4422	25:8	f2dh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since our lamps are going out, give us from your oil”
4423	25:8	xbl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δότε	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you give”
4424	25:8	i1r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	Here, the phrase going out indicates that the lamps were running out of oil and unable to burn brightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is dying” or “our lamps are no longer burning”
4425	25:9	us6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4426	25:9	w938		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	αἱ φρόνιμοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective wise as a noun to mean the wise virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the wise ones” or “the wise virgins”
4427	25:9	qu6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγουσαι	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
4428	25:9	ybzj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσαι, μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that there would certainly not ever be enough for themselves and for them and that they should go instead to the ones selling and buy some for themselves”
4429	25:9	j6z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς	1	Throughout their response, the wise virgins are implicitly referring to oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “There will certainly not ever be enough oil for us and for you. God instead to the ones selling oil and buy some for yourselves”
4430	25:9	gr5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν	1	By answering in this way, the wise virgins imply that they will not give any oil to the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “No, we will not give you any oil, for there will certainly not ever be enough for us and for you”
4431	25:9	l8ii			μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ	1	Here, the wise virgins could be: (1) sure that there will not be enough oil for all of them. Alternate translation: “There will definitely not be enough” (2) worried that there will not be enough oil for all of them. Alternate translation: “There may not be enough”
4432	25:9	qwkx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
4433	25:9	s43k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	By us, the wise virgins mean themselves but not the foolish virgins, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
4434	25:10	rfh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4435	25:10	jej8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀγοράσαι	1	Here Jesus implies that they went to buy oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil”
4436	25:10	t229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	αἱ ἕτοιμοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective prepared as a noun to mean the virgins who were prepared. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the prepared virgins” or “the virgins who were prepared”
4437	25:10	uldw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς γάμους	1	Here, wedding feast represents the place where the wedding feast was being held. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the place for the wedding feast”
4438	25:10	g29i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone shut the door”
4439	25:11	x3ff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4440	25:11	ys4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχονται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
4441	25:11	gbdp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσαι, κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν!	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “repeatedly calling the bridegroom lord and asking him to open for them.”
4442	25:11	x40k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	κύριε, κύριε	1	In Jesus’ culture, the word lord was a polite way for a young woman to address an older man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that is a polite way to address an older man in your culture. Alternate translation: “Honorable sir”
4443	25:11	wwg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγουσαι	1	If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
4444	25:11	e5pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	Here foolish virgins are implying that they want the door opened for them so they can join the wedding celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “open the door so that we can join the wedding feast”
4445	25:11	ouya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄνοιξον	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you open”
4446	25:11	nmvs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἄνοιξον	1	Since the virgins is talking to the bridegroom, the imperative here is singular.
4447	25:12	cv24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the bridegroom actually did in contrast to what the foolish virgins wanted him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”
4448	25:12	dxz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that he was speaking truly and that he did not know them”
4449	25:12	h4a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	By answering in this way, the bridegroom implies that he will not open the door for the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I do not know you, so I will not open the door”
4450	25:13	i7nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces Jesus’ application of the parable he has given in 25:1–12. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Given that story” or “As what I have told you illustrates”
4451	25:13	a5ye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γρηγορεῖτε & ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clause. Alternate translation: “since you do not know the day nor the hour, be alert”
4452	25:13	r7kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	The terms day and hour mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the specific time”
4453	25:13	hn7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	Here Jesus is referring to the moment when he will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the time of my coming” or “the moment in the future when I will return”
4454	25:13	jaxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τὴν ὥραν	1	Many ancient manuscripts include nothing after the word hour. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word hour the words “in which the Son of Man comes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
4455	25:14	cn21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces another explanation of what the kingdom of the heavens is like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Also,”
4456	25:14	oy2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὥσπερ & ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν	1	To teach his disciples, Jesus offers another story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story: it is as if a man, going abroad”
4457	25:14	zqi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὥσπερ	1	Here Jesus implies that he is still speaking about the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is as if”
4458	25:14	fmb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus implies that the man entrusted the slaves with his possessions for the period of time when he would be away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “gave them his possessions to take care of while he was gone”
4459	25:15	i81u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	πέντε τάλαντα & δύο & ἕν	1	The word talents refers to units of money equivalent to about 6,000 denarii, that is, about 6,000 days’ wages for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “about 90 years’ wages … about 35 years’ wages … about 18 years’ wages”
4460	25:15	vyj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “and to one he gave two talents, and to one he gave one talent”
4461	25:15	d87u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of ability, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he was able to do” or “what he was qualified to handle”
4462	25:15-16	vl5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἀπεδήμησεν εὐθέως & πορευθεὶς	1	Here, the word immediately could go with: (1) the master traveling abroad. Alternate translation: “he went abroad immediately. Having gone” (2) the servant going to trade with the money. Alternate translation: “he went abroad. Having gone immediately”
4463	25:16	eya1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορευθεὶς	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “Having come”
4464	25:16	qkr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα	1	See how you translated talents in 25:15. Alternate translation: “about 90 years’ wages … another 90 years’ wages”
4465	25:16	gjdu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠργάσατο ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	Here Jesus refers to how people use money to do business and make more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did business with them” or “put the money to work”
4466	25:17	u4vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο, ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the one having received the two talents also gained another two talents”
4467	25:17	dipv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο	1	Here Jesus implies that this servant gained another two talents by trading with them, just like the servant with five talents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “traded with them and gained another two”
4468	25:18	begc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἓν	1	Jesus is using the number one as a noun to mean the one talent. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the one talent”
4469	25:18	nx4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὤρυξεν γῆν καὶ ἔκρυψεν τὸ ἀργύριον τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus implies that this man dug a hole in the ground, put the money of his master there, and then covered it up to keep the money safe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “dug a hiding place in the ground and stored the money of his master there to protect it”
4470	25:19	vc9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
4471	25:19	uejo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται & καὶ συναίρει λόγον	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came and took up a word together”
4472	25:19	r3ng		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συναίρει λόγον	1	Here, the phrase takes up a word together refers to settling accounts, that is, resolving any debts or loans between people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “settles accounts”
4473	25:20	hrh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα & πέντε τάλαντά & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα	1	See how you translated talents in 25:15. Alternate translation: “about 90 years’ wages … another 90 years’ wages … about 90 years’ wages … another 90 years’ wages”
4474	25:20	to2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσήνεγκεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα	1	Here Jesus implies that the slave brought the original five talents as well as the five talents that he gained. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “brought those five talents and another five talents”
4475	25:20	gkpa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας, ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying to his master that he had handed over to him five talents and that he gained another five talents”
4476	25:20	v165		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
4477	25:20	p4yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	παρέδωκας	1	Since the slave is talking to the his master, the word you here is singular.
4478	25:20	alt0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἴδε	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the master and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “look” or “listen”
4479	25:21	j1qd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔφη αὐτῷ & εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he had done well and that he was a good and faithful slave. His master also said that he had been faithful over a few things and that he would appoint him over many things. His master told him to enter into the joy of his master”
4480	25:21	l5mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	εὖ	1	Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good work”
4481	25:21	rh1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἦς & σε & εἴσελθε & σου	1	Since the master is talking to his slave, the words You, you, and your and the imperative are singular.
4482	25:21	d2s9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἴσελθε εἰς	1	Here, the master uses the phrase Enter into to represent experiencing or participating in something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Experience” or “Participate in”
4483	25:21	u9od		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	The master is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “my joy” or “the joy of me, your master”
4484	25:21	zcy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Here, the master is using the possessive form to describe the joy that the master experiences. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the joy that your master experiences”
4485	25:21	fqgn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of joy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how joyfully your master lives”
4486	25:22	qnnz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ δύο τάλαντα & δύο τάλαντά & ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα	1	See how you translated talents in 25:15. Alternate translation: “with about 35 years’ wages … about 35 years’ wages … another 35 years’ wages”
4487	25:22	xt2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας & ἴδε, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he had handed over to him two talents, but behold, he had gained two talents”
4488	25:22	d6o6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	παρέδωκας	1	Since the slave is talking to his master, the word you here is singular.
4489	25:22	bcgt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἴδε	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the master and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “look” or “listen”
4490	25:23	hsb6			ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	This verse is identical to 25:21, so express the idea as you did there.
4491	25:24	nbky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” or “Finally,”
4492	25:24	oqfw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὸ ἓν τάλαντον	1	See how you translated talent in 25:15. Alternate translation: “about 18 years’ wages”
4493	25:24-25	hhvi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε, ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας & καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἀπελθὼν, ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ & ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he knew that he was a harsh man, reaping where he did not sow, and gathering where he did not scatter. He told his master that having become afraid, having gone away, he hid his master’s talent in the ground. Then he said to his master that he was giving him back what was his”
4494	25:24	tmex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σε & εἶ & οὐκ ἔσπειρας & οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	Since the slave is talking to his master, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
4495	25:24	m8an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	The clauses reaping where you did not sow and gathering where you did not scatter mean similar things. The servant is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “always harvesting where you did not plant” or “consistently gathering where you did not sow”
4496	25:24	xj4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	Here the slave speaks as if his master were a farmer who reaps and gathers crops that someone else sowed and scattered. He means that his master takes what other people have worked hard to earn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like a farmer who reaps where he did not sow and who gathers where he did not scatter” or “benefitting from what you have not labored for, and taking what you have not earned”
4497	25:24	au9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας	1	He the servant implies that the master is reaping crops where he did not sow seed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “reaping crops where you did not sow seed”
4498	25:24	y083		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	Here the servant could be implying that the master is: (1) gathering crops where he did not scatter seed. Alternate translation: “gathering crops where you did not scatter seed” (2) gathering grain kernels where he did not scatter the chaff. Alternate translation: “gathering grain where you did not scatter chaff”
4499	25:25	nowo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	Here the servant implies that he dug a hole in the ground, put the talent there, and then covered it up to keep the money safe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in 25:18. Alternate translation: “I dug a hiding place in the ground and stored the talent there to protect it”
4500	25:25	uedk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου & ἔχεις τὸ σόν	1	Since the slave is talking to his master, the words your, you, and yours are singular.
4501	25:25	bvdl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἴδε	1	Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the master and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen”
4502	25:25	wj4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔχεις τὸ σόν	1	Here, the slave means that he is returning the one talent to his master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am returning to you what is yours”
4503	25:26	kg04		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4504	25:26-30	u6do		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν αὐτῷ, πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα & ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν, ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ & ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα & τῷ γὰρ ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται, τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ & καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον, ἐκβάλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “called him a wicked and lazy slave. He reminded his slave that he knew that his master reaped where he did not sow and harvested where he did not scatter, and that therefore it was necessary for him to have placed the money with the bankers and that, having come, his master would have received back his money with interest. Then he told others to take away the talent from the slave and give it to the one having the ten talents. He explained that to everyone having, it will be given and it will abound, but from the one not having, even what he has will be taken away. Then he commanded people to throw out the worthless slave into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.”
4505	25:26	g0ve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	The master is not asking his slave to verify what he just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the slave. He is repeating what the slave said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the slave what he should have done if it actually had been true. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You claim that you knew that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter.” or “So you knew that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter!”
4506	25:26	haol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ᾔδεις	1	Since the master is speaking to his slave, the word You here is singular.
4507	25:26	he3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	Here the master repeats what the slave said about him in 25:24. Express the idea as you did there.
4508	25:27	hmdo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference based on what the slave claimed to know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference. Alternate translation: “Given that” or “Well then”
4509	25:27	vmv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σε	1	Since the master is speaking to his slave, the word you here is singular.
4510	25:27	rhg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις & σὺν τόκῳ	1	Here, the word bankers refers to people who accept deposits of money and use them to make loans. They charge interest on the loans, and then they pay interest to the people who deposited money with them. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of business, you could use names from a similar business in your area or you could use descriptive phrases. Alternate translation: “to let people borrow my money … with a share of the profits” or “to have given my money to businesspeople … plus even more”
4511	25:28	cq5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces what the master has decided to do in response to what the slave did not do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion. Alternate translation: “Because he did not do that” or “However, since he did not invest the money”
4512	25:28	paw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἄρατε & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον	1	The master says this command to other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you other servants, take away the talent from him”
4513	25:28	j7n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὸ τάλαντον & τὰ δέκα τάλαντα	1	See how you translated talent and talents in 25:15. Alternate translation: “the 18 years’ wages … the 90 years’ wages”
4514	25:29	g8ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces the master’s reason for why he commanded what he did in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command. Alternate translation: “Here is why I said that:” or “I say that because”
4515	25:29	e5py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τῷ & ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται, τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the master does not specify what is is that people have or do not have and what will be given or taken. He does that to make his statements as general as possible. If you need to specify what is being given and taken, if possible use a very general term. Alternate translation: “to everyone having many things, more things will be given and they will abound. But from the one not having many things, even what he has will be taken away from him”
4516	25:29	r7lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται	1	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could: (1) use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people will give it … people will take away” (2) indicate that the master will do it. Alternate translation: “I will give it … I will take away”
4517	25:29	b93i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The the phrase the one and the words he and him represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from the people not having, even what they have will be taken away from them”
4518	25:29	w9ru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος	1	The master says the one not having here as a generalization for emphasis. It is clear in the second half of the sentence that this person does have something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “from the one having almost nothing” or “from the one not having much”
4519	25:29	pcr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἔχει & αὐτοῦ	1	Although the terms he and him are masculine, the master is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has … him or her”
4520	25:30	ur9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	Here, the phrase the outer darkness refers to a place of punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If possible, preserve the idea of darkness. See how you expressed the similar idea in 8:12. Alternate translation: “into the dark place of punishment”
4521	25:30	c2vb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the dark place outside”
4522	25:30	zy3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. See how you expressed this phrase in 8:12. Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”
4523	25:31	qtg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
4524	25:31	e7um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ & καθίσει ἐπὶ & αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, come in my glory … me … I will sit on my”
4525	25:31	a88m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus implies that the Son of Man will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that the Son of Man will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man comes back to this world” or “the Son of Man, after leaving this world, comes back”
4526	25:31	lkn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and shows how glorious he is”
4527	25:31	gx81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθίσει ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. See how you expressed the idea in 19:28. Alternate translation: “he will sit on his throne of glory as king” or “he will rule from his throne of glory”
4528	25:31	ug1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Jesus could using the possessive form to describe a throne that: (1) belongs to the Son of Man and that is characterized by glory. Alternate translation: “his throne that is glorious” (2) shows or illustrates the glory that the Son of Man has. Alternate translation: “the throne that displays his glory”
4529	25:31	te9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θρόνου δόξης	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “glorious throne”
4530	25:32	n91c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὐτοῦ & ἀφοριεῖ	1	Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … I will separate”
4531	25:32	f2w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συναχθήσονται & πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the nations will gather” or “all the nations will come”
4532	25:32	ndf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, the word nations represents the people who live in those nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of all the nations”
4533	25:32	nk18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἀφοριεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων, ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων	1	Jesus is saying that separating people from one another is like a shepherd separating sheep from goats. He means that in both situations a person divides a larger group into two smaller groups based on some important characteristic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will separate them from from one another into two groups, just as a shepherd separates into two groups the sheep and the goats”
4534	25:32	mn2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει	1	The phrase the shepherd represents shepherds in general, not one particular shepherd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “shepherds separate”
4535	25:33	bptq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	στήσει & αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων	1	Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will place … my … my left”
4536	25:33	pbq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ & πρόβατα & τὰ & ἐρίφια	1	Here, as the following verses make clear, Jesus speaks of people who do what is right as if they were sheep and of people who do what is wrong as if they were goats. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who are like sheep … people who are like goats” or “the righteous people … the wicked people”
4537	25:33	quw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων	1	Here, Jesus uses the adjectives right and left as nouns to refer to his right and left sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “his right side … his left side”
4538	25:33	wswn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	In Jesus’ culture, the right side was considered to be more honorable or important than the left side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the honorable right … on less honorable left”
4539	25:33	wh9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he will place the goats”
4540	25:34	t8pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς & αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the King, … my”
4541	25:34	v0ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Βασιλεὺς	1	Here, the title the King describes the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man, who is the King,”
4542	25:34-36	ngbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου & ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με & γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “at his right that they, who had been blessed by his Father, should come and inherit the kingdom prepared for them from the foundation of the world. He said that this was because he was hungry, and they gave him to eat; he was thirsty, and they gave him to drink; he was a stranger, and they gathered together with him; he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him”
4543	25:34	rb4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated his right in 25:33. Alternate translation: “his right side”
4544	25:34	yrs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	δεῦτε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go”
4545	25:34	ze81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the ones my Father has blessed”
4546	25:34	h2k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
4547	25:34	w1du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσατε	1	Here the King speaks as if the people on his right were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people will receive the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “receive” or “you are being given”
4548	25:34	b57r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared for you”
4549	25:34	cdi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of foundation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from when God founded the world”
4550	25:35	wchh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces the reasons why the people on the right will inherit the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:”
4551	25:35	f9zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & ἐποτίσατέ με	1	Here the king implies that the people gave him food to eat and water to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you gave me food to eat … you gave me something to drink”
4552	25:35	bd6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συνηγάγετέ με	1	Here, the phrase gathered together with me means that these people invited him to eat and sleep in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you invited me into your houses” or “you gave me a place to stay”
4553	25:36	ur3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γυμνὸς	1	Here, the word naked refers generally to having too little clothing. It does not necessarily mean that the king had no clothes at all, although that could have been true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I was without proper clothing” or “I was ill-clothed”
4554	25:36	s2jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἤλθατε πρός με	1	Here, the king implies that the people visited him while he was in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you spent time with me there”
4555	25:36	fmae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἤλθατε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “you went”
4556	25:37	dqsl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1	The king is using the adjective righteous as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the righteous people”
4557	25:37-39	pdp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “calling him Lord and asking when they had seen him being hungry and fed him, or being thirsty and given him to drink. They asked when they had seen him a stranger and gathered together with him, or naked and clothed him. They asked when they had seen him sick or in prison and came to him.”
4558	25:37-39	j3nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε	1	The people speaking are using the question form to indicate that they do not remember helping the king in any of these ways. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “we do not think that we saw you hungry and fed you, or thirsty and gave you to drink. We do not think that we saw you a stranger and gathered together with you, or naked and clothed you. We do not think that we saw you sick or in prison and came to you.”
4559	25:37	krfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say”
4560	25:37	aqal		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σε & ἐθρέψαμεν & ἐποτίσαμεν	1	Since the people are speaking to the king, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
4561	25:37	yh3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν	1	The people speaking are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “when did we see you thirsty and give you to drink”
4562	25:38	iz1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σε & συνηγάγομεν & περιεβάλομεν	1	Since the people are speaking to the king, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
4563	25:38	fh6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συνηγάγομεν	1	See how you translated this phrase in 25:35. Alternate translation: “invite you into our houses” or “give you a place to stay”
4564	25:38	h52x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν	1	The people speaking are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “when did we see you naked and clothe you”
4565	25:38	mjzg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γυμνὸν	1	See how you translated this word in 25:36. Alternate translation: “without proper clothing” or “ill-clothed”
4566	25:39	p1lx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σε & σε	1	Since the people are speaking to the king, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
4567	25:39	wwpp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἤλθομεν πρός σε?	1	Here, the the people speaking ask when they visited the king while he was sick or in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “spend time with you”
4568	25:39	ti9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἤλθομεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go”
4569	25:40	m6mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς	1	Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the King,”
4570	25:40	sjbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	αὐτοῖς, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that he was speaking truly and that as much as they did for one of the least of these brothers of his, they did for him”
4571	25:40	acs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	Here, the word least identifies someone who is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the least important”
4572	25:40	nh4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1	Here the king, Jesus, speaks of his disciples as if they were his brothers. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those whom I call my brothers” or “of the people I love as if they were my brothers”
4573	25:40	pump		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	Although the term brothers is masculine, the king is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this.
4574	25:40	k4hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	Here the king speaks as if anything that people did for one of the least of these brothers of mine was actually done for him. He means that he considers any help given to these brothers of mine to be as important to him as if it had been given directly to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me” or “it is just like you did it for me”
4575	25:41	z1nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐρεῖ & εὐωνύμων	1	Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will say … my left”
4576	25:41-43	wii6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, πορεύεσθε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ κατηραμένοι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ & ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με & ξένος ἤμην καὶ οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ οὐκ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to the ones on his left that they, who had been cursed, should go from him into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels. He said that this was because he was hungry, and they did not give him to eat; he was thirsty, and they did not give him to drink; he was a stranger, and they did not gather together with him; he was naked, and they did not clothe him; he was sick and in prison, and they did not care for him”
4577	25:41	aox4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εὐωνύμων	1	See how you translated his left in 25:33. Alternate translation: “his left side”
4578	25:41	pr8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατηραμένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “the ones God has cursed”
4579	25:41	kgow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον	1	Here, the phrase the eternal fire refers to hell and describes at as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 18:8. Alternate translation: “hell, which is as hot as an eternal fire and” or “the hell”
4580	25:41	hqf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared”
4581	25:42	yrvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces the reasons why the people on the left will go to the “eternal fire.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:”
4582	25:42	fbyb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με	1	Here the king implies that the people gave him food to eat and water to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you did not give me food to eat … you did not give me something to drink”
4583	25:43	h45r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ συνηγάγετέ με	1	Here, the phrase did not gather together with me means that these people did not invite him to eat and sleep in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 25:35. Alternate translation: “you did not invite me into your houses” or “you did not give me a place to stay”
4584	25:43	g6ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γυμνὸς	1	Here, the word naked refers generally to having too little clothing. It does not necessarily mean that the king had no clothes at all, although that could have been true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in 25:36. Alternate translation: “I was without proper clothing” or “I was ill-clothed”
4585	25:44	bnny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “calling him Lord and asking when they had seen him being hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and they did not serve him.”
4586	25:44	hiy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι?	1	The people speaking are using the question form to indicate that they do not remember failing to help the king in these ways. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we do not think that we saw you hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve you.”
4587	25:44	hh3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say”
4588	25:44	xu66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σε & σοι	1	Since the people are talking to the king, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
4589	25:44	t9qx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γυμνὸν	1	See how you translated this word in 25:36. Alternate translation: “without proper clothing” or “ill-clothed”
4590	25:45	nlkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποκριθήσεται	1	Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will answer them”
4591	25:45	zc8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he was speaking truly and that as much as they did not do for one of the least of these, they did not do for him”
4592	25:45	vivm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he will say”
4593	25:45	j8r5			τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	Here, the word least identifies someone who is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated this word in 25:40. Alternate translation: “of the least important”
4594	25:45	nm2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τούτων	1	Here, the word these refers to the people whom the king, Jesus, calls “brothers of mine” in 25:40. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to those people more directly. Alternate translation: “of these brothers of mine” or “of the people I love as if they were my brothers”
4595	25:45	whu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.	1	Here the king speaks as if people who fail to do something for one of the least of these actually fail to do something for him. He means that he considers any neglect of these people to be as important to him as if he himself had been neglected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar figure of speech in 25:40. Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “it is just like you did not do it for me”
4596	25:46	m6me		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1	Here, the pronoun these refers to the people on the king’s left who did not help people in need. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “those to whom the king just spoke” or “those on the king’s left side”
4597	25:46	nj72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπελεύσονται & εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον, οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Here Jesus speaks as if eternal punishment and eternal life were locations that people could go away into. He means that people will either experience eternal punishment or eternal life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will experience eternal punishment, but the righteous ones eternal life”
4598	25:46	t0ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of punishment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be punished eternally”
4599	25:46	tifh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ & δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the righteous ones will go away into eternal life”
4600	25:46	kq5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to live eternally”
4601	26:intro	mtq8				0	Matthew 26 General Notes Structure and Formatting The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19) The chief priests and elders plan to kill Jesus (26:1–5) A woman anoints Jesus (26:6–13) Judas agrees to hand Jesus over (26:14–16) Jesus’ last meal with his disciples (26:17–29) Jesus predicts that his disciples will deny him (26:30–35) Jesus prays in Gethsemane (26:36–46) Judas hands Jesus over (26:47–56) Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council (26:57–68) Peter denies Jesus three times (26:69–75) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is a quote from Zechariah 13:7. Special concepts in this Chapter Perfumed oil In 26:6–13, a woman anoints Jesus with perfumed oil. The kind that the woman uses was very expensive. People would use these oils to make themselves look and smell good. Also, they used oils to anoint corpses before they buried them, possibly to keep them from smelling. In this story, the woman uses the oil to honor Jesus, and Jesus also interprets it as a preparation for his burial. Make sure that your readers understand what anointing with this kind of oil means. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oil]]) Denying Jesus Throughout this chapter, Jesus and his disciples speak about “denying” Jesus. If a disciple denies Jesus, the disciple claims to have no connection with Jesus, neither knowing nor following him. Consider how you might naturally express this idea in your language. Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council In 26:57–68, Matthew narrates Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council. Since Jerusalem was governed by the Roman empire, the Roman governor, Pilate, was the only one who could actually have someone executed. So, the Jewish council needed to find evidence against Jesus that proved that he did something for which the Roman governor would execute him. This trial, then, was a preliminary step. They first needed to find good evidence to condemn Jesus, and then they needed to present evidence to the Roman governor that would lead to him executing Jesus. While you should not explain all these details in your translation, make sure that your translation does fit with this general idea. The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven In 26:64, Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” on the clouds of heaven. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options. Peter’s accent In 26:73, people who are standing near Peter tell him that they think he was one of Jesus’ disciples. They back up this claim by referring to his “speech,” by which they mean his accent and choice of words. In other words, Peter’s accent and word choice make it clear that he is from Galilee, where Jesus was from. So, they infer that Peter came to Jerusalem from Galilee with Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the people standing near Peter are speaking about his accent and word choice that prove that he is from a specific region. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Metaphor with bread and cup In 26:26–28, Jesus identifies bread as “my body” and wine in a cup as “my blood of the covenant.” These metaphors can be understood in at least three primary ways: (1) the bread and wine somehow become Jesus’ body and blood; (2) Jesus’ body and blood are present, physically or spiritually, in the bread and wine; or (3) the bread and wine memorialize or symbolize Jesus’ body and blood. Christians are divided on this question, and metaphors that link body and blood to bread and wine are very significant in the Bible and in Christian teaching. For these reasons, it is best to preserve these metaphors without expressing them as similes or in another nonfigurative way. If you must express them in another way, see the notes on 26:26–28 for translation possibilities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue, which can include both individuals and groups. Because of this, there are many of both singular and plural forms of “you.” However, there are slightly more plural forms of “you” in this chapter, so you should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) The answer “You said it” In 26:25 and 26:64, Jesus answers questions with the clause “You said it.” He uses this answer because he does not want to directly say “yes,” but he wants to imply that what the person asked is true in some way. In other words, Jesus’ answer indirectly provides a positive answer to the question. If possible, you should use a comparable phrase that gives an indirect positive answer to a question. If necessary, you could use a more direct answer, as modeled by the UST. See the notes on these verses for translation options that are more indirect. Judas’ kiss for Jesus In 26:49, Matthew describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them, probably on one cheek or on both cheeks. If men would not greet each other with a kiss in your culture, you could explain the purpose of the kiss, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/kiss]])
4602	26:1	i35c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους, εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ	1	These clauses mark the end of Jesus’ teaching by stating that Jesus finished speaking to his disciples and then describing what he did next. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus finished all these words. Then, he said to his disciples”
4603	26:1	z15a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Here Matthew uses the term words to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaking all these words”
4604	26:2	lpo7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	γίνεται & παραδίδοται	1	Here because Jesus is sure that these things will happen, he uses the present to refer to events that will happen in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here. Alternate translation: “will happen … will be handed over”
4605	26:2	eyoq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am handed over”
4606	26:2	g4lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the actions, you could use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “someone hands over the Son of Man so that people crucify him”
4607	26:3	eps8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together”
4608	26:3	vici		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one people called Caiaphas”
4609	26:3	yhpx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα	1	Here Matthew uses the phrase the one called Caiaphas to distinguish this chief priest from the rest of the chief priests. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “of the chief priest who was called Caiaphas”
4610	26:4	yfza		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συνεβουλεύσαντο	1	Here, the phrase took counsel together indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 22:15. Alternate translation: “they made plans together” or “they came up with ideas together”
4611	26:4	rj7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	δόλῳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of deceit, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitfully” or “cleverly”
4612	26:4	a2n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκτείνωσιν	1	Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and elders would have other people kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have him killed”
4613	26:5	lybt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἔλεγον & μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἵνα μὴ θόρυβος γένηται ἐν τῷ λαῷ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that they would not do it during the festival, so that a riot would not happen among the people”
4614	26:5	u4fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	The phrase Not during the festival refers to not arresting Jesus during the festival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival”
4615	26:5	s9p7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Here, the festival is the Passover, as indicated in 26:2. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover”
4616	26:5	evuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ λαῷ	1	This means specifically the great crowds of people who were in the city of Jerusalem and who liked Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the people who listen to Jesus” or “the people who are here who follow Jesus”
4617	26:6	zq3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
4618	26:6	sa8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ & Ἰησοῦ γενομένου	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples were with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples being”
4619	26:6	hg3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	Here Matthew could be implying that: (1) Simon had once been a leper but had been healed. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who had been healed of leprosy” (2) the house was owned by Simon, who was a leper, but he did not live there. Alternate translation: “owned by Simon the leper” (3) the leper was a nickname for Simon, who did not actually have leprosy. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who was nicknamed ‘the leper’”
4620	26:6	afsw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνος	1	The word Simon is the name of a man. This is not the same Simon whom Jesus also called Peter.
4621	26:7	yxf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου	1	Here Matthew introduces a woman into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who had an alabaster jar of very expensive perfumed oil. She approached him”
4622	26:7	sjky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου	1	Matthew is using the possessive form to describe an alabaster jar that is filled with very expensive perfumed oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very expensive perfumed oil”
4623	26:7	bhs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	The word alabaster is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a white stone jar”
4624	26:7	yu67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μύρου βαρυτίμου	1	This oil had fragrant additives. To make a themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Matthew indicates that this was particularly expensive oil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of oil, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of very expensive oil with perfume in it”
4625	26:7	hqyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου	1	Here, the phrase {he} reclining to eat refers to something that was happening while the woman poured the oil on Jesus’ head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action. Alternate translation: “his head as he was reclining to eat”
4626	26:7	ukb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνακειμένου	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. See how you translated the similar phrase in 9:10. Alternate translation: “he sitting down to eat” or “he eating”
4627	26:8	yjab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
4628	26:8-9	xarg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγοντες, εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη & ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι πτωχοῖς	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking what the waste was for and saying that the perfume was able to have been sold for much and then given to the poor”
4629	26:8	yd03		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
4630	26:8	vit4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη?	1	The disciples is using the question form to show that they think the woman wasted the perfume. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for this waste.” or “What a waste!”
4631	26:8	rgp2			εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη	1	Alternate translation: “What is the purpose for this waste”
4632	26:8	qzcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of waste, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “she wasting this”
4633	26:9	hst3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples say that the woman wasted the perfume. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “We say that because” or “As a matter of fact,”
4634	26:9	y83e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδύνατο & τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would have done the action, it is clear from the context that would have been the woman. Alternate translation: “she was able to sell this for much and give”
4635	26:9	s9zx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο	1	Here, the pronoun this refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in 26:7. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer back to it more directly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil”
4636	26:9	rkx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι	1	Here the disciples imply that the perfumed could have been sold for much money, and this money is what would been given to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for much money, which could have been given”
4637	26:9	f76h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	The disciples are using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”
4638	26:10	xd3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces how Jesus responded in contrast to how the disciples responded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
4639	26:10	pfv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for saying these things about what the woman did. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not cause trouble for the woman.” or “Stop causing trouble for the woman!”
4640	26:10	aieo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί & ἔργον & καλὸν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of trouble and work, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling the woman … something good”
4641	26:10	mxnc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples should not cause trouble for the woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should not do that, because” or “In fact,”
4642	26:11	rhbf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why Jesus rebukes the disciples for saying that the woman should have given money to the poor instead of pouring the perfume on Jesus’ head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a rebuke, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I am rebuking you because” or “Here is why I say that:”
4643	26:11	o93p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντοτε & τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	Here Jesus implies that they will always have the opportunity of giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you, and you can give to them whenever you desire to do so”
4644	26:11	wsp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”
4645	26:12	usm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation about why what the woman did was a “good work.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Further,”
4646	26:12	vk5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ μύρον	1	See how you translated perfumed oil in 26:7. Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it”
4647	26:12	g8x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of burial, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to prepare me to be buried”
4648	26:13	g45l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο & λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the actions, you could use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “people preach this gospel … they will also speak what she did”
4649	26:13	s12m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of remembrance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that she is remembered” or “as a way to remember her”
4650	26:14	got6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1	Matthew is using the adjective Twelve as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”
4651	26:14	e4gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar form in 26:3. Alternate translation: “the one people called Judas Iscariot”
4652	26:14	lo3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορευθεὶς	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”
4653	26:15	pics		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί θέλετέ μοι δοῦναι	1	Here Judas is asking how much money they will give to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What sum of money are you willing to pay me”
4654	26:15	c0k0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	κἀγὼ	1	Here, the word and introduces what Judas is offering to do if they give him enough money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a goal or result. If you use the following alternate translations, you may need to delete the comma before and. Alternate translation: “so that I” or “in order that I”
4655	26:15	x7zx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & ἔστησαν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	Here Matthew refers to a procedure in which pieces of silver would be weighed to so that all the people involved in the transaction would be sure that the correct amount of money had been payed. Matthew means that they offered to pay Judas 30 pieces of silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they counted out 30 pieces of silver for him” or “they offered 30 pieces of silver to him”
4656	26:15	es4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “30 coins made out of silver” or “about four months’ wages”
4657	26:16	w1e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὐκαιρίαν ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of opportunity, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when it might be easy to hand him over” or “an opportune moment in which to hand him over”
4658	26:17	f3s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”
4659	26:17	med9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῇ & πρώτῃ	1	Matthew is using the number first as a noun to mean the first day. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “on the first day”
4660	26:17	w6v3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ & πρώτῃ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day one”
4661	26:17	zkpv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
4662	26:17	m2e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	θέλεις & σοι	1	Since the disciples are talking to Jesus, the word you is singular throughout this verse.
4663	26:17	xm39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	Jesus’ disciples are using the name of one part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”
4664	26:18	hc78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “Go into the city to so-and-so and say to him that the Teacher says that his time is near and that he with his disciples is doing the Passover with him”
4665	26:18	s2sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πόλιν	1	Here, the phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”
4666	26:18	zudx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν δεῖνα	1	Here, the phrase so-and-so refers to a person whose name the speaker does not want to share. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form in your language, or you could refer to a man without naming him. Alternate translation: “such-and-such a man” or “a certain man”
4667	26:18	r4tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρός μου	1	Here, the phrase My time refers to a moment when something important is going to happen to Jesus. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time when he will suffer and die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A significant moment for me” or “The time for me to die”
4668	26:18	j9pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα & μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου	1	Here Jesus uses the name of one part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 26:17. Alternate translation: “I with my disciples am eating the Passover meal”
4669	26:18	vvca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ποιῶ & μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου	1	Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to something that he plans to do in the future. Use whatever tense would be natural for describing plans for the future. Alternate translation: “I with my disciples plan to do”
4670	26:18	x1xz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς σὲ	1	Here Jesus implies that will celebrate the Passover at this man’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at your house”
4671	26:18	yrry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σὲ	1	Since the disciples will be talking to a man, the word you here is singular.
4672	26:19	vel7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	Here Matthew uses the name of one part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 26:17. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”
4673	26:20	g6dc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
4674	26:20	bga4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνέκειτο	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. See how you translated the similar phrase in 9:10. Alternate translation: “he was sitting down to eat” or “he was eating”
4675	26:20	js7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1	Matthew is using the adjective Twelve as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you expressed the idea in 26:14. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”
4676	26:22	s5gb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λυπούμενοι σφόδρα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “since what he said grieved them very much”
4677	26:22	n12r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	Here the disciples could be using the question form: (1) to tell Jesus that they would never hand him over. In this case, you could express the idea as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the one, Lord!” (2) to ask a hesitant question. In this case, they are unsure whether they would hand Jesus over. Alternate translation: “Can it really be me, Lord?”
4678	26:22	r2it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε	1	The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will hand you over, Lord”
4679	26:23	mefd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4680	26:23	lsoc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ, οὗτός με παραδώσει	1	Here, the phrase this one refers directly back to The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce The one having dipped his hand and then say what he will do. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the phrase this one would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl will hand me over”
4681	26:23	mpnm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ	1	Here Jesus describes one specific way of eating food in his culture to refer to eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one taking food from the same plate with me” or “The one participating in this meal with me”
4682	26:24	n7dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, depart just as it has been written about me. But woe to that man through whom I am handed over”
4683	26:24	riwt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ὑπάγει	1	Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event. He does this to emphasize that the future event is sure to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here and express the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will surely depart”
4684	26:24	x2n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ὑπάγει	1	Here, departs is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite way to refer to dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “passes away” or “dies”
4685	26:24	eqcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	Here Jesus implies that what has been written can be found in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures”
4686	26:24	vix3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who wrote the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote” or “the Scriptures testify”
4687	26:24	hai5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who hands over the Son of Man”
4688	26:24	vy1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the man’s mother. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him”
4689	26:25	k85p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4690	26:25	vpq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί?	1	Here Judas could be using the question form: (1) to deny that he would ever hand Jesus over. In this case, you could express the idea as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the one, Rabbi!” (2) to ask Jesus if he knows whether Judas is the one who will hand him over. In this case, Judas is actually asking for information. Alternate translation: “Do you think it is me, Rabbi?”
4691	26:25	ex1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί	1	Judas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will hand you over, Rabbi”
4692	26:25	oee7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
4693	26:25	y9lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	Here, the phrase You said {it} indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that Judas is the one who will hand him over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a question. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true”
4694	26:25	ftbx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σὺ	1	Since Peter is talking to Judas, the word You here is singular.
4695	26:26	qh16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Later on,”
4696	26:26	mr5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐλογήσας	1	Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus blessed: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed God” or “having praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed it” or “having asked God to make it holy”
4697	26:26	rb65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔκλασεν	1	Here Matthew means that Jesus broke the bread in pieces so that it could be served to the disciples. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “divided the bread into servings” or “broke the bread into smaller pieces”
4698	26:26	yg2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	λάβετε, φάγετε	1	Here Jesus implies that he wants the disciples to Take and eat the pieces of bread that he gave to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Take these pieces of bread and eat them”
4699	26:26	tkiu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	Here Jesus identifies the bread as his body. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The bread could somehow become Jesus’ body, or Jesus’ body could be present in some way when people eat the bread, or the bread could represent or memorialize Jesus’ body. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “This functions as my body”
4700	26:27	tn39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ποτήριον	1	Here Matthew uses the word cup to refer both to it and to the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup full of wine” or “some wine”
4701	26:27	zb1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he instructed them”
4702	26:28	hpwy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	Here, the word For introduces an explanation of the cup of wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what this cup of wine means:”
4703	26:28	l55a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο	1	Here, the pronoun this refers to the wine in the cup that Matthew mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the wine more directly. Alternate translation: “the wine in this cup”
4704	26:28	o1zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης	1	Here Jesus identifies the cup of wine as his blood of the covenant. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The wine could somehow become Jesus’ blood, or Jesus’ blood could be present in some way when people drink the wine, or the wine could represent or memorialize Jesus’ blood. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “this functions as my blood of the covenant”
4705	26:28	ct81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης	1	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe how his blood inaugurates or initiates the covenant. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “my blood that initiates the covenant”
4706	26:28	ch9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τῆς διαθήκης	1	Many ancient manuscripts read the covenant. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the new covenant.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
4707	26:28	glj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	Here Jesus means that he will die and his blood will be poured out of his body. He is using words that people would use to describe how animals would be offered to God: these animals would be killed and then their blood would be poured out on or near the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that, when I die, is being poured out for many” or “that is being shed for many”
4708	26:28	bms3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκχυννόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, Jesus implies that he himself does it when he dies. Alternate translation: “I am pouring out”
4709	26:28	vofa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
4710	26:28	bqc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of forgiveness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to forgive sins”
4711	26:29	pbx0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
4712	26:29	hl24			λέγω & ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ πίω	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that I will certainly not drink”
4713	26:29	l556		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
4714	26:29	h85b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκ τούτου τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	Here, the phrase fruit of the vine refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “alcohol made from grapes” or “wine”
4715	26:29	domn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης	1	Here Jesus uses the term day to refer to a particular moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that hour” or “the moment”
4716	26:29	tsjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτὸ πίνω & καινὸν	1	Here, the word new could go with: (1) drink. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink the wine in a new way. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way” or “I drink it anew” (2) the wine. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink new wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine”
4717	26:29	m9vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
4718	26:30	ed5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὑμνήσαντες	1	A hymn is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the hymn that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a hymn, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God”
4719	26:31	j2o2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
4720	26:31	a2nl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ; γέγραπται γάρ, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clauses gives the basis for the claim that the first clause makes. Alternate translation: “It is written, ‘I will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered.’ Therefore, you all will be caused to stumble on me in this night”
4721	26:31	v8yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	Here Jesus speaks as if he were a lump or rock that his disciples could stumble on. He means that they will reject and desert him because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will desert me because of what happens to me” or “will run away from me”
4722	26:31	svl0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble”
4723	26:31	bvf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	In Jesus’ culture, it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Zechariah (see Zechariah 13:7). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “you can read in the Scriptures” or “it says in the book of Zechariah”
4724	26:31	c4k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Zechariah. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” or “God spoke through Zechariah”
4725	26:31	eq8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται & πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that God will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered”
4726	26:31	mc1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the Messiah were a shepherd and as if his people were sheep of the flock. He means that the Messiah is the leader, and his people are like helpless sheep without him. Since Jesus is quoting these words from the Old Testament, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “I will strike the person who is like a shepherd and those who are like sheep of the flock will be scattered”
4727	26:31	u1t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατάξω	1	In this quotation, God is the one speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike”
4728	26:31	ccyh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατάξω	1	Here, the word strike means to hit someone hard enough to kill that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will fatally strike” or “I will strike down”
4729	26:31	rvk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep of the flock will scatter”
4730	26:31	cty9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the sheep”
4731	26:32	pj2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am restored to life”
4732	26:32	xuyz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “I raise myself up”
4733	26:32	tipu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	Here Jesus implies that once he is in Galilee, his disciples will meet him there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will go ahead of you into Galilee, where you will be with me again”
4734	26:32	g7px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	προάξω	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “I will come ahead of”
4735	26:33	kott		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται	1	Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that all might be caused to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Were all to be caused to stumble”
4736	26:33	m2un		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί & σκανδαλισθήσομαι	1	Here Peter speaks as if Jesus were a lump or rock that his disciples could stumble on. He means that they may reject and desert Jesus because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea 26:31. Alternate translation: “will desert you because of what will happen to you … will desert you” or “will run away from you … will run away”
4737	26:33	u6r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble … will stumble”
4738	26:33	j6r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοί	1	Because Peter is talking to Jesus, the word you here is singular.
4739	26:34	y1gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοι & ἀπαρνήσῃ	1	Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
4740	26:34	ui4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	Here Jesus describes what an animal does in the morning when the sun comes up to refer to that time of day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows in the early morning”
4741	26:34	lx5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning”
4742	26:34	b2rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	Here Jesus implies that Peter will deny that he knows Jesus and is his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me” or “you will deny three times that you are my disciple”
4743	26:35	ywnd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
4744	26:35	zi40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν	1	Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that it might be necessary to die with Jesus. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Even were it necessary for me to die with you”
4745	26:35	qttc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν	1	Here Peter means that if it were necessary for him to die if he remained faithful to Jesus, he would rather do that than deny him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Even if it were necessary for me, to keep from denying you, to die with you” or “Even if I would have to die with you if I stayed with you”
4746	26:35	jhia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοὶ & σε	1	Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
4747	26:36	ckf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἔρχεται & λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came … said”
4748	26:36	fvcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἔρχεται	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes”
4749	26:36	lm3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεγόμενον Γεθσημανεὶ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people call Gethsemane”
4750	26:37	kj0z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παραλαβὼν τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “he took along Peter and the two sons of Zebedee. Now something began to grieve and greatly trouble Jesus” or “as he took along Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, what he was thinking began to grieve and greatly trouble him”
4751	26:37	ny4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου	1	The two sons of Zebedee were James and John (see 4:21). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them by name. Alternate translation: “James and John, the two sons of Zebedee”
4752	26:37	vx4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν	1	The terms grieved and greatly troubled mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to be extremely grieved” or “to be very troubled”
4753	26:38	l5ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
4754	26:38	u2rc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “Something grieves my soul very much” or “What I am thinking grieves my soul very much”
4755	26:38	gf7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	Here, soul refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am very grieved”
4756	26:38	c43t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἕως θανάτου	1	Jesus is using the phrase to death to describe the extent of his grief. He uses this overstatement in order to show how very grieved he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “so much so that I cannot stand it much longer” or “as if I were about to die”
4757	26:39	p662		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	προσελθὼν μικρὸν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come a little farther”
4758	26:39	kcz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	In Matthew’s culture, falling on one’s face refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he bowed down” or “he lay down to show respect”
4759	26:39	wi5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	προσευχόμενος καὶ λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked God”
4760	26:39	nuv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
4761	26:39	rfw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “cause this cup to pass away from me” or “allow this cup to pass away from me”
4762	26:39	f254		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this suffering that is like a cup full of poison” or “this suffering”
4763	26:39	k5in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not do as I will, but do as you will”
4764	26:39	yxf0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σύ	1	Since Jesus is speaking to his Father, the word you here is singular.
4765	26:40	luh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται & εὑρίσκει & λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … found … he said”
4766	26:40	hq2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	Here, the disciples refers specifically to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”
4767	26:40	tdl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus woke up Peter before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter to say to him”
4768	26:40	c11a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter, James, and John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So, I see that you were not able to be alert with me for one hour.” or “You surely should have been able to be alert with me for one hour!”
4769	26:40	an84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε	1	Here, the word So indicates that Jesus question is based on what he found when he returned to the disciples. Given that the disciples were asleep, the word So means that the answer to this question is already obvious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a rhetorical question based on something that the person has observed. Alternate translation: “Given what I just found, should I conclude that were you not able” or “I do not really need to ask, but were you not able”
4770	26:40	ev7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	οὐκ ἰσχύσατε	1	Although Jesus is speaking directly to Peter, you here is plural and refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “were the three of you not able”
4771	26:41	k4tb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	Here Jesus speaks as if temptation were a location that someone could enter into. He is referring to experiencing temptation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not experience temptation” or “you are kept away from temptation”
4772	26:41	buv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of temptation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are not tempted”
4773	26:41	hi7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	The words spirit and flesh represent people’s spirits and flesh in general, not one particular spirit and flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “People’s spirits indeed are willing, but their flesh is weak”
4774	26:41	ny5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον	1	Here, spirit represents a person’s desires and will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The will indeed wants to do it” or “Inside, you indeed are willing”
4775	26:41	qme9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρόθυμον	1	Here Jesus implies that the spirit is willing to do what is right, and more specifically what Jesus has asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what I ask”
4776	26:41	xlig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	Here, flesh represents a person’s body and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the body is weak” or “when you act you are weak”
4777	26:42	pz9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀπελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come away”
4778	26:42	vbvh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time two”
4779	26:42	zdrp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
4780	26:42	ch7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.
4781	26:42	b6cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	Here Jesus continues to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 26:39. Alternate translation: “this suffering that is like a cup full of poison is not able to pass away unless I drink from it” or “this suffering is not able to pass away unless I experience it”
4782	26:42	mio8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο & αὐτὸ	1	The pronouns this and it refer to the cup that Jesus already mentioned in 26:39. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the cup more directly. Alternate translation: “this cup … from it”
4783	26:42	xsk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “let your happen” or “may you do your will”
4784	26:42	hnty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do your will” or “cause your will to be done”
4785	26:42	o070		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ θέλημά σου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you will”
4786	26:42	kuhq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου	1	Since Jesus is talking to his Father, the word your here is singular.
4787	26:43	ng7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἐλθὼν πάλιν, εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes. Alternate translation: “And since their eyes were weighed down, when he came again, he found them sleeping”
4788	26:43	qys3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
4789	26:43	lts9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι	1	Here, the clause their eyes were weighed down indicates that the three disciples were very tired and sleepy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were exhausted” or “they were very tired”
4790	26:43	ijo3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their eyes were heavy” or “sleepiness weighed their eyes down”
4791	26:44	k4nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀπελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come away”
4792	26:44	v3i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐκ τρίτου	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time three”
4793	26:44	bvw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον	1	Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the same things” or “what he said previously”
4794	26:45	iaqe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἔρχεται & λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … said”
4795	26:45	gmze			καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε	1	This sentence could be: (1) a rhetorical question that Jesus uses to rebuke the disciples. In this case, Jesus is disappointed that the disciples continue to sleep. Alternate translation: “Do you continue to sleep and rest?” (2) a command to continue to sleep and rest. In this case, Jesus means that the time when they were supposed to be alert is over, and they might as well sleep and rest now. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and continue to sleep and rest!” or “You can continue to sleep and rest.”
4796	26:45	vvp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter, James, and John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is sad that you are still sleeping and resting.” or “You should not still be sleeping and resting!”
4797	26:45	acrq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε	1	The terms sleeping and resting mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Are you still taking your rest” or “Are you still sleeping soundly”
4798	26:45	dgx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”
4799	26:45	rw3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡ ὥρα	1	Here, the word hour refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moment”
4800	26:45	v53x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ὥρα	1	Here, Jesus implies that the hour is the time when he will suffer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the hour of my suffering”
4801	26:45	g9hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone hands over the Son of Man”
4802	26:45	ell4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am handed over”
4803	26:45	ajr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	παραδίδοται	1	Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event that he knows will surely happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense and indicate the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will certainly be handed over”
4804	26:45	g9eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας	1	The term hands represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how expressed the similar idea in 17:22. Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control”
4805	26:46	j7ur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”
4806	26:47	roz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
4807	26:47	czh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1	Matthew is using the adjective Twelve as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you expressed the idea in 26:14. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”
4808	26:47	x33m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and with him came a large crowd”
4809	26:47	e26h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ξύλων	1	A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses to hit people. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weapon, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people”
4810	26:48	qb4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Matthew uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “At an earlier time,” or “Earlier,”
4811	26:48	jumh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σημεῖον	1	Here Matthew is referring to an action by which one person communicates to others. More specifically, Judas arranged with the crowd an action that would communicate to them which person was Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a signal to point out Jesus” or “a cue that would indicate whom to seize”
4812	26:48	gw8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν.	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was he, and that they should seize him”
4813	26:48	do4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
4814	26:48	gqsx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὃν ἂν φιλήσω	1	In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a kiss. In some cultures, a kiss as a greeting is appropriate, but in other cultures it is not appropriate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what the kiss means, or you could refer to how close friends would greet each other in your culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet with a kiss” or “Whomever I hug”
4815	26:48	nr34			αὐτός	1	Alternate translation: “the one you are seeking”
4816	26:49	uig8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	χαῖρε	1	In Jesus’ culture, people commonly greeted each other with the word Rejoice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that people use to greet each other. Alternate translation: “Hello”
4817	26:49	ar7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	χαῖρε	1	Since Judas is speaking to Jesus, the command to Rejoice is singular.
4818	26:49	cyb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a kiss. See how you expressed the idea in 26:48. Alternate translation: “he greet him with a kiss” or “he hugged him”
4819	26:50	ve1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4820	26:50	xehs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει	1	Here Jesus uses a very short clause that implies some information. The clause could be: (1) a rhetorical question. In this case, Jesus is rebuking Judas by asking him why he is present. Alternate translation: “for what purpose are you present?” (2) a command. In this case, Jesus is telling Judas to do what he came to do. Alternate translation: “do that for which you are present!” (3) a statement. In this case, Jesus is saying that he knows why Judas is present. Alternate translation: “I know for what purpose you are present.”
4821	26:50	nodp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you are present to do something wrong” or “you should not have come here to do this!”
4822	26:50	hmpr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	πάρει	1	Since Jesus is talking to Judas, the word you here is singular.
4823	26:50	vmd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	The clauses they laid hands on Jesus and seized him mean similar things. Matthew is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “they seized Jesus” or “they took hold of Jesus to arrest him”
4824	26:50	w3d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ	1	Here, they laid hands on Jesus means that they grabbed and restrained Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they took hold of” or “they grabbed”
4825	26:51	vm6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
4826	26:51	ay85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπέσπασεν τὴν μάχαιραν αὐτοῦ	1	The expression having stretched out his hand contains extra information that might be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “one of the ones with Jesus drew his sword”
4827	26:51	d91l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ	1	Matthew uses this phrase to bring one of the characters in the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his Gospel that it was Peter, but since Matthew does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was with Jesus came forward and”
4828	26:52	o6m0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
4829	26:52	dcgj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μάχαιράν σου εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς; πάντες γὰρ οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “All the ones having taken a sword will perish by a sword, so return your sword to its place”
4830	26:52	e8n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀπόστρεψον & σου	1	Since Jesus is talking to the man who drew his sword, the word your and the command Return are singular.
4831	26:52	f4co		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς	1	Here, the place for the sword is where a person would normally store or keep a sword while he or she was not using it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable a word or phrase that refers to where a person keeps a sword on them, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your belt” or “where you keep it”
4832	26:52	tj6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	Here Jesus refers to those who fight and kill others as the ones having taken a sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones using swords” or “the ones having taken a sword to kill others”
4833	26:52	w357		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται	1	Here Jesus implies that these people will perish by someone killing them with a sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be killed by someone else using a sword”
4834	26:53	kgx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach the disciple who drew the sword. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Indeed, I am able to beg my Father, and he will provide me now with more than 12 legions of angels” or “Surely you know that I am able to beg my Father, and he will provide me now with more than 12 legions of angels!”
4835	26:53	td4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1	Here, the word Or introduces a contrasting alternative to “taking a sword” (see 26:52). Jesus provides this alternative to show further that “taking a sword” is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an alternative, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”
4836	26:53	eb7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	δοκεῖς	1	Here, the pronoun you is singular because Jesus is speaking to the man who drew his sword.
4837	26:53	g3zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
4838	26:53	tfw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων	1	The word legions is a military term. Each legion is a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means that God could send a large number of angels and easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable military term in your language or a more general term. Alternate translation: “more than 12 regiments of angels” or “more than 12 large groups of angels”
4839	26:54	teq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciple about why he is acting as he does. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then the scriptures would not be fulfilled, that it is necessary to happen in this way.” or “Then the scriptures would certainly not be fulfilled, that it is necessary to happen in this way!”
4840	26:54	gew5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πῶς οὖν	1	Here, the word then introduces what the result would be if Jesus did what he said he could do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of result. Alternate translation: “Were I to do that, then how”
4841	26:54	xqpr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the scriptures”
4842	26:54	gih7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which indicate that it is necessary for things to happen in this way”
4843	26:55	hc33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here, the word hour refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “At that moment” or “Then”
4844	26:55	yf4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowds for how they have acted. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It was not necessary for you to come out as against a robber, bringing swords and clubs to seize me.” or “There was no reason for you to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as if I were a robber!”
4845	26:55	l25j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν	1	Jesus is saying that the crowds are acting like he is a dangerous robber because they have come to arrest him with many weapons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As you arm yourselves to seize a robber,” or “As if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force”
4846	26:55	l597		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξήλθατε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “have you gone out”
4847	26:55	q9vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ξύλων	1	See how you translated clubs in 26:47. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people”
4848	26:55	xvge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων	1	In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the connection between sitting and teaching more explicit. Alternate translation: “I was sitting in the temple to teach” or “I was sitting as a teacher in the temple, instructing people”
4849	26:55	e8dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Here Matthew means that Jesus entered into the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard”
4850	26:56	fuy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο & ὅλον γέγονεν	1	The pronoun this refers to the events that have just occurred, particularly the crowd arresting Jesus once Judas handed him over. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these events more directly. Alternate translation: “all these events have happened” or “what just occurred has happened”
4851	26:56	wabz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from what has happened. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for what has happened. Alternate translation: “in order that”
4852	26:56	ygn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill the writings of the prophets”
4853	26:56	fb46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Here, the phrase the writings of the prophets refers to those parts of the Old Testament Scriptures in which the prophets wrote about what would happen to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the prophets wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures”
4854	26:57	qtqu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4855	26:57	gy6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὸς Καϊάφαν	1	Here, Caiaphas represents the house where Caiaphas lived. This is clear from the word where in this verse, which refers to a place, not a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the house of Caiphas”
4856	26:57	y2oz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together”
4857	26:58	lpw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in the previous verse (Jesus being led to the house of Caiaphas). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,”
4858	26:58	jui3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν	1	Here Matthew implies that Peter followed from a distance because he did not want anyone to see him and arrest him too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “But Peter, because he did not want to be seen and arrested, was following him from a distance. He went”
4859	26:58	v8th		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῶν ὑπηρετῶν	1	Here, the word officers refers to servants and attendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that generally refers to servants and any others who do what they are told. Alternate translation: “the attendants” or “those who served there”
4860	26:58	j28a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	Here, the word end refers to the outcome or result of what was happening to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the outcome” or “the result of what was happening”
4861	26:59	utj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Next,”
4862	26:59	i8jw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐζήτουν ψευδομαρτυρίαν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here Matthew means that the chief priests and the Sanhedrin were trying find evidence against Jesus, even if it was false. In other words, they needed to find people who were willing to say that Jesus had done something very wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were seeking evidence against Jesus, even false evidence,” or “were seeking proof, even if it were not true, that Jesus had done something wrong”
4863	26:59	qto5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ψευδομαρτυρίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone to testify falsely”
4864	26:59	b88v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and the Sanhedrin want to convince the Roman authorities to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might have the Romans put him to death”
4865	26:59	u6v9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed”
4866	26:59	dpr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Sanhedrin to execute people, the Sanhedrin had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might convince the Roman authorities to put him to death”
4867	26:60	v9j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων	1	Here Matthew describes something that is unexpected in a situation where the Jewish council did not find any good evidence against Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that many false witnesses approached”
4868	26:60	anpb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὕστερον	1	Here, the word later indicates that these two witnesses approached the council after the many false witnesses described in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after all those false witnesses,”
4869	26:60	tz5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δύο	1	Matthew is using the number two as a noun to mean two people. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “two witnesses”
4870	26:61	a8lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he was able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days”
4871	26:61	i5n4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν	1	Here, the phrase in three days refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “during a period of three days”
4872	26:62	fpzy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ, τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν	1	Here the high priest could be asking: (1) two questions. See the ULT and UST. (2) one question. Alternate translation: “Do you answer nothing to what these are testifying against you”
4873	26:62	sd8e			οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ	1	Alternate translation: “Do you have no answer”
4874	26:62	tgfm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀποκρίνῃ & σου	1	Since the high priest is talking to Jesus, the word you is singular throughout this verse.
4875	26:62	gjxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν	1	Here the high priest is asking Jesus how he will defend himself against the people who have accused him of saying and doing wrong things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What is your defense against these testifying against you”
4876	26:63	mr6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	Here the high priests puts Jesus under oath, or makes him swear by God that what he says is true. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I make you swear before the living God” or “I require that you solemnly promise the living God”
4877	26:63	o4sb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σε & εἴπῃς & σὺ	1	Since the high priest is talking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.
4878	26:63	eicy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	Here, the phrase the living God identifies God as the one who “lives.” The primary point is that God actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “by the God who lives” or “by the true God”
4879	26:63	fegc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here the high priest uses the statement form to ask a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in question form. Alternate translation: “you answer this question: Are you the Christ, the Son of God?”
4880	26:63	zx9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, us refers to the high priest and the rest of the Jewish council, so us would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
4881	26:63	mm28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
4882	26:64	tbl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
4883	26:64	gi6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	Here, much as in 26:25, the phrase You said {it} indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that the high priest is right to suggest that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a request. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true”
4884	26:64	ni8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σὺ	1	Since Jesus is speaking to the high priest, word You here is singular.
4885	26:64	zu47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	πλὴν	1	Here, the word But introduces what Jesus wishes to say about himself in further development of what the high priest suggested. The word thus indicates some contrast and some explanation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that a person would use to clarify or develop another person’s statement. Alternate translation: “Yet even further,” or “Nevertheless,”
4886	26:64	z4gs			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is telling the Jewish council. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”
4887	26:64	akmy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν & ὄψεσθε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to the whole Jewish council, the words you and you here are plural.
4888	26:64	b6cb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man,”
4889	26:64	tya1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν	1	When someone sits at the right hand, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sit to rule at the right hand” or “Take the place of honor and authority at the right hand”
4890	26:64	j93m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	Here, the phrase at the right hand refers to the place next to a person’s right hand, which would be the “right side.” In the Jesus’ culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of power” or “at the honorable place of power”
4891	26:64	p5px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	Here, the word power could refer to: (1) the power that a person sitting at the right hand has. In this case, Jesus implies that the right hand is God’s. Alternate translation: “at the right hand with power” or “at the right hand of God, the place of power,” (2) God the Father by reference to the power that he has. Alternate translation: “at the right hand of the powerful God” or “at the right hand the Almighty”
4892	26:64	v9mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, and if you do not translate the word as a title for God, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the right hand, which is a powerful place,” or “powerfully at the right hand”
4893	26:64	urp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐρχόμενον	1	Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for the Son of Man to be coming. Some think he is coming to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is coming back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is coming. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going”
4894	26:64	r9n8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	The expression of heaven contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the clouds”
4895	26:65	srg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “tore his robes in outrage”
4896	26:65	zyr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
4897	26:65	t68t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	The high priest is using the question form to emphatically state that he thinks that they do not need more witnesses. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We do not still have need of witnesses.” or “We certainly do not still have need of witnesses!”
4898	26:65	khxk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χρείαν & μαρτύρων	1	Here the high priest implies that they do not need more witnesses to prove that Jesus blasphemes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “need of witnesses to prove that he blasphemes”
4899	26:65	wh4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἴδε	1	Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the Jewish council and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”
4900	26:65	yp78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν βλασφημίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of blasphemy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “him blaspheme” or “the blasphemous things he says”
4901	26:66	sd3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ	1	Here the high priest is asking the rest of the Jewish council what they think they should do with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What do you think we should do with him”
4902	26:66	mzcs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “He deserves to die”
4903	26:67	t8lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would spit in someone’s face to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “they spit in his face to dishonor him”
4904	26:67	bt9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐνέπτυσαν & οἱ	1	Here, the pronouns they and they refer to people who were there. Matthew may be referring to some members of the Jewish council, some of the people that Peter was sitting with, and other people who were in or near the house of the high priest. If possible use a general word or phrase that refers to some of the people who were there. Alternate translation: “some people spit … they” or “some of those present spit … they”
4905	26:68	j1ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
4906	26:68	f2bj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	προφήτευσον ἡμῖν	1	Those people hitting Jesus did not believe that he really could Prophesy. When they demanded that Jesus Prophesy, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to Prophesy in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Show us that you can prophesy” or “Prophesy to us if you really can”
4907	26:68	josi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	προφήτευσον & σε	1	Since the people are talking to Jesus, the command Prophesy and the word you are singular.
4908	26:68	b5xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	Χριστέ	1	Those hitting Jesus did not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you so-called Christ” or “you who call yourself Christ”
4909	26:68	e90n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε	1	The people who hit Jesus do not expect Jesus to be able to answer their question. They are really using the question form to give a command, to tell Jesus what he should do if he wants to convince them that he is a prophet. So, if it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell us who hit you!”
4910	26:69	y21l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in 26:59–68 (Jesus’ trial). This story continues the narrative about Peter that Matthew began in 26:58. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “During those events,” or “While that was happening,”
4911	26:69	sar9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγουσα	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and she declared”
4912	26:69	cg8o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ σὺ ἦσθα μετὰ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here the servant girl means that Peter was a disciple of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You also were a disciple of Jesus”
4913	26:69	y5sa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σὺ	1	Since the servant girl is talking to Peter, the word You here is singular.
4914	26:70	fez5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & ἠρνήσατο	1	Here Matthew implies that Peter denied that he was with Jesus as his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he denied that he was with Jesus”
4915	26:70	f5n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πάντων	1	Matthew is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all the people there”
4916	26:70	nomz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
4917	26:70	sp1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις	1	Here Peter means that servant girl’s words do not apply to him. He does not mean that he was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You are saying things that I know nothing about.” or “I have no idea what you are talking about!”
4918	26:70	ao7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	λέγεις	1	Since Peter is talking to the servant girl, the word you here is singular.
4919	26:71	gyw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
4920	26:71	us6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄλλη	1	Matthew is using the adjective another as a noun to mean another servant girl. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another servant girl”
4921	26:71	s7c4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
4922	26:71	j9ms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος ἦν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here the servant girl means that Peter was a disciple of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar clause in 26:69. Alternate translation: “This one was a disciple of Jesus”
4923	26:72	ro88			ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα	1	Alternate translation: “he denied it, ‘I swear that I do not know”
4924	26:72	kq6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου	1	Here Matthew implies that Peter again denied that he was with Jesus as his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in 26:70. Alternate translation: “he denied with an oath that he was with Jesus”
4925	26:73	a9wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
4926	26:73	w8ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀληθῶς καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ, καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Your speech makes you evident, so we know truly that you also are from them”
4927	26:73	mbho		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σὺ & σου & σε	1	Because these people are talking to Peter, the words you and your throughout this verse are singular.
4928	26:73	hde3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Here, the pronoun them refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the disciples more directly. Alternate translation: “from Jesus’ disciples” or “one of his disciples”
4929	26:73	o4oe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ	1	This phrase implies that Peter’s speech had an accent like the accent of someone from Galilee, where Jesus was from. The people who are talking with people think that this makes it evident that he is one of Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “your speech makes it evident that you are from Galilee” or “how you talk makes it clear that you come from where Jesus is from”
4930	26:74	sy7f			τότε ἤρξατο καταθεματίζειν καὶ ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα	1	Alternate translation: “Then he said, ‘I call a curse down on myself and swear that I do not know”
4931	26:74	edd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καταθεματίζειν	1	Here, the phrase to curse could mean that: (1) Peter asks God to curse him if he is lying. Alternate translation: “to ask God to curse him if was speaking falsely” or “to invoke a curse on himself” (2) Peter curses Jesus. Alternate translation: “to curse Jesus”
4932	26:74	w87b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	See how you translated rooster and “crow” in 26:34. Alternate translation: “a bird began to sing”
4933	26:75	butr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ	1	Here, word represents what Jesus just said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ statement” or “the words of Jesus”
4934	26:75	nx3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “that he had said that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times”
4935	26:75	nn5o			πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	This clause is identical to what Jesus said in 26:34, so express the idea as you did there.
4936	26:75	r39l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀπαρνήσῃ	1	Since Jesus had said this to Peter, the word you here is singular.
4937	26:75	rgvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελθὼν ἔξω	1	This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely outside the area where the house of the high priest was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having gone out of the courtyard and away from the house”
4938	26:75	hjr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθὼν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”
4939	27:intro	deu4				0	Matthew 27 General Notes Structure and Formatting The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19) The Jewish council sends Jesus to Pilate, the governor (27:1–2) Judas repents and kills himself (27:3–10) Jesus’ trial before Pilate, the governor (27:11–26) Jesus is crucified (27:27–56) The soldiers mock Jesus (27:27–31) Jesus is crucified, and people mock him (27:32–44) Jesus dies (27:45–56) Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus’ body (27:57–61) The chief priests and Pharisees secure Jesus’ tomb (27:62–66) Special Concepts in this Chapter The prophecy about the 30 pieces of silver and the field of the potter In 27:3–8, Matthew tells the story of how Judas returned the 30 pieces of silver that the Jewish leaders had paid him to hand Jesus over. The leaders used that money to buy “the field of the potter” as a burial ground for foreigners. Then, in 27:9–10, Matthew indicates that these events “fulfilled” what the prophet Jeremiah spoke. Then, Matthew summarizes or paraphrases Zechariah 11:12–13, Jeremiah 19:1–13, and Jeremiah 32:6–9. These passages speak about a potter, 30 pieces of silver, or someone buying a field. Since Matthew indicates that he is referring to what Jeremiah said, you too should indicate that these words come from Jeremiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Matthew is summarizing or paraphrasing from another text. The drinks that people offered to Jesus In 27:34, the soldiers offer Jesus “wine mixed with gall.” In 27:48, someone offers Jesus “vinegar.” In both cases, scholars debate whether people offered these drinks to help Jesus by easing the pain or quenching his thirst or whether they offered these drinks to torment Jesus by giving him a bad-tasting drink. Since it is not obvious what the purpose of the drinks were, if possible express the idea in such a way that your readers could draw either conclusion. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some extra information in a footnote. See the notes on these verses for translation options. Calling Elijah In 27:46, Jesus calls out “Eli, Eli,” which is how Jesus said “My God, my God” in his language. Some of the people standing there misheard him and thought that he was calling out to “Elijah,” a prophet with a name that sounds like “Eli.” There is a story about this Elijah in 2 Kings 2:11–12, where God takes him into heaven. So, some people believed that Elijah did not die and would someday return. The people who thought Jesus was calling to Elijah thought that he was asking Elijah to return and rescue him. If your readers would not understand why the people standing near Jesus speak about Elijah, you could include some extra information in your translation or include this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]]) The curtain of the temple tearing from top to bottom The “curtain” to which Matthew refers in 27:51 could be either the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple, or it could be the curtain that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Matthew indicates that this curtain tore from the top to the bottom, which means that a person did not do it. Christians debate what the tearing of this curtain might have symbolized. There are at least three major options: the tearing of the curtain could indicate that access to God is now available to everyone. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is going to destroy the temple. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is about to do something powerful. Since Matthew does not explain what the tearing of the curtain means, you should not explain it in your translation. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include what it might mean in a footnote. The tomb of Joseph of Arimathea The tomb in which Jesus was buried (27:60) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an large hole or room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. Sealing the tomb In 27:66, Matthew indicates that the chief priests and Pharisees “sealed” Jesus tomb. This means that they used something, probably wax on which they put a special symbol, to mark the stone that closed the tomb. It is not clear exactly where they put the “seal.” They might have attached it to the edge of the stone. They might have tied a rope around the stone and put the “seal” there. However, it was done, anyone who wanted to open the tomb would have to damage the “seal,” and the chief priests and Pharisees would know that someone had broken in. If your readers would not understand what the chief priests and Pharisees did, you could use a descriptive phrase or include some of this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Sarcasm In this chapter, people mock Jesus several times. First, in 27:28–29, the soldiers pretend like Jesus is a king. They give him a scarlet robe, a crown of thorns, and a reed, and they pretend to greet him as a king. They do not actually believe that Jesus is a king, so they are doing these things sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Second, in 27:40–43, people walking by and the Jewish leaders tell Jesus to save himself, to come down from the cross, and to wait for God to rescue him. They do not actually believe that he can do these things, so they are speaking sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that these are sarcastic actions done to make fun of Jesus. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations, and many of the conversations are with one person. Because of this, the majority of the forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. So, you should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? In 27:46, Matthew spells out the sounds of the words that Jesus spoke in his own language. The words “lama sabachthani” are Aramaic, but it is unclear whether the words “Eli, Eli” are Aramaic or Hebrew. Either way, Matthew translates the words later on in the verse as “My God, my God, why did you forsake me?” You can express the idea as Matthew did by spelling out how the words sound and then translating their meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
4940	27:1	qe1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
4941	27:1	ezsh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συμβούλιον ἔλαβον & κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here, the phrase took counsel against Jesus indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure out ways to harm Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar construction in 12:14. Alternate translation: “made plans concerning Jesus” or “came up with ideas about what they could do with Jesus”
4942	27:1	cm46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Jewish leaders to execute people, the Jewish leaders had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so as to convince the Roman authorities to put him to death”
4943	27:1	vz6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and the elders want to convince the Roman authorities to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have the Romans put him to death”
4944	27:1	uuov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “have him killed”
4945	27:2	jwws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δήσαντες αὐτὸν	1	Here Matthew implies that the Jewish council commanded guards to bind Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having commanded the guards to bind him”
4946	27:2	d6l0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπήγαγον	1	Here Matthew implies that they led Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they led him away from Caiaphas’ house”
4947	27:2	uu8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ τῷ ἡγεμόνι	1	Here Matthew implies that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “handed him over to Pilate the governor to be judged by him”
4948	27:3	qm12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Here, the word Then indicates that Matthew has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of what happened to Judas. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “Around that time,” or “While those things were happening,”
4949	27:3	v9vj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατεκρίθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the Jewish council. Alternate translation: “the Jewish council condemned him”
4950	27:3	pe4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις	1	This phrase refers to the money that the chief priests had given Judas to hand Jesus over, as mentioned in 26:15. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the chief priests and elders the 30 pieces of silver that they had given him to hand Jesus over”
4951	27:3	a23x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in 26:15. Alternate translation: “30 coins made out of silver” or “the money worth about four months’ wages”
4952	27:4	yxnh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
4953	27:4	f6u8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἷμα ἀθῷον	1	Here, the word blood refers to a person who has or will soon die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” or “an innocent person who will now die”
4954	27:4	mf6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	The chief priests and elders are using the question form to tell Judas that they do not care about how Judas feels or what he wants to do now. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We do not care about how you feel.” or “That is completely unimportant to us!”
4955	27:4	itqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here, us refers to the Jewish leaders who are speaking to Judas, so us would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
4956	27:4	y4yo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ ὄψῃ	1	Here, the phrase You will see means that the chief priests and elders claim that Judas is responsible for dealing with what he did, and they are not responsible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What you do is none of our business” or “That is your responsibility”
4957	27:5	tuh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	Here Matthew implies that Judas was outside the temple building and threw the pieces of silver into the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having tossed the pieces of silver into the temple building”
4958	27:5	uf7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ ἀργύρια	1	See how you referred to these pieces of silver in 27:3. Alternate translation: “the coins made out of silver” or “the money”
4959	27:5	us8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνεχώρησεν καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο	1	Here Matthew implies that Judas withdrew from the temple area to some other place. Then, Judas went out from that place and hanged himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit, or you could use just one phrase to describe Judas’ movements. Alternate translation: “he departed from the temple and having gone out to another place, he hanged himself” or “he left and hanged himself”
4960	27:6	f6by		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. It is not clear how soon the priests picked up the pieces of silver after Judas threw them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next action, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,”
4961	27:6	mb5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ ἀργύρια	1	See how you referred to these pieces of silver in 27:3. Alternate translation: “the coins made out of silver” or “the money”
4962	27:6	rguy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because it is the price of blood, it is not lawful to put them into the treasury”
4963	27:6	gtp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	Here, the word treasury refers to the place in the temple where the money that people gave to help maintain the temple and the sacrifices was kept. If your readers would not be familiar with a treasury for a temple, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the place where we keep the money designated for the temple” or “the storage area with the rest of the temple money”
4964	27:6	fv6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τιμὴ αἵματός	1	The chief priests are using the possessive form to describe a price that is paid for blood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the price that was paid for blood”
4965	27:6	j2l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἵματός	1	Here, blood refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 27:4. Alternate translation: “of a person’s death” or “of a man dying”
4966	27:7	uu9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the chief priests and elders did instead of putting the money in the treasury. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Instead,”
4967	27:7	x2k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συμβούλιον & λαβόντες	1	Here, the phrase having taken counsel indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 12:14. Alternate translation: “having made plans” or “having come up with an idea”
4968	27:7	mtg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως	1	Here, the phrase the field of the potter could refer to: (1) what the local people called the field. Alternate translation: “a field named Field of the Potter” (2) a field that a potter owned. Alternate translation: “a field from a potter” or “a field that belonged to a potter”
4969	27:7	n6ow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ταφὴν τοῖς ξένοις	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of burial, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to bury strangers there” or “as a cemetery for strangers”
4970	27:7	e29n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς ξένοις	1	Here, strangers refers to people who died in Jerusalem but did not live there normally. They could have been Jews visiting from other areas or non-Jewish foreigners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for people from outside Jerusalem”
4971	27:8	nts8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that field’s name has been”
4972	27:8	hsg4			Ἀγρὸς Αἵματος	1	Alternate translation: “Bloody Field”
4973	27:8	ag2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως τῆς σήμερον	1	Here, the phrase this day refers to Matthew’s present time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the present” or “from then on”
4974	27:9	rql2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τότε	1	Here, the word Then indicates that the prophecy was fulfilled at the time when the chief priests and elders bought the field of the potter with the 30 silver coins that they had paid Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “And so” or “It was then that”
4975	27:9	rj3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	See how your translated the similar passive forms in 2:17. Alternate translation: “these events fulfilled what God spoke”
4976	27:9	auz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In this case, Matthew paraphrases or summarizes several passages from the Old Testament, including Zechariah 11:12–13, Jeremiah 19:1–13, and Jeremiah 32:6–9. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is paraphrasing an important texts. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Jeremiah” or “as I summarize it:”
4977	27:9	g1gc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in 26:15. Alternate translation: “30 coins made out of silver” or “the money worth about four months’ wages”
4978	27:9	h3rx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	Here the author of the quotation means that the 30 pieces of silver were the price that some from sons of Israel decided was the correct price for the person whom they were buying or paying for. Some of the words here may be redundant in your language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could omit any redundant information and make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which was the price that some of the sons of Israel set for the person” or “which some from the sons of Israel set as the price for the one whom they were buying”
4979	27:9	t1dj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of the one whom they from the sons of Israel priced”
4980	27:9	d7l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	Here the author of the quotation uses the word sons to refer in general to all the descendants of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to descendants in general. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” or “those descended from Israel”
4981	27:9	k6ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	υἱῶν	1	Although the word sons is masculine, the author of the quotation is using it to refer to any children or descendants, both men and women. If you preserve the metaphor, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the sons and daughters” or “the children”
4982	27:10	vs3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς	1	Here the author of the quotation means that the people bought the field with the pieces of silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with them they bought”
4983	27:10	dufx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως	1	If possible, express the idea here as you did in 27:7. Alternate translation: “a field named Field of the Potter” or “a field that belonged to a potter”
4984	27:11	pjc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now indicates that what follows is the continuation of the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in 27:2. If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “Returning to the story of Jesus,”
4985	27:11	a2e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ & Ἰησοῦς ἐστάθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the Jewish council. Alternate translation: “was standing” or “the Jewish leaders made Jesus stand”
4986	27:11	fd7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
4987	27:11	at28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	2	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
4988	27:11	a6cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	Here, much as in 26:25, the phrase You say {it} indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that the governor is right to suggest that Jesus is the King of the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a request. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true”
4989	27:12	vl3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the chief priests and the elders accused him”
4990	27:12	y19n			οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο	1	Alternate translation: “he did not answer anything”
4991	27:13	e3td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
4992	27:13	kc8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Here Pilate asks if Jesus has heard, but he implies that he is asking if Jesus is going to respond to what he has heard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do you intend to defend yourself against the many things they are testifying against you?” or “Do you not hear how many things they are testifying against you? Why don’t you answer them?”
4993	27:14	xx94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα	1	Here, the phrase not even to one word could mean: (1) that Jesus did not respond to any of the accusations, each of which Matthew refers to as a word. Alternate translation: “not even with regard to one accusation” (2) that Jesus did not use even one word to answer Pilate’s question. Alternate translation: “not even with one word”
4994	27:14	hbm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε θαυμάζειν	1	Here, the phrase so as to introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “so that he amazed”
4995	27:15	jjp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Here Matthew provides background information about something that Pilate, the governor, normally did. This background information will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Here is some important information:”
4996	27:15	p1ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑορτὴν	1	Here, the phrase the festival refers the Passover celebration. See how you translated the same phrase in 26:5. Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover”
4997	27:15	lwpf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰώθει & ἀπολύειν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had a custom of releasing”
4998	27:16	ir01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now marks a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Matthew is introducing more background information, this time about Barabbas, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” or “Here is some more important information:”
4999	27:16	q2iu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἶχον	1	Here, they refers to the Roman authorities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Roman authorities were holding”
5000	27:16	a8p1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δέσμιον ἐπίσημον	1	Here, the word well-known indicates that Barabbas was a man whom others had heard many things about. Most likely, the Romans considered him to be well-known in bad way (that is, notorious), while some Jewish people considered him to be well-known in a good way (that is, renowned). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes someone whom others have heard many things about, both positively and negatively. Alternate translation: “a prisoner about whom there were many stories, a man” “a prominent prisoner”
5001	27:16	svr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεγόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called”
5002	27:16	tt8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Βαραββᾶν	1	Many ancient manuscripts read Barabbas. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Jesus Barabbas.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
5003	27:17	hwzn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces what Pilate did because of the custom that Matthew just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of some situation. Alternate translation: “Because of that custom” or “So then”
5004	27:17	ce90		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	Here, the pronoun they refers to the same “crowd” that Matthew mentioned in 27:15. This “crowd” describes a large group of people who were in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowd” or “many people in Jerusalem”
5005	27:17	l80q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνηγμένων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathering” or “coming together”
5006	27:17	gd6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	θέλετε & ὑμῖν	1	Since Pilate is speaking to a crowd of people, the word you throughout this verse is plural.
5007	27:17	a7do		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Βαραββᾶν	1	Many ancient manuscripts read Barabbas. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Jesus Barabbas.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
5008	27:17	wrl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose title is Christ” or “who goes by Christ”
5009	27:18	a5lt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why Pilate asked the question that he just asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for question, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Pilate did that because”
5010	27:18	jq3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ φθόνον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of envy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they envied him”
5011	27:19	t3mx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
5012	27:19	zgoa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	When a leader was sitting on the judgment seat, it meant that the leader was ready to make judgments and legal decisions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what sitting in this place means. Alternate translation: “he sitting on the judgment seat to judge” or “he sitting on the judgment seat, ready to make legal decisions”
5013	27:19	ff23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	The judgment seat was a special chair in which a leader sat when making an official judgment. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of seat, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “at the judge’s bench” or “on the seat used for judgment”
5014	27:19	s5pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ βήματος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seat for judging”
5015	27:19	w4i8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν & λέγουσα	1	Here Matthew implies that Pilate’s wife sent someone to Pilate to say the words that follow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “sent someone to him to say”
5016	27:19	fe95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ, πολλὰ γὰρ ἔπαθον σήμερον κατ’ ὄναρ δι’ αὐτόν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I suffered many {things} today because of him by means of a dream. So, nothing to you and to that righteous one.”
5017	27:19	ga4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ	1	Here, the phrase Nothing to you and to that righteous one is a request to avoid doing anything with and to Jesus, the righteous one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have nothing to do with that righteous one” or “Avoid doing anything to that righteous one”
5018	27:19	v8ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πολλὰ & ἔπαθον σήμερον	1	Here Pilate’s wife means that the dream upset her or caused her distress. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I was very distressed” or “I have been miserable”
5019	27:20	ax1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces how the chief priests and elders were trying to have Jesus executed in contrast to Pilate’s wife, who wanted Pilate to have nothing to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
5020	27:20	al54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Here Matthew means that the crowds were going to ask Pilate to release Barabbas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they would ask Pilate to release Barabbas”
5021	27:20	avyc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	Here Matthew implies that the crowds were going to pressure Pilate to destroy Jesus by executing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “but would demand that Jesus be killed”
5022	27:21	awno		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
5023	27:21	xggj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς	1	Here Pilate is answering or responding to a situation, not to something that someone has asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that Pilate is responding to what is happening among the crowds, or you could leave answering untranslated. Alternate translation: “seeing that the crowds were discussing what to do” or “responding to what the crowd was doing”
5024	27:21	x6vf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δύο	1	Here Pilate uses the number two as a noun in order to refer to the two men, Jesus and Barabbas. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the two prisoners”
5025	27:21	slk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	θέλετε & ὑμῖν	1	Since Pilate is speaking to a crowd of people, the word you throughout this verse is plural.
5026	27:21	l7gu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	2	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
5027	27:21	c06h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	The crowds are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We want you to release Barabbas”
5028	27:22	dpb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει & λέγουσιν πάντες	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … They all said”
5029	27:22	zl85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you expressed the idea in 27:17. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ”
5030	27:22	qzn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	σταυρωθήτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He should be crucified”
5031	27:22	ttva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σταυρωθήτω	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Crucify him”
5032	27:23	syuz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	-1	In both places, the word But introduces what a Pilate or the crowds say in contrast to what the other person or people said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words or phrases that introduce this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response, … In response,” or “However, … Yet”
5033	27:23	m5jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν?	1	Pilate is using the question form to emphasize that he thinks that Jesus has not done any evil. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Despite what you say, he did not do evil” or “Yet he has certainly not done evil!”
5034	27:23	cw7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τί γὰρ	1	Here, the word For indicates that Pilate is asking for a reason why the crowd wants him to crucify Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that a question is asking for a reason for something. Alternate translation: “Why? What” or “What is your reason for that? What”
5035	27:23	bijy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κακὸν	1	Pilate is using the adjective evil as a noun to mean an evil thing. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “evil thing”
5036	27:23	dk8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they demanded”
5037	27:23	nb7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σταυρωθήτω	1	This clause is identical to the clause at the end of the previous verse (27:22). Express the idea as you did there.
5038	27:24	w7jc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
5039	27:24	oa2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἰδὼν & ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται	1	These two clauses indicate the reason why Pilate did what is described in the rest of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form in your language that introduces a reason for some action. Alternate translation: “because he saw that he is benefiting nothing, and because instead a riot is happening”
5040	27:24	gefl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ & θόρυβος γίνεται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was benefiting nothing … a riot was happening”
5041	27:24	yj8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	λαβὼν ὕδωρ, ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου	1	Pilate washed his hands as a sign to the people that he was not responsible for Jesus’ death. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “having gotten some water, washed his hands opposite the crowd to indicate that he was not responsible for what was going to happen to Jesus”
5042	27:24	idu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπέναντι	1	Here, the word opposite means that Pilate was directly in front of the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of” or “before”
5043	27:24	ly5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
5044	27:24	u1fe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος τούτου	1	Here, blood refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 27:4. Alternate translation: “the death of this one” or “this one dying”
5045	27:24	r9ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τούτου	1	Many ancient manuscripts read this one. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “this righteous one.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
5046	27:24	f4ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε	1	Here, the phrase You will see means that Pilate claims that the crowd is responsible for dealing with what they are doing, and he is not responsible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar clause in 27:4. Alternate translation: “What you are doing is none of my business” or “That is your responsibility”
5047	27:24	tpmh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1	Because Pilate is speaking to a crowd, the word You here is plural.
5048	27:25	k1cb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	Here, clause His blood {be} on us and on our children means that the crowd was accepting the responsibility for Jesus’ blood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The responsibility for his blood will be on us and on our children”
5049	27:25	n5k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, blood refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 27:4. Alternate translation: “His death”
5050	27:25	timm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν	1	Here, us and our refer to the people who were there, so us and our are exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms.
5051	27:25	bsfd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα	1	Here, the word children could refer: (1) just to the people’s children. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” (2) to the people’s offspring or descendants in general. Alternate translation: “offspring” or “descendants”
5052	27:26	m63d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	1	Here Matthew implies that Pilate had his soldiers flog Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having commanded his soldiers to flog Jesus”
5053	27:26	adak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	1	Flogging was a Roman penalty in which soldiers whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal”
5054	27:26	n421		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν	1	Here Matthew implies that Pilate handed Jesus over to his soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he handed him over to his soldiers”
5055	27:26	y3kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σταυρωθῇ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers might crucify him”
5056	27:27	zz45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ πραιτώριον	1	The Praetorium was where the Roman governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of structure, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the government building” or “the governor’s residence”
5057	27:27	bn22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν	1	The word cohort is a military term. Each cohort is a group of about 600 soldiers, which is a tenth of a legion. Most likely, Matthew is referring to all the soldiers who were stationed in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable military term in your language or a more general term. Alternate translation: “the whole company” or “all the soldiers stationed there”
5058	27:28	id2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ	1	In Roman culture, a scarlet cloak was like the expensive clothing worn by kings. The soldiers put a scarlet cloak on Jesus to pretend that he was a king, even though they did not think that he really was a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they put a scarlet cloak on him to pretend that he was a king” or “they put a royal scarlet cloak on him in mockery”
5059	27:28	yf6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κοκκίνην	1	The word scarlet refers to a color that is a shade of bright red. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the color scarlet, you could refer to a shade of bright red. Alternate translation: “bright red” or “crimson”
5060	27:29	yw94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ; καὶ κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	In Roman culture, a crown was worn by a king, and a king held a scepter in his right hand. In order to mock Jesus, the soldiers put a crown made from thorns on Jesus’ head and put a reed in his right hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head and a reed in his right hand to pretend that he was a king” or “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head as if he were king, and they put a reed like a royal scepter in his right hand”
5061	27:29	ksjn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1	Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a crown that is made from branches with thorns on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a crown made from thorns”
5062	27:29	km30		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκανθῶν	1	Matthew uses the word thorns to refer to small branches with thorns on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “thorny branches”
5063	27:29	dlz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	γονυπετήσαντες ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	In Jesus’ culture, kneeling before someone was a way to respect a greater person, especially when asking the greater person to do a favor. Here, the soldiers perform this action to mock Jesus by pretending that he is a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what kneeling means. Alternate translation: “having prostrated themselves before him” or “having knelt down before him as if he were a king”
5064	27:29	jg2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they spoke these words:”
5065	27:29	qf8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Here the soldiers mock Jesus by greeting him as if he were King of the Jews when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicates when he says that they mocked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “Rejoice, you so-called King of the Jews”
5066	27:29	myii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	χαῖρε	1	In Jesus’ culture, people commonly greeted each other with the word Rejoice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that people use to greet each other. Alternate translation: “Hello”
5067	27:30	p47w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would spit on someone to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “having spit on him to dishonor him”
5068	27:30	ib5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν κάλαμον	1	Here, the phrase the reed refers to the stick the soldiers had put in Jesus’ right hand in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the reed from his right hand”
5069	27:31	jwns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν	1	Here Matthew implies that they led Jesus away from the Praetorium. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “led him away from the Praetorium”
5070	27:32	m5bl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
5071	27:32	d0ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξερχόμενοι	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “going out”
5072	27:32	j5wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξερχόμενοι	1	Here, coming out implies that Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “coming out of Jerusalem”
5073	27:32	e9k6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπον Κυρηναῖον, ὀνόματι Σίμωνα	1	Here Matthew introduces a man named Simon into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man. He was from Cyrene, and he was called Simon”
5074	27:32	tfkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνα	1	The word Simon is the name of a man.
5075	27:32	sfj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ	1	According to Roman law, Roman soldiers could press someone into service, which means that they could force a person to carry a load for them or work for them. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of forced service, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “They conscripted this one so that he would carry” or “They made this one carry”
5076	27:32	i6l0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of service, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “They forced this one to serve them”
5077	27:33	zjki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
5078	27:33	j6hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ, ὅ ἐστιν & λεγόμενος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a place that people call Golgotha, which means”
5079	27:33	lopg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Γολγοθᾶ	1	The word Golgotha is an Aramaic word. Matthew has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Matthew states what this word means later in the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language.
5080	27:34	f11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall, to drink”
5081	27:34	e2uk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	χολῆς	1	Here, gall refers to a liquid with a bitter taste. This liquid may have been a pain-relieving medicine, or it may simply have made the wine taste bitter. If possible, use a form that does indicate what the gall would have been used for. Alternate translation: “something bitter” or “a bitter substance”
5082	27:35	yuax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
5083	27:35	w8b2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	Here Matthew means that the soldiers took the clothes that Jesus had been wearing and divided them up by giving each piece of clothing to a soldier. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the soldiers took his clothes and distributed them among them”
5084	27:35	d4h6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάλλοντες κλῆρον	1	The term lot refers to an object with different markings on various sides that was used to decide randomly among several possibilities. It would be tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with a lot, you could refer to a similar practice in your culture, or you could use a more general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “rolling dice” or “deciding randomly”
5085	27:35	u4dl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλλοντες κλῆρον	1	Matthew implies that the soldiers were casting a lot in order to determine who would take which pieces of Jesus’ clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “casting a lot to decide who would take which pieces of clothing”
5086	27:35	sds9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	κλῆρον	1	Many ancient manuscripts end this verse with the word lot. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word lot the words “so that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled, ‘They divided my robes for themselves, and they cast a lot for my clothing.’” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
5087	27:36	o9ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ	1	Here Matthew implies that the soldiers were guarding Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they kept guard over him there to prevent anyone from rescuing him”
5088	27:37	j4s4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, his charge represents the written explanation of his charge. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a placard stating his charge”
5089	27:37	uf56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the charge that was made against Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the charge against him”
5090	27:37	an2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένην	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “which the soldiers had written”
5091	27:37	y058		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Here the soldiers mock Jesus by referring to him as if he were King of the Jews when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “the so-called King of the Jews”
5092	27:38	zq4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σταυροῦνται & δύο λῃσταί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “Pilate’s soldiers crucified two robbers”
5093	27:38	ms2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	σταυροῦνται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “were being crucified”
5094	27:38	ci6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	Here, Matthew uses the adjectives right and left as nouns to refer to Jesus’ right and left sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one on his right side and one on his left side”
5095	27:39	i8od		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Also”
5096	27:39	d4fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	The people’s action of wagging their heads at Jesus showed that they felt disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, or you could indicate what the gesture means. Alternate translation: “showing disdain for him by wagging their heads” or “wagging their heads to mock him”
5097	27:40	mcmb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “mocking him”
5098	27:40	p6sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν	1	Here the people refer to Jesus by what the false witnesses testified during his trial that he had said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that the people are describing Jesus. Alternate translation: “You who said that you would destroy the temple and in three days rebuild it”
5099	27:40	n8d8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις	1	Here, the phrase in three days refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated this phrase in 26:61. Alternate translation: “during a period of three days”
5100	27:40	t23i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	The people are suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus can only come down from the cross if he is the Son of God. The people are speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do something to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by coming down from the cross”
5101	27:40	b5lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
5102	27:40	ipxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	κατάβηθι	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go down”
5103	27:42	wu7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus saved others by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and saving them from other physical problems. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “He saved others by curing or exorcising them”
5104	27:42	ff4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄλλους	1	The Jewish leaders are using the adjective others as a noun to mean other people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “other men and women”
5105	27:42	vmdc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, καὶ πιστεύσομεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Here the Jewish leaders use what they think is an imaginary situation to prove that Jesus is not really the King of Israel. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine he really were the King of Israel. In that case, he should come down now from the cross, and we will believe in him” or “If he is the King of Israel, let him come down now from the cross. Then, we will believe in him”
5106	27:42	j6l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν	1	Here the Jewish leaders mock Jesus by speaking about him as if he were the King of Israel when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicated when he says that they mocked him (see 27:41). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “He is the so-called King of Israel” or “He thinks he is the King of Israel”
5107	27:42	gmp0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	καταβάτω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must come down”
5108	27:42	mnzq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	καταβάτω	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “Let him go down”
5109	27:43	owmw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν & εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the last sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “He said, ‘I am the Son of God.’ So, since he has trusted in God, let God deliver him now, if he wants him”
5110	27:43	zy1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν	1	Here the Jewish leaders use what they think is an imaginary situation to prove that God does not really protect or want Jesus. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine he really trusted in God and that God really wanted him. In that case, God would deliver him now” or “If he has trusted in God and if God wants him, let God rescue him now”
5111	27:43	wni7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p	ῥυσάσθω	1	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must rescue him”
5112	27:43	cl97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that he was the Son of God”
5113	27:43	uw85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ & Υἱός	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
5114	27:44	sr3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δ’	1	Here, the word But introduces something else that was happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another action, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “At the same time,” or “Even more,”
5115	27:44	e26y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers were crucifying”
5116	27:44	fgqt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ & αὐτὸ	1	Here, the phrase the same indicates that the robbers used the same kind of insults that the Jewish leaders did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the same insults”
5117	27:45	e7z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
5118	27:45	s2l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the sixth hour would be around noon, and the ninth hour would be around three o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated these time references in 20:5. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM … about 3:00 PM”
5119	27:45	xsps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “hour six … hour nine”
5120	27:45	pi8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σκότος ἐγένετο	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express it in a different way. Alternate translation: “the sky darkened” or “the light dimmed”
5121	27:45	ii2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν	1	Here, all the land could refer to: (1) the entire area around where Jesus was crucified. This could include just the city of Jerusalem or all of Palestine. Alternate translation: “over all that region” (2) the entire earth. Alternate translation: “over the whole earth”
5122	27:46	rsi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
5123	27:46	rcjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	See how you translated the ninth hour in 27:45. Alternate translation: “3:00 PM”
5124	27:46	u1cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour nine”
5125	27:46	qyp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνεβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	Here, the phrase cried out with a loud voice means Jesus raised the volume of his voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yelled loudly”
5126	27:46	rbm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
5127	27:46	xub2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	This phrase is what Jesus cried out in Aramaic. Matthew has spelled the words out using Greek letters so his readers would know how they sounded. Since Matthew states what these words mean later in the verse, you also should spell them out the way they sound in your language.
5128	27:46	lm4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτ’ ἔστιν	1	Here Matthew uses the phrase This is to introduce what the Aramaic words means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those words can be translated this way:” or “Here is what that means:”
5129	27:47	pdhw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
5130	27:47	y60j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούσαντες	1	Matthew implies that the people did not understand what Jesus said. They heard him say “Eli,” which means “My God,” but they thought it sounded like the name Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly that these people misunderstood Jesus. Alternate translation: “having heard Jesus speaking without understanding him”
5131	27:48	bsy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σπόγγον	1	A sponge is a soft, porous object that can soak up and hold liquid, which comes out of it when the sponge is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid”
5132	27:48	jm37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὄξους	1	Here, vinegar refers to the inexpensive and sour wine that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of beverage, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with cheap wine” or “with an inexpensive alcoholic beverage”
5133	27:48	bh51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περιθεὶς καλάμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	The person put the sponge on a reed, or long stick, so that he could hold the sponge up to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having put it around a reed, he used the reed to lift the sponge up to Jesus to give it to him to drink”
5134	27:49	uccl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the rest of the people who were there did in contrast with how one person gave Jesus some sour wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “However,”
5135	27:49	vpj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ & λοιποὶ	1	Matthew is using the adjective rest as a noun to mean the rest of the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the rest of the people who were watching”
5136	27:49	ll7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄφες	1	Here, the clause Leave {him} means that the person who gave Jesus the sour wine should stop doing things to and for Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Ignore him” or “Stop doing things for him”
5137	27:49	aq90		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἔρχεται & σώσων αὐτόν	1	Here, the phrase saving him indicates the purpose for which Elijah would come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “comes in order to save him”
5138	27:49	jj90		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἔρχεται	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes”
5139	27:50	wzak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
5140	27:50	n21n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	Here, the phrase cried out again with a loud voice means Jesus raised the volume of his voice again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 27:46. Alternate translation: “having yelled loudly”
5141	27:50	fj1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	Here, the phrase released his spirit could: (1) simply indicate that Jesus died. In this case, the phrase is a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: “breathed his last” or “expired” (2) mean that Jesus voluntarily chose to die at this moment. In this case, Matthew is that Jesus died and also that he chose to die. Alternate translation: “allowed himself to die” or “willingly died”
5142	27:51	a92g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
5143	27:51	m1ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, ἀπ’ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω, καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the actions, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two from top to bottom, and he shook the earth, and he split the rocks”
5144	27:51	xp2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	Here Matthew could referring to the curtain: (1) that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain that marked off the Most Holy Place in the temple” (2) that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Alternate translation: “the curtain that marked off the temple building”
5145	27:51	zt7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	αἱ πέτραι	1	The phrase the rocks represents nearby rocks in general, not one particular set of rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the nearby rocks” or “many rocks”
5146	27:52	a1cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the actions, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God opened the tombs, and he raised many bodies of the saints having fallen asleep”
5147	27:52	dgii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὰ μνημεῖα	1	The phrase the tombs represents nearby tombs in general, not one particular set of tombs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the nearby tombs” or “many tombs”
5148	27:52	x18l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	Here Matthew does not just mean that bodies were raised but rather that people as a whole were raised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “many of the saints having fallen asleep were raised”
5149	27:52	ofmg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἁγίων	1	Here, the word saints could refer to: (1) anyone who was part of God’s people. Alternate translation: “God’s people” (2) people who were particularly holy or righteous. Alternate translation: “holy people” or “righteous people”
5150	27:52	hgn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	κεκοιμημένων	1	Here, the phrase fallen asleep refers politely to people dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could a form that politely refers to a person dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having passed away” or “having perished”
5151	27:52	kj3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	Here, the word raised refers to people who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were restored to life”
5152	27:53	q2x5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν	1	Here, the phrase after his resurrection could go with: (1) having come out from the tombs. In this case, the resurrected people did not leave their tombs until after Jesus’ resurrection. Alternate translation: “after his resurrection having out from the tombs, they entered into the holy city” (2) they entered into the holy city. In this case, the resurrected people left their tombs right away but did not enter into the holy city until after Jesus’ resurrection. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs, they entered into the holy city after his resurrection”
5153	27:53	ac1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”
5154	27:53	zd6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “after he resurrected”
5155	27:53	xfwo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πολλοῖς	1	Matthew is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to many men and women”
5156	27:54	f6rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
5157	27:54	vv2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Here Matthew implies that the soldiers were guardingJesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in 27:36. Alternate translation: “the ones with him guarding Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him”
5158	27:54	gse9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
5159	27:54	gw6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
5160	27:55	ekxh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Matthews uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens later in the story. The word does not introduce the next event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “During all those things,”
5161	27:55	h0m2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here, the phrase followed Jesus could indicate that: (1) the women had traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. Alternate translation: “traveled with Jesus as his students” (2) the women walked with Jesus on the road. Alternate translation: “walked with Jesus” or “went with Jesus”
5162	27:56	yni6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	καὶ Μαρία ἡ & μήτηρ	1	The word Mary is the name of a woman. This Mary was not Mary Magdalene nor Mary the mother of Jesus. Matthew identifies her instead as the mother of James and Joseph.
5163	27:56	xx27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰακώβου & Ἰωσὴφ	1	The word James is the name of a man. This James is not James the brother of Jesus, James son of Zebedee, or James son of Alphaeus. The word Joseph is also the name of a man. This Joseph is not Jesus’ father, Jesus’ brother, or Joseph of Arimathea.
5164	27:56	ud33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	Here Matthew refers to James and John, who were the sons of Zebedee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 20:20. Alternate translation: “of James and John, the sons of Zebedee”
5165	27:57	wm5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later on,”
5166	27:57	iops		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦλθεν ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, τοὔνομα Ἰωσήφ, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Matthew is here introducing the Joseph as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a man named Joseph came. He was from Arimathea, and he was rich. He also himself was discipled by Jesus”
5167	27:57	m910		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
5168	27:57	sy9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας & Ἰωσήφ	1	The word Joseph is the name of a man, and the word Arimathea is the name of the city he was from.
5169	27:57	d42k			τοὔνομα Ἰωσήφ	1	Alternate translation: “who was called Joseph”
5170	27:57	o9c6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom also Jesus had discipled”
5171	27:58	kjyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	The reason that Joseph asked Pilate for the body of Jesus was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it”
5172	27:58	c69n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποδοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers to give it to him”
5173	27:59	q9q9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι καθαρᾷ	1	This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could indicate that more explicitly, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped it in a clean linen burial cloth” or “prepared it for burial”
5174	27:59	kj7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σινδόνι καθαρᾷ	1	The term linen cloth refers to a high quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with linen, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “in a clean, fine cloth”
5175	27:60	hvs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ	1	Matthew implies that Joseph had hired people to cut the tomb in the rock. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which he had had people cut in the rock”
5176	27:60	lt4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ	1	Here Matthew means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of burial place, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “which had been chiseled into the rock” or “which had been specially prepared”
5177	27:60	vd4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν τῇ θύρᾳ τοῦ μνημείου	1	Here Matthew implies that Joseph rolled the large stone to close up the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having rolled a large stone against the door of the tomb to close it up”
5178	27:61	wpms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in the previous verse (Joseph burying Jesus’ body). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,”
5179	27:61	zepe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	Here Matthew implies that this is the other woman, also called Mary, whom he mentioned in 27:56 as the mother of James and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the other Mary, the mother of James and Joseph,”
5180	27:61	ihr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπέναντι	1	Here, the word opposite means that Mary Magdalene and the other Mary were directly in front of the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before” or “facing”
5181	27:62	wxrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “After all that,”
5182	27:62	qj59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ & ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν	1	Here, the Day of Preparation refers to the day before the Sabbath, on which Jews would prepare for the Sabbath so that they would not have to do work on that day. So, the next day here refers to the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the next day, which was after the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath” or “the next day, which was the Sabbath”
5183	27:62	j57n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together”
5184	27:63	xcil		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they told him”
5185	27:63	hgar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	κύριε	1	In Jesus’ culture, the word Lord was a polite way for subjects to address their governor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that is a polite way to address a governor or leader in your culture. Alternate translation: “Honorable sir”
5186	27:63	sc6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος	1	Here the chief priests and Pharisees imply that they are speaking about Jesus, whom they call a deceiver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that deceiver, Jesus,”
5187	27:63	ri5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said, still living, that after three days he is being raised up”
5188	27:63	ou2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας	1	Jesus was referring to three days after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Three days after my death”
5189	27:63	jp1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἐγείρομαι	1	The Jewish leaders quote Jesus using the present tense to refer to a future event that he considers to be certain. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will be raised up”
5190	27:63	ike6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγείρομαι	1	Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am being restored to life”
5191	27:63	e6uz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγείρομαι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God is raising me up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “I am raising myself up”
5192	27:64	r0qr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	κέλευσον	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you command”
5193	27:64	b8n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “soldiers to secure the tomb”
5194	27:64	t03r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἕως τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας	1	Here, the phrase until the third day means that the tomb should be secured that day, the following day, and the day after that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the third day from now” or “today, tomorrow, and the day after tomorrow”
5195	27:64	hbh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day three”
5196	27:64	pwc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	Your language may say “gone” rather than come in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone”
5197	27:64	jgqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες	1	The Jewish leaders imply here that Jesus’ disciples might come to the tomb in which Jesus was buried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come to Jesus’ tomb”
5198	27:64	t78s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say to the people that he has been raised up from the dead, and”
5199	27:64	km0j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He has been restored to life”
5200	27:64	rdo2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the chief priests and Pharisees could be indicating that the disciples will claim that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “He has raised himself up”
5201	27:64	c7bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	Matthew is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”
5202	27:64	axl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης	1	Here, the phrase the last deception refers to what the chief priests and Pharisees have just suggested that Jesus’ disciples might do. The phrase the first refers to Jesus’ teaching, which the chief priests and Pharisees considered to be deceptive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “this last deception accomplished by his disciples will be worse than the first one accomplished by his teaching”
5203	27:64	u5tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of deception, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the last time the people are deceived”
5204	27:64	ae12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τῆς πρώτης	1	The chief priests and Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the first deception”
5205	27:64	ts1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῆς πρώτης	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the earlier” or “number one”
5206	27:65	dfji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἔχετε κουστωδίαν	1	Here, Pilate could be using the statement You have a guard to: (1) give the chief priests and Pharisees permission to take a guard of Roman soldiers with them. Alternate translation: “You may take a Roman guard” (2) tell the chief priests and Pharisees that they already have their own guard that they should use. Alternate translation: “You already have your own guard”
5207	27:65	dkq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	κουστωδίαν	1	In this verse, the word guard is singular in form, but it refers to multiple soldiers or guards as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “some guards” or “soldiers to act as guards”
5208	27:65	h8n8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἔχετε & ὑπάγετε ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε	1	Since Pilate is speaking to the chief priests and Pharisees, the words You and you and the commands Go and secure {it} are plural.
5209	27:65	aqvl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπάγετε	1	Here Pilate implies that they should Go to Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Go to his tomb”
5210	27:65	ib28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς οἴδατε	1	Here, the phrase as you know indicates that Pilate wants the chief priests and Pharisees to secure the tomb in whatever ways they know are effective. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as best as you can” or “in whatever way you think is best”
5211	27:66	v93i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορευθέντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”
5212	27:66	pk1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	Here Matthew means that a seal was put on the stone that covered the entrance of Jesus’ tomb. The seal would break if someone moved the stone, thus indicating that the stone had been moved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “having placed a seal on the stone that closed the tomb”
5213	27:66	fn2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας	1	Here Matthew means that the chief priests and Pharisees left the guard at the tomb to help secure it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and having stationed the guard there”
5214	27:66	e8uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τῆς κουστωδίας	1	See how you translated guard in 27:65. Alternate translation: “the guards” or “the soldiers who were acting as guards”
5215	28:intro	psw9				0	Matthew 28 General Notes Structure and Formatting The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19) Mary Magdalene and the other Mary learn that Jesus has resurrected (28:1–10) The chief priests and elders spread a false story (28:11–15) Jesus meets and commissions the 11 disciples (28:16–20) Special Concepts in this Chapter The resurrection Matthew does not narrate the resurrection, but he does narrate how an angel opens the tomb so that people can tell that Jesus has risen from the dead. It is not clear exactly when Jesus actually rose from the dead, although it is clear that this happened before the angel opened the tomb. When Jesus rose from the dead, he was a living human being again, and he could never die again. Make sure that it is clear that Jesus came back to life as a living human being. The false story about Jesus’ resurrection In 28:11–15, Matthew describes how the chief priests and the elders have the soldiers who were guarding the tomb spread a false story about what happened. The soldiers tell people that they fell asleep, and that Jesus’ disciples stole his body while they were asleep. In 28:15, Matthew explains that he is telling this because the story was still circulating among Jewish people when he was writing this book. Make sure that it is clear to your readers that the chief priests and elders bribe the soldiers to spread this false story. Discipling all the nations The last two verses (28:19–20) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “disciple” all the nations, which includes telling them the gospel, baptizing them, and teaching them to obey what Jesus commanded. Make sure that this command is as general as possible, including all Christians all “nations.” Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” All the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions given to groups of people. Because of this, all the forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) The timing of the women’s visit to the tomb In 28:1, Matthew indicates that the women went to Jesus’ tomb “after the Sabbath, at the dawning on the first of the week.” The words translated in this way can be understood in several ways: They could refer to the early morning (the “dawn”) on the day after the Sabbath. This would be the first day of the week, Sunday. Further, the parallel stories in Mark 16:2 and Luke 24:1 similarly take place at dawn on Sunday. So, the ULT and UST follow this interpretation. They could refer to a time late in the day on the Sabbath. In this case, the word “dawning” would refer to the beginning of a day, not to the sun coming up. Since people in Jesus’ culture considered sunset to be the start of a new day, Matthew would be referring to evening on the Sabbath, right around the time when the next day, Sunday, would begin at sunset. It is recommended that you follow the first interpretation unless there is a good reason to follow the second interpretation.
5216	28:1	anr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
5217	28:1	qkn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀψὲ & Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων	1	Here Matthew refers to early in the morning, when the day was dawning, on the day after the Sabbath, which would be Sunday. See the end of the chapter introduction for more information about these phrases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning on the day after the Sabbath”
5218	28:1	avwc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	μίαν	1	Matthew is using the adjective first as a noun to mean the first day. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first day”
5219	28:1	gs43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	μίαν	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day one”
5220	28:1	zu2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	Here Matthew implies that this is the other woman, also called Mary, whom he mentioned in 27:56 as the mother of James and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in 27:61. Alternate translation: “the other Mary, the mother of James and Joseph,”
5221	28:1	pewa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
5222	28:2	j25i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
5223	28:2	l4s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον καὶ ἐκάθητο ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clause, since the last clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “an angel of the Lord, having come down from heaven and having approached, rolled away the stone and sat on it. That caused a great earthquake”
5224	28:2	k09n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	καταβὰς	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone down”
5225	28:2	znk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσελθὼν	1	Here Matthew implies that the angel approached Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having approached the tomb”
5226	28:2	a5xv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	Here Matthew implies that the angel rolled away the large stone from the opening of the tomb to open it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having rolled the stone away from the door of the tomb to open it up”
5227	28:3	qloc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Matthew uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for that angel,”
5228	28:3	p12y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ	1	The point of this comparison is that the appearance of the angel was very bright, as lightning is very bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was as bright as it is when lightning strikes”
5229	28:3	i4hp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow”
5230	28:3	bzow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	The point of this comparison is that the clothing of the angel was pure and bright white in color, just like snow is pure and bright white in color. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bright white, as snow is bright white”
5231	28:3	orq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	The word snow refers to a type of frozen precipitation that is extremely white in color. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of precipitation, you could use the name of something that is known to be very white in your area, or you could refer more generally to a very bright white color. Alternate translation: “white as cotton” or “extremely white”
5232	28:4	u00v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ, ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες καὶ ἐγενήθησαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fear of him shook the ones guarding, and they became”
5233	28:4	jfie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ τηροῦντες	1	Here, Matthew refers to the soldiers who were guarding Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones guarding the grave”
5234	28:4	bhyf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐσείσθησαν	1	Here Matthew means that the ones guarding the tomb physically trembled or shuddered because they were so afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were shuddering”
5235	28:4	by2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of fear, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they feared him”
5236	28:4	b1ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί	1	Here Matthew compares the guards to dead people to indicate that the guards fell down and did not move, just as dead people lie without moving. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay still, like the dead” or “fainted so that they were like the dead”
5237	28:4	owas		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκροί	1	Matthew is using the adjective dead as a noun to mean dead people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “dead people”
5238	28:5	gieg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces what the angel says in contrast to the fear that the soldiers felt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”
5239	28:5	pvj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς	1	Here the angel is answering or responding to a situation, not to something that someone has asked. More specifically, the angel is responding to the fear of the guards by telling the women that they do not need to be afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that the angel is responding to what is happening, or you could leave answering untranslated. Alternate translation: “seeing that the the people nearby were afraid” or “responding to how the soldiers were afraid”
5240	28:5	q8dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῖς γυναιξίν	1	Here, the phrase the women refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary, whom Matthew mentioned in 28:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary”
5241	28:5	bqdp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μὴ φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς; οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι Ἰησοῦν, τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, ζητεῖτε	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I know that you seek Jesus, the one having been crucified; therefore, do not be afraid”
5242	28:5	tbd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “the one whom Pilate’s soldiers crucified”
5243	28:6	uru2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε, ἠγέρθη γὰρ καθὼς εἶπεν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since he was raised up, just as he said, he is not here”
5244	28:6	jwc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was restored to life”
5245	28:6	p9l0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the angel could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God raise him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “he raise himself up”
5246	28:6	uqja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν	1	Here the angel implies that Jesus said that he would be raised up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he said would happen to him”
5247	28:6	fgx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	δεῦτε	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go”
5248	28:6	o6ak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν τόπον ὅπου ἔκειτο	1	Here the angel is referring to the place where Jesus’ body had been placed in the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the place in this tomb where his body was placed”
5249	28:7	r0p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορευθεῖσαι	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”
5250	28:7	sp2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε.	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say to his disciples that he has been raised up from the dead, and behold, he is going before them to Galilee, where they will see him”
5251	28:7	r5cw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He has been restored to life”
5252	28:7	o3je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the angel could be indicating that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “He has raised himself up”
5253	28:7	m411		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	The angel is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”
5254	28:7	a1ir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “pay attention: … Pay attention:” or “listen … Listen”
5255	28:7	w5ew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	προάγει	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “he is coming before”
5256	28:7	ljb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Here the angel uses the clause I have said {it} to you to indicate that he has finished speaking the important message that he wants them to relay to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have given you the full message” or “that is what you should tell his disciples”
5257	28:8	xqz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having quickly come away”
5258	28:8	b7y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of fear and joy, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “fearfully and very joyfully”
5259	28:8	j2sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔδραμον	1	Here, they refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in 28:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene and the other Mary ran”
5260	28:9	vf7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἰδοὺ, Ἰησοῦς ὑπήντησεν αὐταῖς	1	Many ancient manuscripts read behold, Jesus met them. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “behold, as they were going to report to his disciples, Jesus met them.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
5261	28:9	s393		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
5262	28:9	opbx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
5263	28:9	cmv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	χαίρετε	1	In Jesus’ culture, people commonly greeted each other with the word Rejoice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that people use to greet each other. Alternate translation: “Hello”
5264	28:9	xxki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
5265	28:9	nmg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας	1	In Jesus’ culture, people would kneel down and seize or hold someone’s feet when they wanted to show great honor and respect toward that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of this action explicitly. Alternate translation: “seized his feet out of respect” or “seized his feet to show him honor”
5266	28:10	hfkc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
5267	28:10	etk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου	1	Here Jesus speaks of his disciples as if they were his brothers. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 25:40. Alternate translation: “those whom I call my brothers” or “the people I love as if they were my brothers”
5268	28:10	d47g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀπέλθωσιν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “they might come away”
5269	28:11	ktu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
5270	28:11	mu4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	πορευομένων	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming”
5271	28:11	rnr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδού	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
5272	28:11	egn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς κουστωδίας	1	Here Matthew implies that this guard was made up of the Roman soldiers who had been guarding Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the Roman guard that had been protecting the tomb”
5273	28:11	hfqp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τῆς κουστωδίας	1	See how you translated guard in 27:65. Alternate translation: “of the guards” or “of the soldiers who were acting as guards”
5274	28:11	saxq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
5275	28:11	yvgx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πόλιν	1	Here, the phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”
5276	28:12	ht82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συναχθέντες	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having gathered” or “having come together”
5277	28:12	k2r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	συμβούλιόν & λαβόντες	1	Here, the phrase having taken counsel indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 12:14. Alternate translation: “having made plans” or “having come up with an idea”
5278	28:12	e1al		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ ἔδωκαν τοῖς στρατιώταις	1	Here Matthew means that the chief priests and elders gave money to the soldiers so that they would tell a lie about what happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they bribed the soldiers with many pieces of silver”
5279	28:12	birm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ	1	Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in 26:15. Alternate translation: “many coins made out of silver” or “a lot of money”
5280	28:13	bm3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
5281	28:13	kn8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν, ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Say that his disciples, having come at night, stole him, you sleeping”
5282	28:13	y668		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”
5283	28:13	s0bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here, we refers to the Roman soldiers who guarded Jesus’ tomb, so we would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
5284	28:14	h6f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν	1	Here the Jewish leaders use an imaginary situation to explain that they will protect the soldiers from punishment. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine this is heard by the governor. Then, we will persuade and make you free from concern”
5285	28:14	n8xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the governor hears this”
5286	28:14	exuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς πείσομεν	1	Here the chief priests and elders imply that they will persuade the governor not to punish the soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will persuade him not to punish you”
5287	28:14	x57k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	Here, we refers to the Jewish chief priests and elders, so we would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
5288	28:14	u13q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν	1	Here the chief priests and elders mean that the they will act in such a way that the soldiers do not need to worry about the punishment that they would normally receive for sleeping while guarding something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “make you free from worry about how you might be punished” or “prevent you from worrying about what might happen to you”
5289	28:15	og6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ἀργύρια	1	Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in 26:15. Alternate translation: “the coins made out of silver” or “the money”
5290	28:15	yu3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the chief priests and elders. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and elders taught them”
5291	28:15	feyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διεφημίσθη ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people have reported this word among the Jews”
5292	28:15	m2jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	Here, word represents what the soldiers said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their story” or “what they said”
5293	28:15	cp7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	Here, the phrase until today refers to the time period up to and including Matthew’s present time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the present” or “from then on”
5294	28:16	h1ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. This event occurs sometime soon after the women give the disciples the message from the angel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”
5295	28:16	vyyy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ	1	Here Matthew refers to Jesus’ closest disciples, the ones whom he called “the Twelve” earlier in the book. There are only 11 of them now because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that these are Jesus’ 11 closest disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ 11 closest disciples” or “the 11 most important disciples”
5296	28:16	ddkq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐπορεύθησαν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came”
5297	28:17	pze9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & ἐδίστασαν	1	Here Matthew implies that the disciples doubted that the person they were seeing was really Jesus and that he had really become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they doubted whether Jesus really was there” or “they doubted whether Jesus really was alive”
5298	28:17	va85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ	1	Here, the word translated they could refer to: (1) all the disciples who worshiped Jesus. Alternate translation: “they also” (2) some of the disciples who worshiped Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of them”
5299	28:18	uqir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
5300	28:18	v37p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has given to me all authority”
5301	28:18	c9m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have been completely empowered”
5302	28:18	sm35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Here, Jesus is referring to all of the created world by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in all creation” or “in the universe”
5303	28:19	ejcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πορευθέντες οὖν	1	Here, the word Therefore introduces what the disciples should do since Jesus has all authority (see 28:18). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that, having gone”
5304	28:19	sf28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πορευθέντες	1	Here Jesus means that the disciples should go to from where they were to many other places. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Having gone to many places” or “Having gone from here”
5305	28:19	oc88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here Jesus means that the disciples should help or enable people from all the nations to become disciples too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “make all the nations into my disciples” or “enable all the nations to become my disciples”
5306	28:19	yz6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, the word nations represents the people who live in those nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of all the nations”
5307	28:19-20	tlm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς & διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς	1	Here, the phrases baptizing them and teaching them could introduce: (1) more things that the disciples are supposed to do in addition to discipling all the nations. Alternate translation: “and baptize them … and teach them” (2) the means by which the disciples are supposed to disciple all the nations. Alternate translation: “which you should do by baptizing them … also by teaching them”
5308	28:19	l5b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα	1	Here Jesus uses the word name to refer to authority. What he means is that, when they baptize people, they should say the names of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit to indicate that they belong to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that Jesus is referring to authority or belonging. Alternate translation: “under the authority” or “so that they are people”
5309	28:19	kwa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ	1	Father and Son are important titles that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.
5310	28:19	eoq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “of me, who am the Son”
5311	28:20	lm0u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	πάντα ὅσα	1	The expression everything, as much as contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “all things that”
5312	28:20	mz6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “listen” or “pay attention:”
5313	28:20	tzf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	εἰμι	1	Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that is true during the time period that he describes. Use whatever tense is natural in your language for referring to this time period. Alternate translation: “will continue to be”
5314	28:20	cmdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας	1	Here, the phrase all the days indicates that something happens or is true every day, that is, always. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “always”
5315	28:20	si8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Here, the phrase the end of the age refers to when the current time period will cease and a new age will begin. If your language has a way to refer to the end of the way things are now, you could use it here, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “until the end of the world” or “until the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
5316	28:20	caew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Many ancient manuscripts do not include anything after the word age. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the word “Amen” after Jesus ends his speech with the word age. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.